9000) i PUT Sa Y ANP SSAA ke
tere 4 b 7 y 18)
aii Sn aan VA KS Apt a . CANAAN}
“ai AYN adalat cea EY t tattacrareadacs} tee
ie}
’ weet ; ) Y
asd Satay ‘ P Oa RANG
Ae Wye yes 1) Viaay wae } Wy hy fe
AE BRE A aye iy A
Pye Mit
ALS er tet
Tea NOM Te aes Uy
4 TPH
te shatpeueyatr eget pa
ath
4S
Lhe ‘
bi The
ye ie
TH
Aaa
a)
yids ehh
i .) 3
VIA eS 4
LAME
Beh
Yanai
ra tenga
: tah bh Phare
ya
ae
Ce
+
aveny®
pit
y ay ;
Peele de
1 ab an }
bee Vial bey tides
vad
Sy!
Wes
Peo
Pee.
,
Hegde
Saha ; ‘
pad i igs
tee i
gt ; tot
z
-
See srt wa !
Cee ee Sk be rit owy
Le a WATS “ft wy MO
inten et OC tee
a
<x
< |
fea)
7 7
LALIL! |) BBE a IN
Kerr = a9
ay IB :
: rm
P| | mS
|
Aalk EX LIBRIS 5
‘bay = Wilham Healey Dall zy
| Zz
IN
Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library
nm
C4
OILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVUEIT LIBRARIES
Sea
=
SMITHSONIAN IK
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S3tu¥Yv
NVINOSHLINS S3EYN
Z z =< of Z
AS aane ,~—_— WAAL <
1a bi = 4 'Z NYS Pan
oY w7 a = D QY K OD 3
4g ? g aN :
ile: : - :
Ww 4
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S$
” Z 2 gx a
= , x 4 = os 6 QQ =
ee % 4 W, Y ome atin » .Y QF
< Wa ip = < = IAG ‘ <
7; a : =.
= C4 S 6 ay =
aad aad is |
OILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3i¥VvVudit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN If
Kner \ —_ a _ 1; w
mR, = Ne = : = GY 3
J. oN ~~ = 5 : fl y Ui = |
> WWE 2 = OA?
m WS pe mn > m
op) py Ww om wi
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
. | Soe
INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI _ NVINOSHLIWS Si
S
N
S
$s
ma a . es te a
o ra. + < jy
e oe” Cc tw 3
a fae) = ice) may
(@) — Sfp (@) — io)
z ad z a 2 “
| NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIANS S3IYVHNEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAD
ee: : =
rm i YX = 2 e ,
= — = fie
= * Nx We E = E
i = WY - a | YP 9
YW”) WS (ep) uw?
z ie Ss Zz ” z
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNIE NVINOSHLIW
w” Zz Ww z
= ‘ = <
z NY z . 6
Z2 Wy Zz iz
N > aN: > s
2 ron 2 n
NOILLNLILSNI saiuvugit
SMITHSONIAI
S
LIBRARIES
N
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
bell
NVINOSHLIW!
S3IYVYRIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
SMITHSONIA
NVINOSHLIWS — SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYERIT_ LIBRARIES
oe |
NVINOSHLINS S3tLYVUGIT LIBRARIE
SMITHSONIAN
NWINOSHLIINS
SMITHSONIAN
| LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
a : .o : rr.
et oa = ee =.
: < : < z
= = a a
?) aos Ge @) ans Oo
z J z ra 2 %
1 NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3/1YWHdI7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA
z Die * a to Pa
2 o = = ) ey
i os E si E
=) = a +
b > be >
ra = = a re
- m te m n
z w = Fp) z
1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINA
Division af Molluske
ee, 7 st
SacKional Liorary
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
VOL. i
1896—1897.
NOTICE
AFTER CAREFUL EXAMINATION OF THE
INNER MARGIN AND TYPE OF MATERIAL
/WE HAVE SEWN THIS VOLUME BY HAND
SO IT CAN BE MORE EASILY OPENED
|
AND READ.
i PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
B. B. WOODWARD, F.LS., F.G.S., Ere.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
VOLUME II.
1896—1897.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
| LONDON:
| DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
1897.
tn
cit WHMIeos ~
HERTFORD:
BY STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS.
CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
PROCEEDINGS :—
PAGE
Ordinary Meeting, Nov. 8th, 1895 hee meet ec err e
m7 PA Dec. 13th, 1895 Seal g Gis ak eee doce. QO
; Pe Jan. 10th, 1896 ao) ane REP acssa GOO
Annual General Meeting, Feb. 14th, 1896... o.oo eB
Ordinary Meeting, Feb. 14th, 1896 She suede aay cel, Cdeare BODO
bi # Mar. 13th, 1896... ... ... .. . 188
- he April 10th, 1896... ... ... ... «. 183
: . May 8th, 1896 ‘ee pw aa oe Go Od
- 55 June 12th, 1896 te bes Nes ae See IO
“ a Nove lath 1896. ios. “lc Seat oes eee, @ LUD,
3 Es Dec. 11th, 1896 ACO baceanten naan enedames Kal0,
= . Jan. 8th, 1897 dawis crate “AUR Hels Rie RIGC
Annual General Meeting, Feb. 12th, 1897 woe) Geel, wee, eee eese LOO
Ordinary Meeting, Feb. 12th, 1897 eae ash: Wie water wes 2240
a aA Mar. 12th, 1897 nig Saee.- See Rees “Gun aO)
i i April 9th, 1897 Sas (ced Gore nee apo
‘i < May 14th, 1897... we ee 800
June 11th, 1897 Poe, stan Beecy ase _ op mioOO
vl CONTENTS.
PAPERS :— PAGE
Description of seven new species of Terrestrial and Fluviatile
Mollusca from the Hadramaut, South Arabia. By J. C.
Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., etc., and J. H. Ponsonsy, ae etc.
(Plate Wl) ash eer tes oy) gees il
Notes on the Amarone of Henley YL ae YSSOTUM, ‘M. sant By R. H.
Burnk, B.A. (Plate IT and iltneertions) Hot 4
Description of Cassis Adcocki, a new species. te G. B. Oi ERBY,
F.LS., ete, (lillustration) ... .:. ...° «. saci le:
Descriptions of a new species of Vitrina and new oe ms of Honede
with a List of the Helicoid Shells hitherto found in the Canary
Islands. By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S., etc. (Illustrations) ... ... 16
Description of Streptaxis paulus, a new species. By G. K. Shab
K.Z:8., ete. (illustrations)... “S092. oss Chad 3 | 23
List of fhe Pleurotomide of South Australia, with dsexiplions
of some new species. nae G. B. Sowrrsy, F.LS., ete.
(Blate a0) acc. scene es ook se : Eade 24
Descriptions of some new endl Molnees hon Seo Tent er
Macquarie Island. By H.Surer. (PlateIV) ... ... 33
On Neohyalimax Brasiliensis, n.gen., n.sp. (allied to Ha PEN
from Brazil. By D: HoSimrore, "(Plate VG. Vic5 cca 39
On a collection of Slugs from the Sandwich Islands. a We E.
CouLinGE, F.Z.S., etc. (Illustrations) ... abe ae
Address of the Pretionn Professor G. B. Howes, ed LS, Pras 57
On the Aperture of a Baculite from the Lower Chalk of Chara:
stock, Somerset. By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., etc. (Illustration) 77
The Female Organs of Nerttina fluviatilis. Be Professor G.
Giuson. (Illustrations) ©... ... ... uO
Report on a collection of Polyplacophora aon Pant Phillip,
Victoria. By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.S8., etc. (Plate VI) ... 84
On a collection of Land-shells fon South Celebes. By E. A.
SmitH, F.Z.8., etc. (Plate VII) ee eee oe re ve SE!
On some Fresh- one Shells from the Island of cine By
iH. A. SMITH, FZ.S,, ete. ((lllustration).—.. s.0. ).c) ee eee
Notes on the Mollusca from a Rainwash at Daren th Kent. By
A.S. KENNARD ... . 105
On Flammulina (A ots) Chan a new Helicoid clan a
from New Zealand. By E. R Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., ete.
(lustrationis) 7 Basa ec) weal tices Malcom : Od
Descriptions of new species of ninute Marine Shells Fo Bombay"
By J.C. Menvinn, M.A., F.LiS:, ete, (Plate VID) |... “eos
On the Prodstracum of a ieee from the Upper Lias of
Alderton, Gloucestershire. By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., ete.
(Plater) ck, awe case Megs. Ween psec) ecu aie ane ee GT
CONTENTS.
Papers (continued)—
A List of the Land-shells of the Islands of Batchian, Ternate, and
Gilolo. By E. A. Surru, F.Z.S., etc. (Illustrations)
On the Aplacophorous me ae of the British Seas. By W.
Garstang, M.A., F.Z.S., etc. (Plate X) . nee
Preliminary Diagnoses of new species of Non-marine Mollusca on
the Hawaiian Islands. Part I. By E. R. Sykes, B.A.,
F.Z.8., etc. Reade meee wie Gerona
Note on the occurrence of Petr ola hoteles mis, Tata at
Shellness, Kent. By J. E. Cooper ...
On three New Shells from the collection of Mr. Bt C. honing of
Brest. By G. B. Sowzrsy, F.LS., etc. (Plate XI)
The Polyplacophora of South aeestatins By W. T. BEDNALL.
(Plate XII and Illustrations) i mare. ote
Descriptions of new species of Hndodonta and Plcrnmiutitee from
New Zealand. By R. Murpocs. (Illustrations) .
Note on a collection of Marine Shells from the ee: Islands,
with descriptions of new species. By J. C. MELVILL, M.A.,
F.LS., etc., and E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.S., ete. (Plate XITT)
Notes on the genus Huplecta of ee with descriptions of
supposed new species from Ceylon. By Lieut. -Colonel H. H.
Gopwin-AustEN, F.R.S., etc. (Plate XIV)
Skiagraphs of Mollusca eee by the Réntgen-Rays. (Plate XV)
On the discovery of a Recent Species of Arcoperna. By Professor
R. Tats. (Illustrations) : seeyt Youn tie eas
Revision of the New Zealand Polyplacophor By H. Surer.
(Illustrations)... ... ie (one, qaulde ane
Note on Mitra obscura, Bers ‘e TL. Sar (Illustration) ...
Address of the President, Professor G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., ete...
The Dentition of the Pupide. By the Rev. Professor H. M.
GwarkIN. (Illustrations) . ah ease
Notes on some Type-specimens in ae British econ ae BE i
Situ, F.Z.S., etc. ee ae me te me
Descriptions of some new species of Helicoid and ee
Land-shells from Ceylon. By E. R. Syxss, B.A., F.Z.S., ete.
(Plate XVI) See em oneene
The Mollusca of the English oes Toate An e s. roc
and B. B. Woopwarb, F.L.S., etc. (Illustrations)... Ses
A Revision of the New Zealand rome ea H. Surer.
(Illustrations) ; %
The Land Mollusca of Seat Tale By H. Sahae oe
Revision of the New Zealand Trochide. By H. Sine:
(Illustrations) ae A weer a ae
vil
PAGE
120
164
vill CONTENTS.
PAPERS (continued )— PAGE
Notes on some New Zealand Flammulina, with the description of
fF. Ponsonbyi, n.sp. By H. Suter. (Illustrations) ... ... 284
Descriptions of new species of Land-shells from New Guinea
and neighbouring Islands. as E. A. SMIvTH, ae etc.
(Plate: XViLE) ea, aes aksce, wee "286
Description of Melati Studleyi n.SPp., ea Old (calsiae West
Africa. By J.C. Menvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Ponsonsy,
EZs., ete, s(lllstration) (se) ase. asee) see ae 7222 eee
me pe of Plecotrema Sykesii, n.sp., from Taras ae J.C.
Mernvitu, MEA. Fals., etc. (lustration)! (22 2). ces sess eee
On a further conleecon of sites from the Hawaiian Islands. By
W. E. Couuines, F.Z.S., etc. (Illustrations) Ree Mae eet"
Preliminary Diagnoses of new species of Non-marine Mollusca
from the Hawaiian Islands. Part Il. By E. R. Syxgs, B.A.,
EL ZES.,, CbGs97 Bosca. Serer -ecot ae Met ee se RR Cras ee
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOL.
New Non-marine Shells from the Hadramaut. Plate I
Portion of lateral nerve-cord of Hanleya abyssorum .
Portion of nervous system of Hanleya abyssorum
Extremity of pedal nerve-cords of Hanleya abyssorum
Anatomy of Hanleya abyssorum. Plate IL...
Cassis Adcocki, n.sp. ...
Il.
Vitrina Parryt, u.sp., Helix Pouchet, var., and Helicella tumu-
lorum, vars. eo: 3
Streptaxis paulus, n.sp., aad mith of 8 Heute;
South Australian Pleurotomide. Plate III
New Land-shells from New Zealand. Plate IV...
Neohyalimax Brasiliensis, n.gen. et sp. Plate V
[Anatomical details of some Sandwich Island Slugs]...
Baculites baculoides ? (Mantell). [Aperture of] ...
Genitalia of Neritina fluviatilis
Australian Chitons. Plate VI Ane
New Land-shells from Celebes. Plate VII ...
Plammulina Chion, n.sp.... ..
New Marine Mollusca from ac eabare Plate ‘VIII
Proéstracum of Belemnite. Plate IX ...
Planispira Giloloensis, n.sp., and P. lacteocincta, n.sp.
Aplacophorous Amphineura of the British Seas. Plate X
New Mollusca. Plate XI :
Ischnochiton juloides, Ad. & Ang., and L one n.Sp.
Ischnochiton Pilsbryi, n.sp.
Ischnochiton Tateanus, n.sp.
Ischnochiton Thomasi, n.sp.
Chiton calliozona, Pilsbry
Chiton exoptandus, n.sp. ...
Chiton Bednalli, Pilsbry ...
103
107
119
122
125
138
142
144
147
149
151
152
153
x ILLUSTRATIONS.
South Australian Chitons. Plate XII ...
Endodonta vortex, n.sp.
Endodonta coma, Gray, var.
Flammulina perplexa, n.sp.
Lilamnvalina Mossi, espouses sce esi) eis) Gene) es
Mollusca from the Andaman Islands Plate XIII
New Ceylon Land-shells. Plate XIV ...
Skiagraph of Nautilus pompilius. Plate XV
Arcoperna recens, 0.Sp.
Ischnochiton Parkeri, n.sp.
Plaxiphora subatrata, Pilsbry ...
Acanthopleura corticata, Hutton
Mitra obscura, Hutton
Teeth in radula of Sphyr ain enna Pape pegianeien nid
P. dolium A
New Land-shells from Coons Seite XVI
Hygromia umbrosa, Partsch, from cave-deposit
Carychium minimum, Miill., var., from cave-deposit ... eee
[Teeth from the
Athoracophorus bitentaculutus (Quoy & Gaim.).
radula of] .
Athoracophorus bee ( Ola ‘2 [Some anatomical details]
Athoracophorus papillatus (Hutton). [Genitalia]
Athoracophorus Dendyi, n.sp. [With anatomical details] ...
Athoracophorus marmoratus, Simr. [Mantle-area]
Trochus Chathamensis (Hutton)
Portion of radula of Monodonta porcifera Giseoe
Portion of radula of Monodonta coracina (‘Trosch.)
Cantharidus pupillus, Hutton
Cantharidus sanguineus (Gray)
Cantharidus dilatatus (Sby.) .
Cantharidus rufozona, A. Ad. a re
Portion of radula of Gibbula Siren (Smith)
Gibbula micans, n.sp.
Flammulina pilula ieere)
Flammulina Ponsonby, n.sp. . Pe eres
New Land-shells from New Guinea. Plate XVII
Achatina Studleyi, n.sp.
Plecotrema Sykesii, n.sp. . an
[Genitalia, etc., of Hawaiian Slugs]
ERRATUM.
P. 227, line 11, should read: ‘‘ (A) Central tooth uni- to ¢ricuspid,” ete.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
| MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
| i Be
DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF TERRESTRIAL AND
FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA FROM THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH
ARABIA.
By James Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., etc., and Jonn Henry
Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., ete.
Read 8th November, 18965.
PLATE I.
Upon the occasion of their second visit to the Hadramaut (1894-5),
Mr. and Mrs. J. Theodore Bent collected a few species of Mollusca,
all from a desert region in the neighbourhood of Dhofar, some 800
miles east of Aden, and kindly placed them in our hands for exami-
nation.
The specimens were, in great measure, dead shells, but all in a
condition to describe ; and of the nine or ten different forms included,
no less than seven appear new to science, the remaining two or three
being Ielanie—M. tuberculata and what is possibly a variety of that
species, and also Buliminus Luntii, Melvill,’ both juvenile and mature
shells,
1. Srenogyra Benti#, n.sp. Pl. I, Fig. 4.
S. testa cylindrica, attenuata, haud pellucente, recta, pallide
ochracea, anfractibus decem, levigatis, vix ventricosulis, apertura
ovata, peristomate simplice, paullum incrassato, Long. 14, lat. 4mm.
Hab —Dhofar.
A conspicuous shell, pale ochraceous in colour, non-transparent,
cylindrical, attenuate, ten-whorled, mouth ovate, lip slightly thickened,
simple. Named in honour of the collector, Mrs. Bent.
2. Hyatinra (ARNovLDIA*) EREMIAS, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 12-14.
H. testa depresso-conica, anguste umbilicata, corneo-pellucida,
' Cf. Proc. Mal. Soc., Vol. I, 1894, p. 224.
2 Conulus, Fitz., is preoccupied for Echinodermata.
VOL. II.—APRIL, 1896. 1
2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
nitida, tenui, anfractibus quatuor, ventricosulis, apud suturas im-
pressis, applanatis, levissimis, apertura lunata, peristomate tenui
simplice, marginem apud columellarem triangulatim reflexo. Long.
3°75, lat. 4°50 mm.
Hab.—Dhofar.
A very pretty shining, depressedly conical, thin, horn-coloured
species, narrowly mpalierne) with the whorls uniformly very smooth,
slightly swollen, impressed at the sutures, peristome thin, but tri-
angularly reflexed over the columellar margin, mouth lunate in form
8. Oropoma Dyorarense, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 9-11.
O. testa crassiuscula, umbilicata, conica, cinereo-albida, anfractibus
quinque vel sex, ventricosis, arcte clathrato-liratis, longitudinaliter
indistincte striatulis usque ad medium anfractus ultimi, infra, usque
ad basim, levissima, umbilico profundo sed angusto, apertura rotunda,
peristomate continuo, expanso, margine columellari triangulatim re-
flexo, umbilicum semi-obtegente. Long. 10, lat. 10mm.
Hab.—Dhofar.
Three specimens, all in dead condition, and almost colourless, but
showing the sculpture, etc., very satisfactorily. The shell is conical,
somewhat thickened in substance, umbilicated, five or six whorled,
closely latticed, and longitudinally indistinctly striated above, the
lower half of the last whorl, towards the base, being pertectly smooth.
The mouth is round, peristome continuous, expanded, and triangularly
reflexed over the columellar margin.
4. OropoMA CONSIMILE, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 5-7.
O. testa umbilicata, depresso-conica, albo-calcarea, crassiuscula,
anfractibus 42, sub lente clathrato-liratulis, ultimo anfractu apud
medium et infra ad basim perlevi, nitido, apertura rotunda, peris-
tomate incrassato, continuo, marginem ad columellarem paullum
effuso, umbilicum nequaquam obtegente. Long. 8, lat. 10 mm.
Hab.—Dhofar.
Very similar to the last species (O. Dhofarense), but differing in
being markedly more depressed. The sculpture of both species is to
a great extent the same, though clearer and sharper in this shell.
Two specimens, one juvenile, and showing transverse sculpture on
the basal half of the last whorl, which is probably the case in all
the immature specimens of this section of the genus Otopoma.
5. Oropoma Hapramavticum, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 1-3.
O. testa incrassata, globoso-conica, subnitente, ochracco-fulva,
anfractibus quinque, ventricosulis, supra striatulis, ultimo ad basim
leevissimo, in medium apud peripheri: im cingulo fulvo decorato, callo
umbilicari albido, nitido, apertura rotunda, peristomate paullum reflexo.
Long. sp. maj. 16 mm., lat. 18mm.
HHab.—Dhofar.
Three mature specimens, and a fourth, evidently an immature shell,
showing a deep umbilicus. The smallest of these four (long. 13,
lat. 15mm.) is in live condition with operculum, and of a warm
Proc. Marac.Soc. | Voull. Pog |
J.Green del.et lith.
Mintern Bros. imp.
NEW NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE HADRAMAUT.
t MELVILL AND PONSONBY: SHELLS FROM THE HADRAMAUT. 3
ochreo-fulvous colour, a reddish band encircling the middle of the
| last whorl, which, in common with the upper whorls, is striatulate
above. The lower portion, however, towards the base, is quite
smooth and shining. It differs from O. Bentianum, Melv. (Proc. Mal.
Soc., Vol. I, p. 224), in being globosely conical, not orbicularly
| depressed in form, and in having the peristome less effuse.
6. Pranorpis Arasicus, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 15-17.
P. testa ochraceo-cinerea, tenui, parum nitente, levigata, sub
|, lente tenuissime obliquistriata, anfractibus quatuor, ventricosulis,
lente crescentibus, disco superiore multum excavato, inferiore magis
applanato, apertura lunata. Long. 5, lat. 12mm.
Hab.—Dhofar.
An ordinary-looking shell, but not exactly to be matched, when
compared with the other species of the genus. Ten or twelve
| specimens.
j 7. PALUDESTRINA GLAUCOVIRENS, u.sp. Pl. I, Fig. 8.
P. testa minuta, oblonga, vix rimata, subpellucida, anfractibus
quatuor vel quinque, ventricosulis, sub lente indistinctissime trans-
' yersim liratis, apertura ovata, peristomate simplice, continuo. Long. 2,
lat. 1mm.
HHab.—Dhofar.
A very minute, insignificant little shell, of which three specimens
were collected. These are to some extent eroded on the last whorl;
the colour is olive-glaucous-green. The whorls, under a very strong
‘lens, appear in certain lights to be very obscurely transversely striate,
but this appearance is only observed when the shells are viewed at
a particular angle. The mouth is ovate, the peristome simple and
continuous; whorls four to five, slightly ventricose.
|
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fries. 1-3. Otopoma Hadramauticum, n.sp.
5 3a. (Operculum),
7 4. Stenogyra Bentie, n sp.
ue 5-7. Otopoma consimile, n.sp.
8. Paludestrina glaucovirens, n.sp.
», 9-11. Otopoma Dhofarense, n.sp.
, 12-14. Hyalinia (Arnouldia) eremias, n.sp.
15-17. Planorbis Arabicus, n.sp.
4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM, M. Sars.
By R. H. Buryg, B.A.,
Assistant in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England,
Read 8th November, 1895.
PLATE II.
1. ON THE PROBABLE PRESENCE AND Postrion oF AN OsPHRADIUM.
An osphradium, it need scarcely be said, is the name given by |
Professor Ray Lankester! to a sense organ, presumably olfactory,
situated at the base of the gills in molluscs; it reaches its greatest
development among the Prosobranchs, where it assumes a bipec ctinate
gill-like form constituting the well-known ‘false branchia.” The
original discovery of this organ in isolated instances, although in-
teresting, is practically of small moment, for it was not till 1881 that i
it emerged from the obseurity of isolation, to rank as one of the most |
important of molluscan organs. In that year Spengel* issued an
important paper on the relationships existing between the various
orders of the Mollusca, in which he pointed out the constancy of
the occurrence and position of this olfactory organ in a great number |
of instances, and from this constancy was led to infer the unity of
origin of the entire phylum. His wisdom in basing so great a |
generalization upon such a foundation has been called in question,
as was almost inevitable; but from the favour with which his views
are received in many quarters, especially, I believe, in England, we are
amply justified in regarding this sense organ as one possessing some- |
what exceptional interest, not only for students of the Mollusea, but
for zoologists generally.
Such being the case, one cannot but regret to find that among the
Chitons—molluses that, on account of their many archaic character-
istics, are justly considered to possess a fundamental importance—the
exact position, and even the presence, of this organ are subjects stall
enveloped in doubt.
The following brief historical survey will display the present state
of our knowledge, or rather ignorance, upon this point.
As far as I am aware, Spengel in 1881°% was the first to suggest
the presence of an osphr adium in Chiton, but unfortunately it was
only a suggestion based upon superficial observation. As sundry
Chitons crawled up the sides of an aquarium, he noticed upon the
outer side of each gill a brownish patch, the position and general
appearance of which were strongly suggestive of an osphradium ; and
as such, Spengel was inclined to regard it; but although he emphasizes
' Encycl. Brit., article ‘* Mollusca.”’
2 J. W. Spengel, ‘‘ Die Geruchsorgane und das Nervensystem der Mollusken’’: |
Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., xxxv, 1881, p. 338.
3 Loe. cit. p. 356.
BURNE: ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM. 3)
the importance of this organ, especially for the determination of the
true nature of the gills, he apparently did not at the time enter upon
an examination of its detailed structure. ‘Two years later the matter
was investigated by Béla Haller! in the course of an exhaustive
inquiry into the anatomy of two species of Chiton (C. siculus, Gray,
and C. fascicularis, Poli). He was unable to confirm Spengel’s
suggestion. In transverse sections of the gills he observed that,
although the epithclial cells covering the outer walls of both branchial
vessels were slight! y larger than those upon other portions of the gill,
and were provided with enormous cilia, yet there was no marked local
epithelial thickening characteristic of an osphradium, and no pigment
cells. ‘he absence of the latter, and the strongly pigmented nature
; of the blood, led him to suppose that probably Spengel had been
« deceived by the pigmented appearance given to the living tissues by
the blood. This is practically the last we hear of Spengel’s s osphradiuin
on the outer surface of the gill. The subject was revived again in
1891 by Blumrich,* who devotes some pages to the description of an
organ, which he regards as the osphradium, situated this time not
on the outer but on the inner side of the gill. ‘lhe organ consists
essentially of two ridges of lofty epithelium extending from the first
to behind the last gill: one ridge (parietal) is situated on the body-
wall; the other (paraneural) beneath the lateral nerve-cord, extending
somewhat on to the surface of each gill, ‘The epithelium consists of
large glandular cells and hair cells; the latter are specially concen-
trated in certain positions, forming sensory knobs; in some species the
ridges my ramish, leaving only the knobs; the hair cells are in
- communication with the lateral nerve-cords. The hning of the genital
duct is continuous with the paraneural ridge. These tracts of
modified epithelium were originally described ‘by Haller,* but were
considered by him to be glandular in function and not sensory. The
true meaning of this epithelium is doubtful, for Haller‘ still persists
in his original view, laying stress on the close relationship between
the ridges and the genital ducts, and pointing out that most probably
it is homologous to the hypobranchial gland of Prosobranchs. Thiele ®
also is unconvinced by Blumrich’s observ ations. On the other hand
Simroth,® taking an impartial survey of the question, considers that
Blumrich’s interpretation is probably correct; and this view has also
been adopted by Lang,’ although he does not discuss the matter.
During the spring of the present year, three specimens of Hanleya
' B. Haller, ‘‘ Die Organisation der Chitonen der Adria.’ Pt. 2: Arb. Inst.
Wien, v, 1883, p. 26.
* J. Blumrich, ‘‘ Das Integument der Chitonen’’: Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., lii, 1891,
p- 460.
= Loe. cit. p. 21.
4 Haller, ‘* Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Placophoren’’: Morph. Jahrb., xxi, 1894,
p. 34.
® Thiele, ‘‘ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Mollusken’’: Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., liii,
1892, p. 586.
® Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-reichs, Bd. iii, Mollusca, 1894, p. 262.
7 A. Lang, Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie, 1888— "94, p. 744.
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
abyssorum, a Chiton found at a depth of from 150 to 200 fathoms off
the coast of Norway, were bought for the Royal College of Surgeons.
After dissecting these specimens for the purposes of the Museum,
it seemed desirable to confirm certain details by the examination
of microscopic sections made from the remaining fragments. These
sections, cut with the object of verifying certain points in the
respective shape and size of different regions of the lateral nerve-
cords, revealed upon investigation, as so often happens, other points
of enact besides those actually expected, throwing in this instance
considerable light upon the vexed osphradial question.
The individual gills of a Chiton are innervated from the lateral
nerve-cord by means of a pair of fine nerves, one of which runs down
the outer wall of each blood-vessel.!. Both nerves, in contradistinction
to the lateral cords from which they spring, are entirely devoid of
ganglion cells. Although such an arrangement is the general rule, it
does not hold in the case of Hanleya abyssorum, except for the three
anterior gills; for in that Chiton, from the fourth gill to the sixteenth
and last, the outer branchial nerve, that is the nerve situated in the
wall of the efferent branchial vessel, is ganglionated in varying degrees
(Fig. I, iv-xvi). In the fourth and fifth gills the ganglion cells are
confined to the proximal portion of the nerve, forming a small oval
ganglion, lying without the gill on the floor of the main efferent
branchial vessel. From the sixth eill onwards ganglion cells are
present upon the nerve, both before and after its passage from the
main efferent branchial “vessel into the individual vessel of the gill.
The maximum number of ganglion cells is reached about the tenth
gill, and from that point to the sixteenth gill the size and extent of
the ganglionic masses have a slight tendency to diminish. Looking
closer at a well-marked example, say the tenth gill, it will be noticed
(Pl. II, Fig. 1, e.”.) that the ganglion cells are ayes evenly distributed
over the entire surface of the nerve, as in the cords of the central
nervous system, but are aggregated into patches, thus forming a string
of ganglionic enlargements, giving the nerve a beaded appearance. In
the first ganglion, the one, that i 1s, wins without the gill in the main
efferent branchial ‘vessel (PL. TT; Fig. 1 , 99-), the g eanglion cells form a
cortex surrounding a central bundle of fibres, but in the portion of the
nerve situated within the gill they are chiefly confined to the surface
directed towards the cavity of the blood-vessel (PL. II, Fig. 2, e220
The ganglion cells in question are small, closely congregated together,
and provided with a round nucleus, thus agreeing with the cells that
are considered to be characteristic of a sensory eanglion.? * The side of
the nerve directed towards the exterior is fbrone in structure, and is
closely applied to the epithelial covering of the blood-vessel. Before
leaving the nerves and turning to the epithelium, I wish to draw
attention to a slight peculiarity of the lateral nerve-cord itself: it will
An idea of the general anatomy can be obtained from PI. II, Fig.
9
2 2F Thiele, “ Ueber Sinnesorgane der Seitenlinie und das Naviunion yon
Mollusken ’’: Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., xlix, 1890, p. 425
BURNE: ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM. ri
be seen on referring to Fig. I, that in its anterior part, in fact
till it arrives at the region of the gills (confined in this species to the
‘hinder part of the body), it is circular in cross-section; at that point
it becomes distinctly larger, broader, and flatter, and though this
enlargement is not very striking, yet it is sufficiently so to be
_ suggestive of a tendency to concentration in this region, a tendency
that may be due, no doubt, to the restricted area occupied by the gills.
77 i JT
x
m enw
V2 Er \vr
/ 4 -, .
a (ea
EE |
VW {hte
Pip {Dx
WM Yo
| fe.
| Xf Rs
| a5
| > <i fi an
2 py jar
xt Oe
MY ft
xi Wt Ns, AL
xm OY
Fie. I.—Posterior portion of the right lateral nerve-cord of Hanleya abyssorum.
x $ (reconstructed from sections). 7.7. lateral nerve-cord. #.” mantle
nerves. i-xvi. external branchial nerves. i’-xvi’. internal branchial
nerves.
We will now turn to the epithelial covering of the efferent branchial
blood-vessel. In spite of the necessarily imperfect condition of such
delicate tissues, in specimens preserved merely in spirit, a transverse
section makes it sufticiently clear that its structure does not entirely
tally with the description given by Haller. Apart from the enormous
| ! Loe: cvés p26.
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
cilia, which one could hardly expect to see in material so preserved,
the epithelium, instead of consisting of a single row of cells of a
slightly larger size than those covering the surrounding parts, is con-
sider ‘ably thickened at the anterior and posterior margins of the vessel,
and in these localities is apparently composed of more than one row
of cells, for the nuclei are arranged in two fairly distinct layers—
a distal row of regularly disposed nuclei continuous with those of the
low epithelium of the gill lamelle, and an irregularly scattered.
proximal layer (Pl. II, Fie. 2, ep.). In the central portion of the
blood-vessel the epithelium resumes its low, single-layered condition.
The ganglionated nerve-cord lies beneath the anterior thickening.
It would be rash to give any definite opinion upon the nature of
this epithelium, but this much one may say with safety—Its structure
is not repugnant to the idea that it may possess a sensory function,
for the distal row of nuclei may very possibly belong to indifferent
supporting cells, and the proximal scattered layer is somewhat
suggestive of hair cells packed between the supporting cells; then,
again, the local thickening of the epithelium would be in perfect
harmony with such a view. Of course the sensory nature of this
epithelium is the vaguest of possibilities, 1f we consider the epithelium
by itself alone; but when taken in conjunction with the presence of
a nerve-cord close beneath it, richly endowed with sensory ganglion
cells, the possibility becomes so strong a probability that I think we
may with some confidence regard this complex of lofty epithelium and
ganglion as a sensory organ, in all probability an osphradium,
With the hope of gvining further knowledge on this point, it
seemed desirable to examine the eills of some other species of Chiton
which could be obtained in a state more suitable for the microscope ;
I therefore procured some specimens of Acanthochites diserepans
(Brown), a fair-sized Chiton occurring among the Channel Islands.
In this molluse the gills are not restricted so entirely to the hinder
region as in //anleya abyssorum, but extend backwards from about
the middle of the body, gradually increasing in size from the anterior
end. When examined with a pocket lens, there can be seen running
down the efferent branchial vessel of each gill a narrow brown hne,
which recalls to the mind Spengel’s brown patch, with this difference,
however, that whereas his was a diffuse patch, this is a hard narrow
line, which is fairly distinct at the base and gradually becomes fainter
as it approaches the tip of the gill.
A transverse section of one of the gills shows that this brown lne
is due to a narrow ridge of elevated pigmented epithelium surmounting
the nerve, and following its course for a considerable distance towards
the point of the gill.
The detailed structure of this epithelium (PI. I, Fig. 3, p.ep.), as far
as I have been able to make it out, leaves little doubt as to its nature,
for it appears to consist of narrow hair cells packed into the inter-
spaces between large pigmented supporting cells, a condition highly
characteristic of a sensory epithelium. The supporting cells are some-
what conical in shape; the base of the cone is directed towards the
exterior, and is the portion of the cell richest in pigments. The hair
BURNE: ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM. 9
cells, for such, on comparison with Bernard’s! figures, I take certain
dark staining streaks lying between the supporting cells to be, occur
chiefly in this strip of elevated epithelium, but are also scattered
throughout the low epithelium covering the rest of the walls of the
plood-vessels.
The locality, pigmentation, and minute structure of this strip of
elevated epithelhum, when added to the ganglionic character of the
external branchial nerve of MHanleya abyssorum, appear to warrant us
in regarding this region of the gill as the seat of a sense organ, in
all probability the representative of the osphradium in more highly
specialized molluscs. The fact that the hair cells are not strictly
confined to this modified portion of the epithelium suggests a certain
diffuse sensibility, a condition in accord with the well-known lack of
centralization in archaic creatures.
Although the general structure of this sense organ corresponds to
that of an osphradium, yet before we conclude that such is indeed
its nature, there are two considerable objections that must be
mentioned. In the first place it 1s related to the wrong branchial
vessel ; im all cases the osphradium is in connection with the afferent
branchial vessel, whereas this organ is on the efferent. With
reference to this difficulty, 1t may be worth noting that a sense organ
for testing the purity of the water would probably be so situated
as to be most easily and rapidly accessible to the stream of water
coming to the gills, a condition realized more nearly on the outside
than on the inside of the gill; but whether such a change of position
in a very constant organ can depend on so slight a physiological
advantage may very well be doubted. The second difficulty occurs
in the relations borne by the lateral nerve-cord to the viscera, Among
the higher molluscs an osphradium invariably receives its nerve supply
from the visceral loop, a nervous loop passing from one pleural ganglion
to the other, situated morphologically entirely beneath the intestine.
The lateral nerve-cord of Chiton, however, which from its relations to
this assumed osphradium would be homologous to the visceral loop,
passes above, not beneath the visceri
This latter difficulty can, of course, be met by a supposed migration
of the anus during the course of evolution; but perhaps a less violent
escape is afforded by Hubrecht’s*? ingenious suggestion that possibly
the posterior pedal commissure lost its original connection with the
pedal cords, but remained united to the lateral by a pair of stout
latero-pedal connectives; at the same time the normal posterior union
of the lateral cords degenerated and vanished, thus transforming a
dorsal into a ventral loop. Either of these alternatives is possible,
but the magnitude of the assumptions necessary would excuse a
certain amount of scepticism with regard to their probability.
Jf, in spite of these two difficulties—difticulties, 1 may add, which
1 F. Bernard, “Sur les Organes Palléaux des Prosobranches’’?: Ann. Sci. nat.
1890.
* A. A.W. Hubrecht, ‘* Proneomenia Sluiteri”’: Niederl. Arch. Zool. 1881, p. 26.
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
neither prevented Spengel! from suggesting, nor Lankester? from
accepting, the possible presence of an osphradium upon this identical
spot—we decide to regard the sense organ in question as the repre-
sentative of an osphradium, this will “be a suitable place to very
briefly indicate the influence that an osphradium would possess in
regard to one or two questions of Chiton morphology.
Passing over the interest attached to the mere occurrence of the
organ among the Amphineura, the first question with which an
osphradium is concerned is the nature of the gills. Now, although
it is usually held that in a Chiton each separate gill is a ctenidium
complete in itself, it has been lately maintained that this is not the
-ase,® but that the gills of a Chiton are processes of the mantle, organs
of the lateral line homologous to the sense organs on the epipodium of
the Rhipidoglossa and on the mantle of the Lamellibranchs. The
presence of an osphradium (if we accept Spengel’s view) would at
once set this question at rest, for an osphradium is a constant adjunct
of a ctenidium. In speaking of this point we have entered an out-
lying region of the epipodial controversy, a dispute that naturally
suggests ‘another important matter in connection with the osphradium,
namely, the nature of the loop formed by the lateral nerve-cords.
There are, I fancy, four alternative homologies: it may be considered
as homologous to either—(1) the sensory ganglia i in the epipodium of
Rhipidoglossa, the pallial nerve of Lamellibranchs,* ete.; or (2) the
outer division of the pedal nerve-cord of Haliotis,? if such a division
exists; or (3) the pleural ganglia and anterior pallial nerves of
Anisopleura and Lamellibranchs*; or, finally, the visceral loop of other
molluses.’?. The presence of an osphradium enforces our acceptance of
the last alternative, on account of the constant imnervation of the
ctenidium and its associated osphradium from the visceral loop.
Such are the reasons, as far as I have been able to ascertain them,
that tell both for and against the sensory and osphradial nature of this
organ in the above two species of Chiton; and it must be left to others
to judge whether the approximate situation and highly characteristic
structure of an osphradium are to be outweighed by certain anomalous
details of position ® and innervation.
Furtaer Nores on tug Anatomy or Hanleya abyssorum.
(a) The anterior buccal commissure.—The condition of the buccal
commissures in this species owes a great part of its interest to the
conflicting statements that have been made with regard to this point
1 Loe. cit. p. 356. 2 Toe. cit.
3 Thiele, ‘*‘ Ueber Simnesorgan . . . von Mollusken,”’ ete.: Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool.,
xlix, 1890, p. 411.
+ Tbids
5 H. v. Jhering, Morph. Jahrb., ii, 1877, p. 172
6 P. Pelseneer, ‘‘ Sur l’epipodium des Mollusques ’’: Bull. Sci. France et Belge,
1891.
7 Spengel, /oc. cit. p. 353.
8 In this connection the wide separation of the osphradium from its associated gill
in Ampullaria should be noted.
BURNE: ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM. Hal
in different species of Chiton. Brandt,! in Chiton fascicularis, and
later, Von Jhering,? in Chiton squamosus, described two commissures
uniting the buccal ganglia to one another erlor passing, as
usual, between the cesophagus and the radule sheath; and an
anterior connecting the buccal ganglia across the anterior region
of the roof of the buccal chamber. Béla Haller,? on the contrary,
says that in Chiton fascicularis and C. siculus there is no anterior
commissure, and that it was probably an erroneous observation of the
| cesophageal nerves that led Brandt and Von Jhering to the description
of a non-existent structure.
From my dissections of this region in LZanleya abyssorum, there
seems to be no doubt that the latter observers were not mistaken ;
in this species the anterior commissure is not only easily traced
from ganglion to ganglion, but the whole thing can, with a little
care, be removed entire* (Fig. II, a.b.c.). I have also seen this
| , \\
3 bc. 4 \
[ : a \ |
| br. — an q 7 \
L—¢ Poe roa
| ne ff a) Ov,
€ Ej a4 }
} Zz
Fic. I].—<Anterior portion of nervous system of Hanleya abyssorum. x 4, From
Nos. 13050 and D. R.C.S. a.d.c. anterior buccal commissure.
b.g. buecal ganglion, /.n. lateral nerve-cords. @’.n. cesophageal
nerve. p.c. anterior pedal commissure. p.c’, roots of one of the
succeeding pedal commissures. y.2. pedal nerve-cord.
commissure, though with greater difficulty, in Cryptoplax striatus.
In a point of this kind it is not at all necessary that one or other of
1 KE. Brandt, ‘‘ Ueber das Nervensystem von Chiton fascicularis’’: Bull. Acad.
St. Petersb., xiii, 1869.
2 H. y. Jhering, ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Nervensystems der Amphineuren,”’
ete.: Morph. Jahrb., iti, 1877, p. 157.
3 Haller, ‘‘Der Chitonen der Adria.’’ Pt. 1: Arb. Inst. Wien, iv, 1882, p. 7
4 No. 1805D, Physiological Series, Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum.
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
the conflicting statements must be wrong; the probable explanation
being that we have here one of those details in which different species
vary from one another.
(6) The pedal commissures.—Here again, as regards the anterior pedal
commissure, my observations uphold Von Jhering to the disadvanti age
of Haller: for the latter,’ in contradiction to Von J hering’s® assertion
that the anterior commissure considerably exceeds its successors in
size, denies that it can be distinguished from the rest in any way.
In Hanleya abyssorum the anterior pedal commissure is a simple
unbranched strand passing directly from one pedal cord to the other
(Fig. LH, p.c.). In size it is about equal to the subcesophageal com-
missure, and is strikingly larger than its companions, for whereas
they could only with difficulty be seen at their origin from the pedal
nerves, the anterior commissure could be easily t traced and removed.’
The comparative difference in size between the anterior pedal com-
missure and the roots of its successors can be seen in Fig. I], p.c., p.c’.
As we follow the pedal cords to their posterior extremity, we find
that they gradually approach each other, till at the extreme end of
the foot they appear to become continuous, forming a loop comparable
to that made by the lateral cords above the rectum. In reality,
however, this is not exactly the case, for the examination of a series
of sections through this region makes it evident that a short tract
uniting the two cords is devoid of ganglion cells, so that they must be
said to be united by a short, stout, fibrous commissure Gig. Tica:
ae 5
pw
\ é |
“a
aay, ‘
Yo —/ —
YU c \
Fie. I1].—Posterior extremity of the pedal nerve-cords of Hanleya abyssorum. x 30
(reconstructed from sections). ¢. fibrous commissure. #. nerves dipping
into muscles of the foot ieee nerves are about equal in size to the
preceding pedal commissures). y.72. pedal nerve-cords.
(c) The heart.—The heart, in certain parts of its structure, seems to be
a most interestingly variable organ in the different species of Chiton.
From a paper published last year by Haller,* one can recognize no less
than four different types dependent on the number and position of the
auriculo-ventricular openings. At the bottom of the scale he describes
four pairs of such openings in Chiton magnificus ; then comes the con-
dition found in most Chitons, two pairs; after that, one pair with
1 Does cits paula peal.
2 Von Jhering, "ei Vergleichende Anatomie des Nervensystems und Phylogenie der
Mollusken,”’ p. 45.
% No. 1305C, Physiological Series, Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum.
* Haller, Morph. Jahrb., xxi, 1894, p. 29.
amma
2 silt i :
ei tee
ch ththapoies ihn si
all
elas ON
90S OVIVIN ‘OOM
.¢
BURNE: ANATOMY OF HANLEYA ABYSSORUM. 13
a single posterior unpaired opening; and finally, in one case (a species
allied to C. monticularis, Quoy) a single pair only. The rarity of the
final condition, in which only one pair is left, makes it a noteworthy
fact that this type is also to be found in //anleya abyssorum. In this
Chiton the ventricle is short and rounded (more so than in Haller’s
figure, but the shape may be a good deal dependent upon the con-
traction caused by the preserving fluid) ; its posterior extremity rests
loosely upon the united auricles, but is in no way attached to them ;
the single pair of auriculo-ventricular openings are situated rather
towards the anterior end of the ventricle.
The above deviations from the structure of the more commonly
observed species of Chiton, most of them tending in the direction of
concentration, and suggestive of a more specialized condition—e.g.
separate olfactory ganglia, enlarged anterior and posterior pedal
commissures (the only two still persistent in Patella'), the concen-
tration of the lateral cords in the branchial region, and the condition
of the heart—gain a new interest when considered in relation to the
habitat of their possessor; for we find them congregated in a creature
that has strayed from the haunts of its surf-loving relatives into the
home of the more specialized Aplacophora, a region verging upon the
deep sea.”
My best thanks are due to my friend and former teacher, Professor
G. B. Howes, for his kindness in reading over and criticizing this
paper, and to Professor C. Stewart for permitting me to examine the
gills of some of the rarer species of Chiton.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
Fie. 1.—Model of the tenth gill from the left side of Hanleya abyssorum, recon-
structed from sections. x 30. a@.v. main afferent branchial vessel.
a’. afferent vessel of the individual gill. e¢.2. external branchial
nerve. ¢.v. main efferent branchial vessel. e.v’. efferent vessel of the
individual gill. 7.2. internal branchial nerve. 7.x. lateral nerve-cord.
mn. mantle nerves. gg. proximal ganglion on the external branchial
nerve.
Fic. 2.—Transverse section of a portion of the gill of Hanleya abyssorum. x 80.
en. external branchial nerve. ep. epithelium. e.v. efferent vessel.
gl. gill lamella.
Fic. 3.—Transverse section of a portion of the gill of Acanthochites discrepans.
x 240. e.n. external branchial nerve. ¢.v. efferent vessel. p.ep.
pigmented epithelium.
These figures were drawn with the camera lucida. Fig. 3 is a combination of two
sections, in one of which the pigment cells were more distinct, in the other the
hair cells.
1 E. L. Bouvier, ‘‘Syst¢me nerveux des Gastéropodes Prosobranches’’: Ann.
Sci. nat. (Zool.), sér. vu, iii and iv, 1887, p. 17.
2 H. Simroth, “ Kritische Bemerkungen tiber die Systematik der Neomeniden”’ :
Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., lvi, 1893, p. 326.
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
DESCRIPTION OF CASSIS ADCOCKI, A NEW SPECIES.
By G. B. Sowrrsy, FoL:S., ete:
Read 8th November, 1895.
Cassts ApcockI, n.sp.
Testa oblongo-ovata, albida, rubescente tincta, maculis parvis quad-
ratis, quinque-seriatim dispositis ornata; spira conica, sub-elongata,
obtusiuscula; anfractus 6, conyexiusculi, primi leves, sequentes
spiraliter dense lirati, longitudinaliter plicati, superne angulati, supra
angulum leviter concavi, lira crassiuscula granulosa conspicue fusco-
maculata juxta suturam instructi ; sutura angusta; anfractus ultimus
oblongus, convexus, leviter inflatus, superne plicatus; plicis confertis
circ. 22, ad angulum nodulosis; apertura elongato-ovalis ; columella
levissime plieata ; labrum crassum, intus leyissime dentato-liratum,
extus levigatum, conspicue fusco quinque-maculatum. Long. 28,
diam. maj. 17, min. 13 mm.
Hab.—Yankalilla Bay, South Australia.
This is one of the smallest species of the genus; it is chiefly
characterized by the number and smallness of the brown spots con-
stituting the five series so prevalent in this group of the genus, as well
as by the numerous plications on the posterior half of the shell. The
slightly concave area at the top of the body-whorl is bordered against
the narrow suture by a prominent brown spotted ridge.
This new species has been mistaken by South Australian con-
chologists for Cassis pila, Reeve, from which it is obviously distinct.
My friend Mr. W. T. Bednall, of Adelaide, being in doubt as to the
identification, sent a very dilapidated specimen for my opinion. I at
once informed him that it was not C. pila, and that in my opinion it was
anew species. Since then Mr. D. J. Adcock has been kind enough to
send me his somewhat smaller but perfect specimen for description.
Cassis Adcochki, MSPs
Cassis Adcocki is so different from C. pila and its allies that
comparison is hardly necessary. In form it is much less inflated, its
markings are very different, and it exhibits plications such as are
altogether wanting in C. pila.
I agree with Mr. Tryon that the Chinese C. pila, the Japanese
C. Japonica, Reeve, and C. Pferfferd, Crosse, are forms of one and the
same species, but I consider them distinct from the Mediterranean
C. saburon, Lamk.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF VITRINA, AND NEW
FORMS OF HELICID#, WITH A LIST OF THE HELICOID
SHELLS HITHERTO FOUND IN THE CANARY ISLANDS.
By G. K.*Gupz, F.Z.8., etc.
Read 8th November, 1895.
Tue land-shells which Colonel G. 8. Parry collected during his third
| visit to the Canary Islands (January to April, 1895), and several of
which he has kindly placed at my disposul, are interesting, not so much
on account of the new forms, since these, in view of the repeated and
thorough exploration of the group, could scarcely be expected to be
numerous, but chiefly because certain species were found in islands
where they had hitherto been looked for in vain, and also for the
discovery at San Sebastian, Gomera, of living specimens of Hygromia
multigranosa, a species previously known only i in a subfossil condition.
An extended range for ZHelicella phalerata, which was believed to be
confined to Tenerife, is established by the taking of specimens at
Galdar, Grand Canary. Mousson recorded it for Palma, but the
correctness of that habitat has been doubted; it is probable, however,
that the species had already been collected in Grand Canary by
Wollaston, for his variety umbilicata from that island, reearded by
him as pertaining to ZZ. persimilis, appears to Colonel Parry and
myself to be identical with H. phalerata.
The new records referred to are: Vitrina Canariensis, Mouss.,
Gomera (one specimen); Hyalinia cellaria, Miill., Palma; T7felicella
conspurcata, Drap., Palma; H. phalerata, W. and B., Grand Canary ;
HH. Despreauxii, D’Orb., Palma. The finding of Pyramidula seutula,
Shutt, in Tenerife, is of interest, from the fact that Mousson and
Wollaston regarded it as a doubtful member of the fauna.
Colonel Parry’s shells included a Vitrina, which I describe as a new
species, and four varieties of Helicidee, which appear to be worthy of
distinctive names.
Vitrina Parry, n.sp.
Testa depressa, transverse oblonga, tenuis, corneo-virens, niti-
dissima; spira plana; sutura linearis, distincte marginata; anfr. 3,
celeriter accrescentes, ultimus ample dilatatus, superne valide gibboso-
canaliculatus ; apertura perobliqua; peristoma simplex, acutum.
Diam. maj. 8, min. 5°5, alt. 3mm.
Hab.—Galdar, Grand Canary.
Its nearest ally appears to be V. Blaunert, from which it differs in
being smaller and in having pronounced gibbous grooves on the upper
side. Colonel Parry informs me that the animal is jet-black, while
in V. Blawnert it is pale-brown mottled with darker brown.
HELICELLA TUMULORUM var. PULCHRA, N.var.
Differt a typo, fasciis fuscis fere nigris ornata, subtus validius
costulata. Diam. maj. 13°5, min. 12, alt. 9mm.
Hab.—Isleta, Grand Canary.
Differs from the type in having darker, almost black bands, one
below, one above the periphery, “and in being more stro ongly and
|
|
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
|
|
|
coarsely ribbed below. |
HELICELLA TUMULORUM var. ARUCASENSIS, N.var.
Differt a typo testa minore, magis elevata, fasciis minus inter- |
ruptis, apertura latiore. Diam. maj. 10°5-11°5, min. 9°5-10°5, |
alt. 7°5-8°5 mm. |
Hab.—Arucas, Grand Canary.
Differs from the type in being smaller, more elevated, in the ©
fascize being less interrupted and less sharply defined, and in the
© ®@ KY
IIL
I. Vitrina Parryi, asp.
Il. Helix Pouchet var. geminata, n., and portion of whorl. x 2.
Ill. Helicella tumulorum var. Arucasensis, 0.
IV. Helicella tumulorum var. pulchra, 0
aperture being wider. It approaches ZZ. phalerata in contour, from
which, however, it is separated by the acute, compressed keel.
The specimens were found at the top of a volcanic cone, near Arucas,
at an altitude of 1200 feet.
HEMICYCLA BITUMINOSA var. UNICOLOR, N.var.
Differt a typo testa unicolore, ad peripheriam magis angulata,
apertura latiore.
Hab.—Valley of Galdar, Grand Canary.
Differs from the type in being of a unicolorous, corneous brown, in
being more strongly angulated at the periphery, and in having a
wider aperture. This variety was found with the type im the pro-
portion of 1 in 3, “in an isolated locality under one fig-tree.”
Hemicycta Povcurr var. GEMINATA, N.var.
Differt a typo testa tenuiore, sine fasciis, costulis geminatis.
Hab.—Santa Cruz, Tenerife.
The paired costule and the smooth alternate interstices give this
variety a totally different appearance from the type; its general
aspect rather recalls ZZ. plicaria. It was taken by Colonel Parry with
the type in 1893, but it appears rather scarce, for a suite of about
fifty yielded only two specimens.
| Pilsbry’s
GUDE: HELICOID SHELLS OF THE CANARIES. iy
Cuasstriep List or THe Srectes or Henitcorp LAND-SHELLS
FROM THE Canary ISLANDS.
Since the publication of Wollaston’s ‘“ Testacea Atlantica”? in 1878,
many new species have been discovered ; and, since the descriptions are
seattered through various publications, I have thought it useful to
append a classified list of all the Helicoid land-shells now known to be
comprised in the fauna. With regard to the species of Hemicycla,
classification appears to me to be hardly satisfactory, and it is
notorious that some of Mabille’s species are based upon insufficient
characters. I have therefore endeavoured to rearrange the genus, and
have found it necessary to reduce certain of the species to varietal
rank, or to sink them as synonyms.
The shells taken by Colonel Parry during his visits to the Islands
jin 1887, 1893, and 1895 are marked with an asterisk. A + implies
that the species is subfossil; while the islands are designated as
\ follows :—
Gr. Graciosa. P. Palma.
H. Hierro. T. Tenerife.
L. Lanzarote.
C. Grand Canary.
F. Fuerteventura.
G. Gomera.
JANuULUS, Lowe.
Pompylia, Shutt.—P.
Pyramipuza, Fitz.
Sect. Parunasrra, Pfr.
placida, Shutt.—T. P. H.
= Tuseana, Paiva.
=pusilla var.
Lowe.
pusilla, Lowe.—T. P. H.
—servilis, Shutt.
=hypocrita, Dohrn
Virrina, Drap.
Lamarckii, Fér.—*T. P. H.
= Tener iff, Quoy.
Canariensis, Mouss.—H. *G.
Grek. T).
latebasis, Mouss.—*P. FH.
Blauneri, Shutt.—*T. P. *C.
Parryt, n.sp —*C.
reticulata, Mouss.—*T.
Hyatinia, Fér.
Sect. Virrea, Fitz.
sericina,
erystallina, Mill. — F. *T. Sect. Gonyopiscus, Fitz.
ie. = Discus, Fitz. et Auct.
vermiculum, Lowe.—*T. textilis, Shutt.—P. T.
Sect. Porrra. kompsa, Mab.—H.
cellaria, Mull.—*T. H.*C.*P. =concinna, Lowe.
putrescens, Lowe.—P.
ganoda, Mab.—G.
var. Canaria, Mouss.
—C.
themera, Mab.—C.,
Jestinans, Shutt.—P.
Osoriensis, Woll.—C.
Sect. Naurriinvs.
Clymene, Shutt.—*T.
Sect. Lyropiscus, Pils.
= Lyra, Mouss.
ctrcumsessa, Shutt.—*T. P.
Rochebruni, Mab.—G.
lenis, Shutt.—*P. H.
VOL. 1896.
II.—APRIL,
Garachicoensis, Woll.—T.
=agrestis, Lowe.
var. submarmorata, W oll.
engonata, Shutt.—T.
retexta, Shutt.—P.
scutula, Shutt.—*T.
Sect. Lyruna, Woll.
Loweana, Woll.—u.
=torrefacta, Lowe.
=usurpans, Furt.
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL
Lrvcocuroa, Beck.
ultima, Mouss.—F.
pressa, Mouss.—F,
accola, Mouss.—F.
Gromirra, Swains.
Sect. Herrrostoma, Hartm.
paupercula, Lowe.—lL.
HELIcELLA.
Sect. Hetromanss, Fér.
maritima, Drap.—F. *C. *T.
=lineata, Oliv.
=simulata, W. and B.
= Canariensis, Shutt.
=herbicola, Shutt.
var. submeridionalis,
Bet.—C.
Sect. Canpiputa, Kob.
apicind, Lam.—T.
conspurcata, Drap.—*T. *P.
Sect. Moniearta, Mouss.
monilifera, Mouss.—L. F. C.
a Gre:
Lancerottensis, W. and B.—
Desa) sige CF
= Orbignyt var. calcarea,
Mouss.
var. Webbii, Lowe.—
1k:
var. adoptata, Mouss.—G.
Orbignyt, W.and B.—*T.*P,
Cee heehle
= Orotavana(Tarn.), Mouss.
rar. mitigata, Mouss.—
a:
persimilis, Shutt.—F. C. *T.
Gaba Hi
rar. preposita, Mouss.—
1
—— var. devia, Mouss.—T.
phalerata, W. and B.—*T,
sy Of Gs) ees)
=persimilis var. umbili-
cata, Woll.
= Rosetti, W. and B.
= Nivariensis, Shutt.
tumulorum, W. and B.—*C.
=atomata, Mke., juv.
var. pulchra, n. var.—*C,
var. Arucasensis, N.var.
—_*C
:
SOCIETY.
Monirearta (continued).
oleacea, Shutt.—P.
rar. deusta, Lowe.—P.
Woodwardia (Tarn.), Mouss,
—*T,
Watsoniana, Woll.—C. T.
lemniscata, W. and B.—*C. P.
phryganophila, Mab.—T.
dendrophila, Mab.—C.
aglaometa, Mab.—C.
Sect. Jacosra, Gray.
Argonautula, W. and B.—C,
+ var. Canariensis, Mouss.
= Renati, Dautz.
pulverulenta, Lowe.—C.
granostriata, Mouss.—L. F.
morata, Mouss.—}F.
multipunctata, Mouss.—{F.
Sect. Osetus, Hartm.
cyclodon, W. and B.
Despreauxti, D’Orb.—C. *P.
= Preauxti, Hartm.
— var. immodica, Mouss.—C.
moderata, Mouss.—L. F.
Mirande, Lowe.—*G. H.
var. nodosostriata, Mouss.
—G.
Sect. Trocuuta, Schliiter.
tnops, Mouss.—C.
Sect. Cocuiicetta, Risso.
ventricosa, Drap.—C. T.
Hyeromta, Risso.
Sect. Fruricicona, Held.
multigranosa, Mouss. —*G.
(recent).
Sect. Crnrerta, Mouss.
leprosa, Mouss.—*T.
lanosa, Mouss.
pavida, Mouss.—T. P.
=nubigena, Lowe.
Acantarnuta, Beck.
spinifera, Mouss.—C. P.
Vattonta, Risso.
pulchella, Miill.—C. *T. P.
Heticoponra, Fér.
Sect. Caracotiina, Beck.
lenticula, Fér.—*C. *T. *P.
pel aleiGrd Oy da
=subtilis, Lowe.
= Pintorella (Bonelli), Villa.
GUDE:
Caracotina (continued).
lenticula var. virilis, Mouss.
—F.
var. major, Shutt.—*P.
hispidula, Lam.—*T. G.
var subhispidula, Mouss.
—T.
var. Bertheloti, Fer.—
=
var. everia, Mab.—T.
pthonera, Mab.—T.
Parry?, Pons.andSykes.—*T.
afficta, Fer.—P.
=lens, D’Orb.
=planaria, Lam.
planaria, Mouss.—T.
discobolus, Shutt.—*G.
=afficta, D’Orb.
fortunata, Shutt.—*T. G.
crispolanata, Woll.—P.
beata, Woll.—F.
Gomere, Woll.—G.
eutropis, Shutt.—F.
ophthalmories, Mab.
=ophthalmorycha, Mab.
. Lepraxts, Lowe.
Sect. Lampapta, Alb.
cuticula, Shutt.—*T. G. P.
| Hetrcocena, Fér.
aspersa, Miill.—C. *P. (intro-
duced),
=spumosa, Lowe.
Orata, Schum.
= Macularia, Auct.
lactea, Mull.—*C. *T. H.
var. Canariensis, Mouss.
—T. G. H.
atavorum, Mab.—C.
Jacquematana (Bet.), Mab.—
C.
gibbosobasalis, Woll.—T.
Ahmarina (Bgt.), Mab.—C.
efferata, Mouss.—{G.
Moussoniana, Woll.—tG.
= Adonis, Mouss.
Hemicycra, Swains.
plicaria, Lam.—*T.
=plcatula, Lam.
=orbiculata, Wood.
=planorbula (Gray), Villa.
HELICOID SHELLS OF THE CANARIES. 19
Hemicycra (continued).
Bethencourtiana, Shutt.—*T.
var. chersa, Mab.—T.
Berkeleyi, Lowe.—C.,
Thespesia, Mab.
desculpta, Mouss.—{F.
retrodens, Mouss.—l.
modesta, Fér.—*T.
= Paivana, Lowe.
var. idiotrypa, Mab.—T.
saponacea, Lowe.—C.
Poucheti, Fér.—*T. (? C.).
= Adansoni, W. and B.
-— var. Hedeia, Mab.—T.
var. evergasta, Mab.—T.
var. geminata, n.var.—*T.
thoryna, Mab.—T.
malleata, Fér.—*T.
=bidentalis, Lam.
=tridentalis, Lam.
hedonica, Mab.—fV.
eucalypta, Mab.—C,
bathycoma, Mab.—C.
Nwariea, Woll.—*T.
Justini, Mab.—C.
= Poiriert, Mab.
callipona, Mab.—f{T.
helygaia, Mab.—fT.
glyceia, Mab.—*}T.
idryta, Mab.—fT.
zelota, Mab.—{C.
=themera, Mab.
=psathirella, Mab. (Nouv.
Atch.,-t..2cvs she 12° n0t
named in text or index).
Glasiana, Shutt.—*C.
=pellislacerti, Rye.
=malleata, var. 3, Pfr.
thanasima, Mab.—}{T.
ephora, Mab.—fT.
empeda, Mab.—C.
cardiobola, Mab.—}T.
Fritschi, Mouss.—*G. 'T.
var. major, Mouss.—}G.
Guamartemes, Grass.—*C,
= Cuanartemes, auct.
= Manriquiana, Lowe,
= Guartemes, Mts.
distensa, Mouss.—G.
hedybia, Mab.—(? G.)
0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hemticycra (continued ).
Maugeana, Shutt.—T.
= Gaudryi, Pfr. and Rve.
invernicata, Mouss.—T.
=consobrina, W. and B.
consobrina, Fér.—*T.
var. vetusta, Mouss.—T.
var. cacopera, Mab.—G.C.
bathyclera, Mab.—T.
indifferens, Mouss.—*}H.
Perraudierei, Grass.—H.
Merroénsis, Grass.—*H.
=ralverdensis, Lowe.
Gaudryi, D’Orb.—*C., (? G.).
var. evergeta, Mab.—C.
var. Gaudryopsis, Mab.—C.
var. Ripochi, Mab.—C.
var. amblasmodon, Mab.—
Oh
var. ephedrophila, Mab.-—
CIG:
danthina, Mab.—C.
granomalleata, Woll.—*P.
vermiplicata, Woll.—P.
Verneaut, Mab.—}fT.
Perriert, Mab.—fT.
cacoplasta, Mab.—}T.
zorgia, Mab.—C.
merita, Mouss.—fG.
bituminosa, Mab.—*C.
var. unicolor, n.var.—*C.
psathyra, Lowe.—C.
=psathyropsis, Mab.
Agaetana, Mab.—*C.
Galdarica, Mab.—*C.
cateucta, Mab.—}C.
bathycampa, Mab.—F.
gravida, Mouss.—}F.
sarcostoma, W. and B.—*L.
Gossil) HOC. (eT)
var. Canaria, ] Mousse":
var. thaumalea, Mab.—
iE.
var. Fuerteventura, Mouss.
—F.
var. guanche (Tarn. ),Mouss.
Paeteliana, Shutt.—F.
harmonica, Mouss.—H.
Gomerensis, Morel.—G.
Hemicycta (continued ).
cacopista, Mab.—}C.
ethelema, Mab.—C.
digna, Mouss.—}G.
Saulcyi, D’Orb.—*C.
var. Ledrui, Mab.—}{C.
erypsidoma, Mab.—C.
embritha, Mab.—tC.
temperata, Mouss.—*C,
stulta, Mab.—tC.
baia, Mab.—}C.
subgravida, Mab.—}T.
carta, Mab.—}{C.
Barckeriana, Mab.—{C.
= Barkeri, Mab.
planorbella, Lam.—G.
=strigata var., Fér.
= Villiersii, D’Orb.
var. inctsogranulata,
Mouss.—T.
inutilis, Mouss.—T.
Plutonia, Lowe.—*}L. F.
semitecta, Mouss.—{G.
Sabiniana, Mab.—C.
Paivanopsis, Mab.—G.
= Paivana, Morel.
quadricincta, Morel.—*G.
? examinata, Mab.—T.
2? nubivaga, Mab.—T.
EvparypuHa, Hartm.
Pisana, Miull.—L. *C. *T. G.
leg (Cae
var. Pisanella, Serv.—C.
var. geminata, Mouss.—
=alboranensis, Pfr.
var. clausoinflata, Mouss.
—F.
var. parvula, Mouss.—F.
var. hierophanta, Mab.—
a
var. Grasseti (Tarn.),
Mouss.—*C.
=pisanoides, D’Orb.
=planata, W. and B. (pars).
impugnata, Mouss.—L. Gr.
=festiva, Lowe.
=planata, W. and B. (pars).
var. subgeminata, Mouss.
—L.
GUDE: HELICOID SHELLS OF THE CANARIES. 21
DovstruL AND Spurious SPECIES.
Vitrina fasciolata, Fér. Quoted by Feérussac from Tenerife, but not
found by any subsequent naturalist.
Hyalinia (Polita) semicostulata, Beck. Reeve gives the Canaries as
a habitat; but since it has never been confirmed, and
since his records have frequently proved untrustworthy,
it is advisable to remove this species from the list.
Beck reported it originally from Portugal.
Heliv mareida, Shutt. These four species were obtained from bags
melolontha, Shutt i ee mie
. : of dried orchil, the precise origin of
umbicula, Shutt. : p I 2
which was unknown.
cementitia, Shutt.
elegantula, Jan. (one of the many forms of polymorpha, a
Madeiran species).
anaglyptica, Rve.
=nitidiuseula var. major. Flat Deserte, Canaries (ste, error
for Madeira).
teniata, W. and B. | Two Madeiran species erroneously recorded
tiarella, W. and B.) — from the Canaries by Webb and Berthelot.
eu
|
BIsiioGRAPHy.
—1810.—Ledru, Voyage aux Tles de Tenerife, ete., 1, p. 186.
1832.—Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage de I Astrolabe, “Zoologie, i.
1833.—Webb and Berthelot, Synopsis Molluscorum terrestrium et
fluviatilium quas in itineribus per insulas Canarias obser-
varunt: Ann. Sci. nat., xxviii,’ p. 307, ete.
1839.—D’Orbigny, in Webb and Berthelot, Histoire Naturelle des
Hes Canaries, Zoologie ii, 2nd part.
1852.—Shuttleworth, ‘Diagnosen Einiger neuen Mollusken aus den
Can: irischen Insen: Mitth. naturf. Ges. Bern, 1852,
p. 137, ete.
1856.—Grasset, Description de Coquilles provenant des iles Canaries :
Journ. de Conch., v, pp. 845 and 346.
1857.—Mousson, Appendix to G. Hartung’s Geologische Verhaltnisse
der Inseln Lanzarote und Fuerteventura: Neue Denksch.
Schweizer. Ges. Naturw. Zurich, xv, art. 4, p. 1380.
1859.—Mousson, On the Land-shells of Lanzarote and Fuerteventura,
with observations on the Molluscan Fauna of the Canary
Islands in general: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, 11,
p. 80, ete.
1861.—Lowe, Diagnoses of new Canarian Land Mollusca: Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. m1, vii, p. 104, etc.
' Cited erroneously in the Royal Society’s Catalogue of Scientific Papers as
wol. xxix.
22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1864.—Morelet, Description de Coquilles inédites: Journ. de Conch.,
xii, p. 155.
1866.—Bourguignat, Recherches sur la Distribution géographique
des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles en Algérie et dans
les regions circonvoisines: Ann, Sci. nat., sér. v, v, p. 326.
1872.—Hidalgo, Molluscos del Viaje al Pactfico. I Univalvos terrestres.
1872 —Mousson, Révision de la Faune malacologique des Canaries.
1878.—Wollaston, Testacea Atlantica.
1882.—Mabille, Molluscorum novorum diagnoses succinct: Bull.
Soc. philom. Paris, sér. vir, vi, p. 182, ete.
1883.— Diagnoses testarum novarum: op. cit., vil, p. 48, ete.
1884.—Smith, On the Mollusca of the ‘‘ Challenger”? Expedition,
Canary Islands: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 276.
A
1884) — Mabille, Matériaux pour une Faune malacologique des Les
1885) Canaries: Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, sér. u, vii,
p. 201, etc.; viii, p. 27, ete.
1886.—Hidalgo, Supplement to F. Quiroga, Apuntes de un viaje por el
Sahara occidental: Ann. Soc. Espan. Hist. nat., xv, p. 520.
1887.—Furtado, Sur la denomination de I’ felix torrefacta, Lowe,
des Canaries: Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, xi, p. 86.
1890.—Dautzenberg, Recoltes malacologiques de PAbbé Cullieret :
Bull. Soe. zool. France, 1890, p. 147, ete.
1891.— —— Voyage de la Goelette Melita aux Canaries et au Sénegal,
1889-90: Mém. Soe. zool. France, iv, p. 22, etc.
1894.—Ponsonby and Sykes, Two new Land-shells from Tenerife :
Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 1, p. 55.
1895.—Krause, Landschnecken von Tenerifa: Nachbl. Deutsch.
malak. Ges. 1895, p. 20, etc.
DESCRIPTION OF STREPTAXIS PAULUS, A NEW SPECIES.
By G. K. Gunz, F.Z.8., ete.
SrREPTAXIS PAULUS, D.sp.
Aff. S. Heudei, S. et B., sed minus solidula, minor; margo superior
peristomatis ad suturam minus recedens; lamella superior in parte
-parietis non margine dextro conjuncta; peristoma minus incrassatum ;
anfr. penultimus in umbilicum recedens. Diam. maj. 6, min. 4, alt.
3mm.
I. Streptaris paulus, n.sp. Mouth, x 3.
Il. Mouth of S. Heude., x 3.
Hab.—Unknown. Chinese region probably.
Two specimens of this shell, without indication of habitat, were
acquired by me in a miscellaneous collection at Stevens’ sale-rooms.
Upon recently receiving a specimen of S. Heuder, its resemblance
to my unnamed shells struck me at once; and I submitted them to
Dr. Boettger, who wrote: “ New species, next to S. Heuder.” It
| differs from that shell in the deeper umbilicus; the penultimate
whorl recedes further; the upper lamella on the parietal wall is not
joined to the right margin of the peristome, and the latter is less
_ reflexed at the suture; it is also smaller and less solid,
24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
LIST OF THE PLEUROTOMIDZ OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES.
By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., etc.
Read 10th January, 1896.
PLATE III.
Styce the publication of ‘A list of Aquatic Mollusca inhabiting South
Australia” by Mr. D. J. Adcock in 1893, a considerable number of
species have been discovered, principally through the researches of
Dr. J. C. Verco, who has placed in my hands for identification and
description the Pleurotomidee found by him. Mr. Adcock and Mr.
Bednall have also kindly sent me a considerable number of specimens
for comparison; so that I have had pretty good material to work upon.
Most of the species are very small, and some are at first sight so much
alike that the mere sorting of them has been no little labour. The
generic distinctions are Erle very unsatisfactory, and it may be thought
that I have taken liberties with certain of them by placing the species
in what seem to me the most natural and convenient groups.
From Mr. Adcock’s list I have removed some names, and added
others, out of which sixteen are new, making a total of thirty-seven
species.
1. Surcura Quoyr, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pleurotoma, sp. 187. This
is the largest species recorded of South Australian Pleurotomide. It
appears at present to be somewhat rare.
2. Dra HARPULARTA, Desmoulins, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux,
tom. xu, p. 162; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Plewrotoma, sp. 124. (=P. har-
pula, Valence.) Spencer’s Gulf.
8. Drittra Watcorm, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 487,
pl. Sexy, es. 9 7, 8. Spencer’s Gulf; also St. Vincent’s Gulf,
13 fathoms (Verco).
var. pallida. Nearly white, with a pale-buff basal zone,
and the longitudinal ribs less prominent. With shell sand from
Macdonnell Bay (Adcock).
4. Drivrra Exarata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pleurotoma, sp. 201.
St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
5. Drivria pimiprata, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 2.
Testa fusiformis, tenuicula, pallida, antice balteo lato rubro, maculis
rufis marginato ornata; spira acuminata, apice obtuso; anfractus 74,
declives, superne leviter concavi, inferne convexiuscul, — sulcis
numerosis angustissimis spiraliter insculpti, costis longitudinalibus
obliquis, irregularibus, paucis, latiusculis sed parum elevatis ; sutura
anguste canaliculata; anfractus ultimus spiram fere equans, costis
indistinctis vel obsoletis, basim versus attenuatus, haud rostratus ;
apertura mediocriter lata; columella rectiuscula, tenuiter callosa,
i
SOWERBY: S. AUSTRALIAN PLEUROTOMID.E. 25
labrum acutum, obsolete crenulatum, antice leviter sinuatum, sinu
postico lato et profundo, Long. 10°50, diam. 4°50 mm.
Hab.—Backstairs Passage, 16-18 fathoms (Verco).
I have only seen three specimens of this species, of which only
one is adult. The shell is of simple character, with the spire about
as long as the body-whorl, which slopes gently to the base without
rostrum. The lower half of the whorl is pink, spotted at the margin
of the zone with somewhat deeper red.
6. Drm Bepnaru, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 3.
Testa elongato-turrita, albida, lineis fuscis numerosis cingulata;
spira acuminata, apice papillari; anfractus 93, primi 2-3 leves,
ceteri convexi, obtuse angulati, supra angulum leviter concavi,
spiraliter sub-obsolete lirati; costis longitudinalibus ad angulum ley iter
elevatis, aliter vix conspicuis ; sutura leviter impressa, carina parva
margimata; anfractus ultimus spiram paulo brevior, convexus, basim
| versus acuminatus, vix rostratus; apertura oblonga, mediocriter lata ;
columella leviter contort a; labr um tenue, postice mediocriter sinuatum.
Long. 16, diam. 5 mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A very characteristic species, marked with brown transverse lines,
about six on the body-whorl. The specimens vary somewhat ; the
type being pretty distinctly longitudinally ribbed, and the ribs raised
to form a crown at the angle; in other individuals the ribs are obsolete,
only the nodules at the angle remaining; and one large dead specimen
obtained by Dr. Verco at Backstairs Passage (20 fathoms), has but
the very faintest sign of nodules and no trace of ribs. This last
specimen measures 20mm., and although it does not exhibit the
characteristic brown lines, I have, after careful comparison, no doubt
as to its identity. Other specimens are pure white, without lnes,
| but being dead shells I take them to be simply bleached, and not, as
one might at first sight suppose, examples of a colourless variety.
7. Driniia GRatriosa, n.sp: Pl. TI, Fig. 1.
Testa elongata, glabra, rufo-carnea, flammis rubris latiusculis ir-
regularibus longitudinaliter picta; spira producta, acuta, ad apicem
obtusa ; anfractus 9, leviter convexi, eves, sutura impressa sejuncti ;
anfractus ultimus brey iusculus, leviter inflatus, basim versus contractus,
vix rostratus; apertura ovalis; columella sinuata, labrum acutum,
postice late et profunde sinuatum. Long. 17°50, diam. 6 mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A smooth shell, pink, with longitudinal red flames; the spire is
acutely elongate, but the apex blunt and papillary.
Of this species I have only seen one adult (dead), one young (fresh)
specimen, and a fragment.
Sa) Drm sakes, n.sp, Bl. 10, Fig. 4.
Testa turrita, solida, alba; spira acutiuscula, ad apicem obtusa:
>) ? ? ; di : | - >
anfractus 61, convexi, obscure aneulati, longitudinaliter obscure
. . . eh) 4 x ’ . 5 . .
plicati, aliter leves; anfractus ultimus spiram brevior, ad basim
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
truncatus, haud rostratus; apertura curta, latiuscula; labrum leviter
inflexum, postice late et profunde sinuatum; columella fere recta.
Long. 7, diam. 3mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A little, stony, white shell, with a short mouth, and lip slightly
inflexed ; in form it resembles D. Hottentota, Smith.
9, DapHNnELLa DuLcis, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 5.
Testa oblonga, subfusiformis, alba, dilute fusco irregulariter macu-
lata, antice zona pallide purpurascente, fusco-marginata picta, ad
apicem fusca; spira acuminata, apice papillari; anfractus 6, primi
2 leaves, rotundati, cxeteri convexi, obtusissime angulati, spiraliter
densissime lirati; anfractus ultimus oblongus, vix “inflatus, spiram
paulo superans, basim versus leviter contractus, vix rostratus ; apertura
breviuscula, mediocriter lata; columella levissime contorta, fusco
tincta; labrum obsolete crenulatum, postice late et profunde sinuatum.
Long. 11, diam. 2°50 mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A charming little shell, delicately coloured and sculptured. The
apex is obtuse and papillary, the whorls convex and very obscurely
angled; there are no longitudinal ribs, but the whole surface of the
shell is very finely and closely spirally ridged.
Var. alba.—Testa omnino alba.—A perfect fresh specimen of pure
shining white, without colour or markings, was taken by Dr. Verco in
same locality.
10. DaPHNELLA FRAGILIS, Reeve, P.Z.S. 1845, p. 111; Conch.
Tcon., sp. 179=lymneeformis, Reeve (non limnetformis, Kiener), loc. eit.
sp. 825. Specimens dredged by Dr. Verco in St. Vincent’s Gulf vary
much in size, the largest being nearly 20 mm. in length.
11, Dapunetta pituta, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 6.
Testa oblongo-ovata, albida, fulvyo sparsim maculata; spira acute
conica; anfractus 6, convexi, rotundati, spiraliter subtilissime striati ;
anfractus ultimus spiram superans, ovalis, haud rostratus; apertura
latiuscula, labrum tenue, arcuatum, postice mediocriter sinuatum.
Long. 10, diam. 4°25 mm.
Hab.—Backstairs Passage, 20 fathoms (Verco).
This shell has much finer striew than D. fragilis, and is of a shorter
and more ovate form
12. DapHnetta(?) Fattacrosa, n.sp. Pl. ILI, Fig. 7.
Testa elongato-turrita, sordide alba; spira acuminata, apice papillari ;
anfractus 63, convexi, vix angulati, ’ spiraliter dense striati, primi 2
leeves, sequentes 2-3, ‘longitudinalite r plicati; sutura anguste canali-
culata; anfractus ultimus spiram fere equans, superne obscurissime *
angulatus, basim versus leviter attenuatus, haud rostratus; apertura
latiuscula; labrum tenue, Jeune breviter sinuatum ; columella recti-
uscula. Long. 10, diam. 3:25 mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A shell of simple character, with a rather long spire and short
SOWERBY: 8S. AUSTRALIAN PLEUROTOMID.E. aT
mouth; closely spirally striated, only the upper whorls showing ribs
or plice. It is with some uncertainty that I place this with
Daphnella.
13. DaPHNELLA BiToR@UATA, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 9.
Testa parva, ovata, rugosa, nigro-fusca, albo interruptim zonata ;
spl ‘a obtusiuscula, gradata; anfractus 43, sub-quadrate angulati,
|spiraliter lirati, longitudinaliter subtilissime lamellati; anfractus
ultimus spiram superans, inflatus, supra medium leviter biangulatus,
/undique liris conspicuis rugosis instructus; apertura lata ; “labrum
arcuatum, postice mediocriter sinuatum. Long. 4°50, diam. 2°50 mm.
Hab. —Spencer’s s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs (Adcock).
This little shell is very dark brown, relieved by a pale zone between
two white keels, crossed by dark- brown streaks. The transverse lire
are pretty prominent, and the whole surface is roughened by minute
lamin. Another specimen sent me by Mr. Adcock is almost entirely
white.
14. DapHnetia (TerEs) mimica, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 10.
Testa turrita, alba; spira elongata, acutiuscula; anfractus 6,
- convexi, rotundati, superne leviter concavi, undique lris conspicuis
alternatim minoribus instructi, inter lirus lamellis minutis oblique
longitudinaliter sculpti; anfractus ultimus spiram brevior, ad basim
contractus, brevissime rostratus ; columella parum contorta ; apertura
ovata; labrum tenue, arcuatum, sinu postico, latiusculo. Long. 7,
diam. 2°50mm.
Hab.—st. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
This little shell bears rather a curious resemblance to the British
D. teres. I have only seen three specimens, the type here described
being the largest; the two smaller ones are shorter in proportion, and
not so concave at the top of the whorls.
Var. fusca.—A dark-brown variety, represented by a single specimen
in Mr. Adcock’s collection.
15. Dapunetta Vercor, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 8.
Testa acuminato-ovata, rugosa, tenuis, pallida, stramineo irregulariter
maculata et strigata; spira acuta; anfractus 83, primi 2 leves, ceteri
convexl, obtuse angulati, spiraliter dense lirati, lamellis obliquis
minutissimis confertissimis sculpti; costis longitudinis obliquis parum
elevatis, plerumque indistinctis et evanidis ; anfractus ultimus spiram
sub-zequans, leviter inflatus, supra angulum convexiusculus, basim
versus contractus, vix rostratus; apertura lata; columella rectiuscula ;
labrum tenue, postice mediocriter sinuatum. Long. 20, diam. 9mm.
Hab.—Backstairs Passage, 6-20 fathoms.
A thin, delicately sculptured shell, of which the ribs are of an
undecided character, entirely disappearmg on the last whorl. The
spiral lire are narrow and close, and crossed by extremely delicate
and profuse oblique lamine. The type specimen, besides the irregular
light-brown markings, has two narrow zones below the periphery ;
while others are pale straw-colour, without markings. All the
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
specimens are similar in detail of sculpture, but sometimes the
longitudinal ribs are only to be seen on the upper whorls; and in one
shell sent me by Mr. Bednall from St. Vincent’s Gulf, the body-whorl
is distinctly ribbed.
16. CLaTHURELLA MopEsTa, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 38,
pl. v, fig. 15. St. Vincent’s Gulf.
17. CLATHURELLA LAMELLOSA, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 11.
Testa parva, abbreviato-turrita, straminea, fusco sparsim maculata ;
anfractus 5; apicales leves, cxeteri tabulati, valde angulati, spiraliter
tricarinati, lamellis pulcherrimis longitudinaliter ornati; sutura cana-
heulata ; anfractus ultimus splram equans, quadricarinatus, ad basim
contractus, lratus, breviter rostratus; apertura latiuscula; labrum
arcuatum, postice profunde sinuatum. Long. 4, diam. 2mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf (Verco).
A very characteristic little shell, with angular whorls forming a
tabulated spire ; the spiral keels, of which there are four on the body-
whorl, as well as the interstices, are crossed by fine close lamellae.
The unique specimen is straw-coloured, with a single brown blotch
in front.
18. CharmurELLA LatLeMANTIANA, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865,
p. 423, pl. u, fig. 5. I think Cl. cnerusta, Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasm. 1876, p. 136), is the same; but I cannot agree with
Mr. Tryon as to the identity of C. Letourneuciana, Crosse (Journ. cle
Conch. 1865, p. 425, plate u, fig. 7). The latter species I have not
seen from South EGS.
19, CLATHURELLA TINcTA, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p. 5;
Conch. Icon., Pleurotoma, sp. 347.
= albifuniculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pleurotoma, sp. 350.
= rubroguttata, H. Adams, Proc. Zool Soc. 1872, p. 14, pl. i, fig. 25.
= rufozonata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 38, pl. Vv, fig. ie
The spots and lines vary in number, size, and colour, from black to
orange, and occasionally the species occurs white without spots.
20. CLATHURELLA PARVULA, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845; Conch.
Icon, Pleurotoma, sp. 254.
= Clatielt crassind, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 416, pl. xl,
fig.
Shae philomena, Ten.-Woods, Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1875, p. 141.
eee s description of this species is somewhat imadequate, and he
gives no dimensions, but judging from a series of specimens, I am
convinced that Angas’ crass’na cannot be separated from it. The fine
fresh specimens submitted to me are yellowish, with a brown band
below the periphery, tinged with brown at the sutures, between the
ribs, and on the lip and columella. Worn specimens are sometimes
Ww hite, and probably there is a white variety. Angas mistook bleached
specimens of this species for Plewrotoma spurca, Hinds, which, although
somewhat similar in general appearance, may be cle: arly distinguished
|
SOWERBY: S. AUSTRALIAN PLEUROTOMIDA. 29
| by the decided outward curve of the lip forming a sharp angle on
each side of the sinus.
From the description I think Tenison-Woods’ Mangilia philomena
is a synonym for Clathurella parvula, but, in the absence of a figure,
and not haying seen an authentic specimen, I cannot say with
certainty.
21. CLATHURELLA BIcoLoR, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 18,
pl. i, fig. 20. This species may be distinguished from the smaller
forms of C. parvula, by its more elongated and less angular form.
Manernra Apcockr, nom. noy.
I propose this name for the J. bella of Adams and Angas (Proce.
Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 419, pl. xxxvi, fig. 6), their name being pre-
occupied by Hinds. Tryon (Manual of Conchology, vol. vi, p. 270)
considers it identical with If. Boaker, Nevill, a Ce ‘ylon shell with which,
from the figure and description, it seems to me to have but little
affinity. Adcock’s list gives as a synonym JZ, gracilina, Ten.-Woods,
but I have sought the records in vain for the name. JL Adcocki is
an elegantly formed shell, with a very acute spire and moderately
attenuated base; the ribs are numerous, thick and rounded, cro ossed
by numerous rather faint spiral sulci. Fresh, adult specimens are
much larger than Adams’ type, measuring 16-19mm. in length. It
is a true Mangilia, though approaching Cythara in form.
3. Manerzia prota, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868,
m419, pl. xxxvu, fig. 7.
= Meredithe, Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1875, p. 142.
=teniata, Ten.-Woods, zbid. 1878, p. 36.
This species varies somewhat in form, and considerably in colouring.
The type has a broad brown band occupying the upper half of the
body-whorl; some specimens are pale straw-colour without markings,
and others are covered with brown spiral linear bands; and usually
a brown line appears just above the angle.
Hab.—Spencer’s and St. Vincent’s Gulfs.
24. Manerra Sr.-Garte, Ten.-Woods, Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1876,
p- 187; and var. Benedicti. 1 have not been able to identify this
species.
25. MancILia aLucinans, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 12.
Testa breviter fusiformis, straminea, spiraliter fusco interruptim
lineata; spira acuminata, acutiuseula, eradata ; anfractus 7-8, obtuse
angulati, spiraliter leviter sulcati, costis longitudinalibus crassis,
rotundatis, rectis instructi ; anfractus ultimus spiram eequans, superne
obtuse angulatus, deinde leviter convexus, basim versus attenuatus,
haud rostratus; apertura mediocriter lata, utrimque angustior ;
columella rectiuscula; labrum arcuatum, postice yvix sinuatum.
Long. 6°50, diam. 3mm.
Hab.—Yankalilla Bay.
This species may be distinguished by its thick, rounded, straight
ribs; the spiral grooves are more or less distinct. Some specimens
30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
are nearly white; in others numerous brown spiral lines cross the ribs,
interrupted by the interstices, as in Jf. picta. There is generally’
a brown line just above the angle. 4
yar. ORNATA, Pl. III, Fig. 18. Spira longior; costis maculis |
fuscis pulcherrime ornatis. A be: autifully marked ‘shell, with a longer |
spire than the type, from Yankalilla Bay; belonging to Mr. Adcock.
Shells of this species have been mistaken for Vincentina, Crosse, |
and also for JL lineata, Reeve. The type of the former is a little
plain brown shell, with very obscure bands of darker brown. It is!
more sharply angular, and the ribs are thinner than in Jf alucinans. |
M. lineata, Reeve (Conch. Icon., Mangelia, sp. 42) is a synonym for
ML. rugulosa, Philippi, a Mediterranean species, of which JL pura, |
Reeve (sp. 63), 1s another synonym. There is no doubt Mr. Angas |
mistook different forms of the species I now call JL alucinans for |
these.
Maneirta tyscurpra, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1863, |
p. 420, pl. xxxvu, fig. 8. The characters of this species are somewhat |
obscure, but it is more narrowly cylindrical and high-shouldered than |
others of the group. Ihave picked out a few specimens from a mixed
lot of Dr. Verco’s St. Vincent’s Gulf shells.
27. ManaInia HEXAGONALIS, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, p. 118,
Conch. Icon., Plewrotoma, sp. 298. St. Vincent’s Gulf.
28. Manernra pavcrmacunata, Angas, (Glyphostoma) Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1880, p. 416, pl. xl, fig. 7. St. Vincent’s Gulf.
29. Maneirra Vincentina, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 422,
t. xi, fig.6. Among all the South Australian shells I have examined,
none are quite conformable to Crosse’s type of this species.
30. Maneriia connecrens, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 14.
Testa fusiformis, utrimque acuminata, sordide albida, spira acute —
turrita; anfractus 7, angulati, superne declives, infra angulum leviter
convexi, spiraliter dense striati, liris spiralibus paucis tenuissimis
cingulati; costis longitudinalibus circiter 9, leviter obliquis, tenuibus ;
anfractus ultimus basim versus leviter constrictus, striis obliquis
conspicuis; apertura obliqua; columella rectiuscula ; labrum. tenue,
postice late sed vix profunde sinuatum. Long. 8, diam. 3mm.
fTab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf.
An almost colourless shell, tapering anteriorly, and with a sharpish,
turreted spire; the body-whorl being of about the same length as the
spire. It is finely striated throughout, besides having thin, spiral,
and somewhat distant ridges, though in some specimens these ridges
are by no means prominent. The longitudinal ribs are narrow and
slightly oblique. The specimens, in which the sculpture is more
pronounced, seem to connect this species with Clathurella.
31. Manertra Inornata, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 15.
Testa fusiformis, alba; spira acuminata, acutiuscula; anfractus 7,
primi 2 leves, sequentes angulati, spiraliter obscurissime lirati,
longitudinalter sub-inconspicue costati, superne subconcayo-declives,
SOWERBY: 8S, AUSTRALIAN PLEUROTOMID®. 31
infra angulum leviter convexi; anfractus ultimus spiram fere sequans
haud costatus, liris spiralibus numerosis per-inconspicuis sculptus,
basim versus attenuatus, levissime constrictus; apertura oblonga ;
columella recta; labrum tenue, postice breviter sinuatum. Long. 8-50,
diam. 3mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf.
A white shell, resembling in form the typical ribbed Iangilie, but
the ribs are only faintly discernible on the spire, and obsolete on the
body-whorl.
Manerta aticosrata, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 16.
Testa elongato-turrita, hexagonalis, sordide albida; spira_ per-
elongata, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 8, planulati, spiraliter striati,
costis longitudinalibus 6, elevatis, acutissimis, continuis instructi;
anfractus ultimus brevis, basim versus constrictus, obtuse angulatus,
brevissime rostratus; apertura oblonga, breviuscula; labrum acutum,
sinu postico latiusculo. Long. 13, diam. 4mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf.
Shell like an exaggerated form of JL hexagonalis, Reeve, with longer
spire, and ribs more prominent and acutely angular.
Manerti1a cuspis, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig. 17.
Testa fusiformis, utrimque acuminata, albida, antice fusco late
zonata, ad apicem fusca; spira acute turrita; anfractus 8, primi 8
(apicales) minuti, politi, ceteri obtuse angulati, spiraliter dense
lirati, costis numerosis, angularibus instructi; anfractus ultimus supra
angulum leviter concavus, infra convexiusculus, basim versus attenu-
atus; columella levissime contorta; apertura elongata; labrum tenue,
postice brevissime sinuatum. Long. 8°50, diam. 8mm.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf.
Allied to IZ. connectens, with finer sculpture, and distinguished by
its sharp brown apex and the brown lower half of the body-whorl.
od. ao ANoMALA, Angas, (Purpura) Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,
pl. v, fig. 1. This cert tainly belongs to the Pleurotomidie, and was, in
my ee. correctly place “dd by Professor Tate in oS genus Mangilia
(Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wailes, vol. v, p. 151), although
Mr. Tryon thought well to replace it in the family Purpuride.
385. Manerrra Avstratis, Adams and Angas, (Bela) Proce. Zool. Soe.
1863, p. 420; and var. mitralis= Bela mitralis, Adams and Angas,
loc. cit. I cannot admit this last to be a species distinct from
M. Australis, the only difference being a greater length of spine.
This species was certainly misplaced in the genus Bela, which forms
a characteristic group inhabiting the northern seas,
Mirromorrna Braztert, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 487,
pl. ii, fig. 1. Small imperfect specimens from St. Vincent’s Gulf.
37. Cyrmara compra, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863,
p- 419, pl. xxxvu, fig. 5. Mr. Tryon places this in the genus
Daphnella, but, although on the confines, I think it a Cythara. In
adult specimens there is a somewhat faint varix behind the lip, which
is slightly denticulate within.
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
REJECTED SPECIES.
Mangilia lineata and IM. pura, Reeve. — These are synonyms of |
M. rugulosa, Phil., a Mediterranean species not likely to be found |
in South Australia.
Mangilia Letourneuxiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 425,
pl. ii, fig. 7.—I have no evidence that this species occurs in South |
Australia. Specimens of J/, Lallemantiana have been mistaken for it.
Mangilia gracilina, Ten.-Woods? (see note on JL Adcocki, ante |
p. 29).—It would have been convenient to adopt this name had it
not been too near *‘ gracillima,”’ a name already twice employed in the |
? a
family.
Glyphostoma spurca, Hinds.—I have no evidence that this species
occurs in South Australia. Specimens of Clathurella parva have been |
mistaken for it.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
Fie. 1. Drillia gratiosa.
2 », dimidiata. =
3 5, Bednalli.
4 +» saxea.
5. Daphnella dulcis.
eG: », diluta.
SEP Mle 5, tallaciosa.
8
9
10
11
”
”
tle
>
3 VCKCOls
»» _ bitorquata.
y> mimica.
5 Clathurella lamellosa.
», 12. Mangilia alucinans.
”
bed
99
lies x D var. ornata,
Ar ae >, connectens.
sh LO. », Inornata.
ey as », alticostata.
rine lids y> cuspis.
lS: », Adcocki; nat, size.
You. W. Pi Il.
Proc. MaLac.Soc.
timp.
1 1
tlanhar
=
oy delet hth .
1 +
-B.Sower
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PLE UROTOMIDA: .
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW LAND MOLLUSCA FROM NEW
ZEALAND AND MACQUARIE ISLAND.
By Henry Surer, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Read 10th January, 1896.
PLATE IV.
1. Lacocuitus Curttoni, n.sp. Pl. IV, Fig..1.
Shell very small, turbinate, subperforate, rufous, slightly glossy,
thin, semi-transparent, with rather close longitudinal membranous
white costelle, which easily rub off; they are nearly equidistant, five
to six per millimetre. Spire conical, apex rather pointed; periphery
rounded; whorls 5, convex, the first three increasing slowly, the
others more rapidly, faintly microscopically spirally striated, the body-
whorl about two-thirds of the total height; suture impressed.
Aperture subcircular, slightly oblique; peristome simple, straight ;
notch at the suture very slightly indicated; columella ip somewhat
callous, expanded, completely covering the small umbilicus ; margins
convergent, not united by a callus. Base rounded. Operculum not
seen. Alt. 3, diam. 2:25 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Fern Flat, Buller River, South Island. A single specimen
found under a log by Dr. Ch. Chilton, whose name I have much
pleasure in connecting with this species.
L. Chiltont is near to L. Hedley’, Sut., but the latter is more
depressed, the membranous plaits are not equidistant on the body-
whorl, the margins of the aperture approximate more, and the narrow
umbilicus is open.
2. Lacocuiius (?) Sruperr, n.sp. Pl. IV, Fig. 2.
Shell very small, globosely conoidal, perforate, whitish-horny,
faintly glossy, fragile, transparent, smooth, showing under the lens
regular and close lines of growth. Spire conoidal, rather short ;
whorls 33, rather rapidly increasing, convex, slightly flattened below
the suture; periphery rounded; suture deep. Protoconch smooth,
rather obtuse. Aperture ovate, longitudinal; peristome simple,
acute, outer lip regularly arched, basal lip strongly convex,
columella lip almost straight, vertical; margins converging, not con-
nected by any callosity. There is no indication of a notch at the
suture. Umbilicus pervious, very narrow. Base convex. Operculum
thin, horny, transparent, with few whorls round a subcentral nucleus.
Alt. 3, diam. 2°25mm.; height of aperture 1°5 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab—Whangarei, North Island (Mr. Grosch).
VOL. II1.—APRIL, 1896. 3
9
or PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Named in honour of Prof. Dr. Th. Studer, Berne, Switzerland.
The only specimen I possess is immature, so that the generic
position is somewhat doubtful.
3. ArHoracopHorus (PsguDANEITEA) Srmrotut, n.sp. Pl. IV,
Figs. 3, 4.
Animal (in spirit) elongate, about five times longer than broad,
fulvous ; head broadly rounded, tail tapering; back rounded,
presenting a botryoidal appearance owing to the numerous strongly q
developed papillz; it is separated from the foot by a broad lateral
groove, keeled towards the sole, which is lighter-coloured; dorso-
median groove, bifurcating towards the head, distinct, extending to
the tail. There are about, twenty lateral grooves on each side, “and
a lateral area contains two to three rather large papillee. These
papille are oval, 1 x 1°5mm., on the central part ot the body, and |
about °75 to 1mm. high; the interstices between are granulate. |
The mantle-area, which T cannot make out distinctly in the |
specimen before me, seems to be triangular, the pulmonary orifice
being situated at its anterior angle. The lateral grooves, the keel,
and the sole are crossed by numerous transverse furrows. Length 380,
breadth 2, height 5mm. (alcoholic specimen).
Type in my collection.
Hiab.— Collingwood, South Island (Mr. J. Dall).
Named in honour of Dr. H. Simroth, of Leipzig.
This slug is so distinct and peculiar in its appearance that I will
not defer its preliminary description any longer. I have only one
specimen, and that in a rather bad state of ‘preservation, since the
animal was probably placed alive in strong alcohol. The diagnosis
and the sketches I give must be considered as merely provisional.
I hope to get some living specimens later on, when the description
will be completed, better figures given, and the anatomy investigated.
I do not doubt that this species must be assigned to the subgenus
Pseudaneitea, since it possesses the main characters of Athoracophorus
papillatus, Hutton.
The New Zealand species of Athoracophorus now known to science
are :—
A. bitentaculatus, Q. and G.
A. maculatus, Collinge.
A. (Konophora) marmoreus, Hutt.
. (Pseudaneitea) papillatus, Hutt.
A. (Pseudaneitea) papillatus v. nigricans (vy. Mts. MS.), Simroth.
A. (Pseudanettea) papillatus v. fasciatus (vy. Mts. MS.), Simroth.
A. (Pseudanettea) Simrothi, Sut.
4. Enpoponta (Cuaropa) Rosrveartr, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 5-7.
Shell small, subdiscoidal, umbilicated, horny, with radiate rufous
streaks which are irr eoularly disposed on the upper surface, form
zigzag lines on the periphery, and are obscurely tessellated on the
base; dull, thin, semi-transparent. Spire flatly depressed; periphery
of
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND LAND MOLLUSCA. vo
rounded; whorls 5, slowly and regularly increasing, rounded, the
last not descending in front; suture impressed; whorls radiately
costate, the costz sharp and elevated, directed forwards, arcuate on
the upper surface, sinuate on the periphery and base, about ten per
millimetre, interstices minutely decussate. Protoconch having fine,
narrow costie, obtuse. Aperture lunate, oblique; peristome regularly
arched, straight, acute, the outer lip tapering, columella lip short,
arcuate, not reflexed; margins convergent ; umbilicus broad, nearly
one-fourth of the greatest diameter, showing all the whorls ; base
rounded. Diam. max. 4, min. 3°5; alt. 2mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Tarukenga near Rotorua, North Island (Capt. T. Broun).
Named in honour of Mr. B. Rosevear, Fulham, London.
This species is nearest to #. Sterkiana, Sut., but may at once be
distinguished from it by the cost being wider apart.
5. Enpoponta (CHaropa) Trrrranetensis, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 8-10.
Shell small, discoidal, umbilicated, thin, horny, without colour
markings, semi-transparent, dull; longitudinally costate, the costa not
nuch raised, shghtly directed backwards, sinuated at the periphery ;
interstices with fine lines of growth, 9-10 costelle per millimetre.
Whorls 5, the first three eradually increasing, the last attaining
relatively a considerable development, taking up about one-third of the
maximum diameter; suture well impressed. Protoconch smooth, spire
ne periphery rounded. Aperture rotundly lunate, oblique ; peristome
traight, acute, columella lip shghtly callous and reflexed; margins
Being. Umbilicus about one-third of the greatest “diameter,
showing all the whorls. Base rounded. Diam. maj. 3°75, min. 3°25;
alt. 1°75 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Nikau-bush, Titirangi, near Auckland (H. 8.).
This shell is closely allied to . anguiculus, Reeve, var. montivaga,
Sut., but differs from it in the greater diameter of the four first
whorls, the broader last whorl, ete.
6. Laoma ELEGANS, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 11, 12
Shell minute, conoidal, perforate, horny, without colour markings,
somewhat glossy, thin, transparent, surface radiately costate, the very
distinct costelle str: aight, directed backwards, 15 per millimetre. Spire
dome-shaped ; periphery slightly keeled ; whorls 5, flatly rounded,
gradually and slowly increasing ; suture impressed. Protoconch
smooth, rather large. Aperture transverse, semicircular, with six long
slender lamellxe, two on the penultimate whorl and four on the base,
the latter lying far back, and only showing through the trans-
parent shell on the exterior as white lines. Peristome straight,
acute, basal hip broadly rounded, columella lip slightly callous,
reflexed ; margins only very slichtly approximate. Umbilicus narrow,
but pervious, not covered by the columellar reflection. Base smooth
up to the periphery; whitish, flatly rounded. Diam. 2, alt. 1°5 mm.
Type in my collection,
36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hab.—Whangarei, North Island (Mr. Grosch).
L. elegans is very distinct from all the species of the genus hitherto
described; the aspect of the base and character of the lamelle call to
mind some of the species of Sagda.
7. Laoma (Purrxenataus) Lucipa, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 13-15.
Shell very small, depressly-turbinate, subperforate, yellowish-
horny, shining, pellucid, thin, somewhat smooth, with fine lines of
growth (more distinct at the suture), microscopically finely decussate.
Spire conoidal; periphery rounded; whorls 5, gradually increasing,
rounded; suture rather deep. Protoconch smooth. Aperture lunate,
transverse; peristome straight, acute, somewhat callous, columella
lip subvertical, slightly retlexed. Umbilicus very narrow, partly
covered by the columella lip. Base rounded. Diam, maj. 3, min, 2°75 ;
alt. 2mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Near Auckland, exact locality not stated (Mr. Wright).
This species comes nearest to ZL. transitans, Suter, which, however,
is higher, banded with chestnut, and has the periphery keeled.
The jaw and radula are typical, the former being strongly papillate.
The formula of the radula is 20-1—20.
var. ELEVATA, n.var.—This variety is higher; the number of
whorls is the same, but they are narrower, especially the fourth and
fifth. The protoconch is also smooth, and the shell microscopically
finely decussate. The colour is darker, the periphery keeled, and the
mouth destitute of callosity. Diam. maj. 38, min. 2°75; alt. 2°5 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Whangarei, North Island (Mr. Grosch).
8. Laoma (PHrixenaTHUs) sPIRALis, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 16-18.
Shell very small, depressly-turbinate, perforate, pale-horny with
somewhat irregular radiate rufous streaks, dull, thin, semi-transparent,
with close-set longitudinal membranous costellz, produced into ragged
processes at the periphery ; there are five to six costelle per millimetre ;
the interstices decussate. Spire conoidal, apex pointed, periphery
sharply keeled; whorls 5, gradually increasing, flatly rounded ; suture
impressed, somewhat constricted, between the fourth and fifth whorls.
The protoconch is smooth, but the rest of the shell is distinctly
spirally striated, most conspicuously so on the base. Aperture trans-
verse, squarish; peristome straight, acute, outer lip sharply keeled,
basal lip regularly broadly arched, columella lip subvertical, shghtly
arched, and reflexed. Umbilicus narrow, pervious, deep. Base rounded.
Diam. maj. 3°25, min. 2°75; alt. 2mm.
Type im my collection.
Hab.—Pelorus Sound, Marlborough, South Island (Mr. J. McMahon),
L. spiralis stands nearest to LZ. phrynia, Hutton, but differs from it
in having a more acute spire and a sharper keel on the periphery, in
its less rounded whorls with their very distinct spiral striation, in
possessing ragged processes to the costelle, and a much narrower
umbilicus as well as a constricted portion of the suture.
ary
(
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND LAND MOLLUSCA. i)
Note.-—Laoma (Purrxenatuus) acantuinutopsis, Sut., which I
described in Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. xxiii (1891), is a synonym
of Laoma (Phricgnathus) phrynia, Hutton. Since my description
was published, well-preserved specimens of Z. phrynia have come
‘into my possession, and, after careful comparison, | have come to
the conclusion that my species is nothing more than a local variety.
9. Laoma (Purixenataus) Morettenporrrt, n.sp. Pl. LV, Figs. 19-21.
Shell very small, depressly-turbinate, pale-horny with irregular
radiate streaks of chestnut; faintly glossy, very thin, semi-transparent,
smooth, microscopically decussate. Spire broadly conoidal, arched ;
periphery slightly keeled; whorls 4, gradually increasing in size,
convex, the last not descending in front. Protoconch smooth, blunt.
Aperture transverse, lunate; peristome straight, acute, outer lip some-
what keeled, basal lip broadly arched, columella lp subvertical,
slightly reflexed, and callous. Umbilicus narrow, deep, one-sixth of
the major diameter. Base rounded. Diam. 2°5, alt. 1°45 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Mt. Wellington lava-fields, Auckland (H. 8.).
This is another species closely allied to LZ. phrynia, but it is smaller,
more depressed, is not ribbed, is microscopically decussate, and has
a slightly narrower umbilicus. Named in honour of Dr. O. F. von
Mollendorff, Manila.
10. Laoma (Purrxenatuus) Hamitroni, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 22-24.
Shell minute, subdiscoidal, umbilicated, yellowish-horny, glossy,
pellucid, smooth, with distinct lines of growth, impressed at the
suture, not decussate. Spire flat, but little ele rated; periphery
rounded; whorls 3}, slowly and regularly increasing, convex, the
last not descending. Protoconch microscopically spirally striate.
Aperture diagonal, rotundly lunate; peristome straight, acute, outer
and basal lip regularly rounded, columella almost straight, oblique,
much reflexed. Umbilicus about one-eighth of the diameter, deep.
Base rounded. Diam. maj. 2°5, min. 2; alt. 1°25 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Macquarie Island, where it was found by Mr. A. Hamilton,
of Dunedin, in whose honour the species is named.
The specimens were kindly given to me by Prof. J. T. Parker,
of Dunedin.
This species has its nearest allies, such as Zaoma occultus, Cox, etc.,
in Tasmania; and it is no doubt also very near to LZ. Campbellica,
Filhol, but I have not yet seen that species.
11. Laoma (PuHRIxGNATHUS) SUBLUCIDA, n.Sp.
Shell small, depressly-turbinate, subperforate, whitish-horny, glossy,
semi-transparent, smooth, with faint, radiate, rufous streaks extending
to the umbilicus, not decussate. Whorls 5, gradually increasing,
flatly rounded; suture impressed; periphery rounded. Protoconch
smooth. Aperture transverse, lunate; peristome straight, acute,
shghtly callous; outer and basal lip regularly arched, columella lip
38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
very short, oblique, callous, reflexed, and partly covering the very
narrow and pervious umbilicus. Base flatly rounded. Diam. maj. 3,
mim. 2°75; alt. 2mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—W aitakerei, Auckland (Mr. T. F. Cheeseman).
This species is intermediate between Z. transituns and L. lucida.
Tt is distinguished from the latter by the colour-markings, the
absence of microscopical spiral striation, and the more opaque texture.
L.. transitans differs from it in the higher spire, the distinct growth-
lines, and the acute keel at the periphery.
No figure is given, as the outline of the shell is very similar to that
of L. lucida.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Fie. 1. Lagochilus Chiltoni, n.sp. (x 6.)
2 », (°?) Studeri, n-sp. (x 6.)
,, 8, 4. Athoracophorus Simrothi, n.sp. (nat. size.)
5)
,, 90-7. Endodonta Roseveari, n.sp. (x 10.)
9» o-l0. ss Titirangiensis, n.sp. (x 8.)
», 11,12. Laoma elegans, n.sp. (x 15.)
,, 18-la. » lucida, n.sp. (x6.)
» 16-18. sa spiralissnesp. (a6)
, 19-21 », Moellendorfti, n.sp. (x 10.)
ee ,, Hamiltoni, n.sp. (x 8.)
Wrore EL, Pies ey:
=
SOG
© MALAC.
x
NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM NEW ZEALAND.
——————
oY
ON NEOHVALIMAX BRASILIENSIS, n.cen., n.sp. (ALLIED TO
HYVALIMAX), FROM BRAZIL.
By Dr. Hertnrich Srimroru.
Read 10th January, 1896.
PLATE V.
Nor long ago I received for examination, from the Berlin Museum,
a well-preserved specimen of a small slug, which Dr. Von Jhering had
found in Rio Grande do Sul. It had been registered as a [Hyalimaz,
and outwardly it resembles that genus. Its general appearance agrees
with the figure given by Fischer (1); the mantle, however, is more
flattened, and some other differences of minor importance exist, which
will be discussed later on.
Since the genus “yalimaz is restricted to the Nicobar and Andaman
Islands and to Pegu, the discovery of a closely allied form in Brazil
is of great note, the importance of which is yet further increased by
the fact that there is a striking deficiency of slugs in the neotropic
region. Heynemann (2) enumerates from Mexico, Central America,
Columbia, and the West Indies (omitting Limaxr and Vaginula) the
genera Tebennophorus, Megapelta, Peltella, and Cryptostracon, and no
other genus from the whole of South America. From the adjacent
parts of North America we have Arion, Ariolimax, Prophysaon,
Hemphillia, and Pallifera. The indigenous genera apparently have
but a limited distribution. Without dissection it is impossible for me
to throw any hght upon the mutual relations of these genera, but
there is no difficulty in eliminating them from the present discussion,
because those genera living in Brazil which somewhat resemble the
new slug—z.e. Cryptostracon and Peltella—have ribbed jaws.
The specimen in question, being unique, cannot be sacrificed, so
the following description of it is necessarily imperfect.
The animal is a true slt @, ze. there is no opening in the mantle ;
nevertheless, it is not limacoid, for the body is flattened, the foot- sole
is too broad, and the mantle too much expanded. Length, 17 mm.
breadth of the foot, 7mm. The foot-sole is of a pale flesh colour,
without grooves. The locomotor disc can only be distinguished from
the sides towards the posterior end. The mantle occupies the full
breadth of the animal, and half its length. It is flat on the upper
surface, thus corresponding with the shell below. There is no mantle-
cap, asin Limax or Arion, the prominent declivous portion not beng
broader than the mantle edge of //ediz. The skin of the neck is united
to the mantle almost immediately behind its anterior margin, and in
front of the shell. The mantle has a groove all round the margin,
a little deeper in front than behind. The pulmonary aperture is on
the right-hand side of the mantle, somewhat behind the middle (Pl. V,
Fig. 2). Although the mantle margin is thick and fleshy, the shell
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
and some obscure markings beneath it are visible through the thin,
transparent dorsal region. A yellow spot (Pl. V, Fig. 1, y.s.) on the
left side near the posterior end of the mantle looks as if it were the
nucleus of the shell; this, however, is an illusion, The rest of
the integument is smooth, with scarcely a wrinkle; indeed, it is
difficult to trace the boundary of the foot-fringe (which I have named
the ‘‘Sohlenleiste’’) by means of the parapodial groove (pedal-groove
of Pilsbry). Only two tentacles are present, viz. the ommatophores.
The genital opening is situated immediately behind the right tentacle,
and appears as a fissure slanting obliquely towards the foot. In front
of the foot-sole there is a broad transverse groove, as in all Stylom-
matophora. The mouth is situated directly above and almost within
this groove, and is bounded on either side by a labial lobe. These
lobes do not meet, a small free space being left immediately above the
mouth itself. It thus offers a contrast to Hyalimax Maillardi, the
upper lip of which presents a more complete arc. No osphradium
(‘* Geruchsleiste’’) was observed beneath the mantle margin. ‘The
upper surface is of a very pale ochre colour, with a shade of lilac,
principally on the surface of the mantle; greyish or blackish spots are
scattered over it. The tail has two black bands shading off later: ally.
Rows of fine spots mark the median neck groove and the margin of
the foot. The whole skin, though preserved in a firm condition, 1s
transparent; hence it may be inferred, from analogy, that during life
all the organs can be distinguished through the integ ument.
The mantle-sae and the shell.—The mantle encloses a large cavity,
which is completely filled by the shell. This latter is a small flat
plate of 9mm. in length, and 6mm. in breadth (Pl. V, Fig. 8). It
did not appear to be attached at any point to the base of the cavity.
Beneath the light-yellowish periostracum the lime was deposited in
concentric rings, with an excentric nucleus to the left of the posterior
end. The nearer the nucleus, the thicker is the shelly matter. The
periphery is solid, surrounded, near the posterior right-hand margin,
by a brown conchiolin line. The nucleus is somewhat thickened; the
shell throughout is perfectly flat, and therefore does not enclose any
of the soft parts. In Hyalimax it is slightly arched (Fischer). One
is surprised to find that the yellow spot in the mantle is not over
the nucleus of the shell. This spot forms the undermost layer of
the mantle itself (Pl. V, Fig. 5). It is structureless and of a hard
cartilaginous nature. The black spot above it is situated on the
surface. It consists, not of a single chromatophore, but of a group.
I consider, however, that the yellow spot is the primitive shell.
This is demonstrated by its structure and position; for if the shell
in the course of its growth increased slightly at its posterior end,
the primitive shell, between which and the integument there is a
singularly close connection, could not fail to become separated from it.
The pallial organs. —The membrane which constitutes the floor of
the mantle cavity also forms the roof of the pulmonary chamber
(PL. V, Fig. 4), of the pericardium, of the nephridium, of parts of the
liver, and of the intestine. The floor of the pulmonary chamber
is smooth, colourless, and transparent. The details shown in Fig. 4
SIMROTH : ON NEOHYALIMAK. 4]
relate to the roof only. This presents a honeycombed structure,
marked over with black, which disappears towards the left side.
The pigmentation is most intense at the periphery. Thence some
blackish threads radiate towards the pericardium: this blackish net-
work attains its greatest density in the right corner of the pulmonary
cavity, where respiration is most active. These blackish rays are
visible from the outside through the shell and the mantle wall.
|The position of the heart is remarkable, it being situate on the
short base of the elongate, triangular, yellow kidney, or nephridium.
The latter bears the secretory lamellee on. its upper side, and these
lamelle are bound together by transverse, oblique connectives.
| The pigment.—In addition to its occurrence in the roof of the
pulmonary chamber, melanine is deposited in certain places in the
interior of the animal, viz.—(1) As in all Stylommatophora, in
the great, brown retractor muscles of the omm: ee (2) in the
wall ‘of the hermaphrodite duct (PL. V, Fig. 9, 4.d.); (8) on the surface
of the hermaphrodite gland, or gonad. This ee is situated on the
left side, behind the liver, and is partly covered by a thin projecting
| portion thereof; it bears, on its outer side only, an ink-like spot of
pigment, which also extends partly over the projecting process of the
liver. I think the only cone ‘lusion to be drawn from this distribution
of the pigment is, that its deposition results on the one hand from
activity of growth, or function, and on the other from the action of
light. Probably its deposition in the body-wall corresponds with the
| distribution of the nerves.
| The alimentary systen.— The pharynx and the alimentary canal,
) with the salivary glands and the two digestive glands, have the gene rall
, form shown on PI. VY, Fig. 6: The jaw (Fig. 7) is brown, and has
a sharp edge, with a slight median process (erygnath) and a lighter-
coloured palatal plate (elasmognath), the two posterior corners of
which are somewhat prominent. ‘This plate is finely sculptured, the
thread-like markings converging towards the median projection. In
the radula (Pl. V, Fig. 8) the median tooth is trict uspid, the middle cusp
being very large. In the lateral teeth the median cusp is still larger,
and directed obliquely towards the middle line of the radula ; the inner
cusp is reduced in size, whilst the outer one is duplice uted. In the
marginal teeth the inner cusp increases in size, whilst the exterior
outer cusp subdivides, giving rise to three outer cusps (PL. V, Fig. 8,
No. 20). It is, however, uncertain whether the outermost tooth in
the figure be a true marginal. The contents of the stomach were
somewhat darker than is usual in carnivorous slugs. Plant fibres were
observable. I came to the conclusion that the animal had not fed on
green leaves, but on dead ones, that had fallen to the ground, on
which it lives.
Genitalia.—The specimen is fully developed. The tubules of the
roundish gonad converge towards the black hermaphrodite duct, which
terminates in a small, slender, pale vesicula seminalis (PI. V, Fig. ays
The albumen gland is yellow, ‘small and kidney-shaped. Immediately
beyond this the male and female ducts separate, no true hermaphrodite
duct being formed. The male duct, or prostate, is wide and glandular,
a
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
becoming suddenly narrower to form the vas deferens, which also
bears in its proximal portion some glandular swellings. The short
retractor penis originates in the diaphr: agm, and has its distal insertion
at the junction of the vas deferens with the long penis. The latter
consists of a narrow spiral portion and a wider distal one: a true
epiphallus cannot, however, be distinguished. Probably the sperm
is not enclosed in a spermatophore, but freely ejected. The upper
part of the pale-yellowish oviduct is wide and glandular; the distal
portion is narrow and cylindrical: after uniting with the duct of the
elliptical receptaculum seminis it forms a long vagina. A common
atrium genitale is barely distinguishable. The receptaculum contained
only mucous matter, and no traces of spermatophores: this accords
with the structure of the penis. The inner walls of the penis and
vagina are lined with papille. Those of the latter are cartilaginous,
and disposed in rows of six, and higher up of five, presenting the
appearance of a head of maize (Pl. V, Fig. 10). Those of the penis
are stout and conical in shape, and vary somewhat in size (Pl. V,
Fig. 11). The suggestion may be hazarded that during copulation
the papille of the penis (feczpapillen) interlock with those of the
vagina.
The nervous system.—The most significant point about the nerve-
collar is the shortening of the visceral commissure. The cerebral gangha
are connected by a long commissure, equalling in length the maximum
diameter of a single cerebral ganglion. The arra ingement of the buccal
ganglia is precisely similar. The lateral connectives are, however,
shorter than the cerebral commissure. ‘The pedal ganglia are united
as in all Stylommatophora; the pleuro-visceral ganglia, welded into
a single transverse mass, lie immediately above them. This mass is
narrower in the middle than it is towards the sides. The union of
me ganglia appears to be very intimate, since there is apparently only
1 feeble connective-tissue sheath. The origin of the nerves 1 have
riot been able to trace out.
The muscular system and tentacles—The degree of development
of the tentacles seems highly interesting, since I can distinguish only
two, 7.e. the ommatophores, the lesser pair being wanting. Possibly
a small knob on the left side might be interpreted as representing one ;
but since I found no corresponding one on the right side, this knob
was probably a projection of the pedal gland, or a lobe of Semper’s
organ, or a mesenterial thickening. Indeed, the various delicate
structures around the mouth are difficult to distinguish. I think it
is certain that the smaller tentacles, if not wanting altogether, are
yet more reduced than in Sweeinea. The right ommatophore
embraces the penis on the outer side, as in Helix. The columellar
muscle resembles in a certain sense that of Urocyclus or Parmacella,
but a more careful investigation reveals some distinctive differences.
The short, common stem originates on the right side of the posterior
margin of the mantle-line. There is some reason for the suggestion
that this point originally coincided with the nucleus of the shell
and the yellow spot on the mantle above described, a divergence
taking place during growth. Further on, the muscle splits up into
SIMROTH: ON NEOHYALIMAX. 43
four bundles, the two shorter and inner ones being inserted in the
buccal mass or pharynx, whilst the lateral ones are attached directly
to the body-wall on each side of the mouth. These are not pigmented.
The right lateral bundle les on the inner side of the penis. ‘The
muscles of the ommatophores, which have slender terminations, unite
with these bundles at a point near the cerebral ganglia, and represent
only secondary branches of them. Thus the distal ends of the lateral
\bundles are on the same level as the roots of the ommatophores,
‘the bundles themselves occupying the places of the missing smaller
tentacles.
The pedal gland.—The pedal gland opens below the mouth, and is
‘one-fourth the length of the body. It is sharply circumscribed, and
somewhat flocky, the excretory duct being visible from the upper side.
It is attached to the body-wall by mesenterial tissue.
Generic position.—It is much to be regretted that Fischer, when
describing his Hyalimax Maillardi, paid no attention to the separa-
tion of the male and female ducts, the tentacles, the columellar
muscle, the pedal gland, etc.; nor have we any information whether
‘the shell envelops any portion of the intestinal sac or not, so
that a correct comparison is very difficult. As far as it is possible
to arrive at any conclusion, the Brazilian form agrees perfec tly
pwith Hyalimax iw. its habitat, its mantle, its foot-sole, jaw, radula,
land the simple termination of its genital organs, as well as in the lack
of accessory glands, dart sac, ete. The sole difference consists in the
position of the genital opening. This in the Brazilian form is nearer
to the ommatophore than in the true Z/yalimax. 'The difference in the
‘insertion of the receptacular duct is only one of specitic, not of
) generic, value. It, however, seems very probable, considering the
| wide geographical separation of the two, that more exact investigation
ped bring further differences to light. J therefore propose to call
the new form Neohyalimax Br asiliensis, which may rank either as
a subgenus of Hyalimax or as a new genus altogether; the value of
the more flattened shell and more forward position of the genital
opening being merely subjective.
Position in the family: (a) Its relation to the Succineida.—The fore-
going description demonstrates that Meohyalimax is closely allied to
| Succinea, on the basis of the following points of resemblance: the
| elasmognathous jaw; the radula; the early separation of the genital
| ducts ; the absence of accessory genital glands; the wide separation of
| the supra- -pharyngeal ganglia ; the fusing towether of the pleuro-visceral
ganglia; the position of the heart; and ie absence of foot-sole erooves.
Possibly to this may be added the distribution of the blood-vessels in
the wall of the pulmonary chamber, the respiratory area being equally
divided into an intestinal lung and a columellar lung (“«Darmlunge”
and ‘Spindellunge’’) in Semper’ ssense(3). This hypothesis i is founded
| on the suggestion that the principal black line in Fig. 4 is identical with
the principal pulmonary vein. The relationship of Meohyalimax to
the neotropical genus Homalonyx, which is placed between Hyalimax
and Suecinea in the textbooks (Fischer, Pilsbry), is more critical.
| Decision on this point must be deferred until a further and better
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
investigation of the present genus has been made. At present the
connection with //yalimax seems to be the more intimate; but possibly
we have only to deal with the results of convergence. The Succineidee,
which show great predilection for moisture, in spreading out from a |
northern centre across the Equator would seem to have given rise to
several forms of slugs. /Zyalimax on the one side, lomalonyx and Neo-
hyalimaz on the other, would be southern outposts. This hypothesis
would be in accordance with the theory put forward by Dr. Haacke
and myself, that the greatest number of groups of terrestrial animals
originate in those parts of the world where the continuity of land
is greatest. An entirely different conclusion would result from the
evidence of a nearer relationship between Zyalimax and Neohyalimax
than between the latter and ZZomalonyx. It would accord with the
idea of an old Jurassic land connection between South America and
Africa. 1; yalimac, indeed, is not African, but restricted to the Indian
region; there is, however, a form from Kihmandjaro described by
Von Martens as Parmarion Kerstenii (4), which is likely to be nearly
allied thereto. I merely wish to show by these remarks that a more
intimate knowledge of these animals would throw light upon questions
of very general interest.
(b) Lts relation to the Athoracophoride.—Succineoid slugs, such
as Hyalimax and Neohyalimax, are in a certain sense of general
systematic importance. Placing the Succineidie at the end of the
quadritentaculate Stylommatophor: , the textbooks include the rest
as Bitentaculata, in the families Athoracophoride, Vaginulidee,
Oncidiidse, overlooking the disappearance of the smaller tentacles
in some small Pupide, ete. I group these three families under
Mesommatophora, taking the Athoracophoride as a transitional form.
Fischer joins the Athoracophoride to the Succineide, and groups
together the Vaginulidee and Oncidiide as Ditremata. Pelseneer
places the Succineidee, with Athoracophorus, at one end of the
Stylommatophora, and the Vaginulide and Oncidiidee at the other.
I should not like to do so. The intimate fusion of the pleuro-visceral
ganglia demonstrates the derived character of the Succineide ; on the
other hand, the total absence of a columellar muscle is an important
point of agreement between the Athoracophoride and the Ditremata,
the lack of a common atrium genitale in the Succineide forming a
transition to the state of separate genital openings which obtains in the
Ditremata. Atopos would be the intermediate form. The relationship
between the Succineide and the Athoracophoride has been founded
upon the similarity of their jaws and radule. Perhaps the columellar
muscle of M eohyalima. v, in which the retractors of the tentacles attain
a certain degree of independence, may prove another point of affinity.
Nevertheless, the pallial organs, even though imperfectly known,
exhibit a wide divergence. For this reason I should prefer the
arrangement given by Fischer, 7.e. Succineidee, Athoracophoride,
Vaginulide, Oncidiide, with the modification that each of the three
latter families is to be looked upon as independent.
Proc. Macac.Soc. Vov.I. PL.V
H. Simroth del. J. Green lith.
NEOHYALIMAX BRASILIENSIS wgenetsp.
3.
9?
>
SIMROTH : ON NEOHYALIMAX. 45
REFERENCES.
Fiscoer, P.—Anatomie de deux Mollusques pulmonés terrestres appartenant
aux genres Xanthonyx et Hyalimax: Journ. de Conchyl., xv (1867),
pp- 213-221, 1 pl.
Heynemann, D. F.—Die nackten Landpulmonaten des Erdbodens: Jahrb.
Deutsch. Malak. Ges., xii (1885), pp. 2386-8380.
Simrotu, H.—Zur vergleichenden Morphologie der Pulmonaten-Niere: Semper’s
Reisen im Archipel. Philippinen, Th. IT, Bd. ii, Suppt.
Nacktschnecken: Deutsch-Ostafrica, iv (1895), p. 19.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Neohyalimax Brasiliensis, n.gen., n.sp., viewed from above. x 2.
The same, seen from the right side.
The shell, viewed from above. x 2.
Floor of the shell-cavity, seen from above. x 4. per. pericardium (with
the auricle in front). 4%. kidney. 7. digestive gland. The anterior
portion is the roof of the pulmonary chamber.
5. Part of the mantle with a portion of the yellow spot. The yellow
conchiolin substance is beneath; the black pigment spot is above it.
6. Alimentary system. j. jaw. ph. pharynx. 7.s. radula-sac. s.g/. salivary
glands. /./. lett lobe of the digestive gland. 7.2. right lobe of the
digestive gland. .g. hermaphrodite gland.
Jaw, enlarged.
Teeth of the radula.
Genital organs. h.g. hermaphrodite gland, or gonad. /.d. herma-
phrodite duct. a/.g. albumen gland. ves. vesicula seminalis. pr.
‘*prostate.’? v.d. vas delerens. 7.p. retractor penis muscle. yp. penis.
od. oviduct. re.s. receptaculum seminis. v. vagina.
10. Interior of the vagina, magnified, viewed under reflected light.
ll. Part of the wall ot the penis, magnified, viewed under transmitted light.
mo he
oan
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ON A COLLECTION OF SLUGS FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS.
By Wattrr E. Corriner, F.Z.S.,
Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham.
Read 1)th January, 1896.
Turoven the kindness of Mr. E. R. Sykes, I have been permitted to |
make an examination of the slugs collected by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins |
in the Sandwich Islands for a Joint Committee of the Royal Society |
and British Association. Some of the material has been hardened in |
a solution of corrosive sublimate, which has made dissection some-
what difficult. I have, however, been able to make out fairly well the
chief features of the alimentary ‘and reproductive organs.
I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Sykes for the assistance he has
rendered me with respect to the bibliography ; whilst to Professor
Cockerell I must express my thanks for directing my attention to
a species of Janella, said to have come from the Sandwich Islands.
The first mention of the slug-fauna of the Sandwich Islands is that
by Eydoux and Souleyet, in their account of the molluscan fauna of
this region in 1852-3. They there describe a new species, Limax
Sandwichiensis, and figure the animal and shell. Their description
is as follows :—
“Timax Sandwichiensis, nobis, pl. xxvii, figs. 8-11.—Limax, corpore
elevato, posticé acuminato, obliqué striato, supra nigricante, subtus
albido; clypeo oblongo, anticé angusto, subrugosa. Ossiculo ovato,
crasso, supra gibboso.”’
Semper (11) in a foot-note to his description of Zimax tennellus,
Nilss., says that there is a species—Limax Sandwichiensis—exceedingly
like Z. tennellus, but somewhat smaller, which occurs in the Sandwich
Isles. In external appearance and in the form of the reproductive
organs, the two are in complete harmony. The only differences he
found were some minor ones in the teeth of the lingual ribbon, and
to these he was inclined to attach but little importance. Semper
seems to have had but little doubt that the Limax he examined was
identical with L. tennellus, Nilss. Unfortunately he makes no mention
of the shell.
It was pointed out by Tryon (14) that in the figure of the shell of
Limax Sandwichiensis, there was a central nucleus, like a Patella.
With some reserve, on account of the insufficient description, he placed
this species in the genus Amalia.
Heynemann (7) ‘records from the Sandwich Islands an Agriolimax
Sandwichiensis (Souleyet), which he thought to be near Agr. levis.
Whether the slugs examined by Semper and Heynemann were the
same as those collected by Eydoux and Souleyet, it is impossible to
say. Neither Semper nor ‘Hey nemann, one would suppose, could over-
look the very peculiar shell.
COLLINGE: SANDWICH ISLAND SLUGS. 47
The slug here described as Agriolimax globosus is not unlike that
imperfectly characterized by Eydoux and Souleyet in 1852, but it has
no specialized shell such as they detail and figure; on the contrary,
there were in the three specimens dissected only loose, minute, calcareous
discs. Unless other material be forthcoming, I fear that the Agr.
Sandwichiensis, Eyd. and Soul., will have to remain a very doubtful
species, for at present we know of no species of Agriolimax or Amalia
that possesses a shell at all approaching the one figured by Eydoux and
Souleyet, and reproduced by Tryon (14), pl. liv, figs. 71-3. It is
quite distinct from any of the known genera of Limacide, and that,
I agree with Tryon, is in itself sufficient to justify the constitution of
anew genus.
1. AGRIOLIMAX GLOBOSUS, N.sp.
Animal, head, mantle, and dorsum of a bluish-grey colour; sides of
the body a light yellowish-brown. Posterior portion of the body
attenuated, pointed, and keeled. Mantle large, pointed in front.
Foot-sole and foot-frmge yellow. Lateral rugze arranged obliquely.
Shell consists of a series of loose, minute, calcareous discs. Length
(an alcohol) 15-18 mm., mantle 5-75—-7 mm.
Hab.—Mauna Loa, Hawaii.
Anatomy.—There are four convolutions in the intestine, and the
right lobe of the liver forms the apical portion of the visceral mass.
The generative organs are very distinct from those of the other
species of the genus, the nearest ally being Agr. tennellus, Nilss. The
free oviduct is a long wide tube, and opens into a much convoluted
sac-like oviduct. There is no distinction between the upper and
lower portion of the free oviduct as in Z. tennellus, Nilss. The penis
is a wide short tube, terminating in a bulbous head, to which the
retractor muscle is attached; this muscle, unlike that of Z. tennellus,
is short and broad. From the side of the penis (Fig. I), the vas
deferens passes off, leading into a wide tube, the prostatic portion
of the common duct. There is a small bilobed flagellum (Fig. I, 7/.),
passing off from the posterior portion of the penis. In ZL. tennellus
there is little or no flagellum. The receptaculum seminis is an
irregularly shaped sac with a short duct, which opens some little
distance behind the penis; in this particular it differs from any other
species of the genus, so far as I am aware. The albumen gland is
small. The hermaphrodite gland (Fig. I, /.g/.) is single, and opens
into the common duct by a short hermaphrodite duct.
2. AGRIOLIMAX PERKINSI, n.sp.
Animal, ground colour light-brown, dorsum, also head and posterior
portion of the mantle, darker; sulci black, lighter towards foot-
fringe; foot-sole and foot-fringe yellowish-brown. Mantle long and
attenuated. Lateral rugze arranged obliquely. Shell absent. Length
(in alcohol) 18-21 mm.
Hab.—ILanai, 2000 feet.
Anatomy.—The free oviduct is an unusually long and wide tube,
showing a series of constrictions, into the first of which the somewhat
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES.
Fic. I. Generative organs of Agriolimax globosus, sp.nov. x 8.
», Il. Generative organs of Agriolimax Perkinst, sp.nov. x 8.
», III. Portion of the generative organs of Amalia gagates, Drap. x 8.
», IV. Sperm-duct of A. gagates, Drap. Enlarged.
» V. Ilead and mantle of A. gagates, Drap.
», VI. Portion of the generative organs of Zebennophorus striatus, Hasselt. x 8.
COLLINGE: SANDWICH ISLAND SLUGS. 49
LETTERING.
alb.gl. albumen gland. p- penis.
ac.gl. accessory gland. pr. prostate.
fl. flagellum. r.d. receptacular duct.
h.d. hermaphrodite duct. r.m. retractor muscle.
h.gl. hermaphrodite gland. r.s. receptaculum seminis.
ov’. free oviduct. sp.d. sperm-duct.
ov. oviduct. v.d. vas deferens.
long receptacular duct opens (Fig. Il, 7.d.). The receptaculum
seminis is small and globular. The oviducal portion of the common
duct (Fig. II, ov.), is a wide tube folded twice upon itself. The
penis is a large twisted organ, and in length considerably exceeds
the same organ in any other species of the genus (Fig. II, p.).
At a point about one-sixth of its length from “the genital opening
it gives off a blunt flagellum; it then expands into a sac-like portion,
thence it continues for a short distance as a straight tube, and then,
making a sharp turn, becomes folded upon itself, at its junction with
the vas deferens (Fig. II, v.d.). This latter is a narrower tube,
leading into the prostatic portion of the common duct, which is longer
and narrower than in Agr. globosus. There is a large oval albumen
gland. The hermaphrodite gland (Fig. II, /.g/.) is somewhat pyriform
in shape, and opens into a short convoluted duct.
I have much pleasure in associating with this interesting species
the name of Mr. R. C. L. Perkins.
The differences in the form of the reproductive organs of Agr.
globosus and Agr. Perkinsi are fairly well marked, and easily
distinguish them from their nearest allies. The question, however,
of How far the form of the penis, free oviduct, ete., vary in a known
species, is one of great interest, and must sooner or later be investi-
gated. Dr. J. F. Babor, of Prague (2), has published some interesting
notes in connection with this subject, and it is greatly to be hoped
that he may find opportunity for further extending his researches.
The species of Agriolimax, recently described as new by Simroth
(12), seem to me to be established on minute variations common
to all mollusea, as do those figured and described by Babor and
Kostal (1). Possibly later investigations may prove that in this genus
the reproductive organs are subject to a wide range of variation,
and that recourse will have to be had to the general anatomy. In
A, Sowerbyti and A. gagates the only variations in the generative
organs I have been able to find are in the form and number of the
accessory glands and the constrictions in the sperm-duct (4).
3. AMALIA GAGATES (Drap.).
The specimens of A. gagates which come from Maui differ slightly
from those I have examined from various European localities. The
groove on the mantle terminates anteriorly as a sharp point (Fig. V);
and on the head, in the mid-dorsal line, there is the peculiar groove
so conspicuous in 4. rodie’, Simr. Internally there are also “slight
differences in the form of the sperm-duct (Figs. HI and LV, sp.d.)
and accessory glands. Probably all these characters are due to
VOL. I1.—APRIL, 1896. t
59 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
isolation, and are not sufficient in themselves to separate them from
the European A. gagates.
4, TrpennopHorvs sTriatus (Hasselt).
There are two examples of this species, which differ somewhat
externally, but an examination of the generative system (in part
represented in Fig. VI) leaves no doubt that they both belong to
this species.
Hab.—Mount Tantalus, near Honolulu.
This species was first described by Hasselt (6) under the generic
title of Ieghimatium. In 1867 Von Martens (10) placed it in the |
genus Philomycus, Rafinesque, 1820. The anatomy has been carefully |
described and figured by Keferstein (9). I am using Binney’s generi¢
title of Zebennophorus, which, I think, is preferable, seeing that it is
accompanied by a fairly good diagnosis. While admitting many of
Professor Cockerell’s arguments (3) against the rule, ‘‘ once a synonym
always a synonym,” I think the safer plan is to accept such a rule.
Concerning Binney’s description there can be no doubt.
5. Trpennopnorvs Avstratis (Bergh) ?
There is only one example of this species, and the generative
organs are not developed. There is a single black line at either side
of the pony: and the dorsum is mottled with black. Length (in
alcohol) 23 mm.
Hab.—Mount Tantalus, Oahu.
List or Sprecres oF SLUGS RECORDED FROM THE SANpDWwicH IsLANDs.
Those marked with an asterisk are doubtful.
Limax tennellus, Nilss. See Amalia gagates, Drap.
Semper (11). * Amalia Sandwichiensis, Kydoux.
*Agriolimax Sandwichiensis, Sou- — Tebennophorus striatus, Hasselt.
leyet. Tebennophorus Australis (Bergh)?
Agriolimax globosus, n.sp. Janella sp.
Agriolimax Perkinst, n.sp.
Dr. J. G. Cooper records a species of Janella, ‘found in a bale of the
Palu fern, brought from the Sandwich Islands for mattrass-making.”
(Vide Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1871, vol. v, p. 195.)
BrIsiioGRAPry.
1. Babor, J. and Kostal, J —« Prispevky ku poznanf pomert pohlay-
nich u nekterych Limacidti”’: Sitz. Gesell. Wiss. Prag. Math.
Nat. Classe, 1893, No. li, p. 7, Taf. xx.
. Babor, J. F.—“ Uber den Cyclus der Geschlechtsentwicklung der
Stylommatophoren”?: Verh. deutsch. Zool. Gesell. 1894,
pp. 55-61, figs. 1-10.
10.
Hi.
13.
14.
COLLINGE: SANDWICH ISLAND SLUGS. 51
. Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ A Check-List of the Slugs”: Conchologist,
vol. 11, 1893, p. 215.
. Collinge, W. E.—‘‘ On the Generative Anatomy of Amalia mar-
ginata, Drap., and some remarks upon the Genus”: Journ.
Malac., vol. ii, 1894, pp. 70-3, fig. 1.
. Eydoux and Souleyet.—‘‘ Voyage autour du monde sur la corvette
La Bonite.” Paris, 1852: Zoologie, Tom. 1, p. 497.
. Hasselt, F. C. van.—‘‘ Extrait d’une lettre de F. C. van Hasselt
sur les Mollusques de Vile de Java”: Bull. Sci. Nat. Geol.,
i, 1824, pp. 81-7.
Heynemann, D. F.—‘‘ Die Nackten Landpulmonaten des Erd-
bodens”: Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1885, pp. 236-830.
‘“‘Die Kiefer von Philomycus Carolinensis, Bosc., und
Australis, Bergh”: Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., i1, 1871,
ppal,2,, lat. 1, fies, 1,2.
. Keferstein, W.—‘‘ Ueber die Anatomie der Gattungen Jnezllaria,
Benson, und Ieghimatium, Hasselt, im Vergleich mit der von
Philomycus, Rafinesque”’: Malak. Blatt. 1866, pp. 64-70,
aie
Martens, E. von.—Preussische Exped. Ost-Asien: Zool. Theil,
4570 Peaniey cpa Woh
Semper, C.—‘‘ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen.” Th. II,
Bd. 11, Landmollusken (1870), p. 84, note.
. Simroth, H.—‘‘ Ueber einige von Herrn Dr. Sturany auf der
Balkanhalbinsel erbeutete Nacktschnecken”?: Ann. k.k.
naturhist. Hofmuseums, ix (1894), pp. 391-4, Taf. xix,
figs. 1-11.
‘‘ Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der Deutschen Nackt-
schnecken”: Zeitsch. Wiss. Zool., xlii (1885), pp. 208-366,
pls. vu—xi.
Tryon, G. W.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology.” Ser. ii, vol. i, 1885,
p. 220, Taf. liv, figs. 70-3.
Gr
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fray, 8ta Novemser, 1895,
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
1. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mol-
lusca from the Hadramaut, South Arabia.” By J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A.,
F.L.S., etc., and J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.8., ete.
2. ‘Notes on the Anatomy of Hanleya abyssorum, M. Sars.” By
R. H. Burne.
3. ‘* Description of Cassis Adcocki, a new species.” By G. B.
Sowerby, F.L.S., ete.
4. ‘“ Description of a new species of Vitrina and new forms of
Helicide, with a list of the Helicoid shells hitherto found in the
Canary Islands.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.8., etc.
5. ‘Description of Streptaxis paulus, a new species.” By G. K.
Gude, F.Z.S8., ete.
The President called attention to, and made some remarks upon,
a portrait of Rondeletius, which had been presented by Dr. Woodward
to the Linnean Society.
A letter from Mr. H. Fisher, of the Jackson-Harmsworth Expe-
dition, written from winter quarters in Franz-Josef Land, was read.
Specimens were exhibited by Mr. Melvill, Mr. Sowerby, and
Mr. Gude in illustration of their papers.
Mr. Sowerby also exhibited a remarkable shell from South Australia,
belonging to the genus Conus (?).
Mr. Da Costa exhibited from the Galapagos Is.:—Bulimulus nua,
Brod., B. inralidus, Reib., B. rugulosus, Sow., B. unifasciatus, Sow.,
B. Bauri, Dall, B. amastroides, Ancey, Pleuropyrgqus Chemnitziordes,
Forbes, P. Habel’, Stearns, Leptinaria Chathamensis, Dall, Suceinea
Betti, Smith, and LHelicina nesiotica, Dall, all from Chatham I.;
Bulimulus eschariferus, Sow., and Suecinea Betti’, Smith, from
Charles I.; Bulimulus olla, Dall, from Duncan I.; B. tortuganus,
Dall, from Albemarle I.
Mr. Moss exhibited a white specimen of Helix perplexa, Fér., from
Grenada.
Mr. Sykes exhibited shells from a deposit at Blashenwell, Dorset.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13TH Drcemser, 1895.
Prof. G. B. Howns, Sec. L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected Members of the Socicty: R. H. Burne,
G. HL. Clapp.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Ys)
After a few introductory remarks by the President, Prof. W. A.
Herdman, F.R.S., delivered a lecture entitled ‘‘The Culture of the
Edible Oyster.”
Some discussion took place, in which Dr. Woodward, Messrs.
Burrows, Houston, B. B. Woodward, and others, joined, and Prof.
Herdman replied. <A vote of thanks was passed to Prof. Herdman.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 10raH January, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected Members of the Society: F.C. Crawford,
W.S. Dun, the Rev. W. H. Whan.
Notice was given from the Chair that at the Annual General
Meeting the following motion would be brought forward: ‘That
Rule XVI be altered by the insertion in line 8, between the words
‘of’ and ‘ August,’ of the word ‘July.’ ”
On the motion of Mr. Burrows, seconded by Mr. Pace, Mr. W.
Crouch and Mr. H. Groves were appointed Auditors of the accounts of
the Society for the year 1895.
The following papers were read :—
1. ‘List of the Pleurotomidie of South Australia, with descriptions
of some new species.” By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., ete.
2. ‘Descriptions of some new Land Mollusca from New Zealand
and Macquarie Island.” By H. Suter.
3. “On Neohyalimax Brasiliensis, n.gen., n.sp. (allied to Zyalimar),
from Brazil.”” By Dr. H. Simroth.
4. “On a Collection of Slugs from the Sandwich Islands.” By
W. E. Collinge, F.Z.8., ete.
Mr. A. 8. Kennard exhibited specimens of Pleistocene Mollusca
from the Ightham fissure.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited specimens of Conus scalaris, Val.,
and C. reqularis, Sow., to illustrate their specific distinction; also
specimens in illustration of his paper,
On behalf of Mr. Preston, there was exhibited a specimen of Helix
nemoralis, L., from Berrow, Somerset, having a second lip formed.
Mr. Sykes exhibited a supposed new species of Clausilia from South
America, belonging to Miss De Burgh; also specimens of C. magistra,
Sow., and C. Dohrni, Pfeiffer.
THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
PROCEEDINGS OF
o4
(pousig)
‘SHAOUD AUNAH
“HONOYU)D YUHLTIVM
‘9681 ‘AMWnAQay 781
‘LoInsvody, ‘SIMAV]T “qt ‘omy
"4091109 O14 0} JUAULIZBYS daoqu
oy} puy oM pues ‘uopuo'yT Jo Ayor100g [woTsoooR[VPT IY} JO ToIMsvoIy, oY} Jo sjunoooe oy} pourmexa Avp sty} avy 9A,
Ge LLNS:
l GL 83 . . . . . . . . . puvy ut aouRleg a4
0 0 0¢ * * siayueg ye ysodog uo paovid qunowy
9 Glg ** ~*~ * * © ‘o9e ‘simepueqzy 07 Aymyvig *
I o¢@ °** * + + =: <reuoye{g pues sesejsoq ‘
On Gee 2 ee et OJo) SIE [Mom) ouluurg |“
Cee LOLS aes er
LLG) tGy ° = 2 = wugensniy
9 G EOF ° soasvysog pur sutyUUg
—_,, S8utpoao0rg ,, Fo ysog AG
eee AS, "ay
L 6
DOD AON Cd
OAANOMr-SO
[i Best
9 LI €8
» 8 F
LLAS
yunoooy ytsodacy uo ysoroquy *
. . . . . . i
¢¢ SOUIPII00IgT ,, Jo apeg “*
¢, SOUIPa000Ig ,, UL sJUotHOsTZIOApPY “
SUOT}VIYSNT[T LoF suotyeuocy ‘*
. . . . . . . . . $00 OOUBIPUTT as
Ones sloqmoyy Surpuodsatt0g
9 SI SF * sdoquiayy ATvUIpt¢Q
—aouvape ul suoydiosqug tenuuy “
9 LLP °* Ssdoqmoepy Surpuodsatio0;)
sioquiapy Areutpa¢g
Ivalie ut suoTydimosqng Tenuuy “
CoeG Ll * sloquieyy Sutpuodsa.11079
9 9 OFF °* * = sdoqutroyy ArvUTpPIG
—suoydisqng jenuuy ‘*
* wok Sv] WlOIF DOUBT OF,
“aC
. . . . . .
"G68I ‘UHINAOAC BIE ONIGNH UVAA AHL WOX AUYOALIGNAdCXA UNV ANOONI
‘"NOGNOT JO ALAIOOS
TYOIDOTOOVIVIL
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 79)
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Fripay, 147TH Fersrvary, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howzs, Sec.L.8., President, in the Chair.
Mr. W. M. Webb and Colonel Wilmer were appointed Scrutineers.
The following Report of the Council for the year 1895 was read :—
‘In submitting the third Annual Report to the Society your Council
have, as in previous years, to chronicle a steady progress in the
Society’s work.
During the past year the Membership has increased from 153 to
158, while three candidates, nominated at the December meeting,
were awaiting election at the close of the year.
The member ship on December 81st stood as follows :
Ordinary members sas wscss TP ssss ieee ees 95
@orresponding members cece em nets es 63
Total , sas 158
During the past year twelve Members have been elected; while
five have resigned, and two Members’ names have been removed from
the list—one by the Council, the other by the operation of Rule X.
It is pleasant not to have to record any death amongst the Members.
The finances of the Society are still in a very flourishing condition.
After payment of all liabilities there remains a balance of £28 12s. 1d.
in the Treasurer’s hands. In addition to the above the sum of £50
remains on deposit at the Society’s Bankers.
Since the last Annual General Meeting three more numbers of the
‘ Proceedings’ have been issued, completing Vol. I, and comprising
158 pages, including title-page, contents, and index, with eleven
plates and numerous illustrations in the text. Another number will
shortly be in the printers’ hands.
Your thanks are due to the following Members, who have borne
a large proportion of the cost of the illustrations, or who have assisted
by furnishing the drawings: Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen,
C. Hedley, J. Cosmo Melvill, 8. Pace, E. A. Smith, G. B. Sowerby,
EK. R. Sykes, J. H. Name tons and Martin F. W oodward ; as also to
the West Indian Islands Committee of the British Association, for
similar help.
Eighteen authors have contributed to the ‘ Proceedings’ of the
Society during the past year. Further, Professor W. A. Herdman
very kindly delivered a lecture at the December meeting, which was
very numerously attended, entitled ‘The Culture of the Edible Oyster.’
By the great kindness ‘of Dr. and Mrs. Woodward, the Society was
permitted to hold its July meeting at their private residence.
The thanks of the Society are therefore due to Dr. and Mrs.
Woodward, and to Professor Herdman.
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The thanks of the Society are also due to the Council of the Linnean
Society, by whose kindness the meetings (except that for July) were
again held in the apartments of the Society in Burlington House.”
On the motion of Mr. W. M. Webb, seconded by Mr. S. Pace,
the Report was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society.
On the motion of Dr. H. Woodward, seconded by Mr. H. Groves, |
the following resolution was carried: ‘‘ That in Rule XVI, line 3, the |
word ‘July’ be inserted between the words ‘ of’ and ‘ August.’ ”’
The Scrutineers reported that the following were duly elected
as Officers and Council for the ensuing year :—
President.—Professor G. B. Howes, See. L.8., ete.
Vice- Presidents —J. Cosmo Melvill, F.L.S.; E. A. Smith, F.Z.8. ;
Rey. R. Boog Watson, LL.D., F.L.S:; Dr. H. Woodward,
F.R.S.
Treasurer.—G. F. Harris, F.G.S.
Secretary.—. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.
Editor.—B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S.
Other Members of Council.—8. I. Da Costa; W. H. Hudleston,
F.R.S.; H. Wallis Kew, F.Z.S.; R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S8.;
G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S.; Rev. G. Ferris Whidborne, F.G.S.
The President then delivered an address.
The following motion was proposed by Dr. Woodward, seconded
by Colonel Wilmer, and carried unanimously: ‘That a vote of
thanks be passed to the President for his address; and that the address }
be printed in extenso in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society.”
Votes of thanks were accorded to the Retiring Officers, Auditors,
and Scrutineers.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14TH Ferpruary, 1896.
Prof, G. B. Howes, Sec. L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected to membership of the Society: Percy
‘mary, Alfred Leicester, Rev. Newton Vanstone.
57
ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT,
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec.L.8., ete.
Delivered February 14th, 1896.
Lapres AND GENTLEMEN,
In acquiescing to the proposal that I should deliver an address on the
present occasion, I was reminded by our Secretary that to do so would
be to conform to a “ good old custom”; and, in accordance with this,
let me firstly offer some remarks by way of comment upon current
research, and secondly say a few words of a more critical nature
upon our relationships towards our fellow-zoologists, and upon the
position of our chosen subject in the role of science.
It is now eighteen months since my predecessor in office delivered
a formal address; and, looking back upon the work which our Society
has accomplished in the interval, I feel myself proud to have been
associated with it. Our meetings, although at times small, have
been attended by people who came to work, and our discussions
have been the more beneficial as they have been the more heated. In
systematics we can show good oe all along the line: Mr. Hedley
has laid before us a good case for the Heteropod affinities of the
mysterious Pterosoma’!; Mr. Martin Woodward has given us papers
on anatomy of much ee and Mr. Burne, in his ‘‘ Notes on the
Anatomy of Hanleya aby byssor um,” has put before us the results of
an unusually laborious piece of work, having for its immediate object
the settlement of debated points in minute structural detail. Mr.
Burne’s paper is worthy its association with the institution whence
it emanated; and when we consider the difficult nature of his ve
we have special cause to be thankful to the man who will act as
peace-maker between contending parties, let it cost him what it may,
if only he can arrive at the truth. Nor must I forget that we have
been honoured by a valuable communication from our distinguished
foreign member, Dr. H. Simroth.
Although the past year has not witnessed the removal by death
of any member of our Society—an indication, let us hope, that
Malacology is conducive to longevity—we have to mourn the loss of
those who had direct and personal sympathy with our labours and
with work of the kind upon which we are engaged, wherever
performed in earnest—Thomas Henry Huxley—Sven Ludwig Lovén
—John Bracebridge Wilson.
Beyond what I have previously remarked to you concerning Huxley
(Vol. I, p. 289), I may say that he once expressed to me his interest
in our Society and desire for its success. His joint monograph with
1 Thus confirming the conclusions of Collingwood—‘‘ Rambles of a Naturalist on
the shores and waters of the China Sea,’’ p. 54, 8vo, London, 1868.
VOL. I1.—JuLY, 1896. 5)
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Professor Paul Pelseneer upon ‘‘ Sprrula”?! marked the closing act of |
his zoological career, as it did that of the zoology of the ‘‘Challenger”’
expedition, in both of which we as Englishmen and zoologists do
indeed glory. All through his active life Huxley was at heart
a malacologist ; and although his published papers on Mollusca are few
and far between, his Rede Lecture,? and discourses such as those he
gave to working-men in 1883 on ‘ Shell Fishes,” show that his love
for the Mollusca never waned, and that the exigencies of other
occupations alone prevented him from returning to them in earnest.
Well do I remember the eventful morning on which he received
the Sprrula from the hands of Sir Wyville Thomson; how he at
once collected the necessaries for working out “the. last of the
Belemnites,”’ as he loved to call the little creature; how, with almost
childish delight, he then and there buried himself in the task of
investigation; and how, years later, after an interval of enforced
abstinence from work, he on more than one occasion remarked that
he could finish it within a month. It was not to be. The hand of
death was near, to take from some of our number a dearest friend,
and from all the man who with Darwin and Spencer revolutionized
thought, by direct application of principles deduced from the study
of animal life.
No one interested in topics involving Marine Zoology will need to |
be reminded of the claims of Lovén. Kighty- six years of life are not |
vouchsafed to all working naturalists; and long or short their lives, few
have there been whose earnestness, singleness of purpose, and devoted
application to consistent, conscientious work, have in any measure
approached his. His writings on the Mollusca of the Scandinavian
seas, although in a measure eclipsed by the brilliance of that which
he accomplished later on the Echinodermata, will remain conspicuous
for their wide range, and for the desire to determine all that was
ascertainable about the structure and distribution of the animals
before generalizing upon them. As a stimulus to others they have
been productive of good results, and in connection with the initiation
of Arctic research they will remain classical. Nor must we forget
that he was the first to describe the comparative morphology of the
radula, and to use that organ for purposes of classification.*
The name of Bracebridge Wilson has a special claim upon us,
through our Secretary, who is now working out some of his Chitons.
In the intervals of a busy life as a pedagogue, Mr. Wilson was many
years dredging Port Phillip and Bass Strait. Our veteran Carter
worked for years at Wilson’s Sponges, and Agardh at his Alge.
The recent brilliant investigations of Dendy into the Sponges have
been performed on his material. Spencer has worked out his
Hydroids, Hickson his Alcyonarians, Haddon his Actinie, Spencer |
' Huxley and Pelseneer, ‘‘Rep. of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ ’’
Appendix (Zool., part 83).
* Nature, vol. xxvill, p. 187.
3 Lovén, in a paper remarkable for its thoroughness, Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad.
Handlg. 1847, p. 178.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 59
his Platodes (Amphiptyches), Miss Buchanan his Cheetopods, Bell his
Echinodermata, Jackson his Pyenogonida, Herdman his Tunicata, and
Lucas his Fishes, while McGillivray and Dendy have been engaged
upon his Bryozoa. The ‘Catalogues of the Australian Museum”’
and the ‘‘Prodromus of the Animals of Victoria,’”? as volumes, bear
witness to his industry and enthusiasm. For the past twenty odd years
his yacht and its crew have been always at the service of marine
biologists; they had but to express a desire and it was gratified, and
if an animal or plant were required for legitimate work, were it ever
so rare, no pains and no expense were too great to secure it. There
are few collectors whose names will be associated with as great a
number of novel forms of life as Bracebridge Wilson’s. His decease
has come at a time when steps were being taken to secure him some
fitting recognition of his labours.
Turning now to general progress in Malacology, we find that during
the past year the Belgian, Italian, and German Malacological Societies,
and the English Conchological Society, have gone on in the even
tenour of their ways; and ‘that the publications devoted solely to the
study of the Mollusca—the ‘“‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,”’ ‘‘ Nautilus,”
and the “Journal of Malacology’’—have appeared as usual. Of
monographs, we have to record with much interest the completion
of Pilsbry’s masterly study of the Helices, in Tryon’s ‘‘ Manual of
Conchology.”” Though critical voices Hace been raised, there is no
doubt of the solid success attained in this piece of work, and of the
utility of the author’s system of classification. We give expression of
our indebtedness to the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
for enabling the author to undertake his useful task, and note with
satisfaction that the Marine Series of the work has punctually
appeared.
The ‘Conchylien Cabinet,” of which several parts, relating more
especially to Columbella, Aspergillum, Gastrochena, and Helix, have
been issued, has made steady progress. <A textbook of the Mollusca
has been published by the Rey. A. H. Cooke, in which an attempt
has been made to combine popular treatment with recent scientific
research, and in which Geographical Distribution has received
a predominant consideration. Among faunistic records, one of the
most important dealing with the Marine Fauna is the ‘ Catalogue
of the Marine Mollusks of Japan” by Pilsbry. In that work,
enumerating about 500 species and varieties more than were
recorded by Dunker in 1882, the nomenclature has been carefully
revised to date.
The Terrestrial Mollusca have formed the subject of several
formal catalogues. We have to record those of the Bahamas,
St. Vincent, and neighbouring islands, in our own Proceedings.
Monsieur Crosse has published an elaborate review of the land and
fresh-water shells of New Caledonia; and Colonel Godwin-Austen
has compiled a list of the land-shells of the Andamans and
Nicobars. Many new forms have been described, especially from
the Philippines and Borneo. Monsieur Locard has issued a work on
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
the ‘“ Collection Draparnaud,” in which he has followed the example
of Hanley, who so carefully studied the Linnean Collections. At
home, we note a further instalment of Taylor’s ‘‘ Monograph of the
British Land and Fresh-water Mollusca. yi
A pleasing feature of the year’s work is the greater zeal in uniting
malacological with conchological knowledge, ‘betokening a healthy
determination to deal wherever possible with sets of organs rather
than mere organological detail.
On fie Paleontological side we note two important works dealing,
the one chiefly and ‘the other wholly, with the Opisthobranchiata,
I refer to M. Cossmann’s memoir in the ‘“‘ Mém. Soc. Géol. France,”
Paléont., tom. v, mém. 14, and his ‘‘ Essais de Paléoconchologie Com-
pareé”’ the first fascicule of which appeared in February, 1895. The
latter great work by our distinguished Foreign Member, when com-
pleted, is to contain brief diagnoses of all genera and subgenera of fossil
Mollusca, and when the characters of these specially ‘involve living
forms the latter will be described. Ranges in time are given in much
detail, and the work cannot fail to be of ‘great service to Malacologistal
M. H. Douvillé has entered upon another masterly memoir on the
Hippurites.'
The ‘‘Zeitschr. Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft” for the year
contains interesting papers on the Molluscan Fauna of certain Cre-
taceous beds by Giinther Maas, and a summary of our knowledge of the
Ammonite genus Quenstedticeras by Weissermel. The first portion
of a large work on the Cephalopoda of the Cretaceous of Southern
India has been issued by the Paleontological Institute of the Vienna
University, from the pen of Dr. Franz ‘Kossmat. This reviews the
work of Stoliczka and brings it up to date, and adds much informa-
tion on the subject generally. The author has had access to a quantity
of new material, and his work is largely based on the study of type
specimens.
The Pelecypoda of the Devonian beds of the Rhine have been
monographed by Dr. L. Beushausen in the ‘ Abhandlungen Konig.
Preuss. Geol. Landesanstalt,” with an accompanying atlas of 38 plates.
The monograph of the Mollusca of the Tertiary of Piedmont and
Liguria, commenced by Professor Bellardi, and after his death con-
tinued by Professor F. Sacco, of Turin, has received another instalment.
It deals with the Cerithude, Triforide, Cerithiopside, and Diasto-
mide ; and is notorious for the creation once again of a large number
of ‘varieties’? which Professor Sacco, and nobody but he, would
appear to recognize.
It is with much pleasure that I draw your attention to the appear-
ance of the first volume of the ‘ Paleontographia Italia,” published
under the direction of Professor Mario Canavari, of the Geological
Museum of the University of Pisa. It is intended that this work
shall eventually describe the whole of the fossils of Italy, after the
example set by our own Palontographical Society; and in the part
1 «Mém. Soc. Géol. France,’’ tom. v, fase. 4.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 61
issued the following monographs will be of much service to Mala-
cologists, viz.: ‘ Nuove osservazioni sopra la fauna e Peta degli strati
con Posidonomya alpina nei Sette Communi,” by Sig. C. F. Parona,
and “La Fauna del Trias Inferiore nel versante meridionale delle Alpi,”
by Sig. A. Tommasi. So, too, will the first portion of a synopsis of the
Tertiary Mollusca of the Venetian Alps, which the volume contains.
In Monograph No. 24 of the United States Geological Survey,
Professor R. P. Whitfield has for the first time systematically
described the Mollusca of the Miocene of New Jersey; and our
distinguished Foreign Member, Professor W. H. Dall, has written in
“Trans. Wagner Free Instit. of Sci. Philad.”?' a work embodying
a ‘‘new classification of the Pelecypoda.” The whole forms an
introduction to the deseription of the Tertiary Pelecypoda of Florida,
and after ‘‘a brief discussion of the features of the Pelecypod
organization chiefly available as diagnostic characters,’’ an enumera-
tion is given ‘‘of the differential characters of the orders, sub-
orders, superfamilies, and families,’”’ and ‘‘a statement of their range
in geological time, and an enumeration under each family of the chief
generic groups believed to be referable to it.”
Important communications upon the Cephalopoda, by Hyatt, and
Michael, have appeared, and F. Bernard has given us* the first part
of a most important study of the hinge of “the pelecypodan shell.
To the consideration of these monographs, which are special, I shall
return; but I cannot dismiss comment upon work on the Continent
without expressing our gratitude to Professor Karl von Zittel for the
198 pages which in his ‘‘ Grundziige der Paleeontologie”’ he has devoted
in so interesting and instructive a manner to the Mollusca.
In our own country, the annual monograph of the Paleonto-
graphical Society has brought us (1) Hudleston’s Part i, No 8, of the
“British Jurassic Gasteropoda,” devoted exclusively to the Pleuro-
tomariide of the Inferior Oolite; and (2) ‘* Carbonicola, Anthracomya,
and Naiadites, Part 11,” by Dr. Wheelton Hind, in which the Anthra-
coptera are monographed,—both authors being members of our
Society.
The Transactions of the various Societies more or less concerned in
the study of the Paleontology of the Mollusca show that the work of
the year has been in no respect below the average.
The growth of Marine Biology, so intimately associated with
‘the work of our Society, has during the past year assumed a his-
torical phase, in the completion of “the ‘Reports of the Scientific
Results of the Exploring Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’’? When,
twenty-three years ago, that vessel set sail, the most sanguine of
specialists could have “had little conception of what was about to be
achieved. The discovery of the remarkable ‘‘Septibranchiata,”’ and the
capture of Pteropod forms which have enabled us to definitely
settle the position of these organisms in the zoological series, are
1 Vol. iii, part 3.
* Bull. Soc. Géol. France, sér. III, tom. xiii, p, 104.
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
conspicuous among the more important ‘‘ results’? which interest us.
Of Spirula I have spoken. The report on the Cephalopoda strikes
me as second to none in its thoroughness, and it is much to be regretted
that its indefatigable author had not better and more extensive
material at his disposal. It may be questioned whether the best was
made of the existing methods of preservation on this memorable
voyage; but, allowing for shortcomings which, now as always, become
evident only when it is too late, the net result has been a monumental
work which must form the basis for all future operations, and for
this the world stands gratefully indebted to England’s great naval
authorities, who have here shown themselves as ready to respond to
the call of scientific as of territorial warfare.
I question whether any zoological discovery of the ‘Challenger ”
will yield in importance to that of the anomalous Cephalodiscus s
and if we are justified in embracing the study of the Brachiopoda
within the scope of our Proceedings. as members of a Malacological
Society, I offer you no apology for claiming this remarkable animal as
one which specially, affects our interests. Permit me, however, to
digress here, and raise the question whether we should not do well
to reconsider the limitations of our Society; for if we are to claim
the Brachiopoda as our own, the Bryozoa must follow, and if these,
why not that zoologists’ waste-paper basket the entire so-called
“Class Vermes.”’? To retain the Brachiopoda within our sphere of
action, because they happen to be the bearers of a bivalved exo-
skeleton, now that Malacology stands upon a scientific basis and aims
at something more and higher than the mere cataloguing of cabinets
of shells, is unscientific, and certainly not calculated to advance our
best interests.
With the closing in of the “‘ Challenger ’’ work, there has come the
full light of that of subsequent expeditions, notably the ‘‘ Albatross ”
and ‘ Investigator.” Malacologists are now in possession of reports
upon the Heteropoda, Opisthobranchiata, and Pteropoda of the former ;
and the discovery of an animal so remarkable and unexpected as the
free-swimming Holothurian Pelagothuria furnishes a result which to
the reflective mind renders the achievements of the ‘‘ Albatross”
expedition not a whit less impressive than those of the ‘‘ Challenger.” |
Our American confréres, benefiting by our experience, have made |
the most of modern methods, and have furnished us with coloured |
drawings of the more important novelties, made from life. In their |
hands, and in those of persons whom they have called to their aid, |
there is accruing a result which will materially extend the world’s |
knowledge along natural lines of growth.
As for the ‘Investigator,’ under Dr. A. Alcock results of the |
highest importance continue to accumulate. I hold experts’ authority |
for the assertion that the versatility and reliability of Dr. Alcock’s |
work is of an altogether exceptional order. Of his researches among |
the Fishes I can speak from experience. The malacological fruits of |
|
the expedition, under the care of our Vice-President Mr. Edgar Smith, |
are especially noteworthy for the discovery of a new and remarkable |
Gastropod genus (Pontiothauma), the systematic position of which has
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 63
yet to be decided. The two species of this genus are now in the
hands of another of our members for anatomical study, and are yielding
results which seem likely to have important bearings on our ideas of
classitication. If, as would appear, the genus is allied to the
Pleurotomide, both species must be giants of the family (the larger
measuring 136mm. in length).
The year has witnessed the appearance of the first portion of the
work of the German ‘‘ Plankton- Expedition ”’ relating to the Mollusca,
in which our Foreign Member, Dr. H. Simroth, has dealt very fully
with the embryonic and larval forms of the Marine Gastropoda; and
among the further instalments of the results of the ‘‘ Hirondelle ”’
expeditions, Dr. Joubert has written an excellent account of the
Cephalopoda of the North Atlantic.
Intimately associated with progress in Marine Zoology is the growth
of marine stations or observatories; and here our interest in the
immediate future is turned to America and the far East. The work
already accomplished at Newport and Wood’s Holl in the former
country, and at Misaki in the latter, is known to us all, and recognized
throughout the world. The discovery in the Japanese seas of the
shark Chlamydoselache and of a new Kuplectellid, important in their
way, are eclipsed in our eyes by that of a Pleurotomarian; and I am
informed that this animal is now being made the subject of full
investigation by Professor Ijima of Tokyo. Our Eastern friends write
of new species of Hyalonema, of Elasipoda, of ‘‘new and beautiful
Gorgonias”’; and when they tell us that as soon as matters are quiet
at Formosa they intend to follow up conquest by scientific exploration,
we return them the “duty of a devout and learned admiration” of
their enterprise and far-sightedness.
Conspicuous among their schemes for the future is the foundation
of a considerable Marine Laboratory, and it is an open secret that our
American brethren contemplate a similar project. No sooner do the
Americans discover a new genus of Chimeeroid fish than the Japanese
come forward with a second species of it. The description of the
anatomy of Plewrotomaria by Dall is to be succeeded by one by Ijima.
Indeed, seeing how vast is the field and how energetic are the
workers, we are led to ask if the time may not be dawning when
the representatives of these two great nations, which bound the
opposite shores of the Northern Pacific, may make a bid for the
biological, as they seem likely to do for the commercial, supremacy
of the world.
Increased activity in the Marine Laboratory, during recent years,
has been followed by that in the investigation of Life in Fresh
Water and Marine Estuaries, with accompanying foundation of
establishments for the purpose. Our County Councils, which have
so enthusiastically taken up the cause of science and scientific educa-
tion, are showing signs of activity in this direction, and the ‘“ Norfolk
and Norwich Naturalists Society”? is at present contemplating a
scheme for nothing less than the systematic study of the Biology of
the Broads. Under the auspices of the Royal Society and the British
Association, Mr. J. E. 8. Moore is now at work investigating the
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
African Lake Fauna. In this department of labour, however,
interest for the session 1895-96 again centres in America. On the
Illinois River, a hundred miles west of that city, there is now afloat,
midst most picturesque surroundings, a laboratory affording accom-
modation for sixteen workers. Under Dr. C. A. Kofoid, as superin-
tendent, and the University of Illinois, an efficient body of working
biologists and chemists, with an artist, have been brought together.
The institution has been primarily established for research by its own
staff, but durmg the months of June, July, and August, competent
investigators will be welcomed on easy terms; and, following the
example set at Wood’s Holl by Professor Whitman and his col-
leagues, it is expected that the membership of the station will be
organized as a biological club, to hold stated meetings for conference,
discussion, and occasional lectures.
The foregoing, however, is not all, for there is something significant
in the words ‘ Biological Experiment Station,’”’ applied to this floating
Laboratory. One of the latest phases in post-Darwinian activity
among Biologists has been the development of what Yves Delage has
termed! the science of ‘‘ Biomécanique.”’
Modern speculation upon heredity and other far-reaching problems
in Biology has brought us, through the researches of Driesch, Herbst,
Roux, Hertwig, Wilson, and others, to the application of experimental
methods to the study of life. The descriptive method is now being
supplemented by these; but do not let us fall into error as to what it
is that is being attempted. The physicist and chemist taunt us with
charges of inexactitude, and draw distinctions between theirs the
“exact”? and ours the “inexact”? sciences. They overlook the fact
that with organic matter it is impossible to remove for direct purposes
of experiment this or that factor at will, as is customary with ex-
periment upon the inanimate. Whereas they are dealing with
inanimate elements and bodies of known or determinable composition,
it is ours to deal with an animate compound at present indeterminable.
By the so-called experimental method in Biology, it is possible only
to institute changed conditions, and to observe the effects thereupon
produced. It is daily becoming more and more evident that the
moment we come into contact with living protoplasm (the ‘‘ primordial
utricle ”’ of the earlier vegetable histologists), analogy to the manimate,
as involving chemical and physical processes, largely ceases. ‘The time-
honoured analogies between the parts of the animate body and the
inanimate machine must be discarded as mischievous; and as to what
is going on in the actual performance of what we term “vital
activities,” we are at present only able to judge by a process of close
reasoning. Far be it from me, however, to depreciate the value of
either the ‘statistical’? or “ experimental ” methods, as now being
applied to the study of vital phenomena. The work has to be done,
come what may; and I am rather lost in admiration of the pluck of
those who dare face conditions so complex and changeable— compass,
thermometer, re-agent bottle, test-tube, scalpel, or needle, in hand.
‘Yves Delage, Rev. gén. sci. pures et appliq., 6° Ann., No. x, Paris, 1896.
5
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 65
The experimental method has already achieved much, and in our
own department signs are forthcoming of useful and suggestive
results. Thus, in the year 1890 our energetic well-wisher Professor
W. A. Herdman, as the result of some preliminary experiments on the
periwinkle (Zittorina rudis), was led to the conclusion,’ which had been
already foreshadowed by Jeffreys, that that animal may be becoming
adapted to a terrestrial existence. Again, H. de Varigny, repeating
the observations of Semper upon the growth of Zimnea, has shown,?
from an elaborate series of experiments—varying the temperature, food
supply, the access of air, the volume of water, and, above all, the
limits of movement and the numbers of his colonies ‘that there is no
reason for concluding that the favourable influences of a large volume
of water are here due to the presence of chemical agents favourable to
growth; but that, conversely, the retardation in growth would appear
to be directly related to limitation of activity and power of movement.
What a field les before him who will continue the study of this
plastic genus !
When, in addition to this, we reflect that in the so-called Physa
lamellata of Madagascar, as Paul Pelseneer has successfully proved,
we have to deal with a Pulmonate which, in secondary adaptation to
aquatic life, has developed a tegumental ‘ gill”? morphologically distinct
from the ctenidium ; that in Planorbis corneus and P. marginatus a
similar tegumental lobe is present; that in Ancylus this same secondary
adaptation has led up to the suppression of the lung-sac; that from
the folds of the adhering Chiton air as well as water may be
displaced on handling; and that Simroth has just recorded from
the Tenimber Islands* a Chiton (Acanthopleura spiniger?) which
would appear to have developed a pulmonary organ of respiration,
our interest in experimental inquiry as it may relate to the
environment and changed conditions of life is aroused to the utmost.
If such things have come about in the course of time, and can be
established by actual manipulation, who knows what may not
await the patient experimentalist of the future. In its bearings on
the conditions of local distribution in shallow water, on bathymetric
extension, and specific variation as related to these influences, the
experimental method appears to me to give promise of most important
results in Malacology. Just as the physiological graduates off into the
pathological, the full significance of many a healthy or a diseased
state becoming intelligible only on a knowledge of its opposite, so, in
the hands of the experimentalist, the normal phenomena of animal
life will most assuredly, in course of time, become illumined by
prolonged and careful study of the organism under changed conditions.
And from all that is now going forward, it is plain that the pathologist
holds the key to the solution of many a life problem.
1 Herdman, Rep. Liverpool Mar. Biol. Sta. Liverpool, 1890, p. 17.
2 Journ. Anat. Phys. Paris, tom. xxx, p. 147.
3 Comptes Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. exix, p. 354.
4 H. Simroth, Sitzb. Naturf. Gesellsch. Leipzig, Jhg. 19-21, 1895, p. 106.
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Much of the experimental work already achieved in Biology has
lain with the egg, and with the early stages of development, at which
susceptibility to disturbing influences and the action of external
stimuli is greatest; but, side by side with progress in this new
departure, there has come about a more exact determination of the
detailed processes at work during normal development. Our faith in
sae germ- -layer theory, at any rate so far as it involves the so-called
« mesoderm,” is shaken to its foundations. We now know that what
are usually termed homologous parts may differ fundamentally in
origin under different conditions of development, and the structure
and relations of the developed organ become once more the standards
of comparison.' Following in the wake of Whitman and his classical
monograph on the development of the leech Clepsine, we now seek
to determine the relative values of the individual embryo-cells by
their ultimate fate. ‘‘Cell-lineage” is the term applied to this
most important departure in Comparative Embryology, and in the
hands of Wilson, Kofoid, Castle, and others, it is revolutionizing
our eonlesjoion) of the fundamentals of Embryology. As Kofoid’s
investigation ® chiefly concerns a common slug (4griolimax agrestis),
a word in detail concerning it. In the first place, having observed
an alternation in the direction of the spindles and the planes
of division of the blastomeres, he formulates a law of ‘spiral
cleavage,” as distinct from ‘‘radial”? and “ bilateral.” Critically
examining the work of his predecessors, he proceeds to show that in
a number of other Mollusca evidence for the operation of this spiral
cleavage has been obscured by the nomenclature employed. He,
however, formulates one “law,” but to challenge another, and that
bearing the honoured name of Francis Maitland Balfour. It was one
of Balfour’s greatest achievements to have attempted to correlate
the rate of segmentation and the size of the blastomeres with the pro-
portional development of food-yolk. ‘* Where the yolk spherules
are fewest,” he wrote, “the active protoplasm is necessarily most
concentrated, and we can lay it down as a general law that the
velocity of the segmentation in any part of the ovum is, roughly
speaking, proportional to the concentration of the protoplasm there ;
and that the size of the segments is inversely proportionate to the
concentration of the protoplasm.” Since Balfouwr’s time it has
become evident that of two eggs otherwise similar, the one bearing
the larger amount of yolk cleaves the less rapidly, and that, all things
considered, we may regard the greater development of food-yolk as
favourable to the reduction or absence of metamorphosis, and the more
rapid assumption of the fully-developed state. In Agriolimax and
Umbraculum (Umbrella, auct.), however, on Kofoid’s showing, it is
the larger of the two first-formed cells which is the first to divide,
1 cf. E. B. Wilson, ‘ Embryological Criterion of Homology’’: Wood’s Holl
Lect. for 1894, Boston, 1895, p. 101.
* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xxvii, No. 2; and prelim. paper in Proc.
Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. xxix, p. 180.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 67
and this tendency of the yolk-laden cells to cleave first is further
evident in NVeritina and in members of Invertebrate classes other than
the Mollusca. As Kofoid points out, ‘‘a paradox is thus presented.
Yolk appears to delay cleavage in the cells of the frog’s egg, to
hasten it in the cells of the snail’s egg.” The discovery by Ishikawa?
that among the Daphnide the summer egg may be little yolk-laden
and holoblastic, and the winter egg rich in yolk and meroblastic, ike
that of the so-called ‘‘dorsal”’ disposition of the endodermal blasto-
meres in some Tunicates*; and the announcement® that in Limulus,
in which yolk-division would appear to be normally meroblastic, the
segmentation of eggs of a batch may be either meroblastic or holo-
blastic, in accordance with comparatively trivial changes in position
and environment, teem with interest in this association; and we are
led to inquire into the part played by gravitation ‘and specific
gravity. History once more repeats itself ; and we Biologists, having
to deal with probabilities, have to be content with tentative conclusions
—but we are none the further from the truth for all that!
Dr. Kofoid’s monograph was immediately followed in time of
writing by a short paper by H. E. Crampton, of New York, in
which it is shown‘ that whereas in the dextral Limnea columella
cleavage is dextral, in the sinistral Physa heterostropha it is reversed
and sinistral.
Dismissing this branch of our subject, with the remark that in
respect to it our Japanese friends are not one whit behind,’ let me
now say a few words concerning one or two special advances which
we in part owe to the older, and withal the ever- reliable, methods
of comparative anatomy.
The genus Siphonaria, from the shell of which some of us whose
occupation takes us into the examination room have learned much
that is instructive and undreamed of by the conchologist, is once more
to the front. Kohler, in an admirable and beautifully illustrated
monograph,® has pointed out that its gill, in structure allied to that
of the Pleurobranchide, is in position akin to that of the Bullas.
Arriving at the conclusion that this is a true ctenidium, and that the
points of structural agreement between the gills of Siphonaria and
the Tectibranchiata are indicative of close genetic relationship, the
author proceeded to carefully investigate their innervation. Support
for his conclusion was obtained, and, finding that in respect to the
general organization of the nervous and reproductive systems there
were further points of structural community between Umbraculum, the
Bullide, and Sphonaria, he closes a case for the retention of the latter
much debated genus among the Opisthobranchiata. But no sooner is
1 Ishikawa. See paper by Watase in Journal of Morph., vol. iv, p. 260.
2 Samassa, Archy. Mikr. Anat., Bd. xliv, p.1. Gf, however, Castle, Ann. New
York Acad. Sei, vol. viii, p. 167.
3 Patten, Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xvii, p. 72.
4 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. xxx, p. 200.
5 Cf. Mitsukuri, Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. xi, ae 406.
6 Zool. Jahrb, Anat, Abth., Bd. vii, p.
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
this position established, than Pelseneer, also relying upon the study
of internal as well as external characters, builds up a no less forcible
argument! for the retention of the genus among the Pulmonata.
As the necessity for a fuller study of the Molluscan nervous system
comes here prominently forward, allow me to direct your attention to
two somewhat earlier investigations of the same category, by which one
of our most novel systems of classification has been brought under the
action of time. I refer to that based on Spengel’s important work
upon the nervous system and sensory apparatus. Act@on, judged by
the structure of its shell and its persistent operculum, would appear
rightly placed among the lower Opisthobranchs. During a careful
anatomical investigation, Bouvier has made the important discovery *
that it has a twist in its visceral nerve-loop. Plate follows in the
wake, with the discovery * that Chilina is also streptoneurous; where-
fore, from the study of their nervous system alone, we might place
these two genera among the Prosobranchs. From what is known of
their general organization this would be an unwarrantable proceeding,
and the only alternative is the conclusion that we have here to deal
with an inherited streptoneury. If we are justified in this, the
argument that the euthyneurous condition of the Opisthobranchiates
and Pulmonates points to an orthoneurous ancestry must be held in
abeyance.
Opisthobranchs and Pulmonates from Prosobranchs! A revolu-
tionary deduction from a comparatively simple anatomical fact; but
from what we know of the nervous system as a guide to affinity and
inter-relationship among other great groups of animals, it is justified.
We may here most fittingly record the observation of Dr. J. D.
Gilchrist! that although in the untwisting of the Gastropod body
consequent on the reduction and loss of the shell, the original bilateral
symmetry may be apparently resumed, the organs originally lost under
the mechanical effects of torsion do not reappear. I cannot dismiss
this paper without diverting your attention to Dr. Gilchrist’s ingenious
proposal to simplify our conceptions and our classifications by dis-
criminating between Mono-, Di-, and Poly-placophora, expressing
the hope that in his new office at the Cape he will not forsake the
Mollusca.
Passing to the Isopleura, we note the discovery by Haller’ of the
recurrence of auriculo-ventricular valves, there being four pairs in
Chiton Goodalli6 Our member, Mr. R. H. Burne, has partly
confirmed Haller’s observations during the year. The occurrence of
recurrent symmetry of parts of the bodies of these Molluscs which
are popularly regarded as approximate to the worms, is of manifest
interest; but the facts appear to me to support the conclusion now
Mem. cour. 4°, Acad. Sci. Belg., tom. lii, No. 8.
Comptes Rend. Anat. Sci. Paris, tom. cxvi, p. 68.
Zool. Jahrb. Anat. Abth., Bd. ix, p. 200.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xx, p. 357.
Morph. Jahrb., Bd. xxi, p. 28.
Originally described as C. magnificus. Of. Zool. Anz., Bd. xix, p. 200.
anr Od =
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 69
| steadily gaining ground that metamerism is everywhere and in all
its forms secondary, and therefore valueless as a criterion of class
relationship. Equally interesting, is Pruvot’s discovery! that J/yzo-
menia (Dondersia) banyulensis is im the young condition the bearer
of dorsal plates—important this, as affecting the rescue of the
Neomenide from a dangerous association with the Platodes, and
full of meaning in its general bearings upon simplification of
organization.
We turn now to the Cephalopoda. One direct result of the recent
salting of the European market with Pearly Nautili has been a very
useful paper by Mr. Graham Kerr, of Christ’s College, Cambridge,
dealing? with some disputed points in the anatomy of that animal.
Passing over his work upon the body-cavity, which has altogether
special bearings, and his discovery that the lamellar organ is functional
as a receptaculum seminis, it is interesting to find in this archaic
Molluse a plate-like ovary, akin in its fundamental characters to
that occurring at the base of the vertebrate series. Thanks to
Mr. Kerr’s work, we are justified in concluding that the assumption
Mia, eystoarian ” condition by the higher vertebrate and molluscan
types is unquestionably expressive of a parallelism of modification
of corresponding parts.
Interest in Mr. Kerr’s inquiry is greatest as involving a _ re-
determination of the morphology of the “arms” of Cephalopoda. It
is needless to recapitulate details concerning the rival theories of
_ Leuckart and Huxley that they are pedal, and of Grobben and others
that they are circumoral in origin; suffice it to say that Kerr, taking
his stand upon the homologizing of the Cephalopod ‘ funnel” with the
whole ‘‘ foot” of the Gastropoda, and upon the conviction that there
is insufficient justification for the assumption that any one ganglionic
mass of the Cephalopod can be really said to correspond to the ‘‘ pedal”
ganglion of the Gastropoda, makes out a plausible case for the
upholders of the pedal theory. He appears to me, however, to have
been working under too great a bias in favour of the argument for
a Platode ancestry of the Mollusca. His substantiation of the pedal
nature of the ‘‘funnel” is certainly borne out by the condition in
Nautilus, and it receives considerable support from Jatta’s recent con-
clusion® that the funnel (Miiller’s or Verrill’s) organ of the Cephalopoda
is a mucus-secreting structure, homologous with the pedal gland of the
Gastropoda. His observations do not appear to me to render it still
impossible, however, that the ‘‘funnel’’? may not be mesopodial, and
that therefore the cephalic tentacles may be propodial and, after all,
pedal. The last word has not been said upon this important question.
As Mr. Kerr’s paper was passing through the press, there appeared
a valuable monograph by Haller,’ based upon material collected by
1 Comptes Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. exi, p. 689.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 664.
3 Jatta, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, ser. I, tom. vii, p 45.
4 Haller, Semon’s ‘‘ Forschungsreisen in Austr. und i. d. Malayischen Archipel.”’
See Denkschr. Med. Naturw. Gesellsch. Jena, Bd. viii, p. 187, 1895.
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Prof. R. Semon during his recent sojourn in Australia and the Malay
Archipelago. As a result of the excellent preservation of Semon’s
specimens, Haller has been enabled to describe several interesting
points in histological detail.
Following close upon these papers is a preliminary report on
a critical study of the Nautilus from Australia, by Professor Haswell
of the Sydney University ; and when we consider that he of necessity
commands ample material, and that some of the recent descriptions of
the parts of this animal are grossly misleading by error of orientation,
we await the full report of so trustworthy an ‘observer with eagerness.
Special interest attaches to Professor Haswell’s work, in its bearings
on the question of sexual differences in the tentacular ‘lobes.
This naturally leads us to a recognition of the attempt now
being made by Willey to work out the development of this archaic
creature—an attempt which we know to have been rewarded! by the
capture of young specimens, through the adoption of a lobster-pot
method, akin to that long ago successfully employed and recommended
for use in deep water by Dr. Giinther.?
D’Orbigny, as is well known, more than fifty years ago suggested
that certain differences in the shells of Ammonites might possibly be
indicative of sexual dimorphism. The first important conclusion put
forward by Willey is, that in the adults of the Nautilus pompilius
this is the case; and the interest of the observation is heightened
by its confirmation a month later by Vayssicre, with extension to
LV. macromphalus.
Intimately related to this topic is that of the determination of the
inter-relationships of the hordes of extinct Cephalopod:
to us only by their shells. To mention the name of Hyatt in this
connection is to command respect. Within a month of my predecessor's
address to you, Hyatt had eclipsed himself. Dealing * with the dorsal
furrow or ‘‘ impressed zone’? from a developmental standpoint, in an
important monograph laid before the American Philosophical Society
in August, 1894, he has sought to establish a case for ‘‘ the phylogeny
of an acquired characteristic’ which little short of a refutation of his
determinations would appear to me to weaken—and the glove is once
more thrown down on behalf of the paleontologists, but by one of
their number who happens to be also an embryologist.
That vexatious organ the aptychus has during the year yielded
a point of supreme interest, Dr. R. Michael, of Breslau, having
discovered* a Solenhofen slab bearing an Oppelia steraspis, within
the body-chamber of which there lie the remains of some sixty
shells of the offspring, each with its own aptychus. From the
detailed study of the specimen the conclusion has been drawn that
1 Willey, Nat. Sci., vol. vi, p. 409.
2 Giinther, ‘ Instructions for collecting Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes’? for
Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Lond. 1891, p. 15, primarily in Anleitung z. Wiss.
Bobachtungen aut Reisen, Berlin, 1880, p- 423,
3 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. xxxii, p. 349.
* Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Bd. xlvi, p. 697.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 71
| the shell of the parent was functional as a brood-chamber, and that
the aptychus, being developed by all individuals, was not confined to
the females.
In concluding this section of my address, let me direct attention
to what I believe to be one of the most fruitful outcomes of recent
biological inquiry, viz. the wide recognition of the phenomenon of
| convergence ; and by that I mean the realization, more or less marked,
of a similar definitive condition by members of distinct groups of
-animals—a principle forcibly, though often unconsciously, expressed
in the declaration that this or that group is di- or polyphyletic.
That inextricable tangle the question of mammalian tooth-genesis
is to-day yielding overwhelming evidence of its importance; and it
is now a question in the minds of those best competent to judge
whether even some of the characters which Man and the apes possess
in common may not have been independently evolved, by parallelism of
adaptive modification. Among the great vertebrate classes, in the
~Tunicata, Arthropoda, “ Vermes,” and away down to animals still
lower in the sc ale, marked indications of the working of this principle
-are to be recognized. And within the close of the year 1895, under
the category of a special case of mimicry,” that which appears to
me a convergence has been recognized! in the Didymoid Graptolites
among lowly organisms wholly extinct, by Messrs. Nicholson and Marr.
| $So far as I can gather, the evidence for convergence among
' Mollusca has not been sufficiently admitted, if indeed it may not have
been denied; but among recent monographs I may cite that of
-F. Bernard on the hinge-teeth and ligament of the Eulamelli-
branchiata, as one which teems with it. The bearings of this
principle on our classificatory schemes are only too obvious, and
in dealing with it, it cannot be too strongly enforced that its
certain appreciation is only possible when systems, and not mere
parts, are studied in their natural association. And it is pertinent
to this statement that our own members, Messrs. Collinge and
Godwin-Austen, after investigating both the external and visceral
anatomy of the slugs of Borneo, have concluded*® that these bear
the same relationship to the shell-bearing Gastropods of their
locality as do similar forms occurring in other regions of the globe.
When, on a suflicient knowledge of their all-round anatomical
structure, we were able to say what it is that constitutes a
Cephalopod a Cephalopod, and what a Pteropod a Pteropod, it
became only too evident that the development of peri-oral lobes and
buccal cones among the latter is but a parallelism with that of the
“farms”? and suckers of the former. And if, with Kohler, we are
to relegate the Stphonaria, and with Plate, the Gadinia,? to the
Opisthobranchiata, we have next to consider how far the characters
upon which they have so long been associated with the Pulmonata
1 Nicholson and Marr, Geol. Mag. 1895, p. 538.
? Collinge and Godwin- Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 248. Cf. also Godwin-
Austen on Parmarion, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvi, p. 434.
8 Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1893, p. 962.
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
may be but an index of parallelism of modification with that group.
In this association, the mind reverts to Pelseneer’s Pulmobranchia and
its allies, with a peculiar interest and suspicion. In this genus the
neomorphie ‘ gill-fold,” as in Planorbis and most Ancylus, is present
on the left side, but in Ancylus lacustris it is on the right. So great
a difference between species of a genus is by no means unknown on
the vertebrate side; and one is led to inquire whether the Mollusca
possessed of this secondary organ of aquatic respiration may not be
disconnected forms, as certainly are some of the fishes which have
independently developed organs of terrestrial respiration and of
electrical discharge. And, to bring the matter home, permit me
to remark that the ‘ Investigator”? Pontiothauma, which, judged by
the characters of its shell alone, would be referred to a position
approximate to Szpho, appears, on preliminary dissection by our
member, Mr. 8. Pace, to be a Toxoglossate, and thus closely allied
to Pleur ‘otoma.
I will not pursue the question further, but rather again emphasize
the necessity for its investigation, under the firm convietion that
Molluscan genera such as Laseiolaria, Pisania, Engina, and Ricinula,
the smaller species of Pleurotomidie, and Colwmbella, would well repay
extended inquiry into the anatomy of their soft parts, to say nothing
of the animals lying generally on the borderland of the Pulmonata and
Opisthobranchiata. LI would remind you that the North American
genus ‘ Acanthina”’ is now known to be an assemblage of species of
Purpura, Latirus, Ocinebra, and Trophon; and 1 trow that in respect
to this far-reac hing principle of convergence the class Mollusca will
be found second to none in interest.
Advancement indeed has the Malacotomist to record. And when
we reflect that the classification of the Pelecypoda by their gills
has been of late widely accepted; that in not a few of our most
recently described Pulmonata visceral characters of specific value have
been recognized; and that for the diagnosis of the newest family of
Nudibranchiates* internal as well as external characters have been
found requisite,—the spirit of Johannes Miiller, the father of Com-
parative Anatomy and a Malacologist, rises before our minds, as it
were, to demand its rights.
I come now to the fulfilment of my last resolve, viz. to say a few
words upon our relationships to our fellow-zoologists, and upon the
position of our chosen subject in the rdle of science. The former is,
at any rate, a vexed question in the minds of some, though not of the
truly scientific. The species-man, weighing his minute characters, 1s
derided as a ‘‘mere systematist,” the ‘‘ morphologist,” glorying
in the breadth of his horizon, barely condescending in some cases to
give him passing notice, entirely overlooking the fact that our
greatest generalizations in Biology are based on work in systematics
1 The Hedylide, R. Bergh, Verhandl. k.-k. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien,
Bd. xlv, p. 4.
’ oa
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. he)
and synonymy. While on the “ morphologist’”’ honours and
popular recognition are bestowed, the ‘‘systematist”’ is but too
often put aside as unscientific; and the public, for want of sue
better, are apt to imagine that the discipline of the ‘‘ systematist’’ is
antiquated and of a totally different order to that of the ‘‘mor-
phologist.” Our young men can only with difficulty be persuaded
to take up so-called “ systematics”; and as this estrangement exists
and threatens us with disaster, let us briefly consider the situation,
‘€ Morphologist ” v. ‘‘ Systematist.”
The modern methods of elementary instruction in Biology, so
largely morphological, are blamed, but for this there is insufficient
justification in Zoology. The attractions of the newer branches of
morphology —to wit, Comparative Embryology — owing to the
readiness with which they lend themselves to discursive freatment,
are unquestionably great, but I do not think the root of the matter
lies here. What, then, is the explanation, and what the remedy ?
It is a strange fact that in the minds, not only of the public, but
of scientific men themselves, an almost mischievous confusion exists
concerning the limitations of the domain of Biology and of its sub-
sidiary departments.’ This is no doubt primarily due to the fact. that
the term is used in a totally different sense by British and Continental
workers. We understand by “ Biology”’ the study of all the
phenomena manifested by organic matter, whether living or dead ;
while their term ‘‘ Biologie,” in being applied to the study of life
and of the living in action, is more nearly equivalent to our
“Physiology.” Under the changes of time and growth, which
words like all other things undergo, it has become customary with
English-speaking Zoologists to regard as a ‘‘morphologist” the
worker who deals chiefly with internal and minute structure and
development. ‘‘ Morphology,” etymologically construed, means the
study of form and symmetry, of likeness and unlikeness, of structural
similarity and dissimilarity—of phenomena which, as distinct from
the physiological, may be as well, if not best, dealt with in the
dead state. Our conceptions of the points of external difference and
resemblance among animals are expressed in our ordinary classificatory
systems; and hence the word ‘ systematist,’? whose classification is
but a formulated expression of his conceptions of the inter-
relationships of the animals under his hand. There are ‘‘morpho-
logists,’”’ however, who construct classificatory systems, based on the
study of internal difference and resemblance, as an expression of their
conceptions of inter-relationship. The more advanced ‘‘systematists”
of to-day take cognizance of internal characters which necessitate
dissection, as well as of external which do not; and as the two lines
of study thus overlap, it becomes difficult to distinguish between ‘‘mor-
phologist”? and ‘‘systematist.”” To make a long matter short, setting
aside jealousy and monopoly, the confusion lies in the fact that the
1 E.g. the distinction between Biology (instead of Zoology) and Botany, and the
remark ‘‘ most comparative anatomists—or biologists, as they now call themselves.’’
VOL. 11.—JULY, 1896. 6
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
distinction, if maintained, should be between ‘‘ Taxonomy” and
‘‘Anatomy.” ‘Taxonomist and anatomist both adopt the comparative
method, both are intent on determining the nature and significance
of points of structural similarity and dissimilarity, of likeness and
unlikeness, of form and symmetry, and they meet on a common ground
as morphologists. In other words, so-called “systematics,” properly
pursued, is but a branch of morphology, and the so-called
‘‘ systematist ’ is a morphologist; and your anatomist, in deriding
the species-man, is discounting his own occupation.
But this is not all. Sire, says the anatomist, for want of appre-
ciation of the value of anatomy you classify creatures together having
no intimate genetic relationship; and except that you name me my
animals I give you up. Sire, retorts the taxonomist, you offend
me by your over-generalization. You tell me that, because you find
certain points of resemblance between the nervous system of the
tsopleura and the Polyclad Turbellarians, the one group has had its
origin in the other. I regard you as dangerous, and recommend to
you the reflection that points of structural similarity such as these
may be but the impress of a common ancestry. You go further—and
dare to suggest,' because you find a Rhipidoglossan with a dorsally
placed operculum, that the operculum and shell of the Gastropoda
are serially homologous representatives of the shell-plates of the
Polyplacophora. You amuse but do not instruct me, and I, too, give
you up.
So long as the animating motives in scientific work are as diverse
as at present, this difficulty will remain. Haste, slovenliness, want
of real (as opposed to personal) interest, the desire for mere notoriety,
will always be productive of bad work in science, be it in taxonomy
or anatomy ; and I am bound to confess that the systematology of the
anatomist offends me vastly more than the anatomy of the taxonomist.
Species-makers who are content to regard the varieties of spine
development in the Neritinidz and of the shelly processes of the
Melaniide and Paludomus as a sufficient basis for rigid diagnosis,
or who offend us by their ‘‘ Lxtra extra’’s, may be left, with the
reckless generalizers among anatomists, to their own devices. Beyond
merely encumbering the lterature, these people do no great harm ;
indeed, the vaporous speculator may even do good in bringing about
his own refutation, just as the breaking down of an experiment may
mark the era of a new discovery. None other than Johannes Miiller
has reminded us that ‘Die Phantasie ist ein unentbehrlches
Gut.’ The danger lies not here, but in extreme specialization.
So long as taxonomist remains taxonomist, and anatomist anatomist,
and nothing more, the terminology of the one becoming a jargon to
the other, estrangement must continue, and, each going his way,
counting his little own supreme, confusion and waste of time and
energy Thust result.
Herein, to my mind, hes the explanation of our difficulty: what
the remedy ?
1 Cf. Thiele, Jenaische Zeitschr., Bd. xxv, p. 508.
|
|
{
)
\
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 5
Specialization must continue in so wide a field, hemmed in by
so overwhelming a literature; and as this is so, we seek relief
in a choice of departments. Concerning our conceptions of species
and varieties, Huxley (writing of the Canide) suggested! that ‘it
may be as well to give up the attempt to define species, and con-
tent oneself with recording the varieties of pelage and stature
which accompany a definable type of skeletal and dental structure
in the geographical district in which the latter is indigenous.”
Leaving this pregnant passage to your consideration, I would urge for
the future that specialization in the non-applied branches of Zoology
should go not along organological lines—one man studying shells, and
only shells—but zoological in the broad sense. Let each worker take
a scientifically definable group and determine all that he can of its
external and internal structure and paleontology (7.e. its morphology),
and its distribution, before deciding upon his classificatory system.
Indications of the dawn of this higher morphology are forthcoming
in our own ‘ Proceedings,”’ most conspicuously in Mr. Collinge’s paper
on the ‘“‘ Myology of some Pulmonate Mollusca”; but I venture to
think that we are here going to too great an extreme. What we
require is a rational system, in which the study of structure as
related to function shall be recognized as a fundamental method
of discrimination between “characters” and ‘‘ characters.” Students
of more especially the Tunicata and Ccelenterata no longer recognize
genera and species founded exclusively on the study of external
characters, and it follows that unless we Malacologists recognize
anatomy, we must fall behind.
On analysis of a given series of forms we come to genera and species
which, in respect to salient morphological characters, depart widely
from the more typical members, and it is in the pursuit of these
points of departure that our most fruitful results are to be obtained.
This argument applies especially to the lower members of a group,
as is only too evident from the revolutionary results so recently
obtained by Pelseneer from the study of Mucula® and by Bouvier
from that of Act@on.
Our immediate point of attack is thus clear.
Form and symmetry are the outcome of physiological forces, and
the ultimate aim of biological inquiry is the determination of the
natural laws of which they are the expression. If this be admitted,
we cannot but deplore the casual dismissal of facts of structure so
remarkable as those pertaining to the peristomial region of such genera
as Oataulus, Pupina, Pupinella, Spiraculum, and the Cyclophoride
generally, or of the partial constriction of the apertures of many
terrestrial and marine Gastropods as ‘‘ characters,’ and only characters.
It is binding on us for the future to give structural features such as
these the full and special attention which they deserve.
In conclusion, let me point out that our newer classifications of the
1 Huxley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 286.
2 Archiy. d. Biol., tom. xi, p. 153.
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
year have been based on the study of systems and parts not usually
employed for the purpose. Pilsbry, from the study of all-round
characters, has revolutionized our conceptions of the Helices; Bernard,
from the study of the ligament and hinge-teeth of the Heterodont
and Desmodont bivalves, dealing with both recent and fossil forms,
has thrown a new light on the inter-relationships of the Pelecypoda ;
while Kohler and Plate, in the discovery of streptoneury among
Opisthobranchs and Pulmonates, have struck at the root of one of
our most cherished subclass distinctions.
The field is wide, the prospect pleasing, and topics for investi-
gation suggest themselves on all hands. The discovery of a poisonous
Spondylus! bids us beware ; the observation that the sperm whale is
a trap for big game, in the form of gigantic scaly Cephalopods,
offers us sport undreamed of years ago, and the determination of
H.S.H. the Prince of Monaco to face the odds and make the most
of this,? commands our admiration and respect.
Returning to ourselves, we have cause for congratulation in the
progress of our Society: no deaths, a completed volume with which
to face the world, a Treasurer and Secretary intent only on advance-
ment, an Editor oho finds his greatest pleasure in making good our
defects. We have passed through the critical period of our history,
and it becomes a question of resolve for the future. Let us then
leave jealousy and monopoly—sure signs of weakness both—to the
grasping; and, remembering that by science we understand common-
sense at its best, and by the scientific method, observation with
confirmation and deduction, and rejection of the non-confirmable,
let us bury our differences before the altar of a New Morphology.
Doing this, we need have no fear for the future. Science, with
Love, now rules the world.
As for myself, writing eurrente calamo, I have given free expression
to my feelings; but I sincerely trust that I here done something
towards aiding development in the future, and towards fostering that
amicable spirit of brotherhood which has never yet shown itself
alien to truly scientific discipline.
1 Rochebrune, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1895, p. 151.
2 Cf. Comptes Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. exxi, p. 1172; and Nature, vol. lin,
p. 226.
ON THE APERTURE OF A BACULITE FROM THE LOWER CHALK
OF CHARDSTOCK, SOMERSET.
By G. C. Cnricx, F.G.S., ete.
Read 13th March, 1896.
In 1876 Meek! pointed out that the genus Baculites, as usually
understood, seemed to be divisible into at least two sections, according
to the nature of the aperture. In one division the aperture is
directed forwards, as in Baculites vertebralis, Lam.; in the other
it opens towards the antisiphonal side, as in Baculites baculoides
(Mantell).
Meek restricted the name Baculites to the former division, and
proposed for the latter section the name Cyrtochilus, observing that
‘the direction of its aperture, and the curvature of the projection of
the siphonal margin of its lip, are such, that the head of the animal,
and other parts connected therewith, must have been protruded at
right angles to the longitudinal direction of the shell instead of on
a line with the same—a peculiarity that was probably accompanied
by important differences in the structure and habits of the animal.”
Meek’s views, however, with regard to the division of Baculites do
not seem to have met with general acceptance.
As the type of his Cyrtochilus, Meck selected Baculites baculoides
(Mantell). The specimens hitherto figured showing this form of
aperture have usually been referred to Mantell’s species. In describing
this fossil in 1822 Mantell? placed it in the genus Hamites. The two
specimens which he figured are now in the British Museum, but
neither of them show any trace of the aperture, although a con-
| siderable portion of the body-chamber is preserved in each.
Several authors have, however, since figured the aperture of speci-
mens which they have referred to Mantell’s species; still, examples
showing the aperture are by no means common.
The earliest figure appears to be that given by James de Carle
Sowerby? in his ‘‘ Mineral Conchology” in 1828. Under the name
Baculites obliquatus, which he regarded as identical with JZamites
baculoides, Mantell, he figures and describes an example as ‘‘ an
unique specimen, that shows the form of the aperture, which is
placed obliquely ; on each side is a large oval lobe, placed anteriorly
-and bent backward.’ This specimen is now in the British Museum
| Collection. It was without doubt this same specimen that Mantell
\
|
{
|
i
' “« United States Geol. Surv. of the Territories,’’ vol. ix, pp. 892-3.
2 «Foss. S. Downs,’’ 1822, p. 123, pl. xxiii, figs. 6 and 7 (B.M. Nos. 8,612 and
| 36,576 respectively).
| $<‘ Mineral Conchology,”’ vol. vi, p. 186, pl. pxcii, fig. 2 (B.M. No. 44,000).
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
figured (and somewhat restored) in 1833 in his ‘‘ Geology of the South-
east of England,’ under the name Baculites obliquatus; and that he
more correctly depicted in 1844 in his ‘‘ Medals of Creation’? as
Baculites baculoides.
In 1842 D’Orbigny* gave figures of the aperture of a specimen
which he referred to this species in his ‘ Paléontologie Frangaise,”
and in 1876 Schliter* figured and referred to this species a specimen
showing the aperture.
The best figures and description of the aperture known to the
present writer were given in 1885 by Noetling,® who depicted both
a lateral aspect and a view of the aperture from above.
The specimen of Baculites from the Isle of Wight, figured by
Norman ® in 1887, shows the curved portion of the siphonal area of
the shell in the region of the aperture, but no traces of the margin
of the aperture.
In the British Museum there is an example (No. C. 422) probably
belonging to this species from the Lower Chalk of Chardstock,
Somerset, which, though only a natural cast of the anterior portion
of the body-chamber, nevertheless shows the aperture so remarkably
well as to be deserving of notice.
The specimen is 46 mm. long, is laterally compressed, and in cross-
section is oval. The greatest thickness of the body-chamber is at the
posterior margin of the aperture, its dorso-ventral and transverse
diameters here being 15°5 and 13:5 mm. respectively. The aperture,
subelliptical in outline, is 25mm. in length by 14mm. wide, and is
only shghtly inclined to the longitudinal axis of the shell. Anterior
to the posterior margin of the aperture, the body-chamber gradually
decreases in width, and is somewhat narrower than the aperture itself.
The anterior portion of the body-chamber for a length of about 5mm.
is very much more compressed than the rest, and has only a width
of about 4-5 mm.
In the neighbourhood of the aperture the siphonal area of the
body-chamber curves towards the antisiphonal, but its anterior portion,
a.e. a length equal to about one-fifth of the entire length of the
aperture, instead of following the curve of the rest of the siphonal
area, turns abruptly forward in a direction almost parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the shell; and since the shell here is much more
compressed laterally than it is at the adjacent parts, the anterior
portion of the aperture has therefore a spout-like appearance.
The siphonal portion of the body-chamber adjoining the aperture
exhibits five coarse folds imbricating forwards, that gradually become
1 “Geology S.E. of England,’’ 1833, p. 160, fig. 1.
2 « Medals of Creation,’ 1844, ie ii, p. 499, lien. P10; fie 2:
3 Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. , pl. exxxviii, figs. 6, 8, 9. Referred since by
Geinitz to a distinct species, B. aavecuaale
4 ¢* Paleeontographica,’’ vol. xxiv, 1876, pl. xxxix, fig. 15.
5-8 Mie pee ee Baltischen Cenoman- Geschiebe,’’ Paliont. Abhandl., Dames
and Kayser, vol. ii, pt. 4, p. 42, pl. viii (xxiii), figs. 7, 7a.
6 « Popular Guide to the Geology of the Isle of Wight,’’ 1887, plate facing p. 96.
——— — ____
CRICK : APERTURE OF A BACULITE. 79
more pronounced towards the anterior portion; the anterior side
of each is steep and only 1:5 mm. in length, but the posterior side is
feebly inclined to the longitudinal axis and is about 4mm. in length.
_In passing round to the sides these folds curve gently backwards, and
gradually disappear at about the centre of the lateral area. With the
exception of the anterior one, these folds pass uninterruptedly over
the siphonal area. The anterior fold is, however, flattened at the
middle of the siphonal area, and passes laterally on to the everted
margin of the aperture. A yet more feeble ridge or fold arises on
either side of the median portion of the anterior spout- -like projection,
and passes round, over the lateral area, parallel to the other folds, to
the margin of the aperture.
On the antisiphonal area immediately behind the aperture there
is a constriction about 4mm. wide, having its greatest depth (1 mm.)
close under the margin of the aperture ; in passing round to the sides,
this is only about 2 mm. wide, and keeping close to the margin re: aches
across about one-third of the lateral area.
The margin of the aperture is not quite perfect; but where one
side is incomplete, the other side, fortunately, is well preserved, so
that by a comparison of the two sides, the original form of the entire
margin can be ascertained. On the antisiphonal and lateral areas
the margin is somewhat thickened and everted. In the central line
of the antisiphonal area, the margin projects slightly forwards and
outwards, forming a blunt antisiphonal apophysis about 1mm. long.
Starting from this apophysis, the margin, as seen in a lateral aspect,
first curves backwards and towards the siphonal side, over about one-
third of the width of the lateral area; then, after passing forwards
with but a slight inclination to the longitudinal axis of the shell,
it forms a broad curve having its convexity towards the siphonal
side, the deepest part of the curve being at about the middle of the
lateral area; then, having curved towards the antisiphonal area to
a point distant from that area about one-third of the ventro-dorsal
diameter, the margin curves somewhat abruptly towards the siphonal
side to meet the most anterior projecting portion of the siphonal area.
The lateral lappet thus formed is separated from the corresponding
lappet on the opposite side by a narrow horseshoe-shaped sinus
4°5mm, wide.
The principal difference between this specimen and those previously
figured consists in the prolongation of the siphonal margin of the
aperture into a spout-like projection.
An examination of Sowerby’s figured specimen, now in the British
Museum Collection (No. 44,005), shows that the anterior extremity is
abraded, so that if any spout-like projection were originally present,
it has been broken off. Noetling’s figure is so similar to Sowerby’s
that it is not at all improbable. the lack of any such projection in
his specimen may be due to the same cause.
The projection indicates the position of the funnel. Its relative
smallness, and therefore the smallness also of the latter, indicate an
animal with crawling rather than free-swimming habits. In the case
of such an animal with a long (and in the adult, straight) shell, when
80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
crawling the latter would probably have an oblique direction, and
hence the aperture would naturally be oblique to the longitudinal
axis of the shell.
BacuLires BACULOIDES ? (Mantell).
Lower Chalk: Chardstock, Somerset.
A. Siphonal aspect. _B. Antisiphonal aspect. C. Left lateral aspect.
D. Right lateral aspect. E. Aspect from above.
81
THE FEMALE ORGANS OF NERITINA FLUVIATILIS.
By G. Grtson,
Professor of Zoology at the University of Louvain.
Read 13th March, 1896.
Amonest the multifarious dispositions of the genital ducts met with
in Gastropoda, one of the most interesting is that in which the
copulatory organ is separated from the duct of the gonad. In Cho,
for instance, the penis is situated at some distance from the genital
opening, an epidermal groove forming the only connection between
the two. In Dori is, the copulatory ‘vesicle is connected internally
with the female part of the hermaphroditic system, but has a separate
opening on the surface of the body."
So far as I am aware, however, no case of a separation between
the copulatory and reproductive organs has yet been described in
the female system of a dicecious type. I have thought it worth
while, therefore, to call attention to the fact that such a disposition
is realized in Neritina fluviatilis, especially as Claparéde’s classical
monograph? on the anatomy and dey clopment of the genus contains
an entirely erroneous description of the organs in question.
According to Claparéde’s description, the female system is very
simple, and presents no special interest. It consists (Fig. I, which
is a reproduction of one of Claparéde’s drawings) of an oviduct (b)
provided with an enormous glandular dilatation (@), followed by
‘a muscular ‘‘uterus” (/) “with two appendicular vesicles or
receptacula (c). The system was thus supposed to have only one
-aperture of communication with the exterior, serving both for
copulation and oviposition. Claparéde believed. the eges to pass
down through the oviduct into the glandular dilatation, and that
from this they passed through a narrow portion of the general
Di into the “uterus,” to be deposited after being surrounded with
albumen and shell.
The structure of the female ducts is, in fact, as follows :—The
gonad (Fig. II, ov.) gives origin to a narrow tortuous oviduct (d).
This soon divides into two branches, which open separately on to
the exterior. These two branches are very different in structure
and function. One of them we must regard as the main part,
the normal base of the oviduct; and it terminates in what we
may call the dincubatory chamber (d.z.). The other (d.c.) is an
accessory duct, and ends in what may be termed the copulatory
chamber or bursa (6.c.). The incubatory chamber is continuous with
’an enormous dilatation of the oviduct, the thick wall of which
contains very remarkable glandular cells, each secrete an albuminous
‘product. This portion (d. g.) may be termed the glandular segment
1 See P. Pelseneer, ‘‘ Introduction & l’étude des Mollusques.’’ Bruxelles, 1894.
| 2 Claparéde, ‘‘ Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Neritina fluviatilis”
| Miiller’s Archiv. 1857.
a
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
or “uterus.” At its lower end it bears a flattened vesicle (g.s.),
glandular also, which may very likely secrete the hard egg-shell.
The very short portion beyond this vesicle (incubatory chamber, d.7.)
is not glandular, and opens freely into the pallial cavity.
SD--f
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Fria. I.—Copy of Claparede’s fig. 30.
a. Weibliche Nebendruse. 6. Eileiter. ¢. Samentasche. d. Scheide. e. Scheiden-
éffnung. f. Kugelige Auschellung der Gebarmutter. g. Darm. 4. After.
The author states that there is a communication between Samentasche (c) and
Nebendruse (a); this latter, according to his view, has no opening on the outer
surface.
Fic. II,—The reproductive apparatus of the female of Neritina fluviatilis. (Much
enlarged. The course taken by the spermatozoa prior to fertilization
is indicated by arrows.)
a.e. External oviducal aperture. a.i. Intromittent aperture. 0.c. Bursa copulatrix.
d. Oviduct. d.e. Connecting duct. df. Fertilization or impregnation
chamber. d.g. Glandular segment of oviduct. d.i. Incubatory segment
of oviduct. g.s. Supposed shell gland. spy. Spermatheca. v.c. Copulatory
vesicle.
The copulatory branch presents a totally different aspect. Its lowest
part (6.c.), which may be called the ‘‘ vagina”’ or bursa copulatrix, opens
a short distance from the incubatory aperture (a.e ), close to the anus,
and bears at its upper end two diverticula. The larger of these (v.¢.)
I propose to term the copulatory vesicle. The smaller (sp.), which
GILSON: GENITALIA OF NERITINA FLUVIATILIS. 83
is flask-shaped and divided into two parts by an annular constriction,
is the spermatheca. The fundus of the spermatheca is related to
a narrow canal (d.c.), which is really the upper part of the copulatory
branch of the ae This canal increases in calibre as it approaches
the main oviduct, and opens into the glandular portion of that structure.
It may accordingly receive the name of connecting duct. An irregular
cavity (d.f.) is formed at the meeting-point of this connecting duct
with the main oviduct, which I propose to term the fertilization
or impregnation chamber.
The terminology which I have employed is justified by a knowledge
of the process of fertilization, which takes place as follows :—The
spermatic fluid is deposited by the male in the bottom of the ‘ vagina”
(b.c.), and enters the copulatory vesicle (v.c.). This latter is then
found to contain numberless spermatozoa, no particular arrangement
being noticeable in their disposition. A short time after copulation,
the vesicle contracts, and the spermatozoa are pressed out and sent
down towards the vagina. They do not stay long in this, however,
but travel up into the flask-like spermatheca (sp.). Within that they
assume a radiate disposition, becoming arranged with extraordinary
regularity in a layer coating the inner wall of the vesicle, all heads
being turned towards the axis, the tails being directed outwards.
Towards the time of impregnation the sperm matheca contracts also,
and the spermatozoa are sent out, not down to the vagina again, but
up into the connecting duct (d.c.), in which they are to be found in
disorder. They thus reach the impregnation chamber (d.f.), which
the eggs, coming down through the oviduct, enter sooner or later.
Impregnation takes place, and the eggs are passed down into the
glandular portion of the incubatory branch (d.g.). They receive
there, first an albuminous coating, then the ieee which makes
up the shell, and are finally extruded.
It follows from this that the part Claparéde designated the ‘“ uterus ”’
(“Gebirmutter,” Fig. I, f) cannot be so termed, since it never receives
any egg. If the word ‘uterus’ > is to be used at all, it must be applied
to the glandular part of the oviduct (Fig. II, d.g.). The organ which
the Swiss naturalist considered as an accessory gland appended to the
oviduct (Fig. I, a) is, in fact, the lower section of the main genital
duct, the opening of which he had failed to discover. The re eally
accessory part of the system is that which he considered as the main
one, z.e. the copulatory chamber, with a special opening which
Claparéde believed to be the only genital aperture. The connecting
duct he regarded as a narrow portion of the only genital duct he
believed to exist, whilst it is, in fact, only a communication between
the main (incubatory) and the acce ‘ssory (copulatory) branches of the
forked oviducal system. These facts must needs be taken into account
by those who would undertake a comparative study of the genital
organs in Gastropoda; and further details, together with a histological
description, will be forthcoming in a monograph of Neritina fluviatilis
which my assistant, Dr. Lenssen, has in course of preparation.
84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT |
PHILLIP, VICTORIA.
By E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.8., ete.
Read 13th March, 1896.
PLATE VI.
Tue very interesting collection to which the following pages refer
was formed by Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson,' M.A., F.L.S., and placed
in my hands by the Port Phillip Exploration Committee of the Royal
Society of Victoria.
One fact brought out strikingly by a study of this collection is
how little we yet know of the fauna of the Australian seas, so far
as relates to the present group. Of twenty-two species, no less than
seven were, when collected, new or undescribed. Five of these are
described in the present paper; one has recently (December, 1895)
been described by Mr. Pilsbry; and the other will, 1 understand,
shortly appear under the name of Jschnochiton Tateanus, Bednall.
To Mr. Pilsbry, who has in so special a manner made the group his
own, I desire to tender my most grateful thanks for the invaluable
assistance he has rendered me in the elucidation of difficult points.
The first question which arises is the determination of the correct
name for the Order in which these molluscs are placed. In my opinion
this should be PotypracopHora, Gray. The references which it is
necessary to mention are as follows :—
1816. Polyplaxiphores, Blainville: Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, p. 122
1821. Polyplacophora, Gray: London Medical Repository, vol. xv,
. 234,
1824. Polyplaxiphora, Blainville: Dict. Sci. Nat., Article ‘ Mol-
lusques,”’ vol. xxxui, p. 380.
1825. Polyplaxiphora, Blainville: Manuel de Malacologie, p. 601.
1829. Polyplakiphora, Guilding: Zool. Journ., vol. v, No. 17, p. 25.
1879. Polyplaciphora, Dall: Scient. Results of Expl. of Alaska,
p- 89.
1886. Polyplacophora, Haddon: Zoology of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,”
part xl.
1892-4. Polyplacophora, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. i, vols. xiv—xv.
Blainville’s original publication contained no definition of the
group, and he only used the French word. Gray defined the group,
and he also used the Latin termination; but, curiously enough, he
named as a synonym Polyplaxiphora, Blainville. I have been unable
1 It is with great regret that I record Mr. Wilson’s death, which occurred on
October 22nd, 1895, at the age of 67.
SYKES: POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT PHILLIP. 85
‘to trace any use of the Latin termination, or any description by
Blainville, prior to 1824. Since, in my judgment, Gray’s name can
stand as the author, the emendations of various authors appear to
be unnecessary. Hermannsen has suggested that the derivation
is from vohvs, wAak, and gepw: it appears, however, that @opéw is
better than the last word as the origin, since it not only makes the
jLatinization more accurate, but also supplies a better meaning.
The difficulties which beset those who endeavour to emend original
names are illustrated in the Manual of Conchology, by Mr. Pilsbry,
who, while writing Polyplacophora, Blainyille, for the Order, still
uses Plaxiphora, Gray, for a genus.
The measurements throughout this paper are taken from specimens
which have somewhat contracted and curled in spirit, and an attempt
has been made to allow for this. They must therefore be taken as
only approximate, as, indeed, must all measurements of length in
this group, when not arrived at from living specimens.
| The name ‘“ Port Phillip’? may convey to some persons the idea of
a small area; and it may be therefore useful to note that this district
‘contains 800 square miles, and is intermediate in size between
Oxfordshire and Herefordshire.
|
| Name or SPECIES. DISTRIBUTION OUTSIDE VICTORIA.
New Zealand, Tasmania.
Port Jackson, New Zealand.
Holdtast Bay (South Australia).
Lepidopleurus inguinatus (Reeve).
Callochiton platessa (Gould).
Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) juloides, Adams
I. (Heterozona) eariosus (Carpenter MS.), | ? Port Jackson, South Australia,
Pilsbry.
I. crispus (Reeve),
I. Tateanus, Bednall.
I. contractus (Reeve).
I. ustulatus (Reeve).
I. (Haploplax) pura, n.sp.
| I. Wilsoni, n.sp.
Ischnochiton, sp. ?
I. (Isehnoradsia) Australis (G. B. Sby.).
Plaxiphora petholata (G. B. Sby.).
| Acanthochites Bednalli, Pilsbry.
| A. Pilshryi, n.sp.
. (Notoplax) speciosus (Hl. Ad.).
| and Angas.
|
|
|
A
A. (N.) Matthewsi, Bednall and Pilsbry.
| A. (N.) glyptus, n.sp.
A. (N.) Wilsoni, n.sp.
Cryptoplax striatus (Lam.).
' Chiton Bednalli, Pilsbry.
Chiton limans, nom. nov.
Port Jackson, Port Hacking.
South Australia.
South Australia, ? New South Wales
West Australia, Tasmania.
New South Wales, South Australia.
Port Jackson, ? Torres Strait.
Port Lincoln, Tasmania,
Jackson, New Zealand.
St. Vincent’s Gulf.
Port
New South
Island.
Tasmania,
Flinders
Wales,
South Australia.
Torres Straits, Port Lincoln, Port
Jackson, Newcastle, Flinders
Island, Tasmania.
Yorke’s Peninsula,
New South Wales.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1. LerrporLevrus rnquinatus (Reeve). Pl. VI, Fig. 4
Chiton inquinatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xxiii, fig. 154, May, 1847,
Ischnochiton inquinatus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p- 90, pl. xvii, figs. 49, 50.
The discovery that this little-known species of Reeve is a)
Lepidopleurus, extends considerably the range of the group. The
genus 1s generally regarded as belonging to the North Atlantic and
North Pacific oceans, and its discovery in the Southern Ocean is of |
much interest, the nearest known species formerly having come from |
deep water off the Philippine Islands. I had proposed to describe |
this shell as a new species ; and so also, I find, had Mr. Pilsbry, |
from specimens he had received from New Zealand. On comparing»
Reeve’s Chiton inguinatus with another species, 1 was struck by the |
remarkable resemblance between the two forms; and, having had the |
advantage of separating the valves of one of Reeve’s specimens, I am
enabled to be positive as to the identification. Reeve’s type came |
from Tasmania, and the species is therefore common to New Zealand,
Tasmania, and Victoria. The sculpture of the valves is not well
shown in the original figures; the general outline and colouring |
are fairly accurate; some specimens, however, are much darker.
2. Cantocurton pLaTEssa (Gould).
Chiton platessa, Gould: Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., vol. ii, 1846, p. 143;
U.S. Explor. Exped., p. 320, atlas, figs. 434, 434a.
Lepidopleura platessa, Gould: Otia (Rectifications), 1862, p. 242.
Callochiton platessa, Gould: Haddon, ‘ Challenger” Report, p. 15;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 50, pl. x, figs. 1-5;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 71.
Chiton crocinus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xxu, fig. 146, 1847.
Callochiton crocinus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch, ser. I, vol. xiv, §
Ds 00; pl. x, tie. 7s. vole xv; pO.
Leptochiton versicolor, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 92, pl. xvi, |
fig. 5, May, 1854; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 223.
Lepidopleurus empleurus, Hutton: Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. iv, p. 178;
Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 118, 1880; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
Send ..vol, xv sp. a0 i.
Three small specimens appear to be the young of this species. }
Mr. Pilsbry, in his last volume dealing with this group, has raised |
C. crocinus to the rank of a species, after havi ing in the earlier volume |
placed it as a synonym. From an examination of the specimens in |
the British Muscum, I cannot see sufficient specific distinction.
3. Iscunocuiton (Srenocuiron) suLorpEs (Adams and Angas).
Stenochiton juloides, Adams and Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,
p- 198; 1865, p. 58, pl. xi, fig. 15; Angas, /.¢., 1869,
p- 188.
Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) juloides, Adams and Angas: Pilsbry, Man.
Conch., ser. 1, vol. xiv, p. 55, pl. xvi, figs. 6-8.
SYKES: POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT PHILLIP. 87
One specimen only. It is in general of a greenish hue, with the
dorsal ridge yellowish, marked with brown. The colouring as
described by authors is a rufous brown.
4. Iscunocurron (Hererozona) cartosus (Carpenter MS.), Pilsbry.
Ischnochiton (Heterozona) cariosus, Carpenter: Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 65, pl. xxiv, figs. 20-8; vol. xv, p. 82,
pl. xiv, fig. 8
Mr. Pilsbry notes that the anterior and posterior valves have eleven
slits: in a specimen that I have separated there are only ten. This,
however, is frequently a variable characteristic.
5. Iscunocurron crispus (Reeve).
Chiton crispus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xix, fig. 120, May, 1847.
Ischnochiton crispus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
. 89, pl. xxiv, figs. 98-9.
Ischnochiton Haddoni, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 88,
pl. xxu, figs. 67-73; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894,
sel.
Chiton longicymba, Blainville: Sowerby, Conch. Illust., fig. 67; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., pl. xxiv, fig. 163 (non Blainville).
Ischnochiton longicymba, Blainville: Haddon, ‘ Challenger”? Report,
p- 17 (non Blainville).
This species appears to vary greatly in colour and markings. Some
are nearly white, but the generally prevailing colours seem to be olive
or green in various shades ; some specimens have a white band along
the back. One specimen is so remarkable that I venture to describe
it as var. decorata. In this the ground colour is nearly white, and
the colour pattern is formed by regular rows of nearly black bands.
There are also specimens of this form in the collection of the British
Museum. None of the other specimens that I have seen show any
gradation to this form of colour-marking. At the request of
Mr. Pilsbry, I examined specimens of his 7. Haddoni and compared
them with the type of J. crispus, the result being published in The
Nautilus.
6. Iscunocuiron Tarranus, Bednall.
From a specimen, very kindly named by Mr. Pilsbry, I have been
able to identify three specimens of this, as yet undescribed, species,
mingled with my JZ. crispus. I forbear to describe it, as I understand
that Mr. Bednall will do so shortly.
7. IscuNocHiron conrractus (Reeve).
Chiton contractus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xv, fig. 78, May, 1847.
Ischnochiton contractus, Reeve: Smisek Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 93, pl. xxiii, figs. 81-2; Nautilus, vol. viii, p. 129.
1 The Nautilus, vol. viii, p. 129, March, 1895.
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Chiton pallidus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xvi, fig. 92, March, 1847.
Ischnochiton pallidus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p.89, pl. soa, feo
There is a nice series of this species. I have carefully compared |
the original tablets in the British Museum, and am unable to separate
I. contractus and I. pallidus.
8. IscHNocHITON USTULATUS na
Chiton ustulatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xvii, fig. 102, March, 1847.
Lepidopleurus ustulatus, Reeve : Angas, Proc. Zool. Li 1867, p. 222,
Isehnochiton ustulatus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. x1Y,
p- 96, pl. xxiv, figs. 100, 1-4, 11, 12.
One specimen only. The valve slits are as follows: head-valve, 13;
median, 1; tail-valve, 16. Some of those in the tail-valve seem to
be caused by the splitting up of the shits, and probably the normal
number is less than in the specimen examined. Both in the head- and
|
|
|
|
tail-valve they are at very unequal distances apart. The interior of —
the valves is of a bluish colour near the slits, but becomes of a reddish
hue towards the beaks.
9. IscHnocuiron (Haptorriax) pura, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 3, 3a.
Shell elongate-oval, elevated, carinate. Surface smooth to the
naked eye, but granular under a lens. Colour of valves nearly white,
sometimes showing a faint trace of yellow. Girdle yellow-brown.
The intermediate valves have straight sutures. The lateral areas are
raised, and are separated from the median ones by a distinct diagonal,
The sculpture over the whole of the valves is minutely granular,
and in worn specimens has the effect of a series of pits. This
sculpture continues right over the central carina. Valve viii is
somewhat produced posteriorly, and has a projecting mucro a little
behind its centre. The interior of the valves is of a whitish colour.
There are eleven slits in the posterior valve, and the teeth are short:
these latter are much larger in the anterior valve, where they number
ten. The median valves have one slit each side, as usual in the true
Ischnochiton group. The girdle-scales are yellowish, very small, and
smooth. Length about 18 mm., breadth about 7 mm.
This interesting species, which appears to belong to the recently
described! section Z/aploplax, does not possess any striking charac-
teristics. It is very difficult to say whether a surface such as this
shell has is really ‘‘ punctate” or ‘‘ granulate.” This difficulty
Mr. Pilsbry seems to have felt, as in the Manual of Conchology he
has allowed the description of J. smaragdinus, Angas, to stand ‘ most
minutely punctured” ; while he subsequently has made it the type of
his section Haploplax, which is characterized as having the surface
‘smooth, except for minute granulation.” Perhaps the shell will be
1 Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 71.
SYKES : POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT PHILLIP. 89
‘most easily recognized by its elongate form and generally white colour.
“The very fine girdle-scales ally it to Jsch. ustulatus, Reeve; but
they are smooth, while J. uwstulatus has the scales striated” (Pilsbry
in MS.).
10. Iscunocurton Witsont, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 1, 1a.
| Shell oval, moderately elevated, carinate. Surface smooth to the
naked eye, but under a lens minutely granular. Colour a rosy pink
‘marked ‘on all the valves with minute streaks and patches of white
and brown. The pattern is more noticeable on the median areas in
‘the central valves than on the lateral areas. Girdle yellowish. The
sutures of the median valves are slightly concave, and the beaks
are moderately prominent. The lateral areas are but very slightly
raised, and the diagonal is inconspicuous, except for its being a line
|where the colour-marking changes in pattern, Tail-valve slightly
produced posteriorly, with the mucro just in front of the middle.
Interior of valves of a _Tosy hue. Tail-valve with ten slits; head-
valve with nine slits, irregularly disposed; median with but one.
‘The girdle-scales are small, yellowish-white, and, under a lens,
conspicuously striated. Length about 16mm., breadth about 8 mm.
_ This species appears to belong to the smooth group of Australian
'Ischnochitons. It is of a general rosy hue, and is not so much
elongated as the last species, from which it may be at once separated,
as also from JZ. smaragdinus and allied species, by its striated girdle-
scales. I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of
) Mr. Wilson, the discoverer.
i
|
| 11. IscNnocurton, sp.
| The specimens are so minute that, though I cannot place them
as the young of any known species, I forbear to describe them.
Further specimens are required to show their true position.
12. IscHnocurron (IscHnorapsta) AusTRALIS (Sowerby).
Chiton Australis, Sowerby: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. iv, June, 1840,
p. 290; Conch. Illust., fig. 46; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. ii,
fig. 10.
Chiton (Ischnoradsia) Australis, Sow. : Shuttlw., Bern. Mittheil. 1853,
| p. 66.
Lophyrus Australis, Sow.: Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 221.
Lepidoradsia Australis, Sow.: Dall, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., i, p. 79
(dentition), p. 115 (branchiw), pl. u, fig. 19 (dentition) ;
Haddon, ‘‘ Challenger”? Report, p. 19.
Lschnochiton (Ischnoradsia) Australis, Sow.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 144, pl. xviu, figs. 57-9; vol. xv, p. 87,
! pl. xvii, figs. 68-9; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894,
| Di 02.
Chiton evanidus, Sow.: Mag. A Hist., n.s., vol. iv, 1840, p. 291;
Conch. Illust., fig. 139.
Chiton metallicus, Reeve: Conch. Icon. 1847, pl. xvii, fig. 104.
VOL. II.—JuLy, 1896. 7
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Chiton (Lophyrus) lugubris, Gould: Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist.,
vol. vu, 1859, p. 163; Otia Conch., p. 116; Pilsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 146.
Several specimens. I have followed Mr. Pilsbry! in the above
synonymy, and am able to confirm it in regard to C. metallicus, Reeve,
as I have examined the types.
13. PraxrpHora PETHOLATA (Sowerby).
Chiton petholatus, Sow.: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. iv, 1840, p. 289;
Conch. Illust., figs. 64, 65, and var. porphyrius, fig. 59;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. xiv, fig. 74.
Plaxiphora petholata, Sow.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 323, pl. lxviui, figs. 62-7; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
1894, p. 74.
Chetopleura conspersa, Ad. and Ang.: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 193.
Chiton (Plaxiphora) terminalis, Cptr.: Smith, Voy. ‘‘ Erebus” and
‘Merron,’ Moll p. 4, ploa, fig. 13:
? Tonicia zigzag, Hutton: Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. iv, p. 181.
? Chiton coelatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. xvi, fig. 101.
Euplaciphora modesta, Cptr.: Haddon, Rep. ‘‘ Challenger,” pp. 33, 34.
The species of Plaxiphora, as Mr. Pilsbry states in the ‘‘ Manual,”
are in great need of revision, and it is now very difficult to identify
specimens with certainty. It is quite possible that two of Blainville’s
species, Chiton costatus and Chiton raripilosus, may be identical
with P. petholata; but this will probably never be clearly settled.
Chetopleura conspersa, Ad. and Ang., is, in my opinion, only a more
strongly sculptured form of P. petholata, thus showing a link towards
P. terminalis, which latter was described from New Zealand. In
placing P. terminalis in the synonymy, I am guided by an examina-
tion of the type specimens, which appear to ditfer only in being more
strongly sculptured, and in the valves being a little narrower and
longer in proportion. Mr. EK. A. Smith permits me to state that he
agrees in this opinion. It should be noted that in C. conspersa the
valves are even more strongly sculptured than in P. terminalis.
There is no doubt as to the correctness of placing /. modesta as
a synonym. What the Zonicia zigzag of Hutton is, only an examina-
tion of the type specimen can settle satisfactorily: he placed it as
a synonym of Chiton coelatus, Reeve. There do not appear to be
any specimens in the Cuming Collection much resembling Reeve’s
figure; and the, presumably type, tablet bearing this name, appears
to me only to contain a form of P. petholata. The Streptochiton
cupreus, Cptr. MS., appears to be a distinct species. There is a quaint
slip in the ‘‘ Manual,” * where the dimensions of 7’ g’gzag are given as
‘‘Length 88 inch.; breadth 31 inch.” This would indeed be a fine
species !
1 Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 144; xv, p. 87.
2 Vol. xiv, p. 329.
SYKES: POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT PHILLIP. 91
14, AcantrHocuites Bepnatut, Pilsbry.
Acanthochites Bednalli, Pilsbry: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894,
p: 81, pl. 1, figs. 7—11.
Two examples of this species, recently described, from St. Vincent
Gulf. I have to thank Mr. Pilsbry for the identification.
15. Acanruocuites Prissryr, nu.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 6, 6a.
Shell elongate; the valves of general greyish hue; girdle
olivaceous. Intermediate valves (the exposed portions) convex behind,
sculptured on the latero-pleural areas with coarse, round, scattered
pustules. In valves ii to viii there is a narrow band-like jugal area,
which appears smooth to the naked eye, but under a lens is seen
to be obscurely striate both longitudinally and_ transversely.
Posterior valve small, having the mucro obtuse and posterior; the
posterior slope is nearly vertical. Girdle rather narrow, with eighteen
tufts. The interior of the valves is of a white colour. Posterior
valve with two slits, median with one, anterior not observed. Length
about 10 mm., breadth 3:5 mm.
Only a single specimen, which I have much pleasure in dedicating
to Mr. Pilsbry, who has done so much to advance our knowledge e
the Australian species of Acanthochites. It falls in his ‘‘ Key’’! to the
Australian species between A. Cozi, Pils., and 4. granostriatus, Pils.
“ A typical Acanthochites, but different from any known to me from
Australia in the narrow band-lke jugal tracts, smoothish and
transversely striate, the latero-pleural areas being sculptured as
in A. Coxi, Pils., which species the tail-valve also resembles. The
specimen is probably young” (Pilsbry in MS8.). To this extremely
lucid description I have nothing to add.
16. AcantHocarres (Nororrax) specrosus (H. Adams).
Cryptoplax ee speciosus, H. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861,
p-
Acanthochites nile speciosus, H. Ad.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xv, p. 32, pl. i, figs. 23-6; Proc. Nat. Sci.
Philad. 1894, p. 83, pl. iv, figs. 31-3.
This species, originally known from Tasmania and Flinders Island,
‘has recently been noted from New South Wales. We are now able to
extend its range to Victoria.
17. Acanruocutres (Nororrax) Marraewst, Bednall and Pilsbry.
Acanthochites (Notoplax) Matthewsi, Bednall and Pilsbry: Nautilus,
vii, p. 120; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 83,
| pl. iv, figs. 27-80.
' One damaged specimen: the remarkable sculpture (longitudinal
‘Tiblets) on the pleural tracts will serve to distinguish this species. It
was described from South Australia.
| 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1894, p. 77.
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
18. AcantoocarrEs (Noropiax) styptus, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 5, 5a.
Shell rather elongate. Exposed portions of valves rather large in
proportion. Valves elevated and sharply keeled ; dorsal area nearly
white; other areas of a salmon-pink colour, mottled with greyish, in
varying pattern, but darkest near to the dorsal area. Girdle olive-
brown; the tufts of a lighter colour. Intermediate valves convex
behind and slightly concave in front. Dorsal area wedge-shaped,
moderately large, smooth to the naked eye, but showing “indistinet
traces of sculpture under a lens. Lateral areas small, smooth, very
slightly elevated, and separated from the pleural areas by an ‘indis-
tinct diagonal. Pleural areas smooth, except for four incised lines
on each side, which, if produced over the lateral areas, would meet
at about the beaks of the valves. Anterior valve smooth, except
for five very flattened ribs, corresponding to the slits in the valve.
Posterior valve sculptured before the mucro, which is at about the
posterior third, as the intermediate valves; behind the mucro it is
smooth, save Fas traces of radiating ribs. Girdle with short, obscure
spicules, and having 16(?) tufts. Interior of valves whitish, with
traces of green staining. Valve-slits: anterior 5, median 1-1,
posterior 60 Two of the slits in the posterior valve may be caused
by the splitting of a median one. Length about 22 mm., breadth
about 7 mim.
This shell is remarkable for the entire absence of well-marked
sculpture, except the striking incised lines. There appears to be no
other known species approaching it.
19. AcantHocuites (Noroprax) WitsonI, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 2, 2a.
Shell moderately elongated, the visible portions of the valves occu-
pying about one-third the total width. Valves elevated, moderately
keeled; the ridge being marked with bands of reddish and salmon-
pink ; the lateral areas of a dark red; the pleural areas being marked
with ared and white. Girdle olivaceous, densely clothed with “spicules,
but showing no visible tufts. Intermediate valves convex behind and
concave in front, with well-marked beaks. Dorsal area of an elon-
gate wedge-shape, well separated from the side areas, smooth to the
naked eye, but marked under a lens with longitudinal and transverse
strie. Latero-pleural areas having no trace of a diagonal rib, sculp-
tured all over with well-marked flattened tubercles. The anterior
valve shows the latter sculpture all over. The posterior valve has
an elevated and rather pointed mucro at about the posterior third.
Interior of valves whitish, becoming staimed with red under the
jugal area. Valve-slits: anterior 5, median 1-1, posterior 6. Length
about 25 mm., breadth about 10 mm.
The following valuable note, by Mr. Pilsbry, will give a better idea
of it than any words of my own. ‘It differs from .4. Matthewst
in having the entire latero-pleural tracts granose- lirate, while only
the lateral areas are eranose in the other ; the feomentams especially,
of the head-valve is smaller; the tail-valve approaches that of the
typical Notoplax in form, and the girdle is densely clothed, though
Proc.Marac.Soc.
Mintern Bros!
J.Green del, et hth.
AUSTRALIAN CHITONS.
SYKES: POLYPLACOPHORA FROM PORT PHILLIP. 93
‘tufts seem quite absent. The tail-valve is considerably like J.
speciosus, but the tegmentum is not pear-shaped; there are no
spiculose girdle-bridges at the sutures, etc.”
20. CrypropLax striatus (Lamarck).
Chitonellus striatus (Lamarck): Anim. sans Vert., ed. i, tom. vi,
| p. 317, 1819.
Chitonellus Gunnii, Reeve: Conch. Icon., pl. 1, fig. 5, 1847.
Chitonellus rostratus, Reeve: l.c., fig. 6, 1847.
Cryptoplax striatus, Lamarck: Hutton, Chall. Rep., p. 39, pl.1, fig. 9,
and pl. iii, fig. 9; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv,
p. 53, pl. ix, figs. 11-15; pl. xi, figs. 37-9; Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 85.
| 21. Carron Bepnattt, Pilsbry.
| Chiton Bednalli, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. ix, p. 90, Dec. 1895.
_ It is interesting to note that this species, so recently described from
| Yorke’s Peninsula, is also to be found in Port Phillip.
22. CHITON LIMANS, nom. nov.
| Chiton muricatus, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852 [May, 1854],
| p- 91, pl. xi, fig. 6; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
| vol. xiv, p. 175, pl. xxxvii, figs. 12, 13; non:Tilesius:
| Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., ser. V, vol. ix, 1824, p. 483.
_Lophyrus muricatus, Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 186; L.c.,
1867, p. 222.
Tilesius: what this species is exactly, I am not sure; it appears,
however, to be a large Siberian form. The name of C. limans was
used in MS. by Carpenter; I beg to call attention to the fact that
I am ot naming the shell as C. dimans (Carpenter MS.), this last
Mr. Pilsbry has noted the description of a Chiton muricatus by
being a complicated and cumbersome process of nomenclature.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fic. 1. Ischnochiton Wilsoni, n.sp.
», la, —————— separate valves.
| », 2. Acanthochites (Notoplax) Wilsoni, n.sp.
3 2a. —— separate valves.
», 38. Haploplax pura, n.sp.
spe Gee separate valves. The dotted lines show the position
of the valve-slits, which are not visible from above.
», 4. Lepidopleurus inquinatus (Rve.), separate valves.
| », 90. Acanthochites (Notoplax) glyptus, n.sp.
OE —— separate valves.
», 6. Acanthochites Pilsbryi, n.sp.
separate valves.
94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ON A COLLECTION OF LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. —
By Enear A. Surrn, F.Z.S., ete.
Read 10th April, 1896.
PLATE VII.
THE specimens about to be enumerated and described were collected
by Mr. A. Everett at the southern extremity of the island of Celebes,
at an elevation of 2,000 feet, also at a still greater height, 4,000 to
5,000 feet, upon Bonthain Peak. Several of the species are of con-
siderable interest, notably the Bulimoid form, which appears to
approximate more closely to the genus Calycia of New Guinea than
to any other group. Xesta dimidiata, Hemiplecta Bonthainensis, ©
Chloritis Howesti, and Cyclotus pyrostoma, are all very handsome —
forms; and the discovery of four additional species of Clausilia is
of importance, as only a single species has been previously recorded.
The Rev. A. H. Cooke,! in discussing the fauna of Celebes, has
referred to the paucity of the species of that genus, and of Amphi-
dromus, and to the relative proportion of Naninide to Helicide, as
marking ‘‘the beginning of a distinct decrease in the Indo-Malay
element.” Many of these and similar deductions are often made
upon insufficient knowledge of the respective faunas. In the present
case, for example, the incompleteness of the list of the species of
terrestrial molluses which actually occur in the island is demonstrated
by the fact that, in one very limited area, Mr. Everett has discovered
no less than fourteen new forms, numerically equal to one-fourth
of the previously known fauna. The greater part of the island has
|
|
|
|
yet to be explored, and doubtless very many additional species will —
eventually be discovered. As our knowledge of this fauna is at
present so incomplete, it is of very little use to compare it with
that of other adjacent islands.
It is, however, interesting to note that the Philippine Obba marginata
(var. sororcula), hitherto recorded only from North Celebes, also occurs |
in the south. Mention should also be made of the occurrence of six |
species of Amphidromus (eight if, like Prof. E. von Martens, we _
consider A. interruptus and A. Sultanus distinct from A. perversus), |
a number exceeding those known from Sumatra.
The following are the principal papers which treat upon the land-
shells of Celebes :—
E. von Martens, Malak. Blitt. 1872, vol. xx, pp. 155-177.
. dd., Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. vol. 11, p. 99, ete.
. Id., in Max Weber’s Zool. Ergeb., vol. ii, p. 209, ete.
. id., Sitzungsb. Gesell. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1886, pp. 112-114.
Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1884, vol. xx, pp.
169-175.
hl a
1 «¢ Cambridge Natural History,’’ vol. iii, p. 310.
!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SMITH: LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. 95
A. Spectres Cottecrep By Mr. Everett.
1. Hexicarton Watuacer. Pl. VII, Figs. 7-9.
Testa tenuissima, pallide virescens, vitrea, polita, globosa, supra
depressa, infra minutissime perforata; spira ad apicem vix elata;
anfractus 38, supra convexiusculi, infra suturam concave marginati,
et lineis incrementi hic illic subplicatis striati, ultimus inflatus ;
_ apertura inverse late auriformis ; peristoma marginibus conniventibus,
callo tenuissimo _junctis, columellari ad insertionem anguste reflexo.
Diam. maj. 9, min. 7°5, alt. 6mm.
Fab. —South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
An excessively thin, fragile species, with an obtuse spire and large
; apical whorls.
2. Hericarton Ceiresensis, Pfeiffer.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet (Everett).
A single specimen only, younger and smaller than the type,
agreeing precisely in form, but without the pale line at the suture
and not whitish at the base. Notwithstanding these differences, due
possibly to disparity in age, I have no doubt respecting the iden-
tification of the specimen in question.
3. Macrocutamys inpirrerens. Pl, VII, Figs. 10-12.
Testa orbicularis, angustissime perforata, fusco- -cornea, polita, stris
‘incrementi levibus sculpti; spira depresse conica; anfractus 5,
lente accrescentes, leviter convexiusculi, anguste marginati ; apertura
oblique lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad insertionem
pallido, incrassato, sed vix reflexo. Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 4mm.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
This species presents no special distinguishing features. The
generic position of this and other similar forms is difficult to
determine on the shell characters only.
4. Microcystrya consmuruis. Pl. VII, Figs. 13-15.
Testa depresse globosa, perforata, tenuis, pellucida, cornea, nitida,
lineis incrementi prope suturam subpheatis striata ; anfractus 4— —5,
celeriter crescentes, convexiusculi, superne concave marginati, ultimus
circa umbilicum interdum pallidus; apertura oblique lunata ; peri-
stoma tenue, margine columellari albo, incrassato, supra umbilicum
sinuatim reflexo. Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 8 mm.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
Very like Helicarion Ce lebensis, Pir., but differing in the character
of the columellar lip, ete. The margination of the whorls beneath
the suture is palish in some specimens.
5. Microcystina consors. Pl. VII, Figs. 16-18.
Testa depresse globosa, tenuis, pellucida, fusco-cornea, levigata,
lineis incrementi substr iata, anguste umbilicata; anfractus 43 :, sublente
96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
accrescentes, convexiusculi, anguste marginati; apertura oblique
lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad insertionem sinuatim
reflexo. Diam. maj. 7, min. 6, alt. 5mm.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
Smaller than JL consimilis, of a somewhat browner tint, with a
slightly more elevated spire, and smaller body-whorl.
6. Xesra tTrocaus (Miiller).
Tab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
The specimens from this locality belong to the form named by
Reeve Helix sulphurea. The shell he figured is peculiar in having
no brown zone upon the base of the body- whorl, a feature occurring
in all the specimens in the present collection. On the other hand,
in the latter, the sutural band is only faintly continued upon the last
whorl, and in some it is entirely wanting. The largest specimen has
a diameter of 31mm.
7. XzEsta pimmpratTa. Pl. VII, Fig. 19.
Testa orbicularis, perforata, solida, supra virens, haud nitens, infra
lacteo-alba, zona obscura nigrescente cincta, cirea umbilicum nigro-
fusco tincta, hic illic irregulariter nigro-punctata; anfractus 5-6,
convexiusculi, sutura alba nigro-marginata sejuncti, apicales leves,
nigrescentes, ultimus et penult. striis spiralibus confertis micro-
scopicis sculpti, lineis incrementi obliquis tenuibus striati, ultimus
ad peripheriam rotundatus, infra concentrice plus minus minute
striatus, haud descendens; apertura obliqua, late lunata, alba, zona
lata nigro-fusca infra medium haud ad marginem attingente picta ;
peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columellari prope insertionem,
leviter Tree) reflexo, et subcontorto. Diam. maj. 33, min. 27,
alt. 20 mm. : apertura 11 mm. alta, 16 lata.
Hab. —South Celebes, 2,000-5, 000 feet.
Four specimens of this beautiful species were collected by Mr.
Everett. Three are coloured as described above; but the fourth
has all the upper part of the spire black, excepting a white line at the
suture, the body-whorl, however, becoming normally greenish.
8. Xesta Wattacer (Pfeiffer).
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
Three varieties of this species were collected by Mr. Everett in
South Celebes, at an elevation of 2,000 feet, namely—(1) the typical
form as figured in the Conchylien-Cabinet (//elix), pl. clxiv,
figs. 18-15; (2) like the type, but darker above, livid purplish
towards the apex, and chestnut brown near the aperture, pale
beneath, with a brown stain around the umbilicus; last whorl dotted
with black (dots very few on the under-surface) and encircled with
a dark-brown zone, sometimes bisected by a pale line; (38) like
Pfeiffer’s var. B, but having a white instead of a brown peripheral
band. Var. dbieingulata, Yon Martens, was not collected by Mr.
Everett.
SMITH: LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. 97
9. Hemrprecta Bonruainensis. Pl. VII, Fig. 20.
Testa depresse conoidea, ad peripheriam obtuse carinata, perforata,
tenuis, saturate vel dilute purpureo-fusca, circa umbilicum virescens,
/ad angulum medianum plerumque flavescens; spira breviter conica,
ad apicem mediocriter acuta, haud nitida; anfractus 5-6, leviter
convexiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis arcuatis aliisque spiralibus
numerosis granulatim decussati, ultimus infra angulum convexior,
_nitens, lineis concentricis versus umbilicum sensim evanidis ; apertura
obliqua, late lunata, intus concolor; peristoma tenue, simplex, in
exemplis adultis ad marginem levissime incrassatum et luteum,
marginibus distantibus, columellari ad insertionem breviter expanso
et reflexo. Var. Testa omnino dilute flavo-virescens. Diam. maj. 34,
min. 28, alt. 22mm.
Hab.—Bonthain Peak, South Celebes, at 4,000 feet.
Considerable variation in form and colour is observable in the series
of specimens examined, but the sculpture is similar in all. Some
examples are of a very dark purplish-brown or black colour
throughout, with the exception of the umbilical region. Others
are of a lighter tint. Some are greenish, with a broad purple-
brown zone beneath the periphery, whilst others are uniformly heht
yellowish-green. The spire is more elevated and the body- whorl
more inflated in some specimens than in others.
10. Raysora ruGata (Martens).
_Nanina rugata, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. vol.
p. 229, pl. x, fis. 5
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
This species has already been quoted from the southern part of the
island by Wallace and by Martens. Young shells are very sharply
keeled and angulate, and the two apical whorls are peculiarly
malleated, a feature also observable in more adult specimens.
11. Ospa mMarernata (Miiller).
Var. sororcula, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. i, p. 294,
pl. xvu, fig. 4.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
It is interesting to find this species occurring in the south of the
island as well as the north. Similar small examples also occur at
the Philippine Islands.
12. Cutoritis preva (Godwin-Austen).
Helix (Chloritis) plena, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 44,
Platt; tie. 8:
Hab.—South Celebes, 2,000 feet (Everett) ; Labuan (G.-A.).
Var. Celebensis, n.
Only a single specimen was obtained by Mr. Everett. It is rather
smaller than the type from Labuan (maj. diam. 16 mm.), consisting
of half a whorl less, the peristome is faintly tinted with livid lilac,
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
and the columellar margin is not quite so broadly reflexed and is rather
more oblique. The supra-peripheral band or line is narrower, and
bisects an indistinct pale zone. The ‘finely granulate” sculpture
mentioned by Godwin-Austen occurs only upon the spire, the body-
whorl in both being clothed with a dull, non-pilose periostracum.
13. Cutortris Howes. Pl. VII, Figs. 21, 22.
Testa depressa, orbicularis, subanguste umbilicata, tenuiuscula,
saturate castaneo-fusca, zona flavescente paulo supra peripheriam
utrimque linea nigro-rufa marginata, ornata, et circa umbilicum
pallida vel flavescens, epidermide minute pilosa undique induta;
spira plana; anfractus quatuor, convexi, celeriter crescentes, ultimus
antice oblique descendens; sutura profunda, linea nigro-fusca
superiore notata; apertura subhorizontalis, lilacea, zonis externis
translucentibus, late lunata; peristoma lilaceum, undique expansum,
marginibus leviter conniventibus, columellari latius reflexo. Var.
Testa pallidior, in exemplo unico linea inferiore deficiente. Diam.
maj. 33, min. 24, alt. 16mm.; apertura intus 11 mm. alta, 15 lata.
fab.—South Celebes, 2,000 feet; and Bonthain Peak, 4,000 feet.
None of the specimens from the latter locality (var. Bonthainensis)
have the dark rich brown colour of the type, whilst the “hairs” of
the epidermis are a trifle coarser, conspicuously fewer and further
apart. The spire also has the apex elevated slightly above the body-
whorl, whereas in the specimens from the lower altitude it is depressed.
This handsome species has somewhat of the form of Chloritis tuba
(Albers), but is smaller, differently banded, ete. I have much pleasure
im naming this heaieaital shell after our distinguished President, Prof.
G. B. et Oe.
14. Ampuipromus pERversvs (Linn.).
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
Both the typical form of this species (Conchyl.-Cab., ed. 2, Bulimus,
pl. ix, figs. 1, 2) and the variety enterrupta (Delessert, Recueil de Coq.,
plexxvil, figs. 7a, 7b) were collected at the above locality. This
discovery of “the typical form fills up a gap in the distribution, as
there has hitherto been some doubt respecting the exact locality.
( Vide Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xvii, p. 67.)
15. Catycra Evererrr. Pl. VII, Fig. 23.
Testa ovato-conica, ad peripheriam angulata, anguste perforata,
albo-pellucida, epidermide virente nitente amicta; spira conica, ad
apicem papillosa; anfractus 53, celeriter accrescentes, apicales 2-3
convexi, ceteri planiusculi, infra suturam linea lactea angusta
marginati, oblique striati et lineis impressis spiralibus obsoletis
sculpti, ultimus amplus, in medio obtuse angulatus, malleatus vel
corrugatus, et oblique striatus; apertura inverse auriformis, concolor,
longit. totius % fere wquans; peristoma album, haud incrassatum,
leviter expansum, margine columellari supra perforationem anguste
reflexo. Longit. 26, diam. 20 mm; apertura 16 mm. longa, 11°d lata.
Hab.—Bonthain Peak, South Celebes, at 4,000 feet.
SMITH: LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. 99
This species is very peculiar, and does not suggest a comparison
with any other known form. It hardly agrees with the genus
Calycia in the expanded character of the peristome, but it appears
to approach that group more closely than any other. I have much
pleasure in associating Mr. Everett?s name with this interesting
discovery.
16, Cravsirra CreLEepensis. Pl. VII, Fig. 24.
Testa elongata, subclavata, saturate purpureo-fusca, apicem versus
propeque suturam pallida; anfractus 10, convexiusculi, oblique
tenuiter striati, penultimus ultimo latior, ultimus antice paulo
ascendens ; apex mammillatus; apertura inverse auriformis, longit.
totius + paulo minor, intus livido-purpurea; peristoma albidum,
leviter incrassatum, et reflexum. Lamella superior tenuis, ad
marginem attingens, inferior longe intus, subcolumellaris gracilis,
obliqua, 1. inferior! approximata, ad marginem labri fere attingens ;
plica suturalis unica elongata, supra aperturam, suture parallela;
lunella distincta, supra aperturam sita. Longit. 24, diam. fere 6mm.
Var. Testa tenuis pallido-cornea.
Hab.—Bonthain Peak, South Celebes, at 5,000 to 6,000 feet; also
South Celebes at 2,000 feet.
Most of the specimens are of a dark purplish-brown colour, paler
towards the apex and at the suture. In some of the older shells
the surface becomes more or less decomposed and assumes a greenish
chalky appearance, and frequently is somewhat worn away at the
suture, which consequently presents a slightly channelled aspect.
Only two specimens of the pale corneous variety were obtained.
Some examples are much more slender than others, as shown by the
following measurements: length 23°75, diameter 6mm.; length 23°25,
diameter 5mm.
17, Crausrtia stmuittima. PI. VII, Fig. 25
Testa elongata, superne attenuata, saturate purpureo-fusca, oblique
tugose striata, ad suturam denticulata; anfractus 10-11, leviter con-
vexiusculi; apertura piriformis, intus sordide purpureo- fusca; peristoma
expansum, reflexum, ad marginem pallidum; lamella superior tenuis,
marginem attingens, inferior intus sepe bifurcata, parte superiore
lamellee superiori adjuncta; lamella subcolumellaris nulla. Plicee
suturales duo, superior elongata, suture parallela, inferior leviter
obliqua, multo brevior; plica palatalis unica obliqua, supra rimam
umbilicalem sita. Longit. 20°5, diam. 4mm,
Hab—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
This species is very like C. Ioluccensis, Martens, as regards form,
but is more coarsely striated, strongly dentate at the suture, and of.
a much richer brown colour. The form and armature of the mouth
are very similar.
18. Cravsizra suppotrra. Pl. VII, Fig. 26.
Testa parva, subpellucida, fusco-cornea, nitida, lineis incrementi
tenuibus obliquis striata; anfractus 10, superiores 6-7 conyexiusculi,
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
cateri minus convexi; apertura inverse auriformis, concolor; peristoma
tenue, pallidum leviter expansum; lamella superior tenuis, marginem
attingens, inferior obliqua, subcolumellaris parva, tenuis, ad marginem
labri vix producta; plica suturalis unica, supra aperturam visibilis,
suture vix parallela; lunella nulla. Longit. 14, diam. 3mm.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
The lines of growth are a little coarser behind the lip than upon
the rest of the surface. The apex has a drawn-out appearance, the
subapical whorls being somewhat long.
19. Cuavstura usitatTa. Pl. VII, Fig. 27.
Testa C. subpolite similis, sed paulo major, saturate fusca, versus
apicem pallida; apertura major; lamella subcolumellaris marginem
attingens ; plica suturalis unica, magis ad dextram; lunella distincta,
in medio angulata, superne plica suturali conjuncta. Peristoma
angustum, lev iter expansum, margine externo (sinistro) pallide
rufescente, dextro albescente. Longit. 16, diam. 3°5 mm.
FTab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
The slightly larger size, different colour, the presence of a lunella,
and other characters, distinguish this from the preceding species.
20. Cyctorus Fascratus, Martens.
C. fasciatus, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. ii, p. 118,
pl. i, fig. 3; Mal. Blat. 1872, vol. xx, p. 158.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet (Everett) ; near Macassar
(Martens).
21. Cyciorus poxirus, Sowerby, var.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
A comparison of the types shows that C. politus and C. Amboinensis,
Pfr., are merely varieties of one and the same species; and I have
a very strong belief that C. fulminulatus, Martens, is also conspecific.
The élevation of the s spire, the width of the umbilicus, and the thickness
of the peristome, are variable. The specimens from South Celebes
are of the same form as the var. Amboinensis, that is, are less elevated
in the spire than the type shell of politus. They also generally have
the peristome somewhat less thickened; but the columellar margin
exhibits the internal thickening for the support of the operculum,
which is present in all the forms.
Cyctorus prrostoma. Pl. VII, Figs. 1-3.
Testa orbicularis, aperte et perspective umbilicata, solida, epidermide
nigro-olivacea, plus minus detrita, induta, pallide rufescens, rufo
indistincte flammulata et maculata, infra peripheriam zona lata nigro-
olivacea picta; spira leviter elata; anfractus 5, convexi, celeriter
accrescentes, superiores tres lzves, lineis incrementi striati, ult. et
penult. superne spiraliter lati, striisque obliquis arcuatis fortiter
sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam subcarinatus, antice descendens, infra
haud spiraliter striatus; apertura obliqua, saturate sanguineo-rufa ;
SMITH: LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. 101
peristoma incrassatum, pallidum, vix expansum, marginibus callo rufo
junctis, inferiore valde recedente. Diam. maj. 26, min. 20, alt. 13 mm.
Operculum testaceum, supra leviter concayum, infra i in medio mucro-
natum, versus marginem corneum ; anfractus circiter 8, ad suturam
plus minus carinati, transversim striati, lentissime crescentes, ultimus
ad marginem excayatus.
Hab.—South Celebes, at 2,000 feet.
In general form this species recalls Cyclophorus Woodianus of Lea.
It is well characterized by the brillant red aperture of the shell, and
the somewhat strong spiral lire upon the upper surface of the last
two whorls.
23. Cyctotus Creresensis. Pl. VII, Figs. 4-6.
Testa orbicularis, aperte et perspective umbilicata, olivaceo-fusca,
ad peripheriam zona lutea cincta, interdum superne et infra plus
minus flavo maculata; spira breviter elata; anfractus 5, convex,
lineis incrementi tenuibus striati, ultimus antice descendens ; apertura
obliqua, intus fuscescens; peristoma duplex, margine externo expanso
et reflexo, pallido, interno Iutescente, continuo. Diam. maj. 20,
min. 16, alt. 9mm. Operculum multispirale, ad suturam insigniter
acute carinatum, supra fere planum, ex laminis alternatim corneis et
testaceis constitum, inferne omnino corneum, in medio mucronatum.
Hab.—South Celebes, 2,000—4,000 feet.
Two specimens are uniformly brownish, with the exception of the
peripheral zone; the third exhibits a sprinkling of golden specks
above and a dotting below.
B. List or tae Known Spectres oF LAND-SHELLS OF CELEBES.!
Helicarion (Otesia) flammulatus, Q. and G.
st » viridis, Q. and G.
54 Celebensis, Pfr.
<3 Ides, Pir:
- Wallacei, Smith.
Xesta fulvizona, Mouss. (var.).
», Wallacei, Pfr.
5, dimidiata, Smith.
», vitellus, Shuttl.
,, Riedeli, Martens.
» cincta, Lea.
», trochus, Mill.
», Stuartia, Sow. (?).
,», nemorensis, Mill. (?).
Sibylla, Tap.-Can.
Hemiplecta semisculpta, Martens.
5 ribbei, Bttgr.
1 Species from the small island of Saleyer (Selayar, or Salayar), south of Celebes,
are not included in this list.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hemiplecta Bonthainensis, Smith.
Celebensis, Pfr.)
Rhysota rugata, Martens.
x limbifera, Martens.
Macrochlamys fulvocornea, Martens.
a indifferens, Smith.
Microcystina consors, Smith.
- consimilis, Smith.
Trochomorpha planorbis, Lesson.
Gorontalensis, Martens.
ternatana (Guill. ) (Bottger).
Ganesella leucophleea, Martens.
Eulota similaris, Férus.’
», suffodiens, Bottger.
5, (Plectotropis) Winteriana, Pfr. (Bottger).
Planispira flavidula, Martens.
es (Trachia) pilisparsa, Martens.
Chloritis zodiacus, Férus.
as tuba, Albers.
», bulbulus, Mouss.
», biomphala, Pfr.
», Lansbergiana, Dohrn.*
Howesii, Smith.
plana, Godwin-Austen.
Obba Listeri, Gray.
marginata, Mill. (war.).
» papilla, Mill.
», heroica, Pfr.
Papuina euchroes, Pfr.
Camena (Pseudobba) Quoyi, Desh.
mammilla, Férus.
Cochlostyla (Corasia) leucophthalma, Pfr. ?
Amphidromus perversus, L. (and vars.).
sinistralis, Reeve.
* Beccarii, Tap.-Can.
a filozonatus, Martens (var.).4
contrarius, “Mill. (var.).*
Calycia Everetti, Smith.
Buliminus (Rhachis) zonulatus, Pfr.
Opeas gracilis, Hutton.
Clausilia Moluccensis, Martens.
a Celebensis, Smith.
is usitata, Smith.
simillima, Smith.
?
9?
rd
9?
1 Perhaps only a variety of H. striata, Gray (Martens).
2 Bericht Senckenberg. nat. Gesell. 1891, p. 267.
8 Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. Mal. Gesell. 1879, p- 69; Kobelt, Conch.-Cab., p. 598,
pl. elxxv, figs. 1-3.
cs Fulton, ° Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xvii, p. 78
Proc.Marac.Soc.
J.Green delet lith. Mantern Bros.imp. |
NEW LAND SHELLS FROM CELEBES.
SMITH: LAND-SHELLS FROM SOUTH CELEBES. 103
Clausilia subpolita, Smith.
Pupa Selebensis, Tap.-Can.
Veronicella graffi, Simroth.
Pterocyclus tenuilabiatus, Metcalfe (var.).
Cyclotus fasciatus, Martens.
, fulminulatus, Martens (probably=politus).
politus, Sowerby (var. Amboinensis, Pfr.).
99 longipilus, Martens.
as euttatus, Pfr.
“a Celebensis, Smith.
»» pyrostoma, Smith.
depictus, Tap.-Can.
Cyclophorus nigricans, Pfr.
Lagochilus ciliocinctus, Martens (var.). :
3 bellus, Martens.
Leptopoma Moussoni, Martens.
a vitreum, Lesson (Bottger and Wallace).
a Manadense, Pfr.
Alyceus Jagori, Martens.
5 Celebensis, Martens.
Helicina parva, Sowerby.
53 oxytropis, Gray.
Prof. E. von Martens (Max Weber’s Zool. Ergeb., ii, p. 256) gives
the total number of species as 651; but, deducting the seven species
from Saleyer island and three synonyms ( Obba soror reuld, Amphidromus
interruptus, and A, Sultanus), the actual number of indigenous species
known to him amounted to 56. To this number fourteen new species,
and thirteen others already described from Celebes and other localities,
are now added, making a total of 83.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Fies. 1, 2, 3. Cyclotus pyrostoma.
poe tae Os Oe $5 Celebensis.
» 7, 8, 9. Helicarion Wallacei.
», 10,11, 12. Macrochlamys indifferens.
», 18, 14, 15. Microcystina consimilis.
a l6, li, ES: consors.
19. Xesta dimidiata.
ee 221 22. Chloritis Howes.
‘eee Calycia Everetti.
gatas Clausilia Celebensis.
56 20% rs simillima.
39 20% », Subpolita.
Sree eile a5 usitata.
| ; : 20. Hemiplecta Bonthainensis.
i
|
f
1 This should be 66 according to his list of species quoted in the table on the
previous pages.
| E
|
|
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ON SOME FRESH-WATER SHELLS FROM THE ISLAND OF KOLGUEY.
By Epear A. Situ, F.Z.8., etc.
Read 13th Mareh, 1896.
‘As Kolguev Island lies but fifty miles off the coast of Arctic Europe
it may fairly be regarded as European. A glance at the map will
show that it is the only island in that part of the Arctic Ocean known
as Barents Sea.”
Mr. A. Trevor-Battye, from whose book, ‘‘Tce-bound on Kolguev,”
I have quoted the above paragraph, did not collect any terrestrial
or fresh-water molluscs during his expedition in 1894, his attention
being more devoted to botany, birds, and mammals. Colonel H. W.
Feilden, the well-known Arctic naturalist, was, however, during his
visit in 1895, successful in finding the following three species of
fresh-water shells, the first recorded from the island. Although no
land-shells have as yet been discovered, it is very probable that some
species of Zonitidee and Pupide may occur, such forms apparently
being capable of enduring an Arctic climate.
Colonel Feilden also obtained a few marine forms. They are not,
however, of any special interest, belonging to well-known boreal
forms of Buceinum, Littorina, Astar te, Car dium, and Mytilus.
The three fresh-water species are—
1. Limnza patustris, Miller.
Var. terebra. Westerlund, Fauna Paliarct. Region, Theil 2, p. 46.
Hab.—Kriva River (Feilden).
In these specimens the spire is often much produced, the whorls are
very convex, and the surface, when cleaned, has a silky appearance.
The lines of growth are fine and oblique, and interrupted by
somewhat distant, impressed spiral lines, producing a more or less
reticulated appearance. All the specimens have the apex eroded; and
the largest, consisting of four remaining whorls, is 22 mm. in length.
Limyaa ovata, Draparnaud. |
“Var. nova reecipue notabilis, spira elongata, |
crassa, contorta, sutura impressa, pone aperturam ob-
liqua, anfractu antepenultimo tumido-conyexo, ultimo,
ventroso, infra levissime attenuato, subrotundato.” |
(Westerlund in litt.) |
Hab.—Valley of the Gobista River (Feilden). |
Mr. ©. A. Westerlund, who kindly gave me his)
opinion upon these species, was unable to identify thee
specimens with any known form of this species ;
therefore suggest the name Kolguev ensis for this variety. It is very
unlike the typical form, the greater length of the spire and the;
tumidity of the penultimate whorl being very remarkable.
Limnea ovata
var. Holguevensis.
1
i
8. PLANorBIS BOREALIS (Lovén), Westerlund.
P. borealis, Lovén, Westerlund, Mal. Blit. 1874, vol. xxu, p. 112,)
pl. ii, figs. 28-5 ; Fauna Palaarct., Theil 2, p. 80.
Hab.—Kriva River (Feilden).
105
|/NOTES ON THE MOLLUSCA FROM A RAINWASH AT DARENTH,
KENT.
By A. 8. Kennarp.
: Read 13th March, 1896.
\Dorte the winter of 1894-5 extensive excavations were carried on
‘in the parish of Darenth, resulting in the exposure of the remains of
a large Roman building, which had been covered since its desertion
by a Tainwash varying in thickness from two to six feet. Out of this
‘rainwash I have obtained fifteen species of Mollusca, viz.—
Amalia Sowerbyt, Fer.
Vitrea cellaria, Mill.
,, nitidula, Drap.
. Pyramidula rotundata, Mill.
Felicella ericetorum, Miill.
- caperata, Mont.
Hygromia hispida, Linn.
| Vallonia pulchella, Mill.
Helicigona arbustorum, Linn.
Helix aspersa, Miill.
» nemoralis, Linn.
Clausilia bidentata, Strom.
Cochlicopa lubrica, Mill.
Cecilianella acicula, Mill.
Cyclostoma elegans, Mill.
With the exception of Helix aspersa and H. nemoralis, all the examples
were obtained from one spot at the base of the deposit, and were
mixed with fragments of bone and Roman pottery. Helix aspersa and
H. nemoralis, however, were much more abundant, and always occurred
at the very base; the upper portion of the rainwash contained no
shells. There can be no doubt that the above list represents
the molluscan fauna of the immediate neighbourhood at the period
immediately subsequent to the Roman occupation, and on comparing
it with the existing species a difference is at once seen. All the
\species enumerated are now living in the vicinity; but, on the other
aand, there are four species which, though extremely abundant at
she present time, are entirely absent in the deposit, viz., Zygromia
rufescens, Helix hortensis, Helicella cantiana, and HH. virgata. The
ibsence of the first- named is due, probably, to local causes, since it
recurs at Copford, Crossness, and elsewhere. Helix hortensis is not
‘mown to occur in any deposit, though often erroneously recorded, and
n this case there is no possibility of confounding it with Helix nemoralis,
»ecause all the examples retain their color ation. The past distribution
of Helicella virgata is rather puzzling. It is entirely absent from
ee ee
VOL. I1.—ocTOBER, 1896. 8
Ee
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
all beds of the London district,! but occurs in the Pleistocene gravels
of Barrington, Cambridge; and I have lately had examples sent me
from a Neolithic rainwash at St. Catherine’s Down, Isle of Wight.
In all probability it is a very recent introduction into the Home
Counties. The non-occurrence of Helicella cantiana fully bears out Mr.
B. B. Woodward’s view that this species is of post-Roman introduction
into this country. Helix aspersa has been recorded from several Roman
deposits, and has been considered to have been introduced at that
time, but Mr. J. W. Flower notes* that it is constantly found in
British barrows in Wiltshire, and it occurs in the St. Catherine’s Down
deposit. Mr. B. B. Woodward has also called my attention to the fact
that it is recorded from deposits resembling ‘‘ kitchen middens”’ on
the shores of the Mersey, one mile from the present sea-shore,* so that
its pre-Roman existence in this country must be admitted.
1 Since this was written, a specimen has been obtained by Dr. Corner from the
Pleistocene deposit at Ilford.
2 J. W. Flower, F.G.S., ‘ The Prehistoric Sepulchres of Algeria’’: Transactions
of International Congress of Prehistoric Archeology, 1868, p. 209.
2 C. Collingwood, Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Liverpool, 1863, pp. 113-4.
107
ON FLAMMULINA (ALLODISCUS) CHION, A NEW HELICOID
LAND-SHELL FROM NEW ZEALAND.
| By E.. R.. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.8., ete.
| Read 10th April, 1896.
Tue species about to be described formed part of the collection made
by Mr. H. B. Preston, in the North Island of New Zealand, and
is the second new species from that collection, the first having
already been described.!
FramMurina (ALLopIscus) CHION, 0.Sp.
Testa parva, depresse conica, imperforata, tenuis, confertim costulata,
omnino nivea; anfr. 5-53, convexi, regulariter accrescentes, ultimus
non descendens, costulis 82 approx. ornata, interstitiz sub lente
striate ; basi medio impressus; apertura rotundato-lunaris;_peri-
stoma simplex, tenue. Diam. maj. 5, alt. 3 mm.
Hab.—Near Inglewood, Taranaki, North Island.
At first sight this species would suggest the idea that it is an
albino form of some known shell: on examination, however, there
seems to be no known form quite resembling it; and since it proved
plentiful, and no coloured specimens were found, this idea may be
abandoned. It is of a lovely, snowy white, and has spiral striations
on the apical whorls. The nearest species appears to be 2. venulata
(Pfr.), from the South Island; from this, however, /. chion may be
separated by the difference in the relative proportions of breadth
and height, as also by the more distant and more elevated riblets.
‘The entire absence of colour is also a remarkable feature. I have
to thank Mr. Suter for kindly examining a specimen and giving
his opinion.
1 Proc. Malac. Soc., Vol. I, p. 218, March 1895.
108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
FROM BOMBAY.
By J. Cosmo Metvri, M.A., F.L.S., ete
Read 10th April and 8th May, 1896. |
PLATE VIII. |
In November, 1892, conjointly with Mr. Alexander Abercrombie, of |
Bombay, I published! a Catalogue of about 320 species of marine —
Mollusca, that had been collected by the latter gentleman during |
three successive seasons on the shores of this favoured, specialized, |
and little explored centre. Specialized, Bombay is certainly proved
to be in this particular, since many showy species would seem to |
have made her coasts their headquarters; and, besides, in the |
Catalogue just referred to, no less than twenty-five were signalized
as novelties, many belonging to the more attractive genera, e9., |
Purpura, Murex, Tellina, and Raéta. At the same time a few of the
‘‘minutiora”’ were described and figured, and a far larger number |
set aside for future investigation. These have received welcome |
additions by an assortment of two further boxes of shell-shingle,
kindly forwarded a year ago by Mr. Abercrombie; which, while |
yielding further specimens of nearly all the smaller species first
enumerated, likewise provided fresh material in the way of many |
novelties. |
The molluscan fauna of Bombay being, as already observed, well |
differentiated and specialized, it is rendered a simpler task than might
be thought, to discriminate such forms as are now to be describeds | |
No dr edgings, scientifically made, have been carried out here—indeed, |
Tam informed, the configuration of these coasts is not satisfactory for | ,
the purpose and no collections of the smaller species, excepting a |
few by the Rev. Mr. Fairbank, of Bombay, and Messrs. H. F. and |
W. T. Blanford, had been made, when a few species, e.g. Lrawadia |
trochlearis, Blan?. , and Fairbankia Bombayana, Blanf., were described. |
Mr. Geoffrey Nevill subsequently discovered a few, mainly Pleuro- |
tomide, and it is regrettable that his types are all in the Calcutta |
Museum, and therefore inaccessible to most British conchologists. |
|
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MINUTE MARINE SHELLS
|
i
Some, however, have been figured in the Journal of the Asiatic |
Society of Bengal.
The Ceylon fauna and that of Karachi, the latter now being |
assiduously explored by Mr. F. W. Townsend, differ widely from
that of Bombay, though of course a few species are common to two
or all three of the localities. We cannot think that, numerically,
the Bombay list will exceed 500 species (exclusive of brackish-water
forms such as Weritina, Potamides, etc.); and the publication of the |
following twenty-six new forms, mainly belonging to the families
1 Cf. Memoirs Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., series rv, vol. vil, pp. 17-61.
MELVILL : NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM BOMBAY. 109
Solariide, Scalariide, Pyramidellide, and Cerithiide, will swell up
the total of those catalogued to 350 species.
I would tender my best thanks, not only to Mr. Abercrombie, for
oroviding the material of which this paper is the outcome, but also
to Mr. KE. A. Smith and Mr. EK. R. Sykes, for aid and advice. It is
intention to offer to place the types of all these small species in
pie Natural History Museum, South Kensington.
1. Brrrium TENTHRENO!s, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 1.
__B. testa cylindrica, obesula, doliiformi, solida, ochracea, apice
obtuso, apud apicem, simul ac ad basim pallidiore, anfractibus 7, in
medio latioribus, tribus papillarum ordinibus transversim regulariter
instructis, papillis parvis, gemmatis, interstitiis alveolatis, ‘apertura
ovato-rotunda, labro exteriore minime expanso. Long. 3, lat. 1:25 mm.
About twenty specimens of a small, tun-shaped, “cylindrical shell,
warm ochraceous in colour, with the extremities pale, almost white,
ornamented with three rows of papilliform gemme on the whorls,
the spaces between them being alveolate, whence the specific name,
derived from tev@pyvwéys, ‘honeycombed.’ This species is slightly
like Cerithiopsis pulvis, Issel, from the Red Sea, a very small species,
which, with the present one, I should be inclined to class rather
as a Bittium.
2. CERITHIOPSIS RUBRICINCTA, n.sp. Pl. VIII. Fig. 15.
C. testa fusiformi, solida, pallide ochracea, anfractibus 10 vel 11,
tumidis, apud suturas impressis, binis gemmarum ordinibus trans-
versim decoratis, longitudinaliter clathratis, interstitiis alveolatis,
infra juxta suturas tenui rubra zona accinctis, apertura subrotunda,
peristomate tenui, canali brevi. Long. 3°25 mm. sp. maj., lat. 1mm.
Very beautiful, though minute. Of a pale ochraceous colour; the
ventricose whorls are ornamented, just below the sutures, with a red
band; the sculpture is, as is usual amongst the TZriforis, Bittium,
and Cerithiopsis, a double row of transverse gemme, crossed by lattice-
forming riblets, the interstices being honeycombed and deep. The
mouth is almost round, canal very short, lp simple. Several
specimens.
3. Crrrratopsis Sykes, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 8
C. testa attenuato fusiformi, aciculata, ochracea, anfractibus 12
vel 18, rectis, minime ventricosulis, trinis gemmarum papilli-
formium ordinibus transversim cingulatis, apud suturas impressis, in
uno specimine juveni duobus apicalibus anfractibus pellucidis, vitreis,
apertura subquadrata, simplice. Long. 4:25, lat. 120mm.
A tropical representative of the typical species of the genus,
0. tubercularis, Mont., from which this shell differs in being straighter,
more attenuate, and regular. It comes nearer to the C. diadema,
Watson, from Madeira, of which I have only seen a figure, but is
smaller than that species. It is ofa uniform pale ochraceous-brown, and
the single young individual of the series possesses two vitreous apical
whorls “intact. I have much pleasure in connecting with this small
Cerithiopsis the name of Mr, KE. R. Sykes, our indefatigable Secretary.
110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
4, CERITHIOPSIS PULCHERRIMA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 3
C. testa tenui, multum attenuata, aciculari, albida, anfractibus 13,
apud suturas canaliculatis, apud canales uno gemmularum ordine,
ceterasque in partes anfractuum bino ordine similari instructis,
apertura subquadrata, labro tenui. Long. 4, lat. 1°15 mm.
Seven specimens, mostly rather imperfect. The largest, from which
this description is taken, is slightly distorted in one of the central
whorls; it is in very good condition, being white, elongated, very
attenuate, thirteen-whorled, ornamented with three rows of gemmules,
one row being at the canaliculate depression, just below the sutures
of each whorl, the other two on the normal whorl. The mouth is
simple, aperture squarrose. It is a very beautiful little species.
5. Sotartum (Torinta) Homaraxis, usp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 12.
S. testa minutissima, depressa, profunde umbilicata, albescente,
gemmulata, supra depresso-planata, anfractibus 4, ultimo rapide
accrescente, ad peripheriam bicarinato, carinis regulari gemmarum
ordine decoratis, simili bino ordine circa umbilicum, inter has, infra,
simul ac supra, quatuor minorum gemmularum ordinibus instructis,
apertura quadrato-rotunda. Long. 1, lat. 2mm. .
I alluded to this specimen when. describing its congener, S. delectabile,
also from the same locality.’ This species differs in its more depressed
form, the bicarinate angles at the periphery, and its smaller size.
The shell is in juvenile condition, however, and may grow slightly
larger, the apical whorls showing this. It is an exceedingly highly
chased and sculptured little species.
6. Rissorva EpENTROMA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 238
R. testa ovata, gradata, solidiuscula, candida, anfractibus 5,
undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis levibus, interstitiis
transversim tenuistriatis, apertura ovata, labro exteriore incrassato.
Long. 2, lat. 1:15 mm.
Three specimens, one being juvenile, of a highly sculptured little
species, which I have placed in /ssoina rather than in Rissoia, owing
to the thickened base of the aperture, the general form being more
in accordance with a species of the latter genus.
The shell is gradately turreted, five-whorled, the whorls being |
uniformly costate, the ribs very thick in proportion to the size of the -
shell, and the Mteraricen between transversely finely striate. The
name, from the Greek évévzpwua, signifying ‘a delicacy,’ is chosen —
on pecnnne of the extreme beauty of this little Aissoina.
7. Rissomva pacHystoma, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 4.
R. testa solida, fusiformi, albo-cinerea, anfractibus 8, undique
longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis regularibus, levibus, nitentibus,
interstitiis levibus, apertura oblique ovata, labro exteriore multum
incrassato, ad basim quasi-truncato, margine columellari obliquo,
erasso. Long. 5, lat. 2 mm.
1 Mem. Manch. Lit. and Phil. Soc., vol. vii, p. 57.
MELVILL: NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM BOMBAY. Tel
The nearest approach to this species seems to be RR. conifera
(Schwartz). It is principally distinguishable by its straight, smooth
ribs, and extremely incrassate outer lip, the base being somewhat
. truncate, and the thickening extending to the columellar margin.
8. ADEORBIS VANIKOROIDES, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 14.
A. testa profunde umbilicata, depresso-globosa, apice exserto, tenul,
anfractibus 4, ultimo rapide accrescente, longitudinaliter obliquissime
tenuicostatis, costis levibus, interstitiis sub lente striatulis, ultimo
circa umbilicum effosso, angulari, apertura ovata, labro exteriore
simplice, paullulum incrassato. Long. 1°50, lat. 1mm.
Extremely small, but very characteristic. Of the same character as
A. scaber, Phil., a Central American shell, but differing entirely in
form; the apex is conspicuously exserted so far as the first two
whorls are concerned, the last whorl is large, and entirely longi-
tudinally obliquely ribbed, the interstices between being very finely
striate. The umbilicus is profound, angularly ridged above, and the
aperture ovate. The specific name suggests a superficial resemblance
in miniature to species of Vanikoro, Quoy and Gaimard, which name
has precedence by several years over Warica, Recluz.
9. AcLIs ATEMELES, n.sp. \'Pl. VIII, Fig. 10.
A. testa angusta, attenuata, fusiformi, delicatula, albido-cinerea,
anfractibus 6, tumidis, apud suturas impressis, sub lente tenuissime
transversim striatulis, apertura ovata, labro exteriore paullulum
incrassato. Long, 3°25, lat. 1°25 mm.
A finely striolate species, with ventricose whorls, six in number,
apex obtuse, mouth ovate, simple. The name suggested is the Greck
atnuedys, ‘neglected,’ from the inconspicuous appearance.
10. Actis roa, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig.
A. testa oblongo-fusiformi, delicatula, semipellucida, lactea, apice
obtuso, anfractibus 6, paullum ante apicem irregularibus, ventricosis,
apud suturas multum impressis, fere leevibus, vix nitentibus; apertura
ovata, peristomate simplice, tenui, margine columellari obliquo.
Long. 3°50, lat. 1:25 mm.
ihe thin, semipellucid, milky shell, without any gloss, six-whorled,
the whorls a little uregular and distorted, ventricose, and impressed
at the sutures. The aperture is ovate, the outer lip simple, and the
columellar margin somewhat oblique.
It does not yield in beauty to the other known species, nearly all
of which are exquisite in form. The specific name is given from its
Eastern habitat.
11. Evrrma DEws-cotusRI, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 19.
E. testa parva, politissima, attenuato-curvata, apud basim latiore,
translucida, anfractibus 10, juxta, infra suturas zona lactea
pellucente cinctis, apertura oblique oblonga, labro marginem apud
columellarem paullum incrassato. Long. 5mm. sp. maj., lat. 1°75 mm.
A small incurved species, ten-whorled, smooth, polished, but trans-
lucent, the basal portion being broader in proportion. This form is
112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
allied to the European and British 2. imeurva, Renieri, 2. distorta,
Phil. (non Defrance), but the shell is much broader at the base, and
the whorls are not so flattened. The mouth is obliquely oblong, and
in full-grown specimens the shell is slightly thickened at the columellar
margin. Many specimens.
Another small species of Hulima occurs, of which I have two speci-
mens: it is straight, and in form like /. polita, L.; it may possibly be
identical with 4. subangulata, Somb., described as being an inhabitant
of the Indian Ocean.
12. Syrnoza meTria, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 16.
S. testa elongata, fusiformi, solida, alba, nitida, anfractibus 10,
apud suturas acute canaliculatis, rectis, apertura ovato squarrosa,
peristomate tenui, simplice, marginem apud columellarem uniplicato.
Long. 5, lat. 2mm.
A shining, smooth species, deeply channelled at the sutures. Mouth
squarely ovate, with one columellar plait. In form an Odeliscus, in
mouth-process a Syrnola. The name is the Greek pézpios, ‘ moderate,’
‘modest.’
13. Oscruza Inprca, n.sp. PI. VIII, Fig: 5.
O. testa attenuata, fusiformi, delicatula, tenui, semipellucida,
candida, anfractibus 9 vel 10, transversim undique spiraliter
tricostatis, costis acutis levibus, interstitiis sub lente tenuissime
longitudinaliter striatis, apertura oblonga, labro simplice, marginem
apud columellarem uniplicato. Long. 3, lat. 1°25 mm.
A very beautiful little form, of which only one specimen has so
far occurred. It might easily be overlooked for the young of Jrawadia
trochlearis, Blanford, but this is a coarser shell, though of the same
transversely carinate pattern and white colour. It is a most delicate
species, and the columellar plait, though somewhat deep-seated, is
very evident.
14, Myonta eavisa, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 26.
M. testa tenuissima, albida, subpellucida, elongato-attenuata, an-
fractibus 7, ventricosulis, undique transversim filostriatis, apertura
oblonga, peristomate tenui. Long. 2°25, lat. 1 mm.
A very small, delicate species, with some appearance of an Aclis, but
we consider rightly referable to Myonia (Acteopyramis, Fischer).
The shell is white, subhyaline, whorls probably seven (but the sole
specimen is a little broken at the apex), much ventricose, and
uniformly transversely filostriate. The name is the Latin gavisus,
‘that has given pleasure,’ from the beauty and sculpture of this
little shell.
15. Mrratpa matima, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 6.
M. testa oblonga, gradatula, tenui, albida, subpellucida, anfractibus 6,
ad suturas multum impressis, subcanaliculatis, turritis, infra suturas
bino gemmarum ordine decoratis, partes ad ceteras anfractuum trans-
versim costulatis, ultimo apud basim leviore, apertura oblonga, labro
tenui, marginem ad columellarem uniplicato. Long. 2, lat. 1mm.
a
MELVILL: NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM BOMBAY. 113
A very small but well-marked shell, its sculpture being distinct.
The whorls, six in number, of which two are very small and apical,
one turreted, bemg much compressed—almost canaliculate—at the
sutures. Below the sutures there is a double row of transverse
gemme, and the rest of the whorls are ornamented with plain,
transverse, raised lines or small cost. The mouth is oblong, and
the columellar plait is large and strong.
Only one specimen is in existence, one other, which was in all
respects precisely similar, haying, unfortunately, got mislaid.
EcéaXimos is a Homeric adjective for ‘comely,’ the Latin formosus,
and is well bestowed upon this little shell.
16. Opostomra ANTELIA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 22.
O. testa ovato-fusiformi, tenui, crystallina, levi, nitida, anfractibus 6,
apud suturas multum impressis, ventricosulis, sub lente spiraliter
tenuissime calcario-lineatis, apertura ovato oblonga, margine colu-
mellari uniplicato, plica recta, conspicua. Long. 2, lat. 1mm.
A typical Odostomia, with translucent, white, polished surface, six
whorls, ventricose, deeply impressed at the sutures, giving a gradate
appearance to the shell; under a lens in certain strong lights very
indistinct, chalky, transverse lines are seen on the surface; the aperture
is ovate-oblong, the lip simple, the columellar plait being straight and
conspicuous.
The specific name is the Greek dvzi\vos, ‘ eastern.’
It has some affinity with certaim European species, e.g. O. eulimoides
and O. rissoides, of Hanley.
Another species of Odostomia has, unfortunately, been mislaid. It is
a very distinct form, a little larger than the preceding, with the
whorls (seven) deeply channelled at the sutures, shape conically
fusiform, columella with strong plait, aperture internally spirally striate.
17. Oposromra syrNoLorpEs, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 138.
O. testa attenuata, fusiformi, alba, parum nitente, delicata, an-
fractibus 6, apud suturas impressis, apertura oblonga, labro fere
continuo, marginem apud columellarem fortiter uniplicato. Long. 2°50,
lat. 1 mm.
A smooth, dull white, six-whorled little shell, the apex vitreous,
mouth ovate, with a strong straight plait on the columellar margin.
Like a Syrnola in miniature, hence the specific name. Of the typical
form of the genus, allied to O. plicata, Montagu.
18. Pyrevtmna PyrgoMELLA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig.
P. testa attenuata, fusiformi, gradata, candida, anfractibus 7,
ad suturas subimpressis, longitudinaliter, ad medium anfractuum,
costulatis, costis leevibus, papillosisque infra juxta suturas, apertura
oblonga, labro exteriore simplice, paullum reflexo, columellari con-
spicue uniplicato. Long. 5mm. sp. maj., lat. 1°25 mm.
Two specimens of a conspicuously beautiful species, of the same
facies as Turbonilla scalaris, Phil., but white, whilst the columellar
plait gives it generic distinction.
114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The longitudinal ribs begin at a little distance from the sutures, the
immediate space between being quite smooth, and the ribs are also
slightly papillose at the upper end, the papillee merging into the mb.
The specific name is derived from the Greek zupyéua, ‘a tower,’
from the turreted whorls. It may possibly be equally well placed
in the genus D/ormula, Ad.
19. Pyrevtma Epearn, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 21.
P. testa angusta, fusiformi, gradatula, tenui, candida, anfractibus 6,
ad suturas impressis, undique longitudinaliter crassicostulatis, costis
scalariformibus, interstitiis transversim tenuissime striatis, apertura
ovata, margine columellari fortiter uniplicato. Long. 2, lat. °75 mm.
About twenty specimens. This species I venture to name after
Mr. Edgar A. Smith, as a very small token of appreciation for his
invariable kindness and assistance. The smaller size, turreted or
eraduate whorls, thick, longitudinal, scalariform ribs, and extremely
fine transverse striations, differentiate this little species from Pyrgulina
interstriata, Souverbie, and other allies.
Amongst the Bombay species of this genus, which is sometimes
taken as a section of Odostomia, the following occur, in more or
less plenty :—
P. callista, Melvill. Twelve of this most beautiful form in the
second consignment of shell-sand; only four in the first.
P. casta, Adams. A few, not quite typical; may be a different
species.
P. interstriata, Souverbie. I cannot separate the most abundant
species at Bombay from this. JI have specimens from the Gloyne
Collection, from Upolu, precisely similar.
P. pyrgomella, v.sp.
P. Hdgari, u.sp.
20. Turponitta ABERcROMBIET, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 7.
T. testa pergracili, attenuata, albida, nitida, anfractibus 11-12,
subturritis, omnibus longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis mterstitisque
eeque leevissimis, anfractu apicali in specimine juvenali, heterostropho,
vitreo, apertura subquadrata, peristomate simplice. Long. 4, lat. 1mm.
Three specimens, of which two are juvenile, showing the apical
nucleus, and the third mature, but not quite perfect. Conjecturally,
the whorls would be eleven or twelve. The longitudinal ribs are
straight, the whole surface is very smooth, and the mouth is square.
I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name of
my friend Mr. Abercrombie, to whose kindness I am indebted for
the whole of the material descanted upon in this paper.
21. Turponriia sororta, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 17.
T. testa gracili, attenuata, albido-ochracea, semipellucida, tenui,
apice heterostropho, anfractibus 11-18, subventricosis, undique longi-
tudinaliter recticostatis, costis, interstitiisque levissimis, apertura
ovata, peristomate simplice. Long. 6mm. sp. maj., lat. 1mm.
Several specimens, in various stages of growth; the younger shells
MELVILL: NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM BOMBAY. 115
all showing the mammillate heterostrophe apex so distinguishing
a trait of this family. In form resembling 7. acuticostata, Jeffreys.
The trivial name now imposed suggests such affinity.
22. TURBONILLA TEREBRINA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 20.
T. testa gracillima, multum attenuata, candida, nitida, perlevi,
anfractibus 11, longitudinaliter levissimi-costatis, interstitiis omnino
levibus, apertura oblonga, peristomate simplice. Long. 6, lat. 1:15 mm.
About the same size as the preceding, but a more solid, shining
shell, with smoothly rounded ribs, scarcely elevated, and the inter-
stices also quite smooth; mouth oblong, lip simple. Five specimens.
The superficial likeness to a species of Terebra suggested the trivial
name. It belongs to the typical genus Zurbonilla proper, and is nearly
allied to some European species.
23. Turponriia (Pyreosretis) Euiiirm, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 25.
T. testa minuta, oblonga, cylindrica, candida, apice mamillari
heterostropho, anfractibus 6, undique longitudinaliter recticostatis,
interstitiis transversim arcte tenuissimi striatis, apertura ovata,
peristomate, paullum incrassato, margine columellari simplice.
Long. 1°75, lat. 75 mm.
A very small, straightly-whorled, white, semipellucid species, of
which many specimens occurred in the last consignments of shell-
shingle, but which was not noticed in previous siftings. IT am not
quite satisfied with the location, though it seems to resemble i in form
such species as Pyrgostelis flexuosa, J effreys. Had a columellar plait
been present, no doubt it would be relegated to Pyrgulina. I venture to
associate with this little shell the christian name of Mrs. Abercrombie.
24, Crnevrina Arcuimepga, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 2.
C. testa pyramidato-fusiformi, candida, concinna, solidiuscula,
anfractibus 11, transversim spiraliter acute bic: arinatis, interstitiis
oblique rudi-lineatis, ultimo anfractu apud basim levi, ad ‘peripheriam
angulato, apertura subquadrata, labro simplice. Long. 5, lat. 1°75 mm.
Three specimens, all precisely similar, of a pure white shell, with
a slight bluish tinge in parts, spirally acutely twice keeled on the
Gris, which would be in a perfect specimen eleven in number, but
none of those before us have the apex complete ; the keels are sharp and
projecting. At the base the shell is smooth, the aperture is squarely
angular, mouth simple. This species is the most sharply carinate
of any Cinguline we have examined. The miniature screw-like
appearance suggested the trivial name, after Archimedes, the celebrated
Syracusan mathematician, inventor of the screw, who is reported to
have taken for his model thereof the well-known Mediterranean shell
Turritella terebra, L.
25. PHASIANELLA minIMA, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 11.
P. testa minutissima, perforata, solidiuscula, alba, nitida, an-
fractibus 5, tumescentibus, ventricosis, levissimis, rubro-punctatis et
flammulatis, apud medium anfractus ultimi squarrose rubro-maculatis,
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
maculis transversis, paucis, apud basim multipunctatis, apertura ovato-
rotunda, labro simplice. Long. 2mm. sp. maj., lat. 1 mm.
A very minute shell, which I cannot exactly match with any
pourtrayed and described in Pilsbry’s exhaustive collaboration of the
genus.! It comes near to P. wmbilicata, D’Orb., from Cuba and
Florida, but would seem even more tumid than that species, while
it is entirely smooth, with no impressed lines; the shell is perforate,
solid, white, shining, very smooth, with five whorls; whorls extremely
tumid and ventricose, impressed at the sutures, painted with a
sprinkling of minute red dots, these most profuse at the base of the
shell; a little below the lower half of the last whorl there is a
transverse row of a few somewhat square, dark-red spots; the mouth
is oval, outer lip simple.
Ten specimens, but mostly not full-grown.
26. Trxirna (TELLINELLA) THYMaRES, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 9.
T. testa delicatula, tenui, alba, subtrapeziformi, compressa, con-
centrice multi-costulata, margine dorsali declivi, serrulato, latere
antico expanso rotundato, postico truncatulo, margine ventrali latus
ad posticum contracto, deflexo. Long. 13, lat. 20mm.
A most delicate species, resembling in texture, but not in form,
such species as Zellina perplexa or T. lyra, both of Hanley. The
shell is trapezium-shaped, compressed, delicate white, thin, regularly
concentrically closely ribbed, the dorsal margin sloping slightly, thus
recalling the genus TZellidora, (e.g. ZT. crystallina), serrulate both
posteriorly and anteriorly, the anterior side being roundly expansive,
somewhat truncate posteriorly, the ventral margin contracted towards
the posterior side.
The specific name is from the Greek @uuapys, ‘ delicate.’
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
1. Bittium tenthrenois. 14. Adeorbis vanikoroides.
2. Cingulina Archimedea. 15. Cerithiopsis rubricincta.
3. Cerithiopsis pulcherrima. 16. Syrnola metria.
4. Rissoina pachystoma. 17. ‘Lurbonilla sororia,
5. Oscilla Indica. 18. Aclis eoa.
6. Miralda idalima. 19. Eulima dens-colubri.
7. Turbonilla Abercrombiei. 20. Turbonilla terebrina.
8. Cerithiopsis Sykesii. 21. Pyrgulina Edgarii,
9. Tellina thymares. 22. Odostomia antelia.
10. Aclis atemeles. 23. Rissoina epentroma.
11. Phasianella minima. 24. Pyrgulina pyrgomella.
12. Solarium homalaxis. 25. Turbonilla Emilie.
13. Odostomia syrnoloides. 26. Myonia gavisa.
1 Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x, p. 162, ete.
Vou II. Pu. VIL
Proc. Marac. Soc.
Mintern Bros .imp.
J.Green delet lth
NEW MOLLUSCA FROM BOMBAY.
117
ON THE PROOSTRACUM OF A BELEMNITE FROM THE UPPER
LIAS OF ALDERTON, GLOUCESTERSHIRE.
By GC. ‘Crick, F.G:8.,. ete
Read 8th May, 1896.
PLATE IX.
Tuer shell of the extinct genus Lelemnites consists fundamentally
of—
1. A hollow cone, the phragmocone (with a thin shelly wall, termed
the conotheca), divided by transverse septa, concave above and convex
below, into chambers or loculi: the septa are perforated near the
ventral margin by a siphunele.
2. A guard or rostrum, more or less extensively enveloping the
apical part of the phragmocone.
3. A dorsal plate or anterior shell, which is a very thin plate
extending forwards on the dorsal side, and considerably beyond the
chambered portion of the phragmocone. To this Professor Huxley,
in his famous memoir on the structure of the Belemnitide, gave the
name prodstracum.
The guard or rostrum is the portion of the shell which is usually
preserved ; frequently the phragmocone also is found; but the remains
of the prodstracum are so seldom met with in anything lke a perfect
state of preservation, that it seems desirable to place on record
a specimen which has lately been acquired by the British Museum.
It formed part of the Rev. P. B. Brodie’s collection, and is labelled,
in (as I am informed) Mr. Brodie’s handwriting—‘ Sepiaceous portion
of perhaps a belemnite. Upper Lias: Alderton, Glostershire. /77.”
The words ‘‘a belemnite”’ have been erased in pencil, and the
words ‘ Like Beloteuthis’’ have been added in ink.
The specimen is displayed on the two counterpart faces of a split
slab of limestone, here designated A and B respectively.
It is not possible to determine the species of Belemnites to which
the prodstracum belongs, since nearly the whole of the guard is
missing; but that it belonged to a Belemnite is shown by some
fragments of the* anterior part of the guard which are associated
with the remains of the phragmocone, and exhibit the characteristic
structure of this portion of the shell.
The phragmocone is so much crushed that its exact form cannot be
ascertained. Its fragments are associated with a dark-brown, almost
black substance, evidently the fossilized contents of the ink-bag. On
the one slab (A) this brown stain does not extend beyond the anterior
part of the phragmocone, but on the other (B) the stain reaches
quite to the anterior border of the prodstracum, Since this stain is
118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
undoubtedly derived from the ink-bag, the side next the stain is
considered to be the inner or yentral surface, and it is this surface
which is well displayed on the slab marked A, and to which the
following description chiefly applies.
The anterior portion of the phragmocone exhibits the broken edges
of one or two of the septa, the anterior border being about 1mm. in
advance of the last septum, which was apparently incomplete. The
phragmocone is of a brownish colour, while the prodstracum is much
thinner, nearly white, and forms a layer external to the phragmocone.
The anterior boundary of the latter is not distinctly marked; it is, as
it were, spread over the prodstracum ; and that it was a layer distinct
from the latter, seems evident from the fact that the central rib of
the prodstracum arises quite suddenly, as if it came up behind the
phragmocone.
The prodstracum is a broad, spatuliform plate, of about the
thickness of a piece of writing-paper, about four times as long as
broad, somewhat contracted posteriorly, and somewhat expanded
anteriorly. It is not possible to give the exact diameter of the
anterior part of the phragmocone, but in its crushed condition
its width is about 25°5mm. ‘The posterior part of the prodstracum is
19mm. wide (about three-quarters of an inch); its length is 74mm.
(or rather more than 27 inches). Passing forwards from the anterior
border of the phragmocone, it contracts slightly, so that at about
16mm. from the border of the phragmocone it is only 17 mm. wide;
thence expanding gradually, it attains its greatest width, viz. 23 mm.,
at about 5mm. from the anterior extremity; it then narrows very
rapidly, its antero-lateral boundaries being somewhat flattened, or
even slightly concave. A small portion of the central part of the
anterior extremity is wanting in the specimen, so that there appears
to be a notch here in the median line: this may be accidental,
and the anterior boundary may originally have been rounded and
entire.
The prodstracum is bounded on either side by a longitudinally
striated band, which is rather thicker than the rest of the proostracum
and is continued over the surface of the phragmocone, the impression
of the longitudinal striz being seen in one or two places where the
phragmocone has been broken away. The outer boundary of each
band is also thickened. At the anterior part of the phragmocone
these bands (the dorsal processes of Mantell) are each 5mm. wide;
they gradually become narrower anteriorly, and disappear at the
antero-lateral angles.
The median line of the prodstracum is occupied by a narrow, hollow
rib, about 0°5 mm. wide, convex ventrally, and bearing a very narrow
median groove. This central rib can be traced from the anterior
border of the phragmocone, and is seen gradually to become wider and
less distinct towards the anterior end of the prodstracum.
A narrow portion of the prodstracum on either side of the median
rib is longitudinally striated; the rest of the area on each side is
marked by lines which curve upwards and outwards.
As to the homologies of the Belemnite shell with the sepion, or
Vou. I]. Pr. IX. —
Mintern Bros. imp
pr
Proc _Marac Soc.
J.Green delet hth.
PROOSTRACUM OF BELEMNITE.
a
a
CRICK : PROOSTRACUM OF BELEMNITE. 119
sepiostaire, the present specimen supports the view' that the phragmo-
cone corresponds to the inner portion of the sepiostaire; that the
epicuticula of the phragmocone, with its dorsal expansion, corresponds
to the middle layer, or to the gladius of other forms; and that the
rostrum or guard corresponds to the outer portion of the sepiostaire.
Whether the dorsal expansion of the epicuticula of the phragmocone
alone forms the prodstracum, or whether its dorsal surface was wholly
or in part covered by a forward continuation of the guard, this speci-
men offers no evidence whatever; but it seems to show that the wall
of the phragmocone did not enter into the formation of the proostracum.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fic. 1. Ventral aspect of proéstracum displayed on slab marked A.
», 2. Counterpart of Fig. 1 as seen on slab marked B.
», 93. Lower portion of Fig. 1, somewhat enlarged.
», 4. Restoration of prodstracum, the lower portion being the epicuticula of, and
containing, the phragmocone: the guard is omitted.
», 6. Median section of the lower part of Fig. 4, showing the relation of the
phragmocone to the proéstracum.
a. anterior border of phragmocone; g. guard; mr. midrib of proéstracum ;
ph. wall of phragmocone; pr. prodstracum; s. last septum of phrag-
mocone; si. siphuncle.
1 See Dr. E. Riefstahl, ‘‘ Die Sepienschale und ihre Beziehungen zu den Belem-
niten’’: Paleontographica, vol. xxxii (1886), pp. 201-14, pls. xxvii, xxvill. See
also A. Appelléf, ‘* Die Schalen von Sepia, Spirula, und Nautilus’? : Kongl. Svenska
Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Bd. xxv, No. 7, 1893.
120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
A LIST OF THE LAND-SHELLS OF THE ISLANDS OF BATCHIAN,
TERNATE, AND GILOLO.
By Enear A. Surru, F.Z.S., etc.
Read 8th May, 1896.
Herr Bruno Srrvsert recently sent me for identification a small
collection of land-shells from the above islands, and among them
occurred the two new species about to be described. In the course
of examining the literature dealing with the fauna of these islands,
I have brought together the following lists,’ which it appeared useful
to publish. Only those species which have been quoted from one
or other of these islands are referred to. A number of forms have
been assigned to the ‘‘ Moluccas,’? among which a few may possibly
occur at one or other of the islands under consideration, but at present
we await further information regarding their special ‘‘ habitats” to
enable us to range them under their proper localities. I have not
given references, since most of these may be obtained in the Manual
of Conchology, second series, by Tryon and Pilsbry.
The following are the principal works and papers dealing with the
subjects :—
1. Martens (E. von). ‘Die preussische Expedition nach Ost-
Asien,’’ Zool., vol. u, pp. 99-415.
2. Bottger (O.). Berlin Senckenb. Gesell. 1891, pp. 241-318.
3. Strubell (B.). Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1892, pp.
41-50.
4, Tapparone-Canefri (C.). Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1884, vol. xx,
pp. 148-169.
4) FROM BATCHIAN.
Lamprocystis subangulata, Bttgr. Planispira atrofusca, Pfr.
Xesta sulfurata, Martens. Scheepmakert, Ptr.
luctuosa, Beck. exceptiuncula, Fér.
ignescens, Pfr. —— aspasia, H. Ad.
Trochomorpha Ternatana, Le Guil. —— (Cristigibba) corniculum,
planorbis, Lesson. Hom. and Jacq.
[—— Batchianensis, Pir.= Terna- §5—— expansa, Ptr.
tana. | —— —— Moluccensis,” Pir.
Eulota (Plectotropis) Winteriana, lacteocincta, Smith.
v. d. Busch. Albersia zonulata, Feér.
Planispira Kurri, Pfr. pubicepa, Martens.
compta, H. Ad. Papuina Gaberti, Lesson.
pileolus, Fer.
rhynchostoma, Pfr.
nodifera, Pfr. (?).
— zonalis, Fér.
—— endoptycha, Martens.
— loxotropis, Pfr.
' These do not include the few species of Auriculide recorded from these localities.
2 This name was changed by Von Martens to semirasa, as he believed the species
did not occur in the Moluccas. Specimens from Batchian, however, are in the
collection of Herr Strubell.
SMITH :
Pyrochilus sulcocinctus, Martens.
— pyrostoma, Fér.
xanthostoma, Herkl.
Pupina Pfeifferi, A. Ad.(non Dohrn).
Diancta torta, Bttgr.
Cyclophorus leucorhaphe, Martens.
Leptopoma globulosum, Pfr.
vitreum, Lesson.
pellucidum, Grat.
LAND-SHELLS FROM THE MOLUCCAS. IAI
Leptopoma Papuanum, Dohrn.
Manadense, Pir.
Cyclotus guttatus, Pfr.
plicosus, Martens.
Batchianensis, Pfr.
Helicina electrina, Pfr.
parva, Sow.
Georissa crebrilirata, Bttgr.
(2) FROM TERNATE.
Lamprocystis subangulata, Bttgr.
Xeste aulica, Pir.
Trochomorpha planorbis, Lesson.
Ternatana, Le Guil.
Planispira exceptiuncula, Féx.
endoptycha, Martens.
quadrifasciata, Le Guil.
loxotropis, Pir.
atacta, Pfr.
Papuina vitrea, Fer. (=albula,
Le Guil.).
lanceolata, Pfr.
Clausilia Cumingiana, Pfr., var.
Moluecensis.
(3) FROM
Lamprocystis subangulata, Bttgr.
Ambonica, Bttgr. (var.).
Xesta citrina, Linn.
aulica, Pfr.
sulfurata, Martens.
Trochomorpha planorbis, Lesson.
Ternatana, Le Guil.
Lulota (Plectotropis) Winteriana,
Pir,
Planispira zonaria, Linn.
Halmaherica, Strubell.
—— Tietzeana, Rolle.?
— quadrifasciata, Le Guil.
— Thetis, Pfr.
loxotropis, Pfr.
— atacta, Pfr.
— zonalis, Pfr.
— exceptiuncula, Fer.
Opeas Panayensis, Pfr.
Javanica, Rve.
clavulina, Pot. et Mich.
Ternatana, Bttgr.
Diancta constricta, Martens.
Leptopoma vitreum, Less.
Cyclotus (EHucyclotus) pruinosus,
Martens.
—— (Pseudocyclophorus) guttatus,
Pfr
_——— ( Platyrhaphe) parvulus,
Martens.
GILOLO.
Planispira Phryne, Pfr.
(Cristigibba) Giloloensis,
Smith.
Camena (Pseudobba) Brunonis,
Kobelt.*
Albersia pseudocorasia, Strubell.
pubicepa, Martens.
Obba calcar, Martens.
Papuina vitrea, Fér. (=albula,
Le Guil.).
chondrodes, Strubell.
lanceolata, Pfr.
Pyrochilus pyrostoma, Fer.
lampas, Miill.
Clausilia Cumingiana, Pfr., var.
Moluccensis, Martens.
Cyclophorus leucorhaphe, Martens.
Leptopoma vitreum, Lesson.
1 The young of this species is figured by Reeve as a Cyelotus, Conch. Icon.,
fig. 46; the adult as a Pterocyclos, op. cit., fies. 6a, db.
2 Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1893, p. 33.
3 Conch.-Cab., Helix, p. 681, pl. exev, figs. 1-3.
VOL. I1.—OcTOBER, 1896.
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Leptopoma Halmahericum,Strubell. Cyclotus plicosus, Martens.
erentlabre, Strubell. Omphalotropis Ceramensis, Pfr.
cinctellum, Pfr. LHelicina parva, Sow.
Cyclotus pruinosus, Martens. zoe, Pfr.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SPECIES.
1. Puantsprra (Cristiarepa) GILoLoEnsis, n.sp. Figs. 1, 2.
Testa anguste umbilicata, orbicularis, alba, lineis incrementi
tenuibus striata; spira concave depressa; anfractus 4, convexi,
ultimus irregularis, pone aperturam gibbosus et inferne subinflatus,
antice leviter descendens; apertura alba, oblique lunata; peristoma
album, anguste expansum, marginibus conniventibus. Diam. maj.
14:5, min. 11°5, alt. 8mm.
Hab.—Halmahera or Gilolo Island.
This species somewhat resembles /elix leptochetla,‘ as regards form.
The colour and also the shape of the aperture, however, are different.
2. PLANIsPIRA (CRISTIGIBBA) LACTEOCINCTA, n.sp. Figs. 3, 4.
Testa orbicularis, anguste umbilicata, sordide albida, fasciis rufo-
nigris 1-2 et fascia mediana opaca lactea ornata, epidermide crassiuscula
induta; spira plana, in medio leviter depressa; anfractus 4, convext,
ultimus antice breviter descendens, lineis incrementi leviter obliquis
sculptus, inferne aperturam versus subinflatus, dein constrictus ;
apertura late lunata, intus concolor, zonis externis translucentibus ;
peristoma anguste expansum, albidum, marginibus conniventibus,
columellari leviter reflexo. Diam. maj. 16, min. 13, alt. 8 mm.
Var. Testa pallida, zona opaca lactea ad peripheriam ornata.
Diam. maj. 15, min. 11 mm.
Hab.—Batchian or Batjan Island.
Both the specimens of this interesting species have the opaque,
cream-coloured zone at the periphery, but only one of them is
ornamented with colour-bands. The upper zone is upon the upper
surface of the body-whorl, the lower one being at the periphery and
bordered below by the opaque, cream-coloured band. None of the
bands reach to the peristome, and the whitish zone extends only
about half-way round the whorl. The constriction and gibbosity of
the body-whorl behind the lip are only observable upon the lower —
surface.
! Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xx, 1884, pl. i, figs. 14-16.
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. vi, pl. bu, figs. 25-7.
————eeeeEO—E=EEE—EE——
123
ON THE APLACOPHOROUS AMPHINEURA OF THE BRITISH SEAS.
By Watrer Garstane, M.A., F.Z.S.
Read 12th June, 1896.
PLATE X.
Tue remarkable worm-like Molluscs now associated with the
Chitons in the order Amphineura, possess a high interest, owing to
the unique way in which these animals combine great simplicity of
appearance and structure with distinctively Molluscan features.
Beneath their simple, worm-like guise, however, these creatures
betray unmistakable signs of retrogression from a higher grade of
organization. The ciliated furrow along the ventral surface of the
body looks like a persistent elongated blastopore, or the ciliated
ventral surface of an Archiannelid. There can be little doubt,
however, that it is a relic of an ancestral mantle-cavity like that
of a Chiton. The slender, razor-like fold enclosed within the groove
is an heirloom from ancestors with a well-developed creeping foot.
The pharynx, smooth in some forms, armed with a single tooth in
others, is furnished with a typical radula in certain other types. The
coat of fine spicules which envelops the body looks like a primitive
form of exoskeleton. Yet Pruvot tells us that in one instance, at any
rate, the larva has a series of well-developed Chiton-like plates along
its back, which appear to be shed when the creature settles down to
its typical mode of life. There seems to be ample reason, therefore,
for regarding, with Simroth, the Aplacophorous forms of Amphineura
as degraded from a more Chiton-like ancestral condition. Their
residence in deep water, beneath the tidal zone and beyond the
influence of waves and storms, has enabled these creatures—as com-
' pared with the littoral Chitonide—to dispense with their plate-lke
armature and suctorial foot, and to adopt new habits and assume new
forms. Some burrow in mud; many, however, lead a semi-parasitic
existence, creeping about on the surface of Alcyonarian corals or
twining their flexible bodies round the stems of Hydroid Zoophytes.
In the hope of drawing the renewed attention of English
malacologists to this inviting group of Molluscs, I give below a list
of the forms which are at present known to inhabit British seas.
Two of these have been recorded within the last fifteen months. This
_ fact, when the number of forms now known from neighbouring seas
| is taken into consideration, renders it very probable that the British
list of these Molluscs is far from completed.
| The classification and nomenclature adopted is that of Simroth’s
|) recent revision (1893).
APLACOPHORA.
I. Fam. Ca aropERMATID.
Body constricted into three segments. Ventral furrow absent.
| Mantle-chamber reduced to a small posterior cloaca. Two gill-plumes
in the cloaca. Radula in form of a single tooth.
| Habits— Burrow in mud. No British representatives.
a
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Il. Fam. Neomentp.
Body uniformly elongated, without constrictions. A ventral furrow
present. No true gill-plumes. Respiratory organs, when present,
in the form of simple protuberant folds of the wall of the rectum.
Radula present or absent.
Habits. — Creep on the surface of mud, or on water-plants
(Posidonia?); or live in a semi-parasitic manner on corals and
Hydroid Zoophytes.
1. Neomentra, Tullberg, 1875.
Body 2-8cm. long. Cloaca subterminal, continuous with the
ventral furrow. <A pedal ridge in the furrow. Spicules needle- or
lancet-shaped, projecting far out of the cuticle. Ectodermal papille
short, with broad stalks. No radula.
1. Neomenia carinata, Tullberg, 1875. Back keeled.
Distribution. —Shetland (A. M. Norman): Upper Loch Etive,
50-70 fathoms (Dr. J. Murray). [North Atlantic, west coast of
Scandinavia. |
2. Neomenia Dalyelli, Kor. and Dan., 1877. ? Vermiculus crassus,
Dalyell, 1858. Back not keeled. A large spicule on each side of cloaca.
Distribution.—Scotland ? (Dalyell). [ Norway. ]
2. RuopaLomENtA, Simroth, 1892-4.
Body worm-like, pointed in front and behind. Cloacal opening
a long ventral slit, with which the ventral furrow is continuous.
Pedal ridge present. Cuticle crowded with needle-like deciduous
spicules, pointed at both ends. Ectodermal papille club-shaped, with
slender stalks, reaching almost to the surface of the cuticle. Radula
polystichous or absent. Length 6-60 mm.
3. Rhopalomenia aglaophenia, Kow. and Mar., 1887. Body elongated,
up to 82mm. in length, somewhat attenuated posteriorly. Radula
absent.
Distribution.—Plymouth. (Two specimens, coiled round stems of
Aglaophenia myriophyllum, dredged in 25-80 fathoms, April, 1896.
W.G.) [Banyuls, Marseille. |
8. Myzomenta, Simroth, 1892-4.
Body elongated, worm-like, cylindrical. Anterior end thickened to
form a knob-like head. Cloacal opening ventral. A short finger-like
tail behind the cloaca. Ventral furrow smoothed out, forming a
longitudinal streak. Spicules shield-shaped or leaf-like, imbricating.
No respiratory folds of rectum. No radula.
4. Myzomenia Banyulensis, Pruvot, 1890. Length 30mm. Colour
bright crimson.
Habitat.—Coiled round the stems and branches of the Hydroid
Lafoéa dumosa.
Distribution.—Plymouth. (April, 1895. Half-a-dozen specimens.
E. J. Allen, W.G.) [Banyuls, Roscoff. ]
Proc, MALAC. SOC. VoL. Il. Pras
APLACOPHOROUS AMPHINEURA OF THE BRITISH SEAS.
GARSTANG > BRITISH APLACOPHORA. 125
BIsLioGRAPHY.
1853.—Dalyell, J. ‘The Powers of the Creator,” vol. 1, p. 88,
plea tie, 11:
1879.—Norman, A. M. ‘On the occurrence of Weomenia ( Solenopus )
in the British Seas’?: Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., ser. v, vol. iv,
pp. 164-6.
1887.—Kowalevsky, A. O., and Marion, A. F. ‘Contributions a
l’Histoire des Solenogastres ou Aplacophores”?: Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Marseille, 111.
1891.—Pruvot, G. ‘Sur ’Organisation de quelques Néoméniens des
Cotes de France”: Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gen., sér. 1, tom. ix,
pp. 700-805, pls. xxv—xxx1.
1893.—Simroth, H. ‘‘Amphineura”: Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen
des Thier-Reichs, Bd. ui [2nd ed.], pp. 133-233.
1895.—Allen, E. J. ‘“‘ Notes on Dredging and Trawling work during
the later half of 1895”: Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass., iv, 1896,
p. 166.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Fie. 1.—Neomenia Dalyelli, Kor, and Dan. (?). A copy of Dalyell’s figure of
Vermiculus crassus, showing a group of ova.
Fie. 2.—Neomenia carinata, Tullberg. A. from below, after Hansen. 07. branchial
folds of rectum; m. mouth; p.f. pedal furrow. B. a contracted
specimen, from above, after Tullberg.
Fic. 3.—Rhopalomenia aglaophenia, Kow. and Mar.
A. An individual twined round a stem of Aglaophenia, enlarged. (After
Kowalevsky and Marion.)
B. An individual twined round the branches of Aglaophenia myriophylhun,
nat, size. (After Pruvot.)
C. Dorsal view of anterior extremity: the sensory papille of the buccal
cavity are seen projecting in front.
D. Ventral view of anterior extremity, showing the buccal aperture, the
pedal gland, and the ventral furrow.
(C and D after Kowalevsky and Marion.)
E. Ventral halt of a transverse section in posterior part of body, showing
the foot lying in the ventral furrow. (Modified after Pruvot.)
cu. cuticle; f. foot; g. gonaduct (nephridium, mucilaginous gland) ;
p. ectodermal papille, traversing the cuticle ; p.2. pedal nerve-cords ;
v. rectum.
Fic. 4.—Myzomenia Banyulensis, Pruvot.
; A. An individual coiled round a stem of Lafoéa dumosa. n.s.=nat. size.
B. Posterior extremity, ventral view, showing the cloaca widely open at
the moment of egg-laying. 0. ovum; ¢s. tuft of slender spicules in
middle of ventral border of cloaca; vs. ventral streak.
C. Wing-like spicules, forming a double row for the protection of the
ventral streak.
D. Shield-like spicules, arranged in an imbricating manner over the general
surface of body.
E. Small spicules found here and there among the shield-like spicules.
F. Ventral part of a transverse section in middle region of body, showing
the reduction of the ventral furrow and the absence of a foot.
eu. cuticle; p.m. pedal nerve-cord; sp. spicules; v.ds. ventral blood-
sinus.
All figures of this species after Pruvot.
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
PRELIMINARY DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES OF NON-MARINE
MOLLUSCA FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. PART I.
By KE. RB. Syxus, B.A., F.Z-8., etc.
Read 12th June, 1896.
Durine the past few years Mr. R. C. L. Perkins has been collecting
natural-history specimens in the Hawaiian Islands, under the auspices
of a joint committee of the Royal Society and the British Association
for the Advancement of Science. Since Mr. Perkins may be still for
some time in the Islands, the final report on the Mollusca must be
delayed, and it therefore appears advisable to diagnose from time to
time the new species as they are found in the fresh material sent
home. It is hoped that the new forms will be fully illustrated in
the final report.
1. Macrocutamys PERKrst, n.sp.
Testa imperforata, tenuis, cornea vel fusco-cornea, nitida, superne
sub lente indistincte striata; spira depresso-conoidea, apice obtuso ;
anfr. 43-5, regulariter et lente accrescentes, convexiusculi, ultimus
paulo supra medium subangulatus; sutura subimpressa; apertura
lunato-ovata, subobliqua; perist. simplex, tenue, rectum. Diam.
max. 6°5, min. 6, alt. 3°5 mm.; alt. apert. 2°5 mm.
Hab.—Wanai (Perkins).
The difficulty of giving a serviceable description of these forms is
very great, but perhaps Jf Perkinsi may be best identified by its
colour, which is darker than usual, by the narrowness of the last
whorl, the slowness and regularity with which the whorls increase,
and the striation on the upper surface.
2. Enpoponta (THAUMATODON) RINGENS, 0.sp.
Testa parva, late et perspective umbilicata, regulariter ruguloso-
striata, corneo-flavescens, rufo maculata; spira depressa, apice
mediocri, levi; anfr. 5-54, tumidusculi, compressi, regulariter
accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, basi convexius-
culus; apertura rotundo-lunaris, lamellis duabus conspicuis parietalibus,
supera majore ; dentibus quatuoribus in labio. Diam. max. 4°5, alt.
1°5 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
This shell recalls in form /. hystriz, Mighels, but in lamellae and
teeth strongly resembles /. rugata, Pease. It may be separated
—
a
SYKES: NEW HAWAIIAN NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 127
from this last species by the more depressed spire, the absence of keel
on the last whorl, deeper suture, the absence of revolving striz, etc.
3. Enpoponta (Nesopaia) LANArENsIs, n.sp.
Testa parva, late et perspective umbilicata, solidula, parum nitens,
lutea, strigis brunneis subequalibus picturata et radiata, confertim
costulata costulis parvis, circa umbilicum magis approximatis et
tenuioribus, basi sub lente indistincte spiraliter striata ; ; spira depressa,
apice levi; sutura impressa; anfr. 43; apertura ovato-circularis,
peristomate simplici, lamella unica volventi, parietah. Diam. max. 5,
min. 4, alt. 1°5 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
In possessing only a single parietal lamella, this shell approaches
E. jugosa, Mighels, £. rubiginosa, Mighels, and /. decussatula, Pease.
From the last-named the absence of decussation, save for a few
indistinct spiral strive on the base, will at once serve to separate it.
It may be distinguished from the two first-named by its smaller size,
more depressed form, and more distinct colour-markings; the mouth
is also more drawn out from the body-whorl of the shell.
4, Enpoponta (Preropiscus) WESLEYI, 0.n.
While dealing with species of Hndodonta, it may be of service to
point out that the shell from the Hawaiian Islands made the type
of a section of Hndodonta, called Tropidoptera* by Mons. Ancey, and
subsequently Pterodiscus* by Mr. Pilsbry, is not really the Helix alata
of Pfeiffer. The true ZZ. alata, Pfr.,* has a columellar plait, and will
probably prove to be an Amastra, allied to A. heliciformis, Ancey. The
shell figured by Mr. Pilsbry, therefore, requires a new name, and
that of Wesleyi may be suggested, in honour of Wesley Newcomb, who
has done such splendid work on the Hawaiian fauna.
5. LepracHATINA IMPRESSA, 1.Sp.
Testa imperforata, dextrorsa, oblonga, pellucida, micans, pallide-
cornea, striata; spira elongata, apice obtusa; sutura impressa ;
anfr. 73, convexiusculi, ultimus } alt. teste equans; apertura
sinuato-pyriformis ; perist. simplex, tenue, margine dextro recto,
arcuato, columellari angusto, adnato, parietali nullo. Alt. 7,
diam. 2°5 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
An interesting little species belonging to the striate group of
Leptachatina, principally from Kauai. ‘There are only two specimens,
which, although they do not quite agree, belong to one species. No
Preoccupied in Coleoptera.
Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. ix, p. 36, pl. iv, fig. 44.
Type in the British Museum.
ne
or)
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
species of this genus has previously been recorded from Lanai;
Mr. Perkins found seven.
6. LepracHATINA SEMIPICTA, 1.sp.
Testa imperforata, dextrorsa, acuminato-ovata, tenuis, nitida,
pellucida, fuseo-cornea, leviter striatula, apice obtusula, pallidiore ;
sutura modice impressa; anfr. 6-63, plano-convexi, primi striatuli,
ultimus 2 altitudinis teste sequans, fere levis, apertura ovato-
pyriformis ; peristoma margine dextro recto, incrassatulo, columellari
angusto, adnato, parietali nullo. Alt. 8, diam. max. 4mm.
HHab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
There are, including young shells, about forty examples of this
species. Most of them have the lower half of the last whorl of a
lighter colour ; some, however, are unicolorous.
7. Lepracaatina PERKINSI, D.sp.
Testa dextrorsa, ovato-fusiformis, tenuiuscula, sub lente striatula,
fuscescens, nitida, semipellucida, apice obtusulo, albido-corneo ; sutura
simplex, leviter impressa; anfr. 6-63, plano-convexiusculi, ultimus
2 altitudinis teste equans; apertura pyriformis; peristoma margine
dextro leviter incrassato, intus albido-corneo, columellari angusto,
parietali nullo. Alt. 10°5, diam. max. 5 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
This and the next species are very closely allied, and may be
separated by the fact that Z. Smithi is of a lighter colour, smaller
size, and is a trifle wider in proportion to its length. In LZ. Smithi
the last whorl is slightly longer in proportion to the total length
of the shell.
8. Lepracuatina SMITHI, n.sp.
Testa dextrorsa, ovato-fusiformis, tenuiuscula, sub lente striatula,
pallido-cornea, nitida, pellucida, pe eee albido-corneo; sutura
simplex, leviter impressa; anfr. 6-64, plano-convexiusculi, ultimus
plus quam % + altitudinis teste ¢ aie ‘apertura pyriformis; peristoma
margine hecho leviter incrassatulo, intus albido-corneo, columellari
angusto, parietali nullo. Alt. 9:25, diam. max. 49 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, above Koele (Perkins).
For remarks on this species see those on the preceding one.
9. AMASTRA LONGA, D.sp.
Testa dextrorsa, elongata, subperforata, solida, substriata, epider-
mide nigro-fusco induta, apice AEUATT CT: sutura simplex ; anfr. 7,
modice plani, ultimus plus quam } altitudinis teste equans; apertura
sinuato-semiovalis, intus albida; columella superne parum plicata,
tum lamina parva transversim munita; peristoma simplex, rectum.
Alt. 11°75, diam. max. 6°5 mm.
SYKES: NEW HAWAITAN NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 129
Hab.—Wanai (Newcomb); windward side of Lanai, apparently
extinct (Perkins).
This is one of those species which are fast disappearing from the
fauna of the Hawaiian Islands, or are, indeed, already extinct. The
two specimens found by Mr. Perkins have lost their periostracum, but
others in the British Museum, collected forty years ago, are in far
better condition. The species is, in form, of the group of A. turritella,
Fér., and has the blackish periostracum usually found on the species
of Amastra from Lanai.
10. AMASTRA FRATERNA, I.Sp.
Testa sinistrorsa, ovato-turriformis, tenuis; sutura impressa;
anfr. 63-7, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter striati, epidermide fusco
vel nigro-corneo induti; apertura ovata, mediocris; peristoma rectum,
acutum, lamina mediocri. Alt. 10, diam. max. 5°5 mm.
HHab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
This interesting species belongs to the group of -4: soror, Newe.,
and A. elongata, Newe. It is clothed entirely with a dark-brown
periostracum, and is a little more inflated than either of the two
species mentioned. There are specimens in the Cumingian Collection
which have been labelled A. soror, and possibly these were part of the
series which induced Newcomb to give Lanai as one of the localities
for that species. All later authors have given Maui only.
11. AMASTRA VILLOSA, Isp.
Testa elongato-turrita, sinistrorsa, subimperforata, crassula, pallide-
cornea, epidermide brunneo induta; anfr. 7-73, convexi, longitudi-
naliter et irregulariter valde striati; sutura bene impressa; apertura
lunata, fere recta; peristoma rectum, acutum, albidum; lamina
columellaris parva. Long. 20, lat. 7 mm.
Hab.—Molokai (Perkins).
This shell, nearly related to A. Hutchinsonii, Pease, from Maui,
may be separated by its greater size, more elongate spire, and the
shape ot the last whorl, which is not so fusiform as in that species.
The suture is also more deeply impressed.
12. AMASTRA CITREA, D.sp.
Testa dextrorsa, imperforata, ovato-fusiformis, solidiuscula, nitidula,
flavida, suboblique valde striata, apice resinaceo, acutulo; anfr. 6,
plano-convexi, primi mediocriter plicati, ultimus } altitudinis teste
cequans, epidermide nigro-brunneo leviter indutus; sutura impressa ;
apertura ovato-lunata; columella contorta; lamina valida, alba;
peristoma simplex, margine dextro recto, acuto. Long. 15, diam.
max. 8mm.
Hab.—Molokai (Hutchison, Baldwin).
Though not yet found by Mr. Perkins, I take the present
opportunity of describing this form. It is noteworthy for its light
straw-yellow colour; the periostracum is almost entirely lacking, save
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
on the last whorl, though traces may be seen on the earlier whorls.
In shape it recalls A. s¢mularis, Hartman, but is slightly more ovate
and shorter; the difference in colour will at once separate them. The
plications on the apices of the two species are about equally marked.
13. AMASTRA SIMULARIS, Hartman, var. ROSEOTINCTA, N. var.
Differs from the type in the colour being of a very much lighter
shade, the apex, however, being of the ral dusky tint; the hen
is also more ovate and shorter, and the lamina is slightly more
horizontal. I had proposed to describe this shell as a new species,
but a few specimens of the variable A. simularis show a slight
approximation, and it will, I think, only prove to be an extreme
variety.
Hab.—Molokai Mountains (Perkins).
14. Newcomsra Perxryst, n.sp.
Testa sinistrorsa, anguste perforata, elongato-fusiformis, solida,
cineraceo-fusca, striis vel strigis fuscis pulp uTancibue eleg anter picta ;
spira gracilis, apice obtuso, levi; anfr. , planiusculi, ultimus 4
altitudinis teste subeequans; sutura cree columella subplicatal ;
apertura parum obliqua, semiovalis, basi subangulata; peristoma
simplex, margine columellari superne dilatato, adnato. Alt. 26,
diam. max. 7°5 mm.; apert. alt. 7°5, lat. 4 mm.
Hab.—Molokai Mountains (Perkins); Molokai (Baldwin, Hutchison).
Specimens are to be found in some collections under the name
of NV. Philippiana, Pfeiffer. The present species, however, is larger,
much more solid, the whorls are flatter, the colouring is lighter and
different, the columellar lp is more reflexed, and the perforation
more conspicuous.
One puzzling question of nomenclature requires consideration in
connection with the small, unicolorous, polished, almost imperforate
Zonitoid forms found in the Hawauan Islands, and, indeed, scattered
over all Polynesia.
They have been placed most usually in Microcystis, Beck, in which
course M. Ancey and Mr. Baldwin, in their respective papers on
the Hawaiian fauna, have concurred; the latter further making
Microcystis a section of Nanina, Gray. To deal with the latter
point first, it may be pointed out that Risso! had previously used
Nanina for a Mediterranean marine Gastropod, and that the name
therefore must be removed entirely from the nomenclature of land-
shells. The other point, namely, whether these shells belong to
Microcystis at all, requires far more consideration.
1 Hist. Nat., vol. iv, p. 150, 1826.
EO
SYKES: NEW HAWAIIAN NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 131
Beck proposed Microcystis in 18371 as a section of Manina, Gray,
and he placed in it six species in the following order :—
1. pellicula, Beck. This appears to be of uncertain identity, but
is most probably a Cape of Good Hope species near Zingis
Natalensis (Pfr.).
2. trifasciella, Beck = Helix Cubensis, Pir.
3. pictella, Beck = Helix Cubensis, Pir.
4. ornatella, Beck.
5. filiceti, Beck= Helix Adamsi, Pfr.
6. amenula, Beck=? JL. ornatella, Beck, var.
We have first to settle whether Ifcrocystis is worthy of retention
in our nomenclature, and then what species should stand as its type.
The principle which I would suggest should be applied is, that where
a genus is put forward in an old catalogue of this kind, with no special
named type, but a somewhat heterogeneous lst of species, it should
only be retained if one of two conditions be fulfilled, namely, that
it has either been properly adopted by some subsequent author prior
to any other name being suitably proposed, or where no other name
at all has been given to the group. Further, the first identifiable
species, not belonging to any other genus, should be the type; or,
the first species, if the genus has been broken up, so placed by the
author dividing the group, provided, of course, it be originally in
the genus. Now, how do we stand with regard to Merocystis ?
Albers,? in 1850, properly adopts this genus, placing as his first
species one not included by Beck; his second, however, being
If. ornatella, Beck.
Morch,* in 1852, gives JL. ornatella as his first species; he created
at the same time the genus Cysticopis for H. Cubensis, Pfr. (=trifasciella
and pictella of Beck).
Beck’s first species being of uncertain identity, I would therefore
suggest that ornatella be treated as the type of Microcystis. Now
these small Zonitoids hardly fit into the same genus as this species,
and therefore some other generic title is required for them
It appears to me that Iacrochlamys, Benson,‘ is the most suitable.
The advantages and disadvantages of retaining this name in nomen-
clature have been so recently discussed by Colonel Godwin-Austen,’
that I will not enter into the subject here, beyond saying that his
reasons for its retention appear sufficiently convincing. The type is
M. Indica, Benson, which has been sometimes improperly confused
with the Helix vitrinoides, Deshayes, and is even now slightly un-
certain specifically: there is no doubt, however, that it agrees with
what is usually accepted as Dacrochlamys. Whether our small forms
are in accord with the typical group of this genus anatomically,
Index Moll., p. 2.
‘Die Heliceen,’’ p. 59.
Cat. Voldi, 1852, p. 2.
Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. i, 1832, pp. 13, 76.
‘* Mollusea of India,’’ vol. i
o fF © Ne
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
remains to be proved; but, conchologically, they only appear to
differ in size.
For the present, therefore, I would suggest the following as a
convenient working classification :—
Genus IJacrochlamys, Benson.
Section IMacrochlamys, s.str.
Type JL Indica, Benson, to include all the highly
polished, depressed, almost and quite imperforate species,
which have no callosity in the aperture.
Section Wicrocystina, Morch.
Type JL Rinkii, Mirch, to include the species which
have a reflected columellar lip showing a sinus or notch.
Section Lamprocystis, Pfeiffer.
First species ZL. excrescens, Mousson, to include the
species having a dentiform callosity on the columellar lip.
It has been already shown by Colonel Godwin-Austen! that the
radula and jaw of Jlicrocystina are similar to those of Jfacrochlamys ;
and he has formed a subfamily Macrochlamine to contain I/acrochlamys,
Microcystina, and Hemiplecta, giving Helix Humphreysiana, Lea, as
the type of the latter genus.
The species grouped under IMierocystis by Semper? would appear
to fall in this grouping under Jacrochlamys, his first species being
ML. myops, Semper and Dohrn.
1 «¢ Mollusca of India,’’ vol. i, p. 12.
2 « Reisen im Arch. der Phil. ” Landmollusken, 1870, p. 43.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 133
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13TH Marca, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec.L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. “On some Fresh-water Shells from the Island of Kolguey.”
By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S., ete.
2. ‘* Notes on the Mollusca from a Rainwash at Darenth, Kent.”
By A. 8. Kennard.
3. ‘On the Aperture of a Baculite from the Lower Chalk of
Chardstock, Somerset.” By. G. C. Crick, F.G.S., ete.
4, ‘The Female Organs of Neritina fluviatilis, Linn.” By Prof.
G. Gilson.
5. ‘Report on a collection of Polyplacophora from Port Phillip,
Victoria.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., etc.
Mr. W. Crouch exhibited a specimen of Pholas crispata, Linn., and
a living specimen of Petricola pholadiformis, Lam., both from the
Crouch River.
Mr. H. Fulton exhibited a collection of the recent species of the
genus Amphidromus containing five-sixths of the known species; also
a specimen of Zvtra extra, Jouss., from the Red Sea.
Mr. A. Sich exhibited a living sinistral specimen of Pyramidula
rotundata, Miill., which had been found in a garden at Chiswick
on 24th August, 1895, and had since added one-eighth of an inch to
its shell.
Specimens in illustration of their respective papers were exhibited
by A. 8. Kennard, E. A. Smith, and E. R. Sykes; the last-mentioned
also exhibited forms of Achatinella Mighelsiana, Pfr., from Molokai,
Hawaiian Islands.
The President laid on the table, and called attention to, the record
by Mr. Haswell of the occurrence of a Neomenian off Sydney, N.S.W.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 10ra Aprit, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On a collection of Land-shells from South Celebes.”” By E. A.
Smith, F.Z.S., ete.
2. ‘* Abstract account of Mons. Bernard’s paper on the Morphology
of the Hinge in Pelecypoda.” By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., ete.
3. ‘* Descriptions of new species of minute Marine Shells from
Bombay.” By J. C. Melvill, F.L.S., ete.
4. “A new Helicoid Land-shell from New Zealand.” By E. R.
Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., ete.
Mr. 8S. Pace exhibited the radula and shell of Columbella sinuata,
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
G. B. Sby., from California, and stated that the radula showed the
species to be a true Columbella.
Mr. Da Costa exhibited the type of Bulimus (Dryptus) Salteri,
G. B. Sby., and a variety from Peru; also B. atramentarius, Pfr.,
and B. Adamsoni, Gray ?, from Bogota, B. Powisianus, Petit, from
the River Cauca, and a variety from the Vallé de Magdalena,
Colombia.
On behalf of Mrs. Kenyon were exhibited a specimen of Voluta
undulata, Lam., having a thickened callus on the columella;
a specimen of Pirula ficoides, Lam., having a notch in the outer
lip; specimens of Cyprea tigris, Linn., showing parallel lines in the
structure of the shell—all from South Australia.
Specimens in illustration of their respective papers were exhibited
by J. C. Melvill, E. A. Smith, and E. R. Sykes; the last-mentioned
also exhibited British marine shells, including Defrancia Leufroy?,
Mich., from Herm, Zepton squamosum, Mont., from Guernsey, and
the Brachiopod Argiope decollata, Chemn., from the Scilly Isles.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 8rH May, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howezs, Sec. L.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Prodstracum of a Belemnite from the Upper Lias of
Gloucestershire.” By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., ete.
2. ‘List of the Land-shells of the Islands of Batchian, Ternate,
and Gilolo.”” By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S., ete.
3. “ Descriptions of four new species of Marine Shells from
Bombay.” By J. C. Melvill, M.A., F.LS., ete.
4. ‘‘ Note on the occurrence of Petricola pholadiformis, Lamk., at
Shellness, Kent.” By J. E. Cooper.
The author, while shore-hunting, at Easter, 1896, on Shellness,
near Sandwich, Kent, found several specimens of Petricola pholadi-
jormis, Lamk.; though none of them contained the animal, they
were, with few exceptions, fresh and in good condition, so that there
seemed to be every probability this species was now living in Pegwell
Bay. The shells were scattered over at least two miles, and in
most cases were associated with single valves of Pholas candida, to
which they bore a strong external resemblance. The specimens
collected showed considerable variation in breadth, and were more
solid than North American examples in his possession.
Mr. W. Crouch exhibited specimens of Petricola pholadiformis from
the River Crouch, Essex, and remarked that two living specimens
had, to his knowledge, been taken in that river, both at Cricksea,
a mile west of Burnham, in association with Pholas crispata. He
contrasted the Essex forms with the descriptions and figures given by
Gould of the North American ones. He considered the species, which
he first noticed in July, 1890, had been introduced, and had ‘‘ come
to stay.”
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY. 135
Specimens of the same shell were exhibited on behalf of Mr. A. 8.
Kennard, who wrote that he found the species at the beginning of
April, living in abundance at Herne Bay, Kent. All the examples
were collected between half-tide and low-water marks, and were
found in burrows about six inches long. The only other mollusc
he found living with it was Pholas candida, Linn., but this was
by no means so abundant. As to the extent of its distribution, he
could not speak definitely, but he traced it for at least two miles
in an easterly direction, and it would probably be found in a westerly
direction beyond Whitstable. From its abundance, and from the
extent of the colony, there could be no doubt but that it had been
established there for some time, whilst the proximity of Whitstable
was very suggestive as to the means of its introduction. Its super-
ficial resemblance to Pholas candida, Linne, was most probably the
reason why it had previously been overlooked, and he suggested that
search be made for it in similar localities.
Mr. W. Crouch further exhibited a portrait of Miss Jane Saul
(nm. 5 Dec. 1807, 0b. 2 Sept. 1895), the last of the old shell-collectors,
and the friend of many conchologists, i whose honour the following
species (examples of most of which were shown) had been named :
1, Schizodesma Saulia, Gray (1838); 2, Murex Saulie, Sby. (1840);
3, Cypreaa Saulia, Gask. (1848); 4, Cistula Saulie, Sby. (1848) ;
5, Triton Saulia, Rve. (1844); 6, Helix Saulia, Pir. (1845); 7, Mar-
ginella Saulia, Sby. (1846); 8, Nausitora Sauliea, Wright (1866) ;
also the genus Saulea, Gray (1867), for S. vitrea (Born).
Mr. 8. Pace exhibited specimens of Columbella compta, Lischke,
and C. pleurotomoides, Pilsbry, both from Japan, and pointed out
their specific identity.
Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited a microscope slide of Phyllirrhoé.
Mr. A. Leicester exhibited photographs of Port Erin Bay, and
of the Marine biological Station there; also various British marine
shells, including a species of Pecten, the specific identity of which
was uncertain.
Mr. R. Bullen Newton exhibited, on behalf of Sir R. Rawson, the
original coloured drawings of the shell and animal of Pleurotomaria
Quoyana, F. and B., from which the figures in the ‘‘ Mollusca of
the Blake Expedition ’’ were taken.
Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited specimens of Helix hortensis, Miill.,
of a thin, unicolorous form, with rather thick periostracum, from
Brown Cow Island, in Casco Bay, near Portland, Maine; also
specimens in illustration of his paper.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited a specimen of Conus gloria-maris,
Chemn. ; also specimens of Spondylus aurantius, Lamk., and S. zonalis,
Lamk., to illustrate their specific identity; also a monstrosity of
Ffelicella cantiana, Mont.
Mr. E. R. Sykes exhibited a specimen of Amastra Hnudseni,
Baldwin, from Kauai, Hawaiian Islands.
Specimens were exhibited by Messrs. J. E. Cooper and J. Cosmo
Melvill in illustration of their respective papers.
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH June, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
1. ‘On the Aplacophorous Amphineura of the British Seas.” By
W. Garstang, M.A., F.Z.S., ete.
2. ‘‘Changes in Mineral Composition of Fossil Shells.” By G. F.
Harris, F.G.S., etc.
3. ‘Preliminary Diagnoses of new Non-marine Shells from the
Hawaiian Islands.”” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., etc.
Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited a specimen of the recently-described
genus Pugnus, Hedley.
Mr. G. F. Harris exhibited specimens in illustration of his paper.
On behalf of Mr. Monckton were exhibited photographs of a col-
lection of shells.
Mr. E. R. Sykes exhibited specimens in illustration of his paper.
4
137
ON THREE NEW SHELLS FROM THE COLLECTION OF
MR. B. C. THOMAS, OF BREST.
By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Read 13th November, 1896.
PLATE XI.
Tae collection of very choice shells formed by Mr. Thomas, in
the course of many years and from many localities, contained
numerous types described and figured in the Journal de Conchylio-
logie from 1861 to 1878, besides two figured and described by
the writer in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1881.
Most of these types have recently been purchased for the National
' Collection.
I have now the pleasure of describing a Lotoriwm of somewhat
remarkable character, also a Pecten and a Cardium new to science.
Unfortunately Mr. Thomas neglected to preserve the records of
the localities whence many of his shells were procured, although
he found a considerable proportion himself, particularly at Tahiti
' and among the Marquesas Islands, so that only with regard to the
a
Cardium can the habitat be relied upon. The Lotoriwn is probably
from the same source; but Mr. Thomas could give me no information
as to the locality of the Pecten.
Lorortum! armatoum, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 1.
Testa late-fusiformis, crassa, rugosa, rufo-fusca; spira pyramidata,
subgradata; anfractus 6, primi rotunde conyexi, spiraliter obsolete
striati, sequentes angulati, longitudinaliter irregulariter et sparsim
plicati, undique spiraliter sulcati, lis spiralibus 2-3 elevatis valde
tuberculosis instructi, penultimus bivaricosus, varicibus crassis, acute
tuberculatis, ultimus obtuse angulatus, valde et irregulariter tuber-
culatus et liratus, varicibus duobus crassis, latiusculis, tuberculis
productis subspiniformibus armatus; rostrum breve, leviter contortum,
lira crassa obliqua rugosa instructum; apertura ovata; labrum
crassum, intus aurantium, duplicatum, tuberculis irregularibus denti-
formibus munitum; columella nigro-fusco strigata, dense rugoso-
plicata. Long. 70mm.; diam. maj. 42, min. 34mm.
Hab.—Marquesas Is. ?
This remarkable shell bears no very close resemblance to any
hitherto known species. In form it is somewhat like ZL. cutaceum,
! Lotorium, Montf., 1810, is prior to ZLampusia, Schumacher, 1817, whilst
Triton, Montt., and Tritonzwm, Link, are preoccupied.
VOL. II.—APRIL, 1897. 10
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Linn., and in colour it resembles Z. pyrum, Linn. The lire are
produced on the varices into short blunt spines.
Precren Tuomast, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 2.
Testa rotundato-ovalis, tenuis, leviter inflata, squivalvis, oblique
subeequilateralis, costis numerosis (circa 30) irregularibus, levibus
planulato-rotundatis instrueta, extus dilute purpurascens, flavo tincta,
saturate purpureo-fusco late radiata, auriculis mediocris, inequalibus,
fere rectangularibus; pagina interna saturate purpureo-fusca, ad
marginem maculis 5 flavis ornata. Long. 70, lat. 65 mm.
A shell of remarkably thin substance for its size, in form and
character almost like one of the small hyaline species, such as P. natans,
Philippi, but the prevailing colour is dark. The ribs are irregular,
some narrow and close, others broader and more distant; the interior
of the left valve is very intense purple-brown, relieved at the margin
by five regular, well-defined yellow blotches.
Carprum Menpanaense, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 3.
Testa subquadrato-ovata, gibbosa, crassa, straminea, et albida, fulvo-
fusco variegata, radiatim costata; costis 40 confertiusculis, anticis
rotundatis, crenatis, medianis complanatis, utrinque angulatis et
serratis, posticis oblique squamatis; costarum interstitiis angustis
profunde excavatis, transversim rugatis; pagina interna alba, ad
marginem vivide purpurea. Long. 60, lat. 50 mm.
Hab.—Marquesas (or Mendana) Is. (Thomas).
This shell, remarkable for the vivid purple margin of the interior,
is distinguished by the number and peculiar formation of the ribs,
which are nearly flat at the top, and angularly spread and serrated
at the sides, partially overlapping the deeply excavated interstices.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Fie. 1. Lotorium armatum, n.sp.
», 2. Pecten Thomasi, n.sp.
,, 38. Cardium Mendanaense, n.sp.
Vern litrinens
|
Proc.WIALAC.Soc .
a
imp.
me)
BR
ia.)
ao
G
U
an
NEW MOLLUSCA
THE POLYPLACOPHORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
By W. T. Bepwatt.
Read 13th November, 1896.
PLATE XII.
Tue late Mr. G. F. Angas contributed a paper to the Proceedings
of the Zoological Society of London in January, 1865, on ‘The
Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Australia,” with a list of all the
known species up to that time. The list included the following
representatives of the Chitonidz :—
Lophyrus muricatus, A, Ad. Chetopleura conspersa, H. Ad. &
Lophyrus tulipa, Quoy & Gaim. Angas.
Lepidopleurus longicymba, Quoy & Lorica Angasi, H. Ad. & Angas.
Gaim. Plaxiphora ciliata, Sby.
Lepidopleurus variegatus, H. Ad. & Plaxiphora petholata, Sby.
Angas. Stenochiton juloides, H. Ad. &
Lepidopleurus speciosus, H. Ad. & Angas.
Angas. Hanleya variabilis, H.Ad. & Angas.
Lepidopleurus liratus,H.Ad.& An- Acanthochites scutiger, Ad. & Reeve.
gas[ = L.inquinatus(Reeve) |. Chitonellus Gunnit, Reeve.
A few years later I was able to add to this list, Callistochiton antiquus,
Reeve, and Lorica volvox, Reeve (included in ‘‘ A List of Species of
Marine Mollusca found on the Coasts of the Province of South
Australia,” privately printed by me in 1875). <A third species,
formerly identified as Chiton siculoides, Carpenter, but now decided
by Mr. Pilsbry to be new; and a fourth, referred to Chiton con-
centricus, Reeve, but which now proves to be Mr. Pilsbry’s Chiton Cozi,
are here added.
In 1893 Mr. D. J. Adcock published ‘‘ A Hand List of the Aquatic
Mollusca inhabiting South Australia,” which contained all the above
enumerated species, with the following additional ones: Chiton Adelai-
densis, Reeve, Chiton concentricus, Reeve, Acanthochites Zelandicus,
Quoy & Gaim., and Cryptoplax Burrow?, Smith.
The foregoing comprise all the species of Polyplacophora recognized
up to within the last two years as living in our waters. As a group
the Chitons have always greatly interested me, and it has been a
_ long-cherished desire on my part to be able to satisfactorily identify
' the South Australian forms, especially those described by Adams and
_ Angas. I was, however, able to make but little progress, partly owing
to the fact that the literature at my command was limited, and partly
because the shells had been overlooked in collecting. It was not
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
until the publication of Mr. Pilsbry’s work on the Polyplacophora in
the Manual of Conchology that the way was cleared for me. By
a careful study of this work as a whole I was soon enabled to refer
my specimens to their proper genera, and I further obtained a fair
grasp of their specific value. Ascertaining, too, from the Manual,
that some of our species were but little known in Europe and America,
and others again quite unknown to Mr. Pilsbry, I submitted my
material to him for inspection. Many of our shells were discovered
to be quite new, and the number of South Australian Chitons is now
considerably increased. The correspondence with Mr. Pilsbry has
enabled me to compile the present list of species, and I may here tender
my acknowledgment for the invaluable help he has rendered me.
Moreover, without the co-operation of Mr. E. H. Matthews, of Yorke
Peninsula, the work could not have been satisfactorily accomplshed,
for the bulk of the collecting has devolved upon him. To Professor
Tate, Mr. D. J. Adcock, and Dr. J. C. Verco, I am also indebted for
valuable aid.
The following is a detailed list of all the Chitons that are credited |
to the province of Sonth Australia, the coast-line of which extends —
from Eucla in the west, to Cape Northumberland, near its eastern
boundary, and includes Spencer and St. Vincent’s Gulfs :—
Lepidopleurus inquinatus (Reeve). Chiton calliozona, Pilsbry.
Callochiton platessa (Gould). jugosus, Gould.
Ischnochiton juloides, Ad. & Ang. Coxi, Pilsbry [= C. concen-
Pilsbryanus, Bednall. tricus, Bedn. non Reeve }.
carvosus, Pilsbry. exoptandus, Bednall. |
— Pilsbryi, Bednall. Bednalli, Pilsbry.
ustulatus (Reeve). Lorica volvox (Reeve).
crispus (Reeve) [= C.longi- Loricella Angasi (Ad. & Ang.).
cymba, auct. non Blainy.]. Plaxiphora petholata (Sby.).
Fruticosus (Gould). conspersa (Ad. & Ang.).
contractus (Reeve). —— glauca (Quoy & Gaim.) [=P.
variegatus (Ad. & Ang.). ciliata, Ang. non Sby.].
decussatus (Reeve). Acanthochites asbestoides (Smith). |
—— ptychius, Pilsbry. Bednalli, Pilsbry.
—— Tateanus, Bednall. granostriatus, Pilsbry.
smaragdinus (Angas). speciosus (H. Ad.). |
virgatus (Reeve). —— Matthewsi,Bednall & Pilsbry.
—— Thomasi, Bednall. variabilis (Ad. & Ang.).
Nove-Hollandie (Gray). Cryptoplax striatus (Lamk.), var.
Callistochiton antiquus (Reeve). Gunnit.
Chiton tricostalis, Pilsbry.
Species WHOSE OccuRRENCE Is DovBTFUL.
Ischnochiton Adelaidensis (Reeve). Acanthochites Zelandicus (Quoy &
Chiton limans, Sykes [= C. muri- Gaim. ).
catus, Ad. non Tilesius ]. scutiger (Ad. & Reeve).
— tulipa, Quoy & Gaim. —— Burrow? (Smith).
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 141
With the exception of the doubtful species, authentic specimens of
all the foregoing have passed through my hands. It will be seen
that when Mr. Adcock’s list was published in 1893 only twenty-two
species were credited to our waters, and amongst these all the doubtful
ones. In the short space of less than three years I have been enabled
to augment the list to thirty-seven known, and six doubtful species, in
fact to all but double the number, which it must be admitted is good
evidence of the richness of South Australia in Polyplacophora.
1. LeprpoPpLEvRUS INquINaATUS (Reeve).
Chiton inquinatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 154.
Lepidopleurus liratus, H. Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,
p- 192; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 101.
A small elongate species, ornamented dorsally with fine, longitudinal,
microscopically-closely-beaded riblets, which become coarser and
somewhat divergent on the side slopes; and with the terminal and
lateral areas concentrically sulcate, the lateral areas especially so.
The colour is not constant, varying from dirty yellow to dark
brown. The South Australian examples which have been taken
do not exhibit the brown spots on the summits of the valves that
are present in New Zealand ones, and as shown in the figure given in
the Conch. Icon. Length 10, breadth 3 mm.
Hab.—Kast and west sides of Southern Yorke Peninsula, South
Australia; Port Phillip, Victoria; Tasmania; also New Zealand
(Suter, Nautilus, ix, p. 108).
A small Chiton obtained amongst a great number of specimens
collected in company with Mr. EK. H. Matthews in March, 1896,
was forwarded to Mr. Pilsbry, with another and larger unnamed
example that had been obtained from Hobson’s Bay, Victoria. An
examination of the shell had shown me that it was a Lepidopleurus,
but I was not prepared for the discovery, by comparison with the
types, that it was conspecific with Reeve’s C. imquinatus, since I had
concluded that a colour variety of Lepidopleurus { Ischnochiton |
variegatus, Ad. & Ang., would prove to be synonymous with that
species.
2. CattocHiton PLaTEssa (Gould).
Chiton platessa, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1 (1846),
p- 148; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 49,
pl. x, figs. 1-5.
A single specimen of this well-known New South Wales species
was obtained at Port Willunga, St. Vincent’s Gulf, by Mr. W.
Kimber. The coloration of the South Australian specimen is ruddy
brown, with cloudy patches of white on the margins of the valves,
near the girdle; the umbones of the fifth, sixth, and seventh valves
are bright orange-red, the same colour showing beneath the brown
tint of the valves anterior to them, but not on the posterior valve :
on this there are a few white spots.
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
8. Iscunocurron (Srenocuiton) sutompEs, Ad. & Ang.
Pl, Pigs al.
Stenochiton juloides, Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 193;
op. cit. 1865, pl. ui, fig. 15; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 55, pl. xvi, figs. 6-8.
A very peculiar and easily recognized form of Chiton, but one
that does not often fall into the hands of
ee the collector. In addition to the original
oe description by Adams and Angas, the amplified
E
4 one of the type-specimen by Dr. Carpenter
is given in the Manual of Conchology, so it
{ is unnecessary to repeat them here. Four speci-
{ mens have come into my hands, all of which,
—_ besides one or two others that I know of, were
j
j
~—
—
Iitine
found living on Pinna shells, below low-water
mark. The very young ones 5—7 mm. in length
are not uncommon in shell sand, but the full-
grown shell is by no means easily obtained.
porptse otal ot
Length of largest specimen 46 mm., breadth
\ Soy 8 mm.
‘oy Hab.—(Type) Holdfast Bay (Angas); Largs
Bay (Adcock) ; Yorke Peninsula (Matthews).
Ischnochiton juloides,
Ad. & Ang.
4. Iscunocuiton (Stenocuiton) Prispryanus, 0.sp.
Shell small, thin and delicate, narrow and elongated, evenly high-
arched, and rounded dorsally. Surface glossy and smooth ; under the
lens seen to be closely dotted with white on the lateral areas and end
valves, and with short longi-
tudinal strokes on the central
areas. Colour various: pale |
AW \\\\i/! i| hi 5 Site
ch itil green, closely and indistinctly |
co mottled with white, and with |
Ws
several brown dots along the |
posterior sutural margin of |
each valve, and marked with
we J white, or sometimes pink, at
each umbo, or of a dark chest- |
nut shade blotched at each
Ischnochiton Pilshryanus, n.sp. umbo with white. The girdle |
1, dorsal view; 2, ventral view of median light, with dark bars. An- |
valve ; 3, anterior view of same ; 4, dorsal terior valve somewhat wider
view of posterior valve ; 5, lateral view of than long, the anterior slope
Pies straight or slightly convex.
Intermediate valves over twice as wide as long; lateral areas well
raised, but not with sharply defined anterior borders, and narrowly ©
wedge-shaped, not extending to the outer-anterior angle of tegmentum.
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 143
Posterior valve slightly longer than wide, the central mucro but
slightly projecting, posterior slope slightly convex. Interior white,
or showing the brown in dark specimens. Sutural lamine very small,
and separated by a wide straight sinus. Insertion plates very short,
little longer than the eaves. Anterior valve with 13, intermediate
valves 2-2, posterior valve 14 slits. Girdle very narrow, clothed
with smooth scales. Length 5°75, breadth 2mm.
Hab.—Troubridge Shoal, St. Vincent’s Gulf, on seaweed (? Zostera).
This minute species resembles Jschnochiton juloides in general
features, but has much shorter valves. The megalesthetes are
conspicuous under the microscope, appearing as somewhat regularly
arranged white dots on the lateral areas, head valve, and posterior
portion of tail valve, and as short white longitudinal lines on the
central areas.
5. Iscunocurron (Hererozona) cartosvs (Pilsbry).
Heterozona cariosa (Carpenter MS.), Pilsbry : Mecsas Conch.,- ser, ‘I,
vol. xiv, p. 65, pl. xxiv, figs. 20-2
An oblong shell, with rounded valves, of a dirty yellowish hue,
sometimes spotted with brown. Finely reticulated on the summits of
the valves, becoming coarsely divaricately striate on the side slopes.
Lateral areas with ‘several riblets, which are broken up into coarse
uneven granules, and occasionally bifurcate. Anterior valve closely
radiate ; posterior valve concentrically pustulose. Girdle in the vicinity
of the valves crowded with large flattened projecting scales, unequal
in size, the marginal ones being very much smaller. The carious
state of the valves of very many of the specimens of this species is a
noticeable feature, hence the specific name. Length 52, breadth 19mm.
Hab.—Encounter Bay; and many stations in both St. Vincent’s
and Spencer Gulfs; also Port Fairy, Victoria, where the species attains
a large size.
‘“‘ Australia’? is the country recorded for the species. Although
plentiful under blocks of limestone at several places in St. Vincent’s
Gulf, it is not mentioned in Mr. Angas’ List of South Australian
Shells; nor does it appear to haye been located by any collector prior
to this.
6. Iscunocuiton Pirspryt, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 2.
Shell oblong, elongated, with broadly arched rounded valves, not
carinated. Colour, uniform ochraceous yellow. Anterior valve with
about thirty-six closely-set, radiating, finely pustulose nblets, not
extending to the apex, shorter riblets occurring occasionally between
the others at the outer margin, the area around the apex granulose.
Intermediate valves coarsely unevenly granulated on the dorsal area,
the granules gradually transformed into coarse, uneven, slightly
convergent and then divergent corrugations on the side slopes, the
interspaces of the corrugations increasing in width towards the
outer edges; lateral areas distinctly raised, narrow, and ornamented
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
with from three to five pustulose ribs, the outer ones being the more
prominent, small granules studding the spaces
between the ribs. Sutural plates rounded; sinus
wide, somewhat inclined to convexity. Interior
white. Posterior valve very indistinctly radiated,
but irregularly concentrically granulated towards
the margin and everywhere studded with smaller
granules. Umbo antero-central, the slope behind
it scarcely concave. ‘The anterior valve has 11,
the median 1, and the posterior 11 slits. Girdle
densely covered with very small flattened, im-
bricating, striated scales, becoming smaller to-
wards the outer edge. Length 388, breadth
12 mm.
Hab.—Sultana Bay, Yorke Peninsula, at which
locality only a few specimens have been obtained.
In reference to this shell Mr. Pilsbry writes
that it is allied to Z. cardosus in the sculpture of
the central areas, but has the girdle of the typical
Ischnochiton Pilsbryi, Ischnochitons.
n.sp.
7. IscHNocurron ustuLatus (Reeve).
Chiton ustulatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 102; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 96, pl. xxiv, figs. 100, 1-4, 11, 12.
An elongate oval shell of a scorched brown hue, except upon the
dorsal ridge of all the valves except the anterior one. On the summit
of the last seven valves the dominant colour gives place to creamy
white with longitudinal splashes of burnt brown. The surface of the
valves is apparently smooth, but by the aid of a lens is seen to be
minutely reticulated. The lateral areas are but slightly raised, and
both they and the terminal valves are very indistinctly radiately and
concentrically striated. The girdle is pale yellow, and the scales on
it so minute as not to be discernible without the aid of the microscope.
Interiorly the shell is tinged with purple, paling to bright pink at the
junction of the valves, a characteristic that is constant and serves well
as a means of identification. Old specimens are very much eroded
on the dorsal ridge. Length 45, breadth 16mm. Large specimen,
Leo? 21mm.
Hab.—Many stations in St. Vincent’s Gulf, under blocks of lime-
stone, at low-water mark. Fine specimens east and west sides of
Southern Yorke Peninsula.
Not included in Mr. Angas’ List of South Australian Mollusca, but
recorded by him from New South Wales, where it does not appear
to occur. I have received specimens of Z. divergens under this name.
The excessively small girdle-scales are diagnostic. In life this Chiton
is a very conspicuous object, the deep dark-brown shell standing out
in strong contrast to the brilliant orange-coloured girdle surrounding it.
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 146
8. IscuNocuiron crispus (Reeve).
Chiton erispus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 120; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 89, pl. xxiv, figs. 98, 99.
Ischnochiton Haddoni, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 88,
pl. xxu, figs. 67-73.
This species, until its description by Mr. Pilsbry in the Manual
of Conchology as J. Haddoni, was quoted by Mr. Angas in his List of
South Australian Shells, and accepted by Australian conchologists,
as Lepidopleurus longicymba, Blainville, and distributed by them as
such. In shape it is elongately oval, and decidedly carinate on the
dorsal ridge—J. longicymba being rounded—with finely decussated,
striated central valves, concentrically granulate terminal valves, and
longitudinally striated lateral areas: it attains to a length of about
an inch. This species is extremely variable in coloration, and the
remarks of Reeve with regard to Z. longicymba are equally applicable
to it. He says: ‘It would be vain to attempt to describe the
variations which this species exhibits in colour and design of painting ;
in this respect it is of all Chitons the most variable, but the sculpture
is uniform throughout.’”? The most conspicuous form is black, with
a broad white dorsal band.
Hab.—Encounter Bay, Rapid Bay, Port Willunga, Marino, Southern
Yorke Peninsula, and many other localities in South Australia; Port
Fairy, Victoria; New South Wales; Tasmania. It appears to occur
generally along the southern coast of Australia from Port Jackson,
in New South Wales, to Port Lincoln, in South Australia, including
Tasmania, and to represent in Australia the New Zealand J. longicymba.
9. IscHNocHITon FRUTICosus (Gould).
Chiton fruticosus, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, p. 142;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 91, pl. xxiii,
figs. 78-80.
A specimen of this Jschnochiton, which is common in New South
Wales, has very recently been obtained by Mr. E. H. Matthews
on Southern Yorke Peninsula. It is of the normal size.
10. IscHnocuiron conrractus (Reeve).
Chiton contractus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 78; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 93, pl. xxii, figs. 81, 82.
Chiton pallidus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 92; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. 1, vol. xiv; p: 89, pl. xxii, ie. 91.
The identification of this species has given me much trouble,
because I could not satisfactorily assign it to either the description
or figure of C. eontractus in the Conch. Icon., while at the same time
I seemed constrained to look upon C. pallidus as the representative of
the shell. It is, however, accepted on the authority of Mr. Pilsbry,
Nautilus, vol. viii, 1895, p. 129, where also it is stated that ‘‘ Mr.
Sykes considers pallidus, Rve., a synonym.’ Dr. Carpenter’s notes
on the British Museum specimens, as given by Pilsbry (Manual of
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Conchology, vol. xiv, p. 89), fully describe this species, although I
have not yet seen a South Australian specimen streaked with any
other colour than olive. Length 42, breadth 18 mm.
Hab.—¥ncounter Bay ; St. Vincent’s Gulf (Rapid Bay, Willunga,
Marino); Troubridge Shoal; east and west sides of Southern Yorke
Peninsula, under stones, low-water mark; also Port Fairy, Victoria.
Not included in Angas’ Molluscan Fauna of South Australia,
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865.
11. Iscunocurron varrecatus (Ad. & Ang.).
Lepidopleurus variegatus, H. Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,
p- 192; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 102.
A small species attaining a length of two-thirds of an inch. It is
oblong in form, and the coloration appears to be peculiar to it amongst
the South Australian Chitons. Some are cream-coloured, with just
a few dots of brown, especially along the dorsal ridge and the outer
edge; others, again, are blotched with green and irregularly dotted
with brown, and a large proportion are blackish-brown throughout,
except for a pale longitudinal streak along the dorsal ridge, which is
almost always maculated with the prevailing colour.
Not known to Mr. Pilsbry, who, however, on receipt of specimens
from me, wrote that he had no doubt of the identification. The
original description is, I think, sufficient to enable the student to
recognize this species, if in his possession, but probably it is not to be
found in many collections.
Hab.—Plentiful at Sultana Bay, Yorke Peninsula; also at Hard-
wicke Bay, Spencer Gulf.
12. IscuNocuiton prEcussatus (Reeve).
Chiton decussatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 107; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 93, as a synonym of J. contractus, Reeve.
Chiton castus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 145.
Lepidopleurus speciosus, H. Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,
p. 192.
Shell oval, full-grown specimens measuring nearly two inches in
length by an inch in width. Colour greenish or yellowish white,
painted on, and in the vicinity of, the summits of the valves with
elongated triangular patches of brown, the apices pointing posteriorly.
Some specimens dark brown throughout. The end valves and lateral
areas are ornamented with concentric rows of closely-set but perfectly
distinct granules, irregular in size; central valves carinate, finely
decussately striate on the summit, thence to the outer margin diver-
gently flexuously striated. Girdle brown, sometimes mottled with
white, covered with small closely imbricating scales.
Hab.—Sultana Bay (fine specimens); Troubridge Shoal; Port
Willunga, in St. Vincent’s Gulf; also Port Lincoln (Angas), and Hard-
wicke Bay, in Spencer Gulf.
I
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 147
The distinct granular ornamentation of this species at once dis-
tinguishes it from any other South Australian Chiton. It is curious,
therefore, that Mr. Angas, who collected it in this Colony, did not
recognize its identity with the shells in the Cumingian Collection,
described by Reeve as under the above name.
13. Iscunocuiron prycutus, Pilsbry.
Ischnochiton ptychius, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. viii, p. 53.
It is a small oval pink-tinged shell, with wrinkled striations on the
dorsal areas, and somewhat coarse concentric sulcations on the lateral
areas, which are strongly serrated at the sutural margin. Length 11,
breadth 8 mm.
Hab.—One specimen, St. Vincent’s Gulf, in all probability at Port
Willunga (Bednall). A second one has been obtained by Mr. E. H.
Matthews at Sultana Bay.
14. Iscunocurron TatEanvs, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig.
Shell oval, elevated, obtusely carinated, side slopes slightly convex ;
colour generally of a sordid grey, minutely mottled with brown or
green, sometimes spotted with brown; in occasional specimens the
second, third, and sixth valves are black. Interior whitish, tinged
with purple green, yellow, or brown in
different examples. Central valves finely
decussated throughout, not excepting the
summits, with very fine, even pustulose,
striations, becoming a little coarser and more
defined on the side slopes towards the
margin; lateral areas somewhat raised, and
having about five to seven somewhat in-
distinct, roughened riblets, the riblet on the
posterior edge being double the width of Fj
the others, and cut up into transverse, back- *
wardly diverging, short riblets or oblong . J
pustules by concentric grooves, which str ongly ; LS
serrate the posterior edge of the valve. In : eG
some specimens the erowth- lines are strongly
marked. Anterior valve with numerous
thread-like pustulose strie, posterior edge a
serrated similarly to the central valves. =
The tail valve having the mucro central, and
the posterior sharply defined from the central Ischnochiton Tateanus, n.sp.
area. The former ornamented with riblets
radiating as in the anterior valve; the central area being sculptured
like the immediately preceding valve, the slope from the umbo is
concave. Sinus very wide and shallow. Anterior valve 9 or 10,
central 1, posterior 8 slits. Girdle narrow, composed of scales deeply
grooved on the outer edge, very closely and irregularly set together,
gradually diminishing in size towards the outer edge. Length 21,
breadth 12 mm.
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hab.—Dredged only in Sultana Bay (E. H. Matthews).
The chief characteristic of this species is the serrated posterior
edges of the valves, and it answers very closely in several particulars to
Carpenter’s /schnochiton serratus (Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 122, and xv, p. 78). Mr. Matthews tells me that the coloration of
this species when living affects that of the object to which it may
be attached. It is a beautifully sculptured species, but inconspicuous
as regards colour. I have named it after Professor Ralph Tate in
acknowledgment of my indebtedness to him for the loan of literature
which was indispensable to me for the identification of the Chitons
of this province.
15. IscuNnocHiTon sMARAGDINUS (Angas).
Lophyrus smaragdinus, Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 115, pl. xiii,
fig. 28; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, a xiv, p.-137,
vol. xy, pl. xv, fig. 27.
Hab.—Yankalilla, Port Willunga, Noarlunga, Marino, and Largs
Bay, the last beimg near the entrance to the Port Adelaide River.
It has been obtained recently by Mr. Matthews near Cape Spencer,
Investigator Strait. Its type locality is Port Jackson, New South
Wales, and it also occurs in North-West Tasmania.
This beautiful little Chiton was unknown as a South Australian
species until the commencement of 1895, when, within the space of
three months, it was discovered in several localities comprised in
a distance of about thirty miles on the eastern shores of St. Vincent’s
Gulf. Specimens occur having the pattern of the variety picturatus,
but more sombre in colour than the Port Jackson examples, with
scattered blue spots somewhat as in J. lentiginosus. In several Port
Jackson specimens examined the slits vary from 10-11 in the anterior,
and from 9-12 in the posterior valve.
16. IscuNocurron vrreatus (Reeve).
Chiton virgatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 192; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser) I, vol. say, p.78,, pl. val, fes:.72, 73.
In form this species is rather long and narrow, and the girdle-
scales are very small, much finer than in J. smaragdinus. The last
character at once separates Z. virgatus from the young J. lentiginosus or
I. smaragdinus, which have relatively large girdle-scales. The type-
specimens are recorded to be 5mm. in length, and 2 in breadth. The
average length of those m my collection is 8 to 9mm., and breadth 4,
but I ‘have one example 11°5 mm. long and 4°5 wide.
Hab.—Original locality ‘‘ Port Lincoln,”’ in all probability collected
by Harvey. It is plentiful on both sides of Seer Yorke Peninsula ;
and I have it from Encounter Bay, Port Willunga, and Marino.
A very diminutive but most daintily painted shell, quite distinct
from its allies—J. lentiginosus, Sby., and J. smaragdinus, Angas. Its
essential distinguishing characters have been drawn by Dr. Carpenter
from the type-specimens in the Cumingian Collection, and these are
published in the Manual of Conchology; since as only two specimens
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 149
were at Dr. Carpenter’s command, and those exceedingly small, I may
be permitted to write more fully in regard to the coloration, having
numerous examples to work from. The ground tint is grey, speckled
with minute sky-blue, or emerald-green spots, sometimes intermingled
with angular blotches of white, the spots and blotches often surrounded
by a setting of golden brown, giving the surface a beautiful opalescent
hue. On the summits of the valves the coloration is distinct and
decided: in the majority of specimens the anterior valve is painted
with a white blotch, the second, third, and fourth with black blotches,
the fifth and sixth with broad white blotches, that on the sixth always
the larger, in fact the largest of all of them, giving place on the
age to a narrow white line, while on the posterior solve the white
blotch increases in size again, and forks from the umbo into two
divergent white streaks to the margin. The only variation from this
style ‘of painting is when the black blotches of the second, third, and
fourth valves give place to white, in which case there is an irregular
line of white on the summit from one end of the shell to the other.
The girdle is white, painted at varying distances with narrow black
stripes. I. virgatus should not be confounded with J. lentiginosus,
which differs from it both in shape and markings and in the nature
of the girdle-scales.
17. Iscunocurron THomast, n.sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 4 and 5.
This name is proposed for an Jschnochiton belonging to the group of
I. smaragdinus, L. lentiginosus, I, May?, and J. virgatus, but most nearly
allied to the first of these. The general contour
is that of Z. smaragdinus, or somewhat narrower ;
and the tail valve differs in having the slope
behind the mucro notably concave, while in
I. smaragdinus it is nearly straight. The
colour-pattern is unlike any of the varieties of
Angas’ species, being closely mottled in rather
che squered design with white, blue, and light- f
orange, mingled in varying proportions on.
different specimens ; and there are usually olive f
clouds on each side of the ridge, accompanied = +
by whitish streaks or spots, and on the tail eC >
ae
valve these marks often diverge backward.
Along each sutural margin there are two to y
four dark dots on each side. The general tone
is a light greenish-yellow. Girdle light, ws a
tessellated with dark bars opposite the sutures, eee
the scales smooth, as in /. smaragdinus. Valve i L ; ;
with 10, ii to vii with 1-1, vili with 9 slits, “8”/”0#ilon Thomasi,
Length 10°5-14, breadth 5—7°5 mm. =
Hab.—Marino, St. Vincent’s Gulf, in pools at high-water mark, on
smooth pebbles; Cape Spencer, Investigator Strait, under similar con-
ditions, within the influence of the surf (Matthews). It is named in
honour of Mr. H. Thomas, who has executed excellent drawings of
this and other South Australian Chitons. :
150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Other specimens referable to this species are found under largish
blocks of stone, near low-water mark, at Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf.
They are somewhat broader than the type. The colours are the same,
except that they are paler throughout, with the whitish tints pre-
dominating more. ‘The slits in one of these specimens stand: Anterior
valve 8, intermediate valves 1-1, posterior valve 7.
I. Thomas is undoubtedly very near to J. smaragdinus, but it seems
proper to signalize by a new name the real differences between the two
forms. It has much coarser girdle-scales than Z. virgatus, Reeve.
18. Iscunocurron (Iscunorapsta) Nova-Hortanpre (Reeve).
Chiton Nove-Hollandia (Gray MS.), Reeve : Conch. Icon., sp. 142;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 145, pl. xix,
figs. 67-9.
Chiton (Lophyrus) Australis, Tenison- Woods: Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania,
1877, p. 46 (non Sby.).
This Chiton has only been recognized as a denizen of South
Australian waters during the last two years, although it had been
obtained at the Bluff, Encounter Bay, by two or three collectors some
time previously. So far as 1 know it has not been found at any
other station in this province. The Manual of Conchology gives
Adelaide, South Australia, but this is an error, for the coast-line in the
immediate neighbourhood of Adelaide is a long stretch of sandy beach,
and quite unsuited to the habits of the species under notice. J. Vove-
Hollandié is apparently a common species in Tasmania, where it has
been confounded with Z. Australis (the New South Wales form) and
distributed by collectors as such.
19, CaLLisrocHiron antTIQuUS (Reeve).
Chiton antiquus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 169; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 274, pl. lix, figs. 29-35.
There can be no mistaking this beautifully sculptured Chiton, with
its malleated upper surface, acutely ribbed side slopes, prominently
costated end valves, and doubly costated lateral areas, all the
costations being sharply cut into well-defined rounded nodules, small
at their commencement and gradually increasing in size towards the
margin. ‘Australia’? is the habitat given by Reeve for the type-
specimen, which in all probability was obtained at Port Jackson.
It was not known as a South Australian species to Angas when listing
our shells in 1864; but some three years later it was collected
by myself at Marino, on the east side of St. Vincent’s Gulf, and
subsequently at Port Willunga. Mr. Matthews has lately collected
it on Yorke Peninsula. It also occurs at Port Molle, Queensland
(Coppinger). My largest New South Wales specimen measures
18 x 10 mm., in accordance with the dimensions given in the Manual
of Conchology; but I have South Australian examples 22mm. long.
It must be admitted, however, that they are not so presentable
as those from the eastern colony.
——
a
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA. 151
20. Carron tricostaLis, Pilsbry.
Chiton (canaliculatus, var.?) tricostalis, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. vin
(1894), p. 54.
This is a handsomely sculptured shell, though somewhat sombre in
hue. For many years I referred it to C. muricatus, Adams [Le.
C. limans, Sykes]; and under that name sent it to Mr. Pilsbry, who,
however, found it to be a new species. Length of type 17, breadth
llmm. I have since obtained examples 30 mm. long by 18 broad.
Hab.—Sultana Bay and Troubridge Shoal, at very low tides, under
blocks of limestone; also dredged in St. Vincent's Gulf by Dr. Verco.
Mr. E. H. Matthews has a seven-valved specimen of the shell in his
collection.
21. Curton cattiozona, Pilsbry. Pl. XII, Fig. 6.
Chiton [aereus, var.] calliozona, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. viii (1894),
p- 90.
Of the true Chitons this is our largest species, and, moreover,
exceedingly handsome. The description given by Mr. Pilsbry is
exhaustive; but he appears to have had from
me for the purpose but an ordinary-sized speci-
men—17 X 9mm. One now before me is quite
45 x 23 mm.; and Mr. E. H. Matthews, who
should be credited with the discovery of this fine
species, is in possession of shells 50 x 25 mm.
He has lately obtained specimens beautifully
blotched in some of the valves with chocolate
brown.
Hab.— Sultana Bay, at low-water, under
blocks of limestone; also dredged in the same
locality.
22. Curron sucosus, Gould.
Chiton jugosus, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., 11 (1846), p. 142.
Chiton concentricus, Reeve : Conch. Icon. (1847),
sp. 95.
: : ; , Chiton calliozona
Two or three specimens of this Chiton were in Pilsbry.
the local collections credited to South Australia,
but they could not be satisfactorily accounted for. However, during
the Easter vacation 1896 several examples were obtained by Dr. W. G.
Torr, at Port Willunga.
23. Curron Coxr, Pilsbry.
Chiton Coxi, Pilsbry: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894, p. 85.
A specimen of this shell obtained by me many years ago from
Kangaroo Island, remained in my collection as C. concentricus,
152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Reeve, and on this authority I believe that species is included in
Mr. Adcock’s list. A closer examination of specimens recently secured
at Sultana Bay proves that they are conspecific with C. Cozi, from
Port Jackson.
fab.—Kangaroo Island and Southern Yorke Peninsula (South
(Australia) ; Port Jackson (New South Wales).
It isa prettily- marked species, of a bronze-green colour throughout,
and is allied to the preceding.
24. Curron Exopranpvus, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 7.
Oblong, strongly elevated with acute dorsal keel and straight side
slopes. Cream or brownish-white, heavily blotched on some valves with
reddish-brown, sparsely maculated with dots along the ridge, and more
or less mottled with the same colour or with pinkish-brown on the other
valves, the markings tending to form arcuate
longitudinal streaks on the ‘lateral areas and
end valves. Girdle rose - purple or reddish-
brown, with whitish narrower bars opposite
the sutures. A whitish wedge or triangle
spreads backward from the mucro on the tail
valve. Median valves acutely beaked (when
not eroded), the beaks but slightly projecting
on the straight or concave posterior margins
of valves, which at the sides are regularly
and closely serrate. Central areas with a smooth
wedge-shaped band along the narrowly rounded
ridge (wider and triangular in valve 11); the
Ca } pleura with about fourteen to eighteen strong,
ee narrow, rounded, longitudinal ribs, about as
\ = . . . . . .
BOE Ly wide as their intervals; six or eight inner
Ne . .
ee’ grooves on each side, shorter, not extending
to the anterior edge of valves (short grooves on
Chiton exoptandus, — valve ii more numerous); the grooves becoming
“SP: smaller towards umbones. Lateral areas well
raised, with some arcuate, coarse, irregular wrinkles in the direction
of erowth- lines, bipartite by a median radial sulcus, more or less
interrupted into a series of triangular or long pits, whilst in some
specimens the areas are trisulcate on some or all valves. Valve 1,
short, erect, the anterior slope straight and shorter than the sutural
margins; apex free and erect; sutural margin emarginate ; sculptured
with eighteen to twenty radial, pitted grooves, the riblets more
less crenulated. Valve vil, small, with post-central decurved
mucro, the posterior slope concave, sculptured with radial grooves and
riblets. Interior pink, or purplish where marked outside with brown ;
sinus extremely narrow (1mm. wide). Valve i with eight slits;
ii to vii, 1-1; viii, ten slits. Girdle clothed with very convex, smooth,
and polished scales, measuring slightly over °5 mm. in width. Length
27-28, breadth 14-15 mm.; divergence 97 degrees.
|
f
a
BEDNALL!: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITONS. 5933
Hab.—Dredged generally in St. Vincent’s Gulf. Also taken under
blocks of Tancstone, Sultana Bay.
Most nearly allied to C. Bednaili, but the sulci of the pleura are
more numerous, and many more of ‘them are short, not attaming the
anterior border of valve toward the beaks. The sulci of the pleura are
continued and curved inward upon the slope of the diagonal line. The
outer slope of each individual rib of the pleura is more abrupt than the
inner, giving a somewhat imbricate effect. Chiton Cox? differs from
this species in having fewer sulci on the pleura, unsculptured lateral
areas, and non-serrate sutures.
25. Carton Bepnatu, Pilsbry. Pl. XII, Fig.
Chiton Bednalli, Pilsbry, Nautilus, ix (1895), p. 90.
Hab. — Sultana Bay, Yorke Peninsula, one
spechmen. ae
This form is very closely alhed to C. exoptandus. \
The latter differs, however, conspicuously in Ca
coloration.
26. Lortca votvox (Reeve).
Chiton volvox, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 31;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 287, pl. lu, figs. 14-21.
Chiton cimolius, Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 141.
This well-known New South Wales species
occurs in South Australian waters at three
localities in St. Vincent’s Gulf, viz.: Port
Willunga, Marino, and Sultana Bay, where it
is obtained at low tides under blocks of stone.
It is not a scarce shell, and it is therefore Chiton Bednalli, Pils.
curious that it is omitted from Mr. Angas’ Last;
he, however, mentions it as occurring at Port Lincoln in a list of New
South Wales shells published in the Proc. Zool. Soe.
27. Lortcerta Aneast (Ad. & Angas).
Lorica Angasi, H. Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 1938 ;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 238, pl. hy,
figs. 9-13; Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 87.
Hab.—Sultana Bay (Matthews); Rapid Bay (Angas); Holdfast
Bay (Bednall) ; New South Wales (Cox, Brazier).
This form is by no means easily obtained, and for the reason, I
believe, that it is located in deeper water I was fortunate on one
occasion in getting a very fine specimen, which was on a large frond of
fucus, thrown up on the beach after a heavy gale. The differences
between this and the preceding species have been noted by Dr.
Carpenter, and reproduced in the Manual of Conchology. The peculiar
features of LZ. Angasi have subsequently been indicated in Pilsbry’s
paper on the Port Jackson Chitons.
VOL. I1.—APRIL, 1897. 11
154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
28. PraxipHoRA PETHOLATA (Sby.).
Chiton petholatus, Sby.: Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. iv (1840), p. 289;
Conch. Illust., figs. 64, 65.
Plaxiphora petholata, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 823,
pl. lxvui, figs. 62-7.
This is the commonest Chiton of the rocky portions of the South
Australian coast-line, and it may be taken in numbers at nearly high-
water mark between the crevices of the rocks just as the incoming
tide reaches them. /P. petholata attains to a large size, specimens
frequently measuring 95 mm. in length, by 55 in width.
29. PuaxipHora conspersa (Ad. & Ang.).
Chetopleura conspersa, Adams & Angas: Proc. Zool. Soe. 1864,
p. 193.
Plaxiphora petholata var. conspersa, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 324.
Although not a common species, many specimens have now been
collected by me when in company with Mr. E. H. Matthews. They are
quite distinct from P. petholata in any stage of growth, and, moreover,
have a different habitat, for whereas P. petholata i is only taken on rocky
coasts on which the surf beats heav ily, P. conspersa occurs in company
with the Ischnochitons under blocks of stone in comparatively smooth
water. The principal superficial differences appear to be that
P. conspersa is more elevated, and the lateral areas, instead of having
a narrow, finely corrugated, diagonal riblet, separating them from
the pleural tract, are defined by two coarsely nodulous riblets,
one on each side of the area, the intervening space having similar
sculpturing to that on the body of the shell. Length (largest
specimen) 30, breadth 18 mm.
Hab.—‘‘ Under rocks, Port Lincoln. A beautiful and rare species”
(Angas); North Arm, Port Adelaide, on Pinna (Bednall); Sultana Bay,
Yorke Peninsula (Matthews and Bednall). In none of these localities
does P. petholata occur.
Under the heading Teratology, in the Introduction to vol. xiv of the
Manual, p. xii, Mr. Pilsbry writes :—‘‘ The occurrence of six- and
seven-valved Chitons has been noted as early as the time of Linneeus.
It is likely that the stx-valved were artificial fabrications, although
a certain number may perhaps be traced to incorrect drawings.”
Mr. Matthews is in possession of a veritable stw-valved specimen of
P. conspersa!
30. PraxipHora crauca (Quoy & Gaim.).
Chiton glaucus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 376,
pl dixxive fies. (11.
Plaxiphora glauca, Pilsbry : Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 325,
pl. Ixvin, figs. 68-72.
It has been my good fortune at the last moment to become possessed
of a specimen, although only a small one, of this species. It was
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITONS. 155
obtained at a part of the coast-line of Southern Yorke Peninsula that is
very seldom visited. I ascertained that, although living in the same
neighbourhood as P. petholata, it is easily distinguished by its bright
green girdle and the different nature of the bristle, and also that it
attains a larger size. When dried the girdles of both species assume
the same appearance; but there is no difficulty in separating the
species, for the valves of P. glauca are not corrugated as are those of
P. petholata. I do not think there is any doubt that Mr. Pilsbry is
right in his surmise that this ‘‘is probably the form Angas collected
at Guichen Bay, South Australia, and listed as P. ciliata.”
31. ACANTHOCHITES ASBESTOIDES (Smith).
Chiton (Acanthochiton) asbestoides (Cpr. MS.), Smith: Zool. Coll.
H.M.S. ‘‘ Alert,” p. 838, pl. vi, fig. G; Pilsbry, Man.
Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p- 17, pl. 11, fig. 55.
Acanthochites asbestoides, Cpr. : Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
1894, p. 79, pl. iii, figs. 16-20.
The description of the species is fully given by Mr. E. A. Smith,
and the salient features of the shell have further been recapitulated
by Mr. Pilsbry. One specimen in my collection, were it not curled,
would measure 20 mm. in length.
fab.—Southern Yorke Peninsula (common); Rapid Bay, east side
of St. Vincent’s Gulf; Port Molle (Queensland). I have also specimens
collected in Hobson’s Bay (Victoria), which should confirm the locality
of the type-specimen in the British Museum.
32. AcanrHocuites Bepnatut, Pilsbry.
Acanthochites Bednalli, Pilsbry: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894,
p. 81, pl. 1, figs. 7-11.
To the very full description of the above shell, Mr. Pilsbry adds the
following :-—‘ The species is closely alhed to ‘A. granostriatus, but
the valves are more solid; the dorsal areas are much more deeply str ated
longitudinally ; that of valve viii is largely broken into granules. The
sutural lamine in A. Bednalli are greenish; the pustules of the side
areas are somewhat larger and rather less regularly arranged
in longitudinal series. A. Bednalli ditfers from A. Coxi in having
much more conspicuous and silky sutural tufts, in the colour of the
interior and sutural lamine, in the flat pustules, and in lacking
the curved diagonal rib, which in A. Cozi extends from the apex of
each median valve to its lateral shts.’”? Length 13, breadth 6°5 mm.
Hab.—Occurs plentifully in company with A. asbestoides at Sultana
Bay, Yorke Peninsula, under very small stones, near high-water mark.
I do not yet know it from any other locality.
33. ACANTHOCHITES GRANOsTRIATUS, Pilsbry.
Acanthochites granostriatus, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. vii (1894), p. 119;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 81, pl. ui, figs. 1- 6,
pl. iv, fig. 37.
This species was included amongst a number of Chitons submitted
156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
by me to Mr. Pilsbry, who attached the following note: ‘ Differs
from Port Jackson types in colouring somewhat, but is the same
thing in sculpture practically.”
Hab.—Two examples were obtained in company with A. asbestoides
and A. Bednalli, Pils., at Sultana Bay, Yorke Peninsula. Since
obtained plentifully at Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf. The type-
specimens were collected at Port Jackson and Port Hacking, New
South Wales, by Dr. J. C. Cox.
34. Acantrnocuitrs spEctosus (H. Ad.).
Cryptoplax (Notoplax) speciosus, H. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861,
385
p- :
A canthochites ue H. Ad.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv,
. 32, pl. 1, figs. 23-6.
A canthochites CX toplac) speciosus, H. Ad.: Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 83, pl. iv, figs. 31-3.
This species is scarce in collections, because seldom taken whilst
shore gathering.
Hab.—St. Vincent’s Gulf, fine specimens dredged alive by Dr. J. C.
Verco, attached to sponges, ete. ; Southern Yorke Peninsula, amongst
rocks; also Flinders Island, Bass Straits ; Tasmania.
35. Acantuocuites (Nororrax) Marrnewst, Bedn. & Pilsbry.
Acanthochites Matthewsi, Bednall & Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. vii (1894),
p- 120; (Notoplax?) Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philad. 1894, p. 83, pl. iv, figs. 27-380.
A very beautiful and unique Chiton, sent me some four or five
years ago by Mr. Matthews, who took it during an extremely low tide
in Sultana Bay, Yorke Peninsula. I sent it to Mr. Pilsbry, who
pronounced it to be new, with sculpture ‘‘ extremely peculiar, and
different from that of any previously known member of the family
Acanthochitide.” Length 26, breadth 8 mm. (a dried specimen).
36. ACANTHOCHITES ate VARIABILIS (Ad. & Angas).
Hanleya variabilis, Ad. & Ang.: Proe. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 194;
Pilsbry, Man. ae ser. I, vol. xv, p. 101.
Acanthochites (Notoplax ?) variabilis, Pilsbry: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philad. 1894, p. 84.
A small oblong shell, the whole surface of which is ornamented
with small pustules. Mr. Pilsbry, in 1893, placed it amongst
‘‘Insufficiently described Chitons”? (Appendix II, vol. xv, of the
“Manual of Conchology ”); but in the following year, in his ‘“‘ Review
of Australian Acanthochitide ” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia),
included it as a probable Wotoplax. I collected one specimen at Rapid
Bay, and a second at Kangaroo Island. Visiting Mr. E. H. Matthews
on Yorke Peninsula, I took them with me, and on looking through his
material found several others, whilst our first excursion resulted in the
capture of many more specimens. At my request, Mr. Matthews has
ce —
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITONS. 157
since made a careful microscopic examination of the species in order
to ascertain its true generic position, and the following are his notes :—
‘‘ Anterior valve has five broad ribs, and the insertion plate is one-
third as long as the front slope, carrying five deep slits; central
valves 1-1; posterior insertion plates short, with five oblique slits.
Sinus wide, square, and very porous. Girdle narrow, corneous,
densely covered with minute hyaline spicules, fringed with longer
spicules on the edge. Sutural tufts of long horn-coloured spicule
at valve sutures, seven on each side; four tufts on anterior valve
alternately with ribs. There are two colour varieties of this species—
one being creamy white, having the side slopes mottled with olive
green, and a brown streak along the ridge from valves 1-7; the other
variety is dark brown or black with whitish markings. Distinct from
Hanleya by reason of slits and insertion plates, and from <Angasra
by the presence of slits in insertion plates of posterior valve, and girdle
carrying minute spiculee, not scales.” Length 15, breadth 8 mm.
Hab.—(Type) Yorke Peninsula (Angas); Southern Yorke Peninsula
(E. H. Matthews); Rapid Bay, Kangaroo Island (Bednall).
37. CrypropLax srrtatus (Lamk.), var. Gunnu.
Chitonellus Gunnit, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 5.
Cryptoplax striatus var. Gunnti, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xv, p. 54, pl. vil, fig. 14.
This variety of Lamarck’s Chiton striatus is exceedingly plentiful
at all suitable localities on the South Australian coast-lne, and
attains a very large size. It also occurs in Tasmania.
SPECIES WHOSE OCCURRENCE IS DOUBTFUL.
38. Iscunocurron ADELAIDENSIS (Reeve).
Chiton Adelaidensts, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 123; Smith, Zoology
H.MS. ‘ Alert,” p. 79.
Ischnochiton Adelaidensis, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 186, pl. xxiv, figs. 7, 8.
Mr. W. H. Harvey, in the early days of the colonization of South
Australia (1854-6), collected many natural-history specimens, which
he transmitted to England, and presumably amongst them the present
species, Reeve describing it three or four years later as from Port
Adelaide. The opinion of Messrs. E. A. Smith and H. A. Pilsbry,
however, is that, as with many other specimens in the Cumingian Col-
lection, the labels had become mixed. The discovery in the early part
of 1895 of a closely allied shell at several stations on the east side of
St. Vincent’s Gulf, induced me to communicate with Mr. Smith, and to
suggest that the specimens, which I could not satisfactorily separate
from J. smaragdinus, Angas, might possibly be Z. Adelaidensis, and
in that event the two species were probably identical. Mr. Smith
identified my specimens, however, as L. smaragdinus ; consequently we
still need evidence that 2. Adelaidensis is a denizen of South Australian
waters.
158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
39. CHrron trans, Sykes.
{ =muricatus, Ad. non. Tilesius. For synonymy sce ante, p. 93. ]
Recorded by Mr. Angas, under the name of Lophyrus muricatus, as
having been collected ‘‘under stones at low-water, Port Lincoln” ;
but it does not occur in South Australian collections as a local species.
Can Mr. Angas have identified the shell lately described as C. tricostalis
by Mr. Pilsbry as C. muricatus, Adams ?
40. Curron tuLrpa, Quoy & Gaim.
Chiton tulipa, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii (1834), p. 389,
figs. 35, 36; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 185, pl. xxxi, figs. 43-9.
Lophyrus tulipa, Quoy: Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 186.
HTab.—‘‘ Under stones, low-water, Port Lincoln” (Angas). This
South African species is not known to have been obtained subsequently,
and Angas’ identification may be regarded as probably incorrect.
41. AcantHocuites ZELANDICUS (Quoy & Gaim.).
Chiton Zelandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, ii, p. 400, t. Lxxiul,
figs. 5-8; Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 58.
Acanthochetes Hookeri, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘ Travels in New
Zealand,”’ vol. 11, p. 262.
Acanthochites Zealandicus, Hutton: Manual N.Z. Moll, p. 117;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,. ‘ser. I, vol. xv, p. 16, ploaay,
figs. 9, 10.
It is exceedingly doubtful whether this species is an inhabitant
of South Australian waters.
42. ACANTHOCHITES scUTIGER (Ad. & Reeve).
Chiton seutiger, Ad. & Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 178.
Acanthochites seutiger, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 20,
pl. a, figs::51, 152.
I do not know this shell, and haye not yet had an opportunity
of visiting Port Lincoln, the locality from which it is recorded by
Mr. J. F. Angas. Its occurrence in Australian waters is discredited
by Pilsbry (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, p. 76).
43, Cryproptax Burrow: (Smith).
Chitonellus larveformis, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 3.
Chiton (Chitonellus) Burrowi, Smith: Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,”
1884, p. 85.
Cryptoplax Burrowi, Haddon: ‘‘ Challenger,” Polyplacophora, p. 42,
pl. in, figs. 11 a—m.
Cryptoplax Burrowi, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 54,
pl. 1x, figs. 6-10.
Hab.—Port Adelaide (Reeve).
Not known in South Australian collections.
TIS te Ue LOK ‘IOS ‘OWIVIA, ‘D0Ud
BEDNALL: SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITONS. 159
cRoos
BDAAAPwWHre
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
dorsal view of entire shell.
anterior, median, and posterior valves.
portion of girdle magnified.
portion of posterior valve enlarged,
lateral view of posterior valve.
Ischnochiton juloides, Ad. & Ang.
Pilsbryi, n.sp. (2* lateral view).
————— Tateanus, n.sp.
——— Thomasi, n.sp.
var.
Chiton calliozona, Pilsbry.
exoptandus, n.sp.
Bednalli, Pilsbry.
160
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF ENDODONTA AND
FLAMMULINA FROM NEW ZEALAND.
By R. Murvocu.
Read \1th December, 1896.
1. Enpoponra (CHaropa) VoRTEX, D.sp.
Shell minute, discoidal, concave above and below, colour whitish,
with a few broad streaks of pale brown at irregular distances, some-
what shining, thin and semi-transparent. Whorls 5, slowly increasing,
somewhat rounded, the first three very narrow, the fourth, much
larger, rising to nearly the same level as the last whorl, the last,
rising abruptly from its suture, curves a little outward to its summit,
from thence to the base it is regularly arcuate, where it curves in to the
large umbilical crater; closely ribbed, about 19 per millimetre, ribs
directed shghtly forward, interstices between the ribs ornamented with
fine hair-lines, varying from four to seven; sutures very deep; in the
penultimate and last whorls the ribs do not extend down into the deep
sutures. Spire concave to about one-third of the height, embryonic
shell of one and a half whorls, shining, sculptured with very fine con-
centric striz. Aperture vertical, concentric, peristome straight, acute,
margins convergent, columellar margin descending nearly vertically,
not reflected, more widely arcuate than the upper margin. Umbilicus
deep, large, nearly half the diameter, showing all the volutions.
Diam. 15 6 height -75 mm.
Endodonta vortex, n.sp.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Toko, near Stratford, North Island (R. M.).
This shell is very near to 2. subantialba, Suter; it differs in being
rather more depressed, the body-whorl not being so large in proportion
to the rest of the shell, and in its coloration. From /£. Huttonz, Suter,
it may be distinguished by the gradually increasing whorls, their
ereater number, and the wide umbilicus.
MURDOCH: NEW ENDODONTA AND FLAMMULINA. 161
2. Enpoponta (CHaropa) coma, Gray, var. MULTICOSTaTA, N.var.
Shell small, subdiscoidal, umbilicated, pale fuscous with a few pale-
brown spots, ‘dull, thin, and semi-tr ansparent. Whorls 53, convex,
slowly and regularly increasing, ornamented with slightly curved
close ribs, about 11 per millimetre, curving slightly backward until
they cross the periphery, straight on the base, interstices between the
Endodonta coma, Gray, var. multicostata, n.
ribs ornamented with fine growth-lines. Spire a little elevated, flatly
convex, embryonic shell smooth ; sutures not deep. Aperture oblique,
lunately rotund, peristome straight, acute; umbilicus broad, conical,
nearly half the diameter, showing all the volutions; base "rounded.
Diam. 4°38, height 216mm.
Hab.—Wanganui, North Island (R. M.).
This shell may be distinguished from Z. coma, Gray, and EF. pseudo-
coma, Suter, by the ribs being firm and much closer together. It may
prove to be a distinct species, but, with only a single dead example
for comparison, it seems better to unite it with EB. coma, to which
in many respects it is closely allied.
3. FLAMMULINA (PHENACOHELIX) PERPLEXA, D.Sp.
Shell globosely depressed, umbilicated, pale brown, base occasionally
darker, spotted and reticulated with brown, the reticulations frequently
Flammulina perplexa, n.sp.
extending over the whole shell, most developed on the upper surface,
usually a few larger spots near the sutures, dull, thin, and semi-
transparent. Whorls 5, convex, gradually increasing, body-whorl
162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
rounded, higher than broad (slightly angulated in the young), not
descending, closely ribbed, about 8 ribs per millimetre, sloping slightly
backward on the upper surface, a little undulating at the periphery,
straight on the base, interstices between the ribs ornamented with
fine hair-lines, reticulated with fine striae. Spire convex, embryonic
shell smooth ‘and shining; sutures impressed. Aperture oblique,
rotundly lunate, columella descending, gradually arcuated, slightly
thickened, and rather broadly dilated above, white ; peristome simple,
straight, margins slightly approaching. Umbilicus deep, about 1 mm.
in diameter, usually whitish within the crater; base rounded. Diam.
maj. 6°8, min. 5-5 mm.; height 4°5 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Wanganui, Cape Egmont, North Island (R. M.).
This shell has been confounded with Phacussa hypopolia, Pfr., a species
which varies considerably. Mr. W. Moss has had examples compared with
the type of P. hypopolia in the British Museum, and found they were not
that species, from which it may be distinguished by the more rounded
base, more dilated columella, and very different coloration. Recently
I received from Mr. H. Suter examples of P. hypopolia from Pelorus
Valley, South Island, a local variety, which in contour and coloration
very closely resemble /. perplexa: the latter differs in the umbilicus
being a little wider, the base somewhat more rounded, the body-whorl
being proportionately a little greater in height to its breadth than in
this variety, the aperture a little less oblique, and the shell half a
whorl less. No well-marked characters separate the two forms.
4. Fuammurina (Axtopiscus) Mossi, n.sp.
Shell small, subdiscoidal, narrowly umbilicated, yellowish horny,
dull, thin and semi-transparent, spotted and somewhat reticulated with
rufous markings, usually a number of larger splashes near the sutures,
extending to the periphery on the body-whorl, base with a few lighter-
Flammulina Mossi, n.sp.
coloured spots and streaks. Whorls 5-54, rather convex, regularly
increasing, the last not descending, rounded, “closely ribbed, about 10 ribs
per millimetre, sloping slightly backward on the upper surface, straight
on the base; interstices between the ribs with fine erowth- ifaes,
reticulated with fine striae. Spire convex, embryonic shell smooth and
shining, sutures well impressed. Aperture very oblique, lunate ;
columella shortly descending, arcuate,‘a little thickened and reflected
above; peristome thin, straight, margins slightly approaching.
MURDOCH : NEW ENDODONTA AND FLAMMULINA. 1638
Umbilicus deep, narrow, about -5mm. in diameter; base somewhat
rounded, gradually impressed on approaching the umbilical crater.
Diam. maj. 5, min. 4°25 mm.; height 2:8 mm.
Type in my collection.
Hab.— Wanganui, Cape Egmont, Toko near Stratford, Manawatu,
North Island (R. M.).
In shell characters this species is intermediate between Allodiscus
and Phenacohelix; the umbilicus and aperture agree well with the
former section, whilst the ribbing and colour-markings call to mind
the latter. It has been confounded with Phenacohelix pilula, Reeve:
Mr. W. Moss has had examples compared with the type of that species
in the British Museum, from which it was found to differ considerably
in its smaller size, its more oblique and less broadly lunate aperture,
and in its narrow umbilicus; the latter varies from -25 to-'mm. The
dentition is that of Allodiscus. I have much pleasure in connecting
with this species the name of Mr. William Moss, of Ashton-under-
Lyne, who has assisted in clearing up the position of this and the
preceding species,
164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF MARINE SHELLS FROM THE
ANDAMAN ISLANDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By J. C. Mervit1, M.A., F.L.S., and E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.8.
Read 11th December, 1896.
PLATE XIII.
Earty in 1896, through the kind instrumentality of Mr. F. W.
Townsend, of Manora, Karachi, we received from Mr. G. H. Booley,
of Port Blair, two small Andamanese collections, the marine portion
mostly having been dredged by himself, although no data or particulars
of exact locality have come with the specimens. There were likewise
a few Helices, Melanie, and other terrestrial or fluviatile species,
which, however, are not enumerated in the present paper.
The Andaman Islands have been frequently searched for Mollusca,
and the leading and more conspicuous species would seem now pretty
well known to Malacologists ; few attempts, however, at cataloguing the
molluscan fauna have been made. Many new forms have been of late
years described from this region by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Messrs. Geoffrey
and Henry Nevill, and others, whilst, among the smaller species,
the Marquis de Folin has enumerated many novelties.
The most important contribution of recent years has, perhaps, been
that of Mr. E. A. Smith,’ in which seventy-five species, collected
by Lieut.-Col. L. Worthington Wilmer, are catalogued, six of them
being described as new. About twenty-five of these are here recorded
as being in Mr. Booley’s collection, including three of the six new
species described by Mr. Smith, viz.: Plewrotoma Wilmeri, Fusus
abnormis, and Turritella infraconstricta.
We hope to receive further consignments from Mr. Booley, and,
in time, to be able to offer lists of productions of these prolific
Islands to the members of the Malacological Society ; in the meantime,
we would mention that our catalogue contains over ninety species,
six being considered new.
The species already recorded in Mr. Smith’s paper are distinguished
by an asterisk.
1. Hypatrya (Aptustrum) apLustre, L. (= Amplustre Thalassiarchi,
Mart.). Extends to Mauritius. One juvenile example.
2. * Arys cytinprica, Helbling. A large example.
38. Tornatina cf. ottvuta, A. Ad.
4. TEREBRA CINEREA, Born. According to Tryon, a_ variable
species, of which the name cimerea should be taken as the aggregate.
1 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Noy. 5, 1878, pp. 804-821, 1 plate.
MELVILL AND SYKES: ANDAMAN IS. SHELLS. 165
Amongst the Andaman Island forms may be enumerated, besides
the type, 7. bacillus, Desh., lactea, Desh., and apicina, Desh.
5. Conus caprraneus, L. Only in young condition.
6. Prevrotoma acuricpmmata, Smith. The author of this species
has examined our specimen, and considers it wndoubtedly his shell.
Tryon places this as a peng of P. jubata, Hinds, but had never
seen either an example or a figure.
7. Prevroroma (CRrassisprra) NIVEA, Phil. A very pretty species,
described originally from Formosa. Two specimens.
8. Prevroroma trertNa, Lam. ‘Two specimens, in juvenile con-
dition, but fine.
9. Prevroroma concinna, Dkr. A fine example, with operculum,
of this very beautiful species. Dunker described it from China. Our
specimen is 28mm. in length, of pale-fawn colour, very elegantly
spirally carinated, the canal and portion of the basal region suffused
with pale carnation.
10. Prevroroma (Dritr1a) Boorrys, n.sp. Pl. XIII, Figs. 6, 7.
D. testa fusiformi, eleganter attenuata, solidiuscula, anfractibus
‘10, ochraceo-brunneis, ad suturas impressis, ventricosulis, longi-
tudinaliter obtuse rotundi-costatis (costis infra juxta suturas evanidis,
apud medium anfractuum binodulosis), spiraliter liri- ae liris ad
medium fortioribus, et apud basim numerosis, apertura ovato-oblonga,
labro extus effuso, sinu lato, columella recte, canali atte producto.
Long. 19, lat. 6 mm.
Though a shell of no particularly marked character, we cannot
exactly match it with any other known Drillia. The colour is
a pleasing ochraceous-brown, the spire graceful, attenuate in the upper
whorls, the rounded ribs crossed with lr, the two central ones
becoming nodulous*at the juncture with the ribs, the mouth is oval-
oblong, sinus broad, outer lip effuse, columella straight.
11. Prevrotoma (Drixtta) ocaroLevca, n.sp. Pl. XIII, Figs. 4, 5.
D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, solida, lete ochracea, apice albo, an-
fractibus 9, supernis albidis simplicibus, ceteris ochraceis, infra suturas
spiraliter unicarinatis, carina albo-gemmulata, infra hac, transversim
‘analiculatis, in penultimo et antepenultimo anfractu tri vel quatuor
transversis gemmularum albarum nitidis ordinibus decoratis, ultimo
undecim ordinibus, gemmulis rotundis, albidis, levibus, apertura
oblonga, angusta, labro extus paullum incrassato, valde ad suturam,
sinu conspicuo, cuneato, margine columellari recto. Long. 22,
lat. 6mm.
A pretty, brightly-coloured species, with some affinity to D. digrtalis,
Reeve, and D. granularis, Smith. It is ochraceous-yellow, adorned
with closely- arranged, spiral, white gemmules. The whorls are nine,
the apical white and simple, the lower whorls impressed at the
sutures, below which is a spiral keel, and this is followed by a
transverse depressed suleation. The first three rows of gemmules
166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
following on the penultimate and last whorls seem almost confluent,
producing the appearance of longitudinal riblets. The mouth is
narrow, oblong, outer lip somewhat thickened, sinus conspicuous, and
columellar margin straight.
12, * Prevroroma (Dritrta) vaRtaBILis, Smith. We have seen three
or four specimens, larger than those figured by Mr, Smith, and some-
what differently marked.
13. *Pievroroma (Drizita) Witmert, Smith. Two or three
specimens, fine, and typical of this very beautiful species, figured
in the paper already referred to (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878).
14. Prevroroma (SurcuLa) BiyuBATA, Reeve. Quite typical.
15. Crarnuretta Hinpstt, Reeve. A curiously sculptured species,
described (Proce. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 186) as from the Philippine
Islands. It is nearly allied to C. cartnulata, Souverbie, from New
Caledonia.
16. Crarnuretita Rerveana, Desh. This, according to Tryon and
Mr. Andrew Garrett, is the C. concinna, Dunker. One specimen only.
17. Dapuyetta Bonorensts, Reeve. Almost typical. Apparently
of extended distribution: we have seen specimens from very widely
distant localities.
18. CANnceLLARIA oprzquata, Lam. Jn fine condition.
19. Caycerrarta Witmert, Sby. <A small but interesting species,
discovered by Lieut.-Col. L. W. Wilmer, and described by Mr. G. B.
Sowerby in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 637. It is endemic, so far as at
present known, in Andamanese seas.
20. Oxrrva Australis, Duclos.
21. Oxrva PannicunaTa, Duclos. Pl. XIII, Fig. 14. Mr. J. M.
Williams, who has kindly compared our shell with specimens in his
own fine collection, pronounces it to be ‘‘a small but very nice
specimen of panniculata.”
22. Ancitta BooreyI, n.sp. Pl. XIII, Fig. 18.
A. testa oblongo-fusiformi, tenui, parum nitente, anfractibus 6,
apice mamillato, parvo, ceteris levissimis, pallide cinereo-albis, infra
suturas rufis flammis depictis, ultimo anfractu rufis flammis fulgetrinis
ad * diametri decorato, et apud basim rufo-strigato ; apertura ovato-
oblonga, paullum effusa, labro simplice, columella planata. Long. 14,
lat. 5mm. sp. maj.
An interesting <Ancilla, though amongst the smaller species of
this circumscribed genus. It somewhat recalls an Agaronia in the
disposition of its markings, being oblong, thin, six-whorled, pale
ashy-white, marked below the sutures and over the greater portion
of the last whorl with rufous spots, or zigzag markings. The mouth
is ovate-oblong, lip simple. We name it after its discoverer, Mr. G. H.
Booley, of Port Blair.
23. Mirra (Curysame) cortacea, Reeve. This species is very
uncommon. It is distinguished by its deeply impressed sutures, and
MELVILL AND SYKES: ANDAMAN IS. SHELLS. 167
strongly spirally beaded whorls, here and there stained with reddish-
fawn spots. It is placed, but very erroneously, by Tryon as a
synonym of Jf. lugubris, Swn.
24. Mirra (Cancrtta) crentrera, Lam. A typical form of this
widely distributed species.
25. Mirra (Cancitta) ruritirata, Ad. & Reeve.
26. Mrrra (Swarnsonra) ocettata, Swn. This pretty species 1s
very nearly allied to JL Marie, Ad., long known from the Andaman
Islands, though no specimen has as yet been sent by Mr. Booley. It
is, however, always distinguishable from the latter both in form and
the disposition of its markings. Our specimen is nearly typical. We
consider it more than a mere variety of JL fisswrata, as suggested
by the late Mr. Tryon in his Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. iv, p. 181,
where, placing this and JI. Jissurata rightly in Sewainsonia, he relegutes
the nearly allied JL. incisa, Ad. & Rve., and I. Maria, A. Ad.,
the typical eroup Jftra, placing the latter as a mere a
of the former. We cannot agree with him; and when he adds that
both are probably the young of JL. varregata, Reeve, we feel that any
attempts at argument would be useless, so diametrically opposed are
our views.
27. Mirra (Cosrerrarta) arENosa, Lam. In juvenile condition
only. We may mention that, having lately examined thousands of
specimens from the Loyalty Islands of the form known as J. exas-
perata, Chemn., we found it to vary in every oe and to pass
from the distinct brown and white J/. Hadfieldi, M . & S., with its
transverse bands and paucity of ribs, into the typical and many-
ribbed JZ, arenosa, Lam., so that no doubt was left on our minds but
that these forms are really all one and the same species.
28. *Mirra (CattitHEa) acupicta, Reeve. <A most beautiful
variety, which seems to connect the typical Phihppine form of this
species with JL Zebuensis, Reeve, also from the Philippines, and
M. pretexta, Sby., by some considered a variety of IL Zebuensis.
The contrast in colour presented between the warm, brown painting
and the white body of the shell is extremely attractive and
characteristic.
29. Mirra (Cosretrarra) LuBENs, Reeve. We have this also from
the Loyalty Isles, as well as the Philippines. Why Tryon considers
it a variety of JL militaris, Reeve, and also introduces the distinct
IM. compta, A. Ad., as a synonym, it is impossible to say.
380. Mrrra (Pusta) avreonara, Swn. A fine-coloured specimen.
31. Mrrra (Pusra) crocata, Lam. Quite typical.
32. Mirra (Impricarta) IsoMERES,' n.sp. Pl. XIII, Fig. 9.
I. testa cylindracea, apud apicem obesa, crassiuscula, dolioliformi,
anfractibus 8, supernis, apicali incluso, arctis, compressis, subturritis,
1 jcouepns, ‘having an equal share,’ in allusion to its affinities.
168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
pallidis, ad suturas impressis, infra, juxta suturas, spiraliter bi- vel
triliratis, et longitudinaliter clathrato-striatis, ultimo anfractu versus
basim attenuato, producto, spiraliter undique regulariter minuti-
punctato, punctis arctis, superne pallide gilvo, ad medium et infra
cinereo-brunneo, vel gilvo, delicatissime albo-fissurato lineis divaricatis,
fulgetrinis, penultimo bino punctorum ordine, et, simul ac in ultimo,
infra suturas rufi-maculato, ultimo apud medium spiraliter albo-
maculato, maculis ad ibaa rufo-marginatis, simili macularum ordine
versus basim suecincto, apertura angusta, oblonga, labro recto, paullulum
incrassato, columella quadripleata, plicis acutis, basi attenuata.
Long. 18, lat. 8mm.
This is one of the most puzzling species we have ever examined.
Combining, as it does, the characters of Ihtra, Lam., s.g. Swainsonia,
H. & A. Ad., with the genus /mbricaria, Schum. (Conelix, Swn.),
we hesitated for some time as to its location. We ultimately decided,
on account of the following characters, to place it in the latter
genus :-—
(a) The shortly cylindriform shape.
(6) Straight outer lp.
(¢) Columellar plications, precisely those of the /mbricarie.
ce Its close approximation especially to £. Vanikorensis, Reeve
(Pl. XIII, Fig. 10), in form and upper whorls, and in regular spiral
punctate markings.
(e) The base and slightly produced canal of Jmbricaria.
On the other hand, the following characters more closely agree
with Swainsonia :—
(a) Markings. Almost identical with those of Itra Maria, A. Ad.
(Pl. XU, Fig. 8), and J/. ocellata, both from the Andaman Isles,
the latter occurring also at Singapore.
(6) Distance between the suture of the penultimate whorl and
the commencement of the lip.
At first it occurred to us that it might possibly be a hybrid
between INitra Marie and Imbricaria Vanikorensis, but this is
hardly likely. The latter, to begin with, has never been yet found
in the Andaman Isles. Nor do we consider it a monstrosity.
It remains to add a very beautiful form to an already circumscribed
genus; though we have always been at a loss to entirely comprehend
why the genera Cylindromitra and Imbricaria have been so completely
separated from Jfitra. We think it would be more reasonable to
only allow them subgeneric rank, as formerly, and as such we venture
to include this species.
[N.B. We may remind malacologists that im 1888 one of us
described a Cyprea (C. amphithales), from South Africa, which exactly
combined the characters of two subgeneric types — Cypreovula
Capensis, Gray, with Luponia Alyoensis, Gray. Several specimens,
some in live condition, haye come to hand in recent years, and it 1s
impossible to say with certainty with which subgenus this interesting
shell should be located; though we incline to 0 ypreovula, The
MELVILL AND SYKES: ANDAMAN IS. SHELLS. 169
only question is, should these subgenera (or genera) not be united,
when such links are found to exist between them ? ]
33. Larrrus (PERISTERNIA) PULCHELLA, Reeve. One specimen, hardly
full-grown.
34, Larrrus (PEeristerNIA) Marquesa, A. Ad. Quite characteristic.
35. Puos rurocrnora, Smith. Not in very good condition.
36. *Puos textum, Gmel. Probably this species, but not full-
grown.
37. *Nassa (ArcuLarra) GLoBosa, Quoy. Of the variety known
as clathrata, Miener.
38. *Nassa (AxtxEcrrion) BiraRIA, Baird. Considered by some a
variety of WV. dirta, Kien.
39. *Nassa (ALECTRION) ELEGANS, Kien. Apparently distinct from
NV. glans, L.
40. *Nassa (ALEcrrion) Monitis, Kien. A well-known species.
41. *Nassa (Zevuxis) Marratu, Smith. A remarkably pretty and
distinct species; variably coloured, and more or less smooth.
42. *Nassa (Niorwa) atpescens, Dunker. Common and typical.
Known by its darker apex and white body-whorls.
43. Nassa (NiorHa) Evcomista,’n.sp. Pl. XIII, Fig. 11.
N. testa ovato-fusiformi, concinna, pallide brunneo-ochracea, an-
fractibus 7, duobus apicalibus, pellucidis, ceteris undique decussatis,
gemmulatis, apud suturas compressis, apertura ovato-oblonga, labro
niveo, nitido, intus denticulato, margine columellari infra parietem
uniplicato, duabusque plicis apud basim instructo. Long. 18,
lat. 8°50 mm.
An extremely neat species, allied to WV. eremata, Hinds, and J. stig-
maria, A. Ad. The whorls are seven, two being apical and glassy,
the remainder are small, with the exception of the last, which
increases rapidly, the sutures are channelled, and the decussation over
the whorls is extremely regular, close, and precise, presenting a turned
or chased appearance of great beauty. The mouth is ovate oblong, lip
white, shining, hardly callous, denticled within, and at the columellar
margin once-plaited just below the suture, and also slightly two-plaited
at the base.
44, Nassa (Niorga) marcaritirera, Dunker. We have what is
probably a variety of this species.
45. *Nassa (Nrorwa) stigmarta, A. Ad. A characteristic and very
attractive Andaman species, which varies a good deal.
46. *Nassa (Hepra) stsrrorpea, Nevill. Perhaps a variety of
JV. subspinosa, Lam. Our two specimens are not mature. Mr. E. A.
1 edxdutoros, ‘ well-tended or groomed.’
VOL. I1.—APRIL, 1897. 12
170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Smith considers the peculiarities of the nodulous projections on the
whorls to establish its specific distinction.
47, CoLumMBELLA FaBuLa, Sby. This shell is, according to
Mr. Tryon, a variety of Columbella pardalina, Lam., which occurs
throughout the Eastern Archipelago.
48. CoLuMBELLA vERsIcoLor, Sby. One good-sized specimen. It is
of remarkably wide distribution.
49, CoLtumMBELLA (ATrItIA) NyMpHA, Kiener.
50. *CorumpetLta (Arita) purLtta, Sby. Remarkably brightly
coloured, pure white, with ochraceous maculations.
51. Cotumpetia (Conorpra) rrava, Brug. A common species, but
not in good condition. The distribution extends throughout the
whole Indo-Pacific province.
We are indebted to Mr. 8. Pace for having kindly examined the
few Columbellidee of this collection.
52. *Murex (MuoricrpEa) crrrosus, Hinds. One or two very
beautiful varieties, the length of the canal varying in individuals.
We have compared the specimens dredged by Lieut.-Col. L. Wilmer,
now in the British Museum, and they are identical.
53. *Murex (Muricmpea) rusricus, Reeve. Figured by Mr. E. A,
Smith (1.c.). Our specimens exactly agree with Lieut.-Col. Wilmer’s,
now in the National collection.
54. Srstrum concatenatum, Blvlle.
55. Sisrrum Fracum, Blvlle. Perhaps a variety of the preceding.
56. *SisrrumM MARGARITICOLUM, Brod. A variable shell, and one
which much doubt has surrounded ; nevertheless it is quite recognizable
and well characterized. Of very ‘wide distribution, from Lord. Hood’s
Island and Mauritius to the extreme East Indies.
57. Sisrrum Musivum, Kien. A highly-coloured form.
58. *Rurzocurtus aBnormis, Smith. Described by its author as
Fusus? abnormis, and its peculiarities well differentiated (Le., p. 811).
It is also figured. Probably an inhabitant of corals; all the specimens
we have seen, however, are alike in form and in the very short
aperture. The fine squamose lire are very characteristic.
59. *Lorortum (Srimputum) Srraneer, Ad. & Angas. Two
specimens, well-coloured and characteristic.
60. Lorortum ciavator, Lam.
1. Lororrum (Eprpromus) nirrpuitum, Sby.
62. Ranetta (Apotton) tupercutara, Broderip. Quite typical.
63. *Triroris scutprus, Hinds. The headquarters of this con-
spicuous species are the Malay Peninsula.
64. CrrirHium rusus, Martyn (=C. Eeximium, Sby.). Extends
from Ceylon along the Indian coast.
5. VERTAGUS ATTENUATUS, Phil., 1848. This species, described
subsequently by Adams and Reeve in the ‘‘ Voy. ‘Samarang,’”’ 1850,
MELVILL AND SYKES: ANDAMAN IS. SHELIS. ihe
as V. longicaudatus, is conspicuous for its elegant form and long canal.
Its headquarters are the Philippine Islands.
66. *Vertacus Kocur, Phil. A species of wide distribution,
extending from the East African coast to the Malay Archipelago.
67. *TuRRITELLA INFRACONSTRICTA, Smith. Three or four specimens
of this distinct form, described in 1878, from Lieut.-Col. Wilmer’s
collection.
68. TuRRITELLA LEPToMITA,' n.sp. Pl. XIII, Figs. 12, 12a.
T. testa pergracili, attenuata, pallide cinerea, anfractibus 14,
apud suturas multum constrictis, tricarinatis, una carina apud
medium, duabus inter se proximis juxta supra suturas, anfractu ultimo
quadricarinato, undique arctissime et tenuissime obliquiliratis, liis
delicatissimis, fimbriatis, carinis anfractus ultimi contiguis, apud basim
brunneo-ochraceo suffuso, spiraliter delicate lirato, interstitiis arcte
clathratulis, fimbriatis, apertura rotunda, labro simplice. Long. 21°50,
lat. 5°50 min.
A most delicate shell, long, attenuate, slender, of a very pale ash-
colour, with brown staining at the base, the whorls thrice keeled (the
last whorl being furnished with four carine). The whorls are entirely
surrounded with very close and delicately fimbriolate raised oblique
strie, the mouth is round, outer lip simple.
69. Lrrrortna Mavrirrana, Lam. Another species of wide range,
including Mauritius and the Australian and New Zealand coasts.
70. Rissorna (Zeprnevta) canara, A. Ad. Probably identical with
R. striata, Quoy. A large and conspicuous species.
71. Caputus (Tuyca) crystattina, Gould. One or two specimens.
They are parasitic, mainly on Asteroids.
72. Natica Raynorpranm, Récluz. This species extends from
Ceylon to the Malay Peninsula, and as far east as the Fiji Isles.
73. Nazrca (Mamrita) Sturm, Desh. The distribution of this shell
is also very wide, it being found in New Zealand.
74, Scanarta aLatTa, Sby. . ;
; ce Both very scanty in material.
75. ScaLaRia SIMILIS, Sby.
76. Osrtiscus sutcatus, A. Ad.
77. O. TEREBELLUM, Mill.
(6.0, TEREs, A. Ad.
79. Mormuta rissorna, A. Ad, A curious species, rissoid in form,
with the plait of an Odostomia.
80. Daronta supprsyuncra, H. Ad. Pl. XIII, Figs. 1-3. With
some hesitation we unite the handsome specimen from the Andamans
with this species, of which there is a single small dead specimen
in the British Museum from the collection of H. Adams; there
1 remtduttos, ‘composed of superfine threads.’
ule PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
being also an unnamed example from the Andaman Islands collected
for Lieut.-Col. Wilmer. Our specimen measures, alt. 8mm., diam.
15 mm., and is clothed with a brown epidermis.
81. Curysostoma Nicoparicum, Gmel.
82. Liorra vartcosa, Lam.
88. THaLorraA ELONGATA, Wood. New Caledonia seems to be the
headquarters of this species, which evidently possesses a wide area of
range.
84. * ForskaL1a puLcHERRIMA, Sby. Very beautiful, and peculiar
to the Andaman Isles. It also occurred in Lieut.-Col. Wilmer’s
collection.
85. *CLancuLus micropon, Ad. On this species vide Mr. E. A.
Smith’s remarks (1.c.).
86. Monrvea cattirera, Lam. (= Jf Masoni, Nevill). A very inter-
esting form
87. Evcuetus atyroratus, Ad. A pretty form, though small.
88. Evcrenus epentutus, Ad. In sculpture much resembling the
large E. indicus, A. Ad,
89. Pecren sENATORIUS, Gm. The headquarters of this species
are the Red Sea.
90. HemicarpIum uNEpo, L.
91. Venus (Dione) Puitipprnarum, Hanley.
92. LioconcHa TRIMACULATA, Lam.
93. Circe Prectinata, L.
94. Dostnia suvENIs, Chemn.
95. Teiina (TELLINELLA) VULSELLA, Chemn.
96. Trettina Brarnvitxer, Rve.
97. Macoma inrrata, Sby. The Pelecypoda are very few in number,
and none of them call for special remark.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
Fies. 1-3. Daronia subdisjuncta, H. Ad.
yp 43 Q Drillia ochroleuca, n.sp.
snalO site », Booleyi, n.sp.
es 8. Mitra Marie, A. Ad.
: 9. Imbricaria isomeres, n.sp.
5», LO - Vanikorensis, Reeve.
,, ll. Nassa eucomista, n.sp.
», 12. Turritella leptomita, n.sp.
ee el2a: 4 (sculpture enlarged).
aieeliose- An Cll ila Booleyi, n.sp.
», 14. Oliva panniculata, Duclos.
Voreliver nil
Proc.Marac.Soc.
: \ a
LEM awry
ss Ae
J. Green del. et ith
ISLANDS.
MOLLUSCA FROM THE ANDAMAN
173
NOTES ON THE GENUS EUPLECTA OF SEMPER, WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES FROM CEYLON.
By Lievr.-Coronen H. H. Gopwin-Avsrey, F.R.S., ete.
Read 8th January, 1897.
PLATE XIV.
Havine had some small Ceylon Helices placed in my hands by
Mr. K. R. Sykes, attention has been called to the genus Huplecta
of Semper.’ In 1880 Mr. W. T. blanford? referred to Semper’s work,
pointed out the confusion that inevitably arises from describing two
species as the type of a genus, and adopted the one that stood first,
viz. EL. subopaca. There are several marked differences between this
and Semper’s second species, “ Layard’. The jaw of the first has
a central projection, while in #. ZLayardi there is none; in the radula
the elongate form of the central teeth of the first species is very
different to the shorter, blunter form of the second; the number of
teeth in each row is as 100 to 140-160 respectiv ely, this being the
most striking difference, and pointing to a very dissimilar form of
buccal mass, ‘and one in which the radula is broad in comparison to its
length. The genitalia of these two species are, however, very much
alike: in both there is a short sessile spermathee ca, perhaps a more
important generic character and one less lable to change than the
odontophore, which depends so much on the nature of the food
consumed. Mr. W. T. Blanford was the first to examine this genus
from an anatomical point of view, when treating of the position of other
Indian species unknown at the time to Semper. Taking the form of
the animal (which is without shell lobes) and the radula, he placed
in Luplecta a number of Eastern Himalayan and Assam species,
where it is correct they should remain until examination of the internal
anatomy, especially the generative organs, should prove them some-
thing very different to that which Semper has shown ZL. subopaca to be.
Taking the shell characters, the species now included in the genus
may be distinguished by the very well-marked filiform costulation,
which in some shells is most regular and strongly developed. Semper’s
four described species are :—
Euplecta subopaca, Pfr. Ceylon,
Layardi, Pfr. Ceylon.
rotundata, Semper. Digollorin.
—— lbicarinata, Semper. Luzon.
$<
1 Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, iii (1870), p. 14.
* Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xlix, pt. 2 (1880), p. 191.
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
But he is doubtful concerning the correct generic position of the
two last.
Blanford added the following :—
Euplecta pansa, Bs.: Burma.
Arigullensis, Nevill: Behar. [Since found to be a Macrochlamys." |
climacterica, Bs.: Assam Hills.
— Austen, W. Blf.: Garo Hills. [In my field notes there is no
reference to any shell lobes. It is thus described: ‘ Animal
of pale colour; head and tentacles very dark; foot rather
short, with gland.”
faleata, W. Blf.: Garo Hills. [According to my notebook:
“Animal of a pale orange tint, blending into redder colour
near the head; this is brown above, with darkish, rather
short tentacles; foot short, with glandular extremity.” No
shell lobes are alluded to here. |
ornatissima, Bs.: Sikkim.
2? serrula, Bs.: Teria Ghat. [Writing from memory, the animal
is similar to that of Awustenz described above. |
2? ~=anceps, Gould. [Is a Macrochlamys. As noted by Blanford and
observed since by myself, the right and left shell lobes are
well developed. |
2? = arata, W. Bit.
Geoffrey Nevill, in his amended Hand List, which he left to me,
includes a great many more. These I give here because it is only the
combined work of conchologists and malacologists, past and present,
placing on record their several views concerning the generic
position of given species, and the expenditure of hours of labour
devoted to investigation, that will in the end result in placing these
forms in some satisfactory grouping. The MS. Hand List mentioned
above is the outcome of the last work Nevill was able to do in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta: it is, in fact, the catalogue of that
collection, and its arrangement as left by him when he came back
to Europe on sick leave. Had he lived a very short time longer,
this revised catalogue would have been printed, and his views
on the classification, especially of the Indian mollusca, published.
As will be seen further on, he proposed a new section, founded
on shell characters, to embrace a number of Ceylon and Southern
Indian species. It is an excellent example of the method on which
much of our present classification has been built up; it is as accurate
as most of that now accepted, while it is all on the road to being
made more so. I do not propose to follow my old friend Geoffrey
Nevill and describe and establish this new subgenus; the species he
placed in it, however, show how very much has to be learned of
their anatomy, before they can be all satisfactorily located: some
have already been transferred to other genera.
1 Animal figured in L. and F. W. Moll. India, pl. xix, pt. 3, figs. 3, 3a, from
Stoliczka’s set of drawings.
GODWIN-AUSTEN: THE GENUS EUPLECTA. 175
Everecta. (Section I, Nevill MS.)
Luplecta subopaca, Pfr. = corylus, Reeve. Ceylon.
partita, Pfr. = mareida, Bs. Ceylon.
subconoidea, Pir.
n.sp. No. 74, Hand List. Kandy.
n.sp. No. 77, Hand List. Kandy.
n.sp. No. 78, Hand List. Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon.
n.sp. No. 79, Hand List. Darjiling.
pansa, Bs. Burma.
Stkrigaliensis, Nevill (Svkrigallensis, type error). Near Calcutta
and Sikrigali.
I}=~~ HEEL
subkoondaensis. Nevill MS. Myhendra, Travancore.
arata, Blt. In all probability a Macrochlamys. Bhamao.
anceps, Gould. Tenasserim. Is a Daerochlamys.
climacterica, Bs. 'Teria Ghat.
var. nana, Bs. = geiton, Theob. (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1864,
p. 252). Never described. Teria Ghat. (= vidua var. minor,
W. BL. Same locality.)
— vidua. W. Blt. MS.: Conch. Ind., pl. exxx, figs. 2 and 3.
Khasi Hills, 1870.
— vidua, W. Blf.: Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1880. Near Gula
Ghat, Assam.
—— var. convexiwor. Nevill MS. Naga Hills.
—— premissa. Nevill MS. Jezpur, Assam.
— var. citrius. G.-A. MS. Naga Hills.
— Austeni, W. Bl. Garo Hills.
— ornatissima, Bs. Base, Darjiling Mountains.
— Frauenfeldi, Zeleb. Nicobars.
— serrula, Bs. Teria Ghat.
—— var. nana. Nevill MS. Sylhet. Probably from the ‘“tilas”’ or
low hills near Chatak and not on the Limestone of Teria
Ghat.
— falcata, W. Blf. Garo Hills.
—— bijuga, Stol. Penang. Is near anceps, Gould, which is a
Macrochlamys.
? Roepstorfi, Morch (Rotularia). Nicobars.
? Massoni, Behn. (Rotularta: type). Nicobars.
? Reinhardi, Morch. Nicobars.
? semdfusca, Desh. (Rotularia). Mauritius.
2? Rodriguezensis, Crosse (Rotularia). Rodriguez.
? filocincta, Pfr. Mindanao, Philippines.
? = bifilaris, Semper. Luzon.
1 M. Pataniensis, De Morgan, from Perak, is placed in Euplecta by Dr. von
Mollendorff ; it is also allied to AZ. anceps.
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
(Section II, Nevill MS.)
Euplecta Layardi, Pfr. Ceylon.
— plidias, Pfr. Ceylon.
concavospira, Pfr. Ceylon.
bifasciata. Nevill MS. Myhendra, Travancore. Ex Coll.,
Beddome.
subgranulifera. Nevill MS. — Ditto Ditto
hyphasma, Pfr. Ceylon. .
verrucula, Pfr. Ceylon.
Emiliana, Pir. Ceylon.
sp. unnamed, No, 132, Hand List. Ceylon.
subdecussata, Pfr. Madras.
turritella, H. Adams = conulus, H. Adams. Nuwara Eliya,
Ceylon.
convexiuscula, Pfr. Ceylon.
Baconi, Bs. Benares, Moissaka, and Calcutta.
eingalensis, Bs. = Kmiliana, Rv., non Pfr. Balapiti, Ceylon.—
Note by Nevill: ‘‘ Animal large and very active, yellow,
here and there lghtly mottled grey; small lobe above
mucous gland, mucous gland indistinct.”
Pealseaah 1.
Nevill was a conchologist, and had had no training in the study
of anatomical details; but from association with Ferdinand Stoliczka
and others, he was beginning to recognize the value of the outward
form of the animal and the work that Stoliczka had initiated in
India, and I owe much myself to this same gifted naturalist. It
is quite apparent on what Nevill based his two sections. He was
aware, from the paper by Blanford, of the differences between Semper’s
types F. subopaca and E. Layardi, and he placed in Kupleeta proper
the more globose, convex-sided shells, proposing the new section for
the decidedly keeled ones, many of which partake in this respect
of the character of the genus Srta/a. Further anatomical study
of Ceylon shells will solve the question as to the true position of
E. Layard’, and what species are allied to it.
In one very small Ceylon shell sent me by Mr. Sykes, collected
by Mr. H. B. Preston, the dried-up animal remained; and after
soaking it well, I was able to make out the form of the foot, and
to extract the radula in a complete state, with not a tooth lost. This
radula agrees in every way with Semper’s figure of that of the typical
species ZL’. subopaca.'
The costulation of the shell is so like that of several of the Ceylon
keeled forms that there is every probability of many others belonging
to the same generic stock; and I much wish to obtain a good
number of species to examine, and so carry on the work Professor
Semper so well began. I am glad to say there is every hope of
doing this, since Mr. Collett has written to say he is now collecting
the animals of all he can find and preserving them in spirits.
Le Loce cit. ple vi, 1G. 9:
GODWIN-AUSTEN : THE GENUS EUPLECTA. svar
Among other shells found by Mr. Preston is a Kaliella of the
K. Barrackpurensis group, and a very small globose Lamprocystis (?).
I also take this opportunity to describe a small Helicoid found
by Dr. Leith at Nuwara Eliya, which I believe to be new.
1. Evprecta Prestoni, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Figs. 1-1e.
Shell depressedly conoid, keeled, scarcely perforate; sculpture,
fine transverse filiform ribbing, each rib having a short white hair
at intervals rising from it, giving it a decussate appearance to the
unaided eye. There are nine rows of these hairs on the penultimate
whorl. The shell is smooth and shining below, but under strong
power is found to be crossed by transverse lines. Colour, bright
sienna. Spire low; apex blunt; suture moderate, lirate. Whorls
five, sides convex, rounded below. Aperture narrowly quadrate,
peristome thin; columellar margin oblique, the columella then re-
flected. Size: maj. diam. 4°8; alt. axis, 2°25mm. Animal dark-
coloured, the pallial groove well seen; mucous gland with a small
overhanging lobe.
The radula, which was extracted complete, is very minute,
measuring 0°053 mm. long by 0:018 broad, the breadth of the large
median teeth being 0:006 wide. The dental formula is—
388 : 1: 388 or
28h Ore Le Ors 28
The centre tooth is very long and spear-shaped, with two well-
developed cusps low down at the base on either side; the succeeding
admedian teeth also have long narrow points with a large cusp
on the outer side; the laterals are bicuspid, the innermost being
the longest, and they decrease in size towards the outer margin. This
agrees with subopaca of Semper, but the number of teeth in the
row is less. The jaw is rather straight, with a central projection.
In £. elimacterica, the teeth are of the same type, arranged—
ep or ee 12s P12 eS 2
the three outer ones being intermediate in form.
It was not to be expected that in such a specimen much could be
seen of the generative organs, but what remains agrees with Semper’s
descriptions. The amatorial organ is long, with a sharp conoid point.
The spermatophore is also preserved, and is long, narrow, and gutter-
like, with spikelets at intervals along one side of the margin.
The hairs of the periostracum are very beautiful objects under the
microscope. The filiform rib is seen to have a white thread attached
and lying on its upper surface, while the hairs themselves are
seen to be formed by loops, as it were, in the thread, drawn up
from the rib on which it rests. To put it another way, suppose
short lengths of thread be taken, and the outer fourth of each
to be drawn out to a fine point and turned up at right angles;
if these threads be placed in a line and two fine ends united,
hair-like points would be the result.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (H. B. Preston).
178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
2. Katretta Saticensis, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Fig. 3.
Shell perforate, conical; sculpture irregular, coarse, transverse
ribbing; periostracum umber-coloured. Spire conic, flat-sided; suture
very shallow; whorls 7; sides rather flat. Aperture quadrate, straight
below; peristome suboblique; columellar margin reflected. Size:
alt. 3, maj. diam. 2°8 mm. ;
The whorls of this species do not increase in breadth so much
as in A. Barrackpurensis; the fine, regular, transverse sculpture is
absent, rougher irregular ribs taking its place. The base of the
Ceylon shell is not so broad, in proportion to the height of the spire,
as in the Bengal species.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa (H. B. Preston),
3. Lamprocystis? Srnuiza, nsp. Pl. XIV, Fig. 2.
Shell globose, solid for its size, scarcely umbilicated; sculpture
smooth, with a strong periostracum; colour? (bleached). Spire low,
depressedly conic, apex very blunt; suture shallow; whorls 5,
closely wound, regularly increasing. Aperture narrowly lunate,
vertical; peristome simple; columellar margin suboblique. Size:
maj. diam. 3°6; alt. axis 1mm.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (H. B. Preston).
This species very probably belongs to the Zonitide, but there
is no certainty with regard to these small forms; it is very desirable
to procure examples of the animal. It will be a long time before
the micro-helices are better known. In some cases they are the
young of larger species, but that does not detract from their interest.
4, Lamprocystis? Nuwaraensis, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Fig. 4.
Shell very depressedly globose, rather openly umbilicated; sculpture,
very fine longitudinal striation, crossed by irregular lines of growth ;
colour pale horny-grey. Spire very low; apex flatly rounded ; suture
well impressed; whorls 53, sides rounded. Aperture narrowly lunate,
vertical ; peristome simple. Columellar margin sinuate. Size: major
diam. 4; alt. axis 1°9mm.
Hab.—Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon (Dr. Leith).
This shell, which is a well-marked form, came into my hands by
purchase from Mr. Geale, who, I believe, had all Dr. Leith’s collection
to dispose of.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Fic. 1. Euplecta Prestoni, n.sp., x 8. Hair of periostracum, x 30 and 68.
la, central teeth of radula; 10, laterals; 1c, last on margin; 1d, jaw:
x 58. le, part of generative organs, x 12°65.
2. Lamprocystis? Sinhila, u.sp. x 8.
5, 8 Halella Salicensis, n.sp. x 8.
4
Lamprocystis? Nuwaraensis, n.sp. x 8.
,
oc. Matac.Soc. Vot.I. Pi.XIV.
BNE Ste)
NEW CEYLON LAND SHELLS.
H Godwin-Austen. del. et lith. Maclure & C°, Imp
Proc. MaLtac Soc
VoL. Il. Brag y
SKIAGRAPH OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS.
oOo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 17
ORDINARY MEETING.
Frimay, 13rH Novemser, 1896.
Dr. H. Woopwarp, F.R.S., etc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Professor G. Gilson was elected a Member of the Society.
The following papers were read :-—
1. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Mollusca belonging to the genera
Lotorium, Pecten, and Cardium, from the collection of M. Thomas,
of Brest.””? By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., etc.
2. “The Polyplacophora of South Australia.” By W. T. Bednall.
3. ‘Abstract account of the second and third parts of M. Bernard’s
paper on the Morphology of the Hinge in Pelecypoda.” By B. B.
Woodward, F.L.S., ete.
Mr. J. Green and Mr. J. H. Gardiner exhibited a series of skiagraphs
of Mollusca taken by the Rontgen-rays, which were commented on by
Mr. B. B. Woodward.
The examples shown were obtained by means of a Crookes
tube (focus pattern), actuated by a powerful induction coil giving
8 in. sparks, and the exposures varied from a few minutes for a large
Clausilia to a little more than an hour for Nautilus pompilius.
In all the Gastropods the columella was distinctly shown up to the
very apex, with all twists and plaits on it, the latter being perfectly
marked, even through the shelly pillar, as in Voluta; the clausium was
indicated in Clausilia, as well as the various folds, and the notches
in the margins of the plates of Cryptoplax were rendered visible through
the substance of the girdle. A group of shells taken with fragments
of calcite and aragonite made it clear, by the opacity of the minerals,
even when thinner than the shells and far more transparent to ordinary
light, that the passage of the X-rays through the shells must be due
to the presence of the organic matter in their substance.
A close inspection of the skiagraphs revealed the fact that they
faithfully reflected the different relative thicknesses of the shell
substance interposed between the tube and the photographic plate.
Hence the external ornamentation is reproduced, and even, as in the case
of the Nautilus (selected for reproduction here, Pl. XV), the lines of
growth; whilst in this instance, too, the varying degrees of solidity
of the siphuncle, and the point of attachment of the shell-muscle, are
well brought out.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited specimens of Pinna saccata, L., from
South Africa; also a specimen of Voluta Junonia, Chemn., with its
periostracum ; and the types of the new species described in his paper.
On behalf of Mr. W. T. Bednall, specimens were exhibited in
illustration of his paper.
Mr. E. R. Sykes exhibited various Polyplacophora from South
Australia.
180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 1lra Dercremper, 1896.
Mr. E. A. Smiru, F.Z.S., etc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The following were elected to membership of the Society: Charles
E. Beecher, W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., ete., Oliver Collett, Alexis Pavlow.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On the discovery of a Recent Species of Arcoperna.” By
Professor R. Tate, F.L.S., ete.
2. ‘Descriptions of new species of Hndodonta and Flammulina from
New Zealand.” By R. Murdoch.
3. ‘Notes on a collection of Marine Shells from the Andaman
Islands, with descriptions of new species.” By J. Cosmo Melvill,
F.LS., etc., and E. R. Sykes, F.Z.8., ete.
Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill exhibited the type of Cyprea Rashleighana,
Melvill, and also specimens in illustration of his joint paper with
Mr. Sykes.
Professor Tate exhibited a specimen of a recent species of Arcoperna,
for which he proposed the name 4. recens.
Mr. Sykes exhibited a notebook that had been kept by the Rev.
John Revett Sheppard; also specimens of Massa Kraussiana, Dkr,
showing the variations in the extinct and recent forms; as well as
specimens in illustration of Mr. Murdoch’s paper.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 8tH January, 1897.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. L.8., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected to membership of the Society: C. W.
Johnson and H. A. Pilsbry.
Mr. W. Crouch and Dr. H. Woodward were appointed to audit the
accounts of the Society.
1. ‘‘Notes on the genus Huplecta of Semper, with descriptions of
supposed new species from Ceylon.”’ By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-
Austen, F.R.S., ete.
2. ‘Revision of the New Zealand Polyplacophora.” By H. Suter.
8. ‘A note on Nomenclature, with reference to the generic and
specific name of the shell usually called Achatinella lugubris, Chemn.”
By E. R. Sykes, F.Z.8., ete.
Mr. H. Fulton exhibited specimens belonging to uplecta,
Coneuplecta, and allied genera; also Cochlostyla lividocincta, Semper,
and other species of the genus, from the Philippine Islands.
Mr. Sykes exhibited Polyplacophora in formalin, from South
Australia; also Pholadidea and various nudibranchs in spirit, from
Plymouth ; and specimens to illustrate Colonel Godwin-Austen’s
paper.
181
ON THE DISCOVERY OF A RECENT SPECIES OF ARCOPERNA.
By Ratrxu Tare,
Professor of Natural History in the University of Adelaide.
Read 11th December, 1896.
THe genus Arcoperna was established by Conrad in 1865 (American
Journal of Conchology, vol. i, p. 140) for an Eocene fossil (4. filosa)
of the Mississippi basin. The definition of the genus is unsatisfactory,
whilst its classificatory position is only implied as related to Jodiola,
the author considering JZ, radiolata, Deshayes, of the Parisian Kocene,
as congeneric ; however, i bys Catalogue of the Eocene Testacea of
the United States, P00.) Cling a LO, Arcoper na filosa is listed in the
family Mytilidee.
The generic name is evidently compounded of Arca and Perna, the
latter being Adanson’s name—the equivalent of Jlodiola of Lamarck.
Tryon, in his ‘‘ Systematic Conchology,” vol. i, p. 264 (1884), places
the genus next to Modiolaria in the subfamily Crenelline, and, for
differential characters, relies upon the well-marked and comparatively
large anterior adductor scar and the fine radiating striation. The
former character seems to me to be valueless for generic diagnosis.
Cossmann (Cat. ill. Coq. foss. Eocene Paris, p. 161, 1887) redefines
the genus, places it in juxtaposition to J/odiolaria, and refers to
it seven species and a doubtful eighth, which had previously been
described by Deshayes and others under Jfodiola; one of these occurs
also in the Hampshire basin, whilst an additional species is indicated
in the Eocene of Belgium.
The receipt of recent specimens of a species of Areoperna from
Mr. May, dredged off the east coast of Tasmania, came to me as
a great surprise, and it is only after confirmation of my determination
by my friend M. Cossmann that I venture to make this announcement
of a living species of a genus, hitherto only known as belonging to the
Eocene of the Mississippi, Paris, Belgium, and Hampshire basins.
A re-examination of the Jfodiolaria-like shells occurring in the
Tertiaries of Australia has resulted in the reference of an undescribed
species from the Eocene of the River Murray cliffs in South Australia
to Arcoperna, but so far the wide hiatus, which separates the recent
and fossil species, remains uncontracted.
Arcoperna, as known in a fossil state, may be briefly described as
a Modiolaria with continuous radial ornamentation, not interrupted
by a wide mesial, non-radiated area as in that genus. The living
examples, however, furnish additional differential characters, namely,
the vitreous lustre of the interior (although in dead shells a thin nacre
is present, probably the result of disintegration) and the absence of
a distinct periostracum.
VOL. 11.—JuuLy, 1897. 13
182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ARCOPERNA RECENS, D.Sp.
Shell thin, translucent, vitreous; obliquely oval, much inflated;
rounded at the extremities, much more dilated behind than in front.
Umbones very large, obliquely inclined forwards, cordiform and sub-
marginal. Posterior hinge-line arched, six millimetres long, with
a well-defined subinternal ligamental groove; anterior hinge-line
nearly straight, about one-third the length of the posterior part.
Exterior surface ornamented with concentric folds and intervening
strie, and by radial costules; the intercrossing of the two sets of
A reopernad recens, .S8p.
threads producing a fine recticulate ornament. The radial costules are
subacute, serrated by the concentric strive, and are a little wider than
the intervening sulci; in the medial part of the ventral margin there
are five costules to each millimetre of width; the costules sharply
serrate the margin.
The adductor impressions are indicated by greater translucency of
the test; the posterior one is large and rounded; the anterior one is
smaller, but conspicuous, narrow-oblong, and situated close under the
anterior margin of the hinge-line.
Dimensions.— Transverse diameter of closed valves, 15 mm.; umbo-
post-ventral diameter, 19mm.; antero-posterior diameter, 17 mm. ;
umbo-ventral diameter, 14 mm.
Locality.—Port Esperance, Tasmania ; two perfect shells (one with
contained animal) and a single valve dredged by Mrs. Harrison. My
collection and that of Mrs. May.
Affinities.—In point of size the recent species approximates to
A. filosa, but that shell, judging from Conrad’s figure of it, has more
projecting umbones and a different outline. A. recens finds a near
relation in A. radiolata, Deshayes, but it differs in shape and in its
finer ornamentation.
185
REVISION OF THE NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA.
By Henry Surer, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Read 8th January, 1897.
Ever since the publication of Mr. H. A. Pilsbry’s Monograph on the
Polyplacophora, the collecting and studying of Chitons have been my
special hobby. I have been fortunate enough to collect in different
parts of New Zealand, and thus have brought together a good number
of specimens. Other circumstances have also been favourable to the
investigation of our Chitons. In 1894-5 Mr. T. F. Cheeseman,
Curator of the Auckland Museum, commissioned me to rearrange the
collections of shells, fossils, ete., in the Museum, and I had, of course,
a good opportunity to collect and study the Chitons of the Auckland
provinee. In December, 1895, I availed myself of a kind invitation
from Mr. A. Hamilton, Registrar of the Otago University, Dunedin,
and spent several weeks in the examination of his large conchological
collection, and he kindly presented me with specimens, amongst which
were some Chitons of special interest. Professor T. J. Parker, Curator
of the Otago Museum, was good enough to send me all the New
Zealand Polyplacophora in the Museum for investigation; Sir
James Hector, Director of the Colonial Museum, Wellington, with
great liberality lent me some of the type-specimens mentioned in
Captain Hutton’s paper on the New Zealand Chitonide (Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. iv); and last, but not least, Captain F. W. Hutton,
Curator of the Canterbury Museum, has always kindly allowed me to
examine specimens in the Museum, and has greatly helped me in my
studies with his large store of knowledge and experience. I wish
here to express my gratitude to all these gentlemen for the help
accorded me in this special work.
I must also say that this revision of the New Zealand Chitons would
almost have been an impossibility without the elaborate monograph
of Mr. H. A. Pilsbry. The identification of several of our Chitons,
however, was not quite satisfactory, the occurrence of certain species
in New Zealand waters was doubtful, and so on.
I hope that I have succeeded in this short paper in clearing up some
of the dubious points, and in giving a reliable list.
Captain Hutton’s list of the New Zealand Chitonide, published in
1872 (Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv), contains twenty-one species,
of which, however, one is a synonym and three are questionable for
New Zealand. E. von Martens, in his ‘Critical List of the Mollusca
of New Zealand” (1878), enumerates seventeen species; and Captain
Hutton, in the ‘‘Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca,” brings the
list up to twenty-eight species, six of which, however, have to be
omitted as being synonyms or doubtful for our colony.
The present list includes ten genera, with twenty-nine species, all of
which I have seen, except Plaxiphora obtecta, P. superba, and Spongio-
chiton productus.
184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
LEPIDOPLEURUS, Risso, 1826.
1. Leprporirurus rnqurnatus (Reeve).
Chiton inquinatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., t. xxiii, fig. 154 (May, 1847).
Ischnochiton inquinatus (Reeve): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 90, pl. xviii, figs. 49, 50.
When collecting in Auckland Harbour, I found a number of examples
of this little Chiton on the under-side of stones on a mudflat at low-
water. Specimens were also in the Museum, labelled Chiton sulcatus,
Quoy & Gaim. On examination I found it to be a Lepidopleurus, and
thinking it to be a new species, J sent in May, 1895, a number of
specimens in alcohol to Mr. H. A. Pilsbry, for further investigation.
In January, 1896, Pilsbry published a note (Nautilus, vol. ix, p. 108)
on this species, saying that it had been identified by Mr. E. R. Sykes as
Reeve’s Chiton inquinatus on comparing it with the type in the British
Museum. Mr. E. R. Sykes also published a note on the species in
our ‘‘ Proceedings”? (antea, p. 86).
Hab.—Auckland Harbour (H. 8.); Brighton, Otago (A. Hamilton).
The species has also been found in Tasmania (Reeve's type), South
Australia (Bednall), and Port Phillip, Victoria (Wilson).
CALLOCHITON, Gray, 1847.
Kery To SPECIES.
A, Entire surface delicately shagreened. platessa.
4. Central areas with elevated, separate threads, parallel to jugum. illuminatus.
Cc. A row of deep longitudinal pits in front of lateral areas. empleurus.
2. Cattocniron PLatTEssa (Gould).
Chiton platessa, Gould: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 11, p. 148
(1846); U.S. Expl. Exp., p. 320, atlas, figs. 434, 434a;
Otia, p. 4.
Lepidopleura platessa, Gould: Otia (Rectifications), 1862, p. 242.
Callochiton platessa, Gould: Haddon, ‘‘ Challenger” Report, p. 15 ;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 49, pl. x,
figs. 1-5; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894,
Deals
Chiton crocinus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., t. xxii, fig. 146 (1847).
Callochiton crocinus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 00, pax, tie. 7 vol. xv ap. Ole
Chiton versicolor, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soe., 1852, p. 92, pl. xvi, fig. 5.
Leptochiton versicolor, A. Adams: Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 228.
Lepidopleurus empleurus, Hutton: Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. London,
vol. 11, p. 86, pars.
At the end of the description of his Chiton empleurus, Captain Hutton
says: ‘ Founded on two specimens in the Colonial Museum, locality
not stated.” Sir James Hector having kindly placed most of Captain
SUTER : NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 185
Hutton’s types at my disposal, I found that on the glass tablet labelled
“ Chiton empleurus’’ there were not only two specimens, but also two
species. One of them is Hutton’s C. empleur us, but the larger specimen
1 found to correspond exactly with specimens of C. platessa, from Port
Jackson, kindly given me by Dr. J. Cox. There is no doubt that both
specimens were obtained from the same locality, and as C. empleurus,
known only from the unique type-specimen, is very likely a New
Zealand species, I include C. platessa in the New Zealand fauna,
although it has not been found again by recent collectors. Captain
Hutton told me that Captain Fairchild dredged largely, especially
in Cook Strait, and that these specimens may have been obtaimed by
him and presented to the Colonial Museum.
3. CaLLocHITon ILLumINatus (Reeve).
Chiton tlluminatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., t. xxi, fig. 147 (1847).
Chiton (Callochiton) illuminatus, Reeve: E. A. Smith, Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1881, p. 36.
Lepidopleurus illuminatus, Reeve: Rochebrune, Miss. Scient. Cape
Horn, p. 141.
Callochiton wlluminatus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. ol, pl. 1x, figs. 92-4.
A small specimen is in the Canterbury Museum, and was kindly
submitted to me for examination by Captain Hutton. Since there is
only one specimen I was not allowed to separate the valves; but, so
far as examination was possible, I found it to agree perfectly with the
description and figures of Callochiton illuminatus in Pilsbry’s Man.
Conch. The colour is not red, but greenish-grey ; however, the same
variability in colour is met with in Chiton canaliculatus and others.
Central areas with eight separate threads on each side; end valves
and lateral areas minutely eranulose; median valves with one shit.
Girdle-scales those characteristic of the genus, rather large. Interior
greyish-white ; sinus shallow. Length about 10, breadth 7 mm. ;
divergence 120°.
Hab.—Dredged off Kapiti Island, Cook Strait.
This is a most interesting addition to the fauna of New Zealand.
4. CaLLocuiron EmPLEURUS (Hutton).
Chiton empleurus, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv, p. 178
(1872).
Lepidopleurus empleurus, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., 1880,
Dello:
Callochiton crocinus, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 67.
The elongated form and the deep longitudinal pits along the
anterior edge of the lateral areas, distinguish this species at once
from C. platessa, with which it has been supposed to be identical.
In Hutton’s diagnosis the word ‘‘ sometimes,” that precedes ‘* with
a row of deep pits, ete.,’’ must be struck out. There are 9-10 pits on
186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
each side. (C. empleurus seems somewhat to approach Jschnochiton
(or Callochiton?) puniceus, Couth., which latter, however, I have not
seen. I have nothing to add to Hutton’s description, because the
type-specimen could not be taken to pieces, and the classification of
the species rests only on the character of the girdle-scales, which are
very similar to those of C. platessa.
_ Hab.— Unknown; but, as already mentioned, most likely Cook
Strait.
ISCHNOCHITON, Gray, 1847.
Key To SpEcIzs.
Scales of girdle faintly striated, mingled with non-striated scales. longicymba.
All scales of girdle deeply grooved, 3-4 grooves on a scale. Parkeri.
5. IscHNocHITON LonGicyMBA (Quoy & Gaimard).
? Chiton longicymba, Blainville: Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxvi, p. 542.
Chiton longicymba, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. iii
(1835), p. 390, t. Ixxv, figs. 1-18; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
f, xix, Hey 125+ tixxiv, fie. 163d.
Lepidopleurus longiceymba, Blainville: Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867,
p. 222.
Chiton (Lepidopleurus) longicymbus, Blainville: Hutton, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. iv, p. 178.
Lepidopleurus longicymbus, Blainville: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll., p. 113.
Ischnochitow longicymba, Quoy & Gaim: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 87, pl. xxi, figs. 58-66.
The colour of this species seems to be even more variable than that
of Ischnochiton erispus, from Tasmania and Australia. In the South
the variation is less considerable, and large specimens are rare.
Examples in the Otago Museum from Auckland Islands and Campbell
Island are whitish, from Dunedin blackish.
Hab.—The whole of New Zealand, but more abundant in the
North.
6. Iscunocu1tonN PaRrKERI, n.sp.
Lepidopleurus circumvallatus, Reeve: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll., p. 113 (non Reeve).
Shell oblong, highly and angularly arched. Colour very variable,
from horny-yellow to chestnut-brown, mostly darker on the posterior
margin of the valves, with more or less predominant black longitudinal
stripes, assuming often a triangular shape, closer together or coalescing
towards the girdle; the jugum with only a few or without black
markings. Lateral areas distinct, raised, minutely granulated, and
with three to four concentric, flat, impressed ridges, which are some-
times crossed by faint radiating riblets, their number being from 8-10.
SUTER : NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 187
Central area closely and finely quincuncially granulate, the anteriorly
divergent rows predominating. End valves minutely decussate, with
two concentric ridges, which are rendered granulose by numerous
radiate riblets. Mucro of tail valve central, low, and obtuse, posterior
slope slightly concave. Girdle of the same colour as the jugum,
covered densely with small imbricating scales, all of about the same
size; they are flatly convex and deeply grooved, 3-4 grooves on each.
The margin of girdle beset with a fringe of minute spicules. Interior
blue. Anterior valve with 11-13, central 1, posterior 12-18 slits ;
the teeth are sharp and smooth. The posterior margin of intermediate
valves slightly beaked and denticulate; posterior “tooth short, as in
Ischnochiton longieymba. Eaves solid. Sinus broad, flat, smooth,
channelled on each side on the inner surface of the sutural plates.
Length 21, breadth 12mm.; divergence 120°.
Ischnochiton Parkeri, n.sp.
1. Dorsal view of shell, nat. size.
2. Posterior view of central valve, nat. size.
3-5. Anterior, median, and posterior valves, enlarged.
6. Portion of girdle, magnified.
TTab.—Auckland Islands ; Campbell Island.
Type in the Otago University Museum. Described from spirit
specimens kindly sent me by Professor T. J. Parker, F.R.S., Dunedin,
and I have much pleasure in associating his name with the species.
Specimens from Campbell Island, also in the Otago Museum, are of
a light-brown colour, and were mistaken for C. e¢reumvallatus, Reeve.
This species may be Lepidopleurus melanterus, Rocheb., one of the
many insufficiently described species.
188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
PLAXIPHORA, Gray, 1847.
Key to Sprectes.
a. Valves exposed.
b. Posterior valve not greatly reduced in size or altered in form.
e. Central areas unsculptured save for growth-lines.
d. Sutural pores or tufts distinctly developed.
e. Lateral areas with subobsolete radiating riblets. superba.
ee. Lateral areas with at least two distinct radiate ribs. subatrata.
dd. Sutural pores absent, girdle densely covered with bristles. Swterv.
ec. Central areas sculptured, at least at the sides.
d. Large. Sutural pores with bifurcating bristles; girdle
broad, reddish. biramosa.
dd. Small. Sutural pores with more than two bristles; girdle
narrow, white or white and black. calata.
bb. Posterior valve reduced to a marrow crescentie form, strongly
arched upward. ovata.
aa. Valves partially immersed in the girdle, which encroaches at the
sutures. obtecta.
7. PraxrpHora Brramosa (Quoy & Gaimard).
Chiton biramosus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i
(1835), p. 378, t. lxxiv, figs 12-16.
Acanthochetes biramosus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. iv, p. 181.
Plaxiphora biramosa, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll., p. 116; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 319, pl. Ixviu, figs. 51-4.
Young specimens I always found to be sculptured like P. celata,
only more grotesquely, but in adult specimens the sculpturing is
generally more or less effaced. Sometimes there is a beautiful ornamen-
tation with green, pink, white, and red-brown, but as a rule the valves
are covered with coralline growth and seaweeds, which render it very
difficult to distinguish the animals from their surroundings. The
colour of the girdle varies very much with age; im young specimens
it is sometimes of a dirty orange, whilst in adult forms it is dark red-
brown. A feature that has hitherto been overlooked is the notch at
the posterior end of the girdle; this, however, is not always very
distinct. In some young shells I found it to be deep and broad, but in
adult specimens mostly reduced to a more or less deep shit. I have
met with a specimen measuring 60 by 40 mm., divergence 150°.
Hab.—Wellington (Otago Museum); near Lyttelton (H. S.).
P. biramosa is one of the very rare New Zealand species. The
specimen in the Otago Museum from Campbell Island, labelled
P. biramosa, is not that species, but P. subatrata.
8. PraxrpHora suPERBA, Pilsbry.
Plaxiphora superba, Cpr. MS.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv
(1893), p. 819, pl. lxviui, figs. 55-61.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 189
T have not seen this species, but cannot share Mr. Pilsbry’s opinion
that it is identical with P. biramosa, The shape of the valves and
sutural lamine is very different; the divergence is only 110°, whilst
it is 150° in P. biramosa. It is no doubt nearer P. subutrata, though
specifically distinct from that also.
9. PruaxipHora cHLATA (Reeve).
Chiton ealatus, Reeve: Conch. Icon., t. xvii (1847), fig. 101.
Acanthopleura celatus, Reeve: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll,
ps Tio.
LTlaxiphora calata, Reeve: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 328, pl. lviu, figs. 21, 22.
Tonieia ziczac, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv (1872),
. 180; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 328.
Chiton (Plaxiphora) terminalis (Cpr. MS..), Smith; Voy. ‘* Erebus ”
and ‘‘ Terror,’’ Moll. (1874), p. 4, t. 1, fig. 13.
Plaxiphora terminalis, Smith: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
p. 116; (Cpr.) Smith, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 326, pl. li, fig. 14.
I have collected a fair number of this species, and on examining
them carefully have come to the conclusion that Smith’s Chiton
terminalis is identical with Reeve’s C. ezlatus. I have two specimens
‘‘ornamented with green and pink,” but in all other respects they
agree with the very good description and figure given by Smith for
Plaxiphora terminalis. With regard to Hutton’s Zonzeda ziczac, there
is no possibility of examining the type, which is lost, but on reading
his description one is forced to the conclusion that it, too, cannot be
anything but Plaxiphora ecelata. Moreover, Captain Hutton himself
made his Zonicia ziezac a synonym of the latter in his Man. New
Zealand Moll. In Von Marten’s Critical List I cannot find any
mention that 7’ z¢ezac is a synonym of P. celata, as stated by Pilsbry
(Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 328).
In his paper on the Polyplacophora from Port Philip, Mr. E. R.
Sykes places Plaxiphora terminalis in the synonymy of P. petholata
(antea, p. 90). There is no doubt that the two species show very
much the same sculpture, but, omitting minor differences, I would
point out that the girdle of P. celata (= terminalis) has very distinct
sutural pores with long horny bristles, which are not at all numerous,
and the colour of the girdle is usually white, banded with black.
The girdle of P. petholata, on the other hand, is dark-brown, and it is
densely covered with corneous, or dark-brown bristles, not arranged in
series or sutural pores. P. c@lata is a much more elongated form,
and very seldom attains such a large size as P. petholata.’
1 [Mr. Suter has very kindly sent me fresh specimens of P. celata, and I am very
glad to have the opportunity of correcting the error into which I fell. The three
names for the Australian shells appear to belong to one species, P. petholata, and the
three names for the New Zealand shells to another, P. celata.—E. BR, Sykes. ]
190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
We find the sculpture of the valves in P. biramosa, P. celata,
P. ovata, and P. petholata to be almost identical.
fTab.—From Auckland to the Blutf, but nowhere common.
10. Praxtpnora Surert, Pilsbry.
Placiphora Suteri, Pilsbry: Nautilus, vol. viii (1894), p. 8.
Mopalia ciliata, Sowerby: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 116
(non Sowerby).
This handsome Chiton is in size and form not unlike P. glauca,
Quoy & Gaim., and is only found in exposed situations on rocks, the
valves mostly covered with calcareous growth. Young specimens are
sometimes found on Mytilus latus.
HTab.—¥ rom Manukan Harbour to Foveaux Strait; rather rare.
11. PuaxrpHora susatrata (Pilsbry).
Tonicia atrata, Sowerby: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 114
(non Sowerby).
Tonicia subatrata, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv (1893), p. 201.
Shell large, oval, moderately elevated; side slopes slightly arched ;
ridge rounded. Colour reddish-brown, dirty pink at the jugum. The
head valve strongly concentrically ridged, and with eight radiate ribs,
which, however, sometimes become obsolete. Central valves beaked
anteriorly and posteriorly ; the anterior beak is rather prominent,
rounded, the posterior one pointed, forming an angle of about 120°,
and is formed by the outer layer only. The whole surface of the
median valves is strongly concentrically striated, following the outline
of the anterior beak over the jugum. Lateral areas distinct, raised,
with two ribs, which are sometimes flatly nodulous, owing to their
being crossed by concentric lines ; in some specimens the diagonal ribs
are only very faint, or disappear altogether; on the other hand, their
number may increase to four, but the anterior and slit-rib are always
the more prominent. Posterior valve small, depressed, concentrically
ridged, shghtly beaked anteriorly ; mucro inconspicuous, terminal.
Tnteri ior white, tinged with lght-blue. Sinus shallow, rounded.
Sutural laminee rather broadly rounded. Insertion plates low. Anterior
valve with eight irregularly distributed slits; teeth sharp, striated on
the outer side; the whole of the interior ight-blue. Intermediate
valves with one slit on each side; posterior tooth broad; a strong
light-blue callosity extends between the two anterior teeth. Posterior
valve with the insertion plate thick, rounded, without slits, a small
sinus in the middle behind. In all valves the eaves are very narrow
and spongy. Girdle wide, narrower at both ends, leathery, tan-colour,
dark brown when dry; at each suture a pore with long corneous
bristles, six in a tuft, and alternating with these pores a second row
of smaller ones is situated near the margin. In front of head and
tail valve six smaller pores with short bristles. The margin beset
with horny bristles of varying size. Length 75, breadth 45 mm. ;
divergence 125° (spirit specimen),
SUTER : NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 191
A specimen from Campbell Island, belonging undoubtedly to the
same species, is of olive-brown colour, the jugum horny-yellow.
The anterior valve has well-pronounced radiating riblets, the con-
centric lines on all the valves are less distinct, and the posterior beak
on the central valves is almost obsolete. The ribs on the lateral area
of the intermediate valves do not run down to the margin, but are
intercepted by a broad, smooth, concentric band, extending along the
sides and anterior part of the valves. The valves are more depressed,
divergence 135°,
Plaxiphora subatrata, Pilsbry.
7. Nat. size, from spirit specimen.
8-10. Ventral view of anterior, median, and posterior valves.
11. Portion of dorsal surface of fourth valve.
Hab.—Macquarie Island (A. Hamilton); Campbell Island.
The Macquarie Island specimens are mostly covered by a thick,
white coralline growth, the Campbell Island specimen with Polyzoa.
The specimen from which the figure is drawn is in the Otago
Museum; the valves are from specimens kindly given to me by Mr. A.
Hamilton.
This may be the Plaxiphora Campbelli, Filhol (Compt. Rend., xci,
1880, p. 1095; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 107).
192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
12. PraxreHora (Guitpinera) ostectra, Pilsbry.
Plaxiphora obtecta (Cpr.), Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv
(1893), p. 330.
I have not seen this very interesting species, which is not in any of
our Museums.
13. Praxippora (Fremsrya) ovata (Hutton).
Acanthochetes ovatus, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv,
p. 182 (1872).
A canthochites ovatus, Hutton: Man New Zealand Moll., p. 117.
Plasiphora ovata, Hutton: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p. 332, pl. liv, figs. 34-40.
FTab.—This handsome but rare mollusc is found mostly in roots of
Durvillea. Type in the Colonial Museum, Wellington.
SPONGIOCHITON, Carpenter, 1&73.
14. SponGiocuiron Propuctus, Pilsbry.
Spongiochiton productus (Cpr. MS.), Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv (1892), p. 26.
I have not seen this species.
ACANTHOCHITES, Risso, 1826.
Kry to Sprcres.
a. Anterior valve without radiating ribs; not obviously lobed around
the lower edge of tegmentum.
6. Tail valve with one slit on each side; girdle covered with
spicules and having well-developed tufts. Zelandicus.
bb. Tail valve with several slits ; girdle naked, leathery, covering
the valves except for a linear band at the ridge ; small
tufts on tubercles. porosus.
aa. Anterior valve having tive radiating ribs, its lower margin 5-lobed.
Girdle with eighteen small pore tufts.
b. Girdle leathery, naked, except tufts. violaceus.
bb. Girdle covered with white spicules, especially at the margin. —_costatus.
15. Acantnocuires ZeLANDIcus (Quoy & Gaimard).
Chiton Zelandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i
(1835), p. 400, t. Ixxii, figs. 5-8; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
t.xi, hie. 68,
Acanthochites Zealandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Mola. Lhd.
Acanthochites Zelandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xv, p. 16, pl. aivy, figs. 95.10,
Acaunthochetes Hookeri, Gray: Dieffenbach’s “Travels in New
Zealand,” vol. ii (1848), p. 262; Hutton, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. iv, p. 182.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 193
Hab.—F¥ound almost everywhere along the coasts of New Zealand
with Chiton pellis-serpentis. Very variable in colour of mantle and
tufts. I found the largest specimens in Dunedin Harbour.
16. AcantHocuitEs (Cryproconcuts) Porosus (Burrow).
Chiton porosus, Burrow: Elements of Conchology (1815), p. 189,
pl. xxvin, fig, 1;
Cryptoconchus porosus, Burrow: H. & A. Adams, Genera Rec. Moll.,
vol. i, t. lv, fig. 4; Chenu, Manuel de Conch., vol. i,
fig. 2884; Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 118.
Acanthochites porosus, Burrow: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv,
p. 36, pl. 11, figs. 57-62.
Chiton Leachi, Blainville : Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxvi (1825), p. 554.
Chiton monticularis, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. ii
(1835), p. 406, t. lxxii, figs. 80-5; Sowerby, Conch.
Illust., fig. 129; Reeve, Conch. Icon., t. x, fig. 57.
Chitonellus Zelandieus, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘‘ Travels in New Zealand,”
vol. 11 (1843), p. 246.
Cryptoconchus Zelandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. iv, p. 183 (non Quoy & Gaim.),.
? Cryptoplax depressus, Blainville: Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xii (1818),
p. 124.
2? Cryptoconchus Stewartianus, Rocheb.: Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris,
ser. VII, tom. vi, 1882, p. 194.
Hab —From Auckland to Stewart Island, on roeks in sheltered
situations. Not common.
The mantle sometimes beautifully variegated with orange and light-
brown.
17. AcantHocnitEs (Lopoprax) vroraceps (Quoy & Gaimard).
Chiton violaceus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i (1835),
p-. 403, t. Ixxin, figs. 15-20; Gould, U.S. Explor. Exped.
Moll., p. 331, fig. 420 (zon Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 41).
Acanthochates violaceus, Quoy & Gaim.: Gray, Dictfenbach’s ‘ Travels
in New Zealand,” vol. 1, p. 246.
Katharina violacea, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv, p. 182.
Acanthochites violacea, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll, p: 118.
Acanthochites violaceus, Quoy & Gaim.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser, I,
vol. xv, p. 39, pl. iii, figs. 67-73.
Chiton porphyreticus, Reeve: Conch. Icon. (1847), t. x, fig. 56.
Acanthochites porphyreticus, Reeve: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
jal I re
Phacellopleura porphyretica, Carpenter MS.
Hab.—North and South Islands of New Zealand, but very rare in
the South.
194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
18. AcanrnocuitEs (Loportax) cosratus, Adams & Angas.
Acanthochites costatus, Ad. & Ang.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 194;
Angas, op. cit., 1867, p. 224.
Macandrellus costatus, Ad. & Ang.: Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, vol. i,
p-. 299, pl. iv, fig. 40 (dentition).
Chiton (Macandrellus) costatus, Ad. & Ang.: Smith, Zool. Coll.
‘“« Alert,” p. 83, t. vi, fig. /.
Acanthochites costatus, Ad. & Ang.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xv, p. 40, pl. i, fig. 74.
Tonicia rubiginosa (Swainson), Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv (1872), p. 180; Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 114;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 107.
On examining Hutton’s type-specimen of Zonicia rubiginosa, which
is in the Colonial Museum, Wellington, I found it to agree with the
description of A. costatus, and two specimens I have, which were
dredged in Foveaux Straits, also belong to the same species. The
specimen in the Colonial Museum has lost its colour entirely, but of
my specimens one is yellowish-pink, and the other, a young shell, is
most beautifully ornamented with pink, white, lght-brown, and
blue. The dimensions of Hutton’s type-specimen are: length 11,
breadth 5 mm.
Hab.—TVhe species has hitherto been found in Cook Strait and
Foyeaux Strait. In the latter locality it is found with Chiton canali-
culatus. Very rare.
CHITON, Linné, 1758.
Kry to Spxcrss.
a. Central areas having longitudinal riblets.
b, Sides and ridge of central areas both sculptured.
c. Lateral areas with numerous slightly crenulated
threads.
d. Intermediate valves carinated, divergence 120°. Quoyi.
dd. Intermediate valves arched, divergence 100°. @evreus.
ec. Lateral areas with three or four rows of distinct tubercles. pedlis-serpentis.
bb. Central areas with a smooth band or triangle on ridge of
each valve.
ce. Lateral areas with 4-6, pleura 16 or more, granose
riblets. canaliculatus.
ec. Lateral areas with 2-4, pleura 8-14, nodulose riblets.
d. Girdle-scales mucronated. limans.
dd. Girdle-scales not mucronated. Stangert.
aa. Central areas smooth, no longitudinal ribs. Sinclairi.
19. Curron Quoyt, Deshayes.
Chiton viridis, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. 111 (1835),
p. 383, t. Ixxiv, figs. 23-8 (non Chiton viridis, Spengler).
Chiton Quoyt, Deshayes in Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii (1836),
p- 509; Reeve, Conch. Icon., t. xi, fig. 68; Hutton,
Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv, p. 177; Pilsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 172, pl. xxxvii, figs. 6-8.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 195
? Chiton glaucus, Gray: Spic. Zool., pt. i (1828), p. 5.
Chiton glaucus, Gray: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 112.
? Lophyrus glaucus, Gray : Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 222.
Hab.—Common everywhere. In the South mostly uniformly dark
olive-green, sometimes brown.
20. Cuiton mreEvs (Reeve).
Chiton @reus, Reeve : Conch. Icon. (1847), t. vii, fig. 36.
Chiton (Leptochiton) @reus, Reeve: Smith, Voy. ‘‘ Erebus” and
“Terror,” Moll... p: 4.,t. 1, fie..9.
Chiton e@reus, Reeve: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 112;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 179, pl. xxxvi,
figs. 96-7.
Chiton siculoides, Carpenter MS.
Carpenter’s notes on the species, reproduced by Pilsbry, have enabled
me to separate it from the nearly allied Chiton Quoyt. In addition
to Carpenter’s description I wish to point out that light-coloured
specimens of C. Quoyt show the same bluish colour of the interior
as C. @reus. Most of my specimens are covered with a blackish-
green coat. I found the diy ergence to be nearly 100°, against 120° in
C. Quoyt, and the jugum is not carinated, but angled, nor is it always
smooth. In one specimen which I took to pieces, the anterior valve
has 8, the posterior 15 shts; C. Quoyi has 9-10 and 18-14 slits
respectively. The shell is also narrower than that of C. Quoyz, the
proportion of breadth to length being 1: 1°7 in C. @reus and 1: 1°5
in C. Quoyt. The denticulation of the sinus and the crenulation of the
teeth are the same in both.
Hab.—The only locality in which I have hitherto found the species
is Manukan Harbour, North Island. I have not seen it in any of our
New Zealand collections. My specimens are smaller than the type.
21. CuHrron PELLIS-SERPENTIS (Quoy & Gaimard).
Chiten pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i
(18385), p. 381, t. Ixxiv, figs. 17-22; Deshayes in Lamarck,
Anim. sans Vert., vol. vu, p. 508; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
t. xv, fig. 84; Hutton, Trans New Zealand Inst., vol. iv,
p- 176; Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 111; Haddon,
“Challenger,” Polyplacophora, p. 22; Pilsbry, Man.
Conch., ser a, VOL. xav, Pp. 17s, pl XXXvii, figs. 14-18.
The colour varies from white to brown. I found recently a young
specimen of a most beautiful bluish-green, with bands of the same
colour on the girdle.
fHab.—This is the commonest of our New Zealand Chitons.
196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
22. Cuiron Srnciarri, Gray.
Chiton Sinclairi, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘Travels in New Zealand,”
vol. 11 (1843), p. 263; Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv, p. 177; Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 111; Reeve,
Conch. Icon, t. xxu, fig. 143; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 174, pl. xxxvi, figs. 1-3.
Chiton (Leptochiton) Sinelari, Gray: Smith, Voy. ‘ Erebus” and
‘error: Moll; pati. eal.
The white stripes or spots are not always present; uniformly
brown-black specimens are often met with.
Hab.—North and South Islands of New Zealand, but very local and
not common. I am not aware that it has ever been found in Tasmania.
Very likely C. peliis-serpentis was taken for this species, since it is
not always easy to separate them when the specimens are partly worn.
23. CHITON CANALICULATUS, Quoy & Gaimard.
Chiton canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i
(1835), p. 394, t. Ixxv, figs. 37-42.
Chiton (Lophyrus) canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. iv, p. 176.
Lepidopleurus canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Man. New
Zealand Moll., p. 112.
Chiton canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 177, pl. xxxvi, figs. 4-6.
Chiton Stangert, Reeve: Pilsbry, l.c. (non Reeve).
Chiton insculptus, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 91, t. xvi,
fig. 4; Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 112.
Tab.—In deep water: Cook Strait, Dunedin, Foveaux Strait.
24. Curron SrancErti, Reeve.
Chiton Stangert, Reeve: Conch. Icon. (1847), t. xxu, fig. 150;
Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 111.
In size, shape, coloration, and sculpture very much lke Chiton
limans, but differing in the following points:—The ribs have no acute,
elevated grains, but are flattened. ‘he tail valve has very distinct,
flatly nodulous ribs. The jugum is less acute, divergence 120°. The
imbricating scales of the girdle are very small on both margins, larger
in the middle, shining, not mucronated, and very faintly striated, the
strie being visible only under strong magnifying power. Length 13,
breadth 8 mm.
This Chiton may be considered to stand in the same relation to
Chiton limans as our Lschnochiton longicymbus to I. erispus of Tasmania
and Australia. For comparison I had a specimen of Chiton limans
from Port Jackson.
It is evident that this species ranks as very distinct from C. canali-
culatus, with which it has been thought to be identical.
Hab.—1 found a single specimen of this evidently rare Chiton in
Lyttelton Harbour, under a stone at low-water.
SUTER : NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 197
25. Curton timans, Sykes.
Chiton muricatus, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852 (May, 1854),
p- 91, pl. xvi, fig. 6 (non Tilesius, Mém. Acad. Sct.
St. Petersburg, ser. V, vol. ix, 1824, p. 483) ; Pilsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. I, vol, xiv, p. 175, pl. xxxvii, figs. 12, 13.
Lophyrus muricatus, Ad.: Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p- 186 ;
lic. 1867, p. 222.
Chiton (Lepidopleur us) sulcatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New
Zealand Inst, vol. iv, p. 178; Man. New Zealand Moll,
p. 112 (non Quoy & Soak ye
Chiton limans, Sykes, nom. noy.: Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol.
(1896), p. 93.
There are two specimens in the Colonial Museum from Kapiti, Cook
Strait, which were considered by Captain Hutton to be Chiton sulcatus,
Quoy & Gaim. The specimens are not in a very good condition, one
is partly broken, and their original colour is gone. A close exami-
nation of them, as far as this was possible, proved them to be C. limans,
the scales being mucronated. These are the only specimens known to
have been found in New Zealand waters.
Hab.—Cook Strait.
EUDOXOCHITON, Shuttleworth, 1853.
Key To Sprciks.
a. Shell elevated, divergence 100-110°, anterior valve with 30 slits,
spinelets black. nobilis.
aa. Shell depressed, divergence 135-140°, anterior valve with 17 slits,
spinelets brown. Huttoni.
26. Eupoxocuiron NoBILIS (Gray).
Acanthopleura nobilis, Gray : Dieffenbach’s ‘¢ Travels in New Zealand,”
vol. 11 (1843), p. 245.
Chiton (Eudoxochiton) nobilis, Gray: Shuttleworth, Mitth. Naturf.
Gesell. Bern, 1843, p. 191.
Acanthopleura nobilis, Gray: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv, p. 181.
Chiton (Chetopleura) nobilis, Gray: Smith, Voy. ‘‘ Erebus” and
“Terror,” Moll., p. 4, t.1, fig 8.
Chetopleura nobilis, Gray: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 115.
Eudoxochiton nobilis, Gray: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv,
p- 193, pl. xlvi, figs. 88-95.
This rare species attains sometimes a large size. I have a specimen
measuring 62 X 110 mm.! It is the largest of New Zealand Chitons.
Hab.—North and South Islands, on rocks in exposed situations, some-
times together with Plaxiphora biramosa and P. Suteri.
VOL. I1.—JuLyY, 1897. 14
198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
27. Evpoxocuiton Hvrront, Pilsbry.
Eudoxochiton Huttoni, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv (1893),
p- 194, pl. xlvi, figs. 96-100.
Hab.—North and South Islands, but very rare.
ACANTHOPLEURA, Guilding, 1829.
28. AcanrnopLeuRA (Maverrta) corticata (Hutton).
Tonicia corticata, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv (1872),
p- 180; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 320.
Plaxiphora biramosa, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll, p. 116 (non Quoy & Gaim.).
A specimen of a rather large Chiton was kindly given me by
Mr. A. Hamilton, of Dunedin. | had not seen the species before, and
I submitted it to Captain Hutton for examination, who declared it to
be his Zonieia corticata. The specimen is in a bad condition, in so
Acanthopleura corticata, Hutton.
12-13. Ventral views of detached valves.
14-16. Dorsal views of detached valves.
17. Profile of posterior valve, nat. size.
far that the valves are separated from the girdle, the head valve is
missing, and the girdle is much worn; it, however, is quite sufficient
to make out the generic position with certainty, and to add a little to
the diagnosis published by Captain Hutton twenty-four years back.
The shell is broadly and roundly arched, the surface much eroded or
covered with coralline growth. Colour yellowish-grey, with a brown
stripe on the ridge of the valves, and one, much broader, on each side
near the margin. ‘The valves are beaked, thick, and solid, with the
ee EE eee
SUTER : NEW ZEALAND POLYPLACOPHORA. 199
lateral areas indistinctly raised. The margins of the lateral areas
and pleura show distinct granules (surrounded by numerous eye-dots).
The mucro seems to be central, but this is uncertain, since the surface
of the terminal valve has been scraped with a knife. Interior lead-
erey on posterior half of intermediate valves, white on anterior half
and tail valve. Central valves with 1-1, posterior valve with 9,
slits. Teeth rather long and very deeply pectinated outside in
a forward direction. Tegmentum inflexed at the posterior margin of
central valves. Teeth of end valve short, deeply pectinated on the
edge and outside. On central valves a well-defined ridge runs across
between the slits, following in outline the sinus and sutural lamine.
Sinus deep, rounded, almost straight in the tail valve ; slightly notched
at the sides. Girdle (dry) dark-brown. In one place I found five
small calcareous spicules. The whole of the girdle is densely covered
by small pits, in which the lost spines were inserted, imparting to it
a somewhat spongy appearance.
It is difficult to give an exact measurement of this shell, but
I estimate it at about: length 75, breadth 50 mm.
The central valves are more broadly arched than in Acanthoplewra
granulata, Gmel.
Hab.—New Zealand, exact locality not known.
ONITHOCHITON, Gray, 1847.
29. OnitHocurron uNDULATUS (Quoy & Gaimard).
Chiton undulatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol, 11 (1835),
p- 393, t. Ixxv, figs. 19-24; Reeve, Conch. Icon., t. xvi,
figs. 87, 90.
Onithochiton undulatus, Quoy & Gaim.: H. & A. Adams, Genera Ree.
Moll., vol. i, p. 476, t. liv, fig. 3.
Tonicia undulata, Quoy & Gaim.: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. iv, p. 179; Man. New Zealand Moll. p. 114.
Onithochiton undulatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xiv, p. 245, pl. lv, figs. 14-16.
Tonicia lineolata, Frembly : Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 114
(non Frembly).
Mr. H. A. Pilsbry was quite right when he expressed the opinion
(Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xv, p. 89) that Zonicia lineolata reported
from Dunedin, Auckland Islands, and Campbell Island, was not likely
to be the Chilian form described in vol. xiv, p. 198. The specimens
from the localities mentioned are in the Otago Museum, and they show
the colour pattern of 7’ dineolata, but I found them all to be undoubted
O. undulatus. The colour variation in this species is greater than in
any other Chiton I know. Sometimes the colour is uniformly purplish-
black, and this form is more common in the South, especially in the
Auckland Islands and Campbell Island.
Hab.— All the Southern New Zealand Islands. Often found in
roots of Durvillea with Chiton Sinelairi and Plaxiphora ovata.
200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
SPECIES DOUBTFUL FOR NEW ZEALAND.
1. Curron suaGosus, Gould.
Chiton concentricus, Reeve: Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. iv
(1872), p. 176; Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 111.
Some specimens in the Colonial Museum are correctly referred to
this species, but their locality is not stated. I agree with Pilsbry that
the species is probably incorrectly reported from New Zealand. It is
not in the New Zealand collections in any of the other Museums, and
I am not aware that it has ever been found in our waters by recent
collectors.
2. Lortca votvox (Reeve).
Chiton (Lepidopleurus) rudis, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv (1872), p. 179; Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 113.
Chiton rudis, Hutton: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I, vol. xiv, p. 238.
T have examined Hutton’s type-specimen of Chiton rudis in the
Colonial Museum, and found it, as suggested by Mr. Pilsbry, to be
Lorica volvox. For the same reasons as those given in the case of the
foregoing species, I think it advisable to place it amongst the species
doubtful for New Zealand.
3. ISCHNOCHITON CONTRACTUS (Reeve).
Lepidopleurus contractus, Reeve: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll,
ps ne,
The New Zealand habitat rests solely on Cuming’s authority, and
that is not always reliable. It is not in any of our Museums as
coming from New Zealand, and I have no knowledge that it has ever
been found here.
INSUFFICIENTLY DESCRIBED SPECIES.
=
.
Lepidopleurus melanterus, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. I,
vol. xv, p. 107.
. Lepidopleurus Campbell, Filhol: Pilsbry, Lc.
. Plaxifora Campbel' li, Filhol: Pilsbry, Lc.
. Acanthochites gucundus, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, t.e , p. 29.
. Tonicia Gryet, Filhol: Pilsbry, t.c., p. 107.
. Acanthopleura complexa, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. iv, p. 181; Puilsbry, t.c., p. 108. Type lost.
QD orb hv
7. Onithochiton Filholi, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, t.c., p. 106.
8. - decipiens, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, Le.
9. - neglectus, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, l.c.
10. 4 Astrolabei, Rochebrune: Pilsbry, t.c., p. 107.
NOTE ON MITRA OBSCURA, HUTTON.
By Hewry Suter.
Read 12th March, 1897.
Str James Hecror, Director of the Colonial Museum, Wellington,
with great kindness lent me Captain Hutton’s type-specimen of JLtra
obscura, which enables me to give here an emended description and
a figure of the species.
Mirra onscura, Hutton.
Hutton, Catalogue of Marine Mollusea of New Zealand, 1873, p. 19.
Hutton, Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, 1880, p. 60.
Shell ovate-conical, whorls shouldered, those of the spire longi-
tudinally plicate, about twenty cost on the penultimate whorl; on the
body-whorl the plications become gradually fainter as they approach
the peristome, whilst between them fine lines of growth are visible.
Three to four distinct revolving lines below the suture on the last
three whorls, extending indistinctly over the whole of the second to
fourth whorl. Whorls seven. Base of last spirally striated. Aperture
narrow, columella with four plaits, the basal one small; outer lip
angled above, thick, smooth (basal part broken off); interior purplish.
Colour blackish-brown, white spots predominating on the first five
whorls; the last two whorls with large, sometimes confluent, white
spots below the suture. The whole of the body-whorl is dotted
with minute whitish spots. Base fuscous. Length 16, breadth 8 mm.
Aperture: height 9, breadth 3°5 mm. Angele of spire 60°.
a
(
Mitra obscura, Hutton.
ITab.—Bay of Islands (Colonial Museum).
This species is nearest to Iitra pica, Reeve, from Tasmania,
202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Australia, and Cape of Good Hope; but in my opinion sufficiently
distinct for specific rank.
It was omitted, with several other species of the genus, from the
list of New Zealand Mollusca by Captain Hutton, in his revision of our
rhachiglossate mollusca (Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xvi, p 226,
footnote), because at that time there was no evidence, beyond this
single dead specimen, to show that the genus Mitra really did occur in
New Zealand waters; and its omission from the list may fairly be con-
sidered as a proof of Captain Hutton’s carefulness when working out
his revision of the group. Since then matters have changed, however.
Mitra melaniana, Lam., has been found by recent collectors at Tau-
ranga, and in the Hauraki Gulf, and there are specimens in several of
our collections. Two species of I/itra have been found by the light-
house-keeper of Mokohinou, east of Whangarei Bay, one of which is
a variety of IZ. obscura. The occurrence, therefore, of Altra on our
shores no longer remains doubtful, and we are evidently fully justified
in reintroducing Captain Hutton’s species into the list of the New
Zealand marine mollusca.
208
ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT,
Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. L.8., ete.
Delivered 12th February, 1897.
Lapies AND GENTLEMEN,
Since it is your wish that I once more appear as your attorney,
permit me to offer a few remarks somewhat by way of development
of the lines which I last year adopted, for there is no reason why
Presidential Addresses should not be continuous, and let us ask what
is the present position of our branch of science, and what the most
fruitful field for its immediate development.
Our year opened full of promise for the Malacologist, for hardly
had it dawned when there reached us a paper by Girard! on the
remarkable ‘bivalved pulmonate’ (unfortunately so called) Zhyro-
phorella Thomensis, in which he claims to have settled the systematic
position of that animal. Be its ‘lesser valve’ what it may,
a product of overgrowth of the peristome or a protective lid
sur generis, it is cle: ar that it presents us with a physiological con-
dition for the counterpart of which we turn to the operculate Rugosa
among Corals and the unique Rhodosoma* among Tunicates. Once
again was the zoological mind turned to the part played by
homoplasy ; and while thus exercised there came before it the
full monograph of our distinguished contemporary Paul Pelseneer,
upon the ‘ Air-breathing Prosobranchs and Gill-breathing Pul-
monates,”* in which, suffice it to say, our knowledge of this
important and fascinating subject is materially extended, and our
author strengthens his conclusion that Siphonaria and Gadinia are
pulmonates; whilst in reviewing this paper Simroth has shown good
reason for suspecting * that Janthina may be an ‘ air-breather.’
M. Fehx Bernard, not content with the continuation of his epoch-
marking work upon the Pelecypodan hinge, early in the year delighted
us with a description’ of the structure and development of a new
Kulamellibranch (Sctoberetia australis), which small organism he
obtained off the ambulacra of a viviparous Spatangoid (Zripylus
cavernosus), with which it is commensal, from Cape Horn. Its en-
closed shell, its gills, and pallial chamber, are of much interest; and
his promised discussion of its affinities has for us a special association,
1 A. A. Girard, Journ. Sci. Acad. Lisbon, ser. II, tom. iv, p. 28.
2 Chevreulins of Lacaze Duthiers, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool. ), ser. ITI, tom. iv, p. 2938.
3 P. Pelseneer, Arch. Biol., tom. xiv, p. 351.
4H. Simroth, Zool. Centralbl., Bd. iii, p. 214.
5 F. Bernard, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, tom. xxvii, p. 361.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
in consideration of the views expressed in Mr. M. F. Woodward’s
excellent paper on Lphippodonta published in the first volume of our
‘* Proceedings.”
The year which opened thus sensationally, did not continue one of
surprises for the Malacologist, but rather one of that steady work
which marks real progress. Firstly, let me consider it as affecting
our Society.
Our members now number 162. The addition to our roll of the
names of W. T. Blanford, H. A. Pilsbry, C. E. Beecher, and
A. Pavloy, is a guarantee of appreciation by those most competent
to judge of our merits; and as our financial position has improved
during the year, we have no cause for dissatisfaction with our worldly
progress.
One familiar face has temporarily disappeared from our midst, in
the removal of Mr. 8. Pace to Torres Straits, to conduct during the
next few years a series of experiments in pearl culture, and to
develop the pearl fisheries.
We have published papers during the year by our distinguished
foreign members Dr. H. Simroth and Mr. H. Suter, and by Professor
Gilson, of Louvain, one of our latest recruits ; and our main supporters,
Messrs. Edgar Smith and E. R. Sykes, have given us liberally of the
results of their labours.
Our most trustworthy member, Mr. G. C. Crick, has laid before us
two short communications belonging to that class of which, to my
mind, we want more; ie. they are paleontological. Both are
in every way worthy the material described, and of our glorious
national collection of which it forms part. The consummate care with
which the author has worked out his details, the skill of his recon-
structions, the cautiousness of his generalizations, and the beauty of
the accompanying illustrations, appear to me equally commendable.
An author to whom trouble is a pleasure where truth is to be
revealed, to whom order is second nature, and an artist who, if he
will, can in some departments outrival his foreign contemporaries,
under the guidance of our Editor, have given us a scientific treatise
which, being also a finished work of art, renlines the ideal of Huxley,
our great master of science and English composition, an ideal which
he was never tired of upholding to his followers. Authors of such
works, which take time, are nowadays voted slow ; better, however,
one such than a dozen of the slipshod, ill-conceived, oft-inflated
‘papers,’ begotten of mere ambition and desire for notoriety, that at
times cover, but do not adorn, the pages of our scientific journals.
Nor have our exhibits been one whit behind.
We have been gratified by the sight of living Petricola pholadiformis,
collected on our own coasts, the acumen of our members Messrs.
Cooper, Crouch, and Kennard having shown us that the species
is apparently becoming acclimatized in British waters. Mr. Bullen
Newton has excited our interest and imagination, by laying before
us, on behalf of our honoured member Sir Rawson Rawson, the
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 205
original coloured drawings of the shell and animal of Pleuwrotomaria
Quo; yand, from which the figures in the ‘ Blake’ Monograph were
drawn. Mr. Fulton has openly put upon our table collections of
shells, notably of Amphidromus, of exceptional completeness and
perfection, such as are only brought together under a labour of love;
whilst, with his Conus gloria-maris, Mr. Sowerby has appealed to our
esthetic as well as to our common sense.
The exhibition of skiagraphs of shells and living molluses by
Mr. J. Green and Mr. J. H. Gardiner is especially noteworthy, as
marking the most extensive and first systematic attempt to apply the
latest epoch-marking discovery in physics to the study of our chosen
class of animals. To be able to see the clausium through the shell-
wall, and to determine the septal lines and muscular impressions of
the Nautilus shell, prior to the removal of the animal contained
within it; to be able to work out the valve-slits of a Poly-
placophoran, while the plates are yet 7m sitd beneath the girdle; and
to detect the folds on the columella of Voluta the whole way up, even
on the further side of the shelly pillar, is to be in possession of a new
and powerful method of observation, which must be productive of good
results. Mr. Green and Mr. Gardiner, in having shown us how
best to proceed with this, have done us a most useful service.
So long as we are in a position to maintain the present standard of
our exhibits, we need have lttle fear of lack of interest in our
mectings.
With extending influence, it is only reasonable to suppose that the
sympathies of others will be accorded us ; ; and I am very happy to
inform you that the Rev. J. KE. H. Thomson, who last year went into
residence at Safed, has most willingly undertaken to dredge and
collect for us during the next three or four years in Galilee and the
neighbouring Lakes, the necessity for investigating the molluscan
fauna of which was emphasized by the late Paul Fischer.
My friend and former pupil, Mr. J. E. S. Moore, has just returned
from the African Lakes with a goodly dredging of Mollusca, including
material for the study of development; and I am hopeful that ere long
we may see some of them upon our table.
With a view to extension of our influence with explorers, our
Council early in the year considered a scheme for the compilation of
a series of directions for search, capture, and preservation of Mollusca.
A small Committee was formed, with two members for each department
of the work, and their notes are now in an advanced stage. In
taking this step, your Council were encouraged by the success of
the issue by the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland
of their ‘‘ Notes and Queries,” and were especially mindful of the
necessity for securing accurate observations upon the Land-shell Fauna
of the Oceanic Islands, before the disturbing influences of the settler
and his flocks and herds render them for ever unattainable.!
1 It is sincerely to be hoped that should the plea of the British Association
Committee for the exploration of the Islands of the Pacific lead to action, the
Land Mollusca will receive adequate attention.
206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
During the year, the hand of death has deprived us of Dr. Auguste
Brot, of Geneva, and of B. Schmacker, both members of our Society,
and both contributors to our ‘* Proceedings.” Dr. Brot, well known in
connection with the ‘‘Conchylien Cabinet” as the chief authority on
Melania and allied genera, passed away on August 30, at the age
of 75. Schmacker died at Yokohama, on March "26, at the early age
of 44; and in him we lose an enthusiastic collector, who devoted
special attention to Chinese and Japanese Land Mollusca, as his papers
in collaboration with Dr. O. Boettger testify.
In the death of Professor G. A. Pirona, of Udine, we mourn the
loss of a talented naturalist and philologist, who embraced within
the sphere of his many occupations the study of the Land and
Fresh-water Mollusca of his native district, and of the Hippurites ;
whilst by the decease of H. D. von Nostrand we have lost an
enthusiastic collector and conchologist.
I cannot pass unnoticed the recent decease of the veteran ‘‘ Naturalist
of the Cumbraes,” David Robertson, who died at Millport in his
ninetieth year, respected by all earnest Zoologists, as one who made the
most of his surroundings and developed that which he could command.
He was a keen observer of nature, and the merits of his sixty years’
work in science (in much of which he was materially assisted by his
wife) were in 1895 recognized by the University of Glasgow, which
bestowed on him the degree of D.C.L. When by many all but for-
gotten, he reappeared, in association with Dr. J. Murray, during his
exploration of the Firth and West Coast of Scotland and the work of
the familar ‘ Ark.’ His last public act was the cutting of the first
sod on the site of the new Marine Station at Millport, now nearing
completion, that owes its existence largely to his untiring energy and
enthusiasm. He was of the old order of ‘ field-naturalists,’ now,
alas! but few in number, and was also a paleontologist. Since his
death was in my hearing recently commented upon as that of ‘another
old fossil,’ I am constrained to point out that some of our latest work
in ‘bionomics’ has borne testimony’ to the value and accuracy of
observations made by him in 1861.
It would not be difficult to produce recent work in Malacology in
which gross errors might have been avoided had more attention been
paid to the published work of our predecessors. ‘‘ Sire,” perks the
youth to his senior, ‘‘I proceed to swallow and digest thee with all
thou knowest.” Let it be added that he occasionally gets choked !
Turning now to consider progress at home, we note the discovery,
by Mr. Garstang, of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Plymouth ;
of a new British Doris? (D. maculata) ; and of the Neomenian genera
Myzomenia and Rhopalomenia, hitherto unrecognized in British
Waters, with a description of which he has honoured our ‘Proceedings.’
Mr. Garstang’s S specimens were discovered in the English Channel at
1 Cf. W. Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. (N.s.), vol. iv, p..225.
2 W. Garstang, t.c., p. 167.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 207
a depth of 25-30 fathoms; whilst about the same time Professor
Haswell, of the Sydney University, recorded! a similar find in the
harbour of that city. This welcome extension of our knowledge of
the range of these remarkable animals was but a question of time ;
but, as concerning the British seas, it may be remarked that there
have long been placed on public exhibition in the Molluscan galleries
of the British Museum of Natural History, specimens of MVeomenia
carinata dredged by Dr. J. Murray during 1887-8 in 50-70 fathoms
at Upper Loch Etive and Loch Hourn ; and that in 1891 Professor
Haddon recorded* the capture of a Neomenian on the west coast of
Ireland at 80, if not also at 55, fathoms.
We note with pride that steps are being taken towards rearrange-
ment of our matchless national collection of recent Mollusca. In
this our Vice-President, Mr. EK. A. Smith, and those who are helping
and advising him, are performing a public service; and it is worthy
of remark that, as the work progresses, Dr. H. W oodward, MrOriclk,
and their associates in the Geological De ‘partment, are giving us
descriptions of fossil molluscs no less valuable and unique. Specimens
such as those of the Palaoctopus Newboldi from the Cretaceous of
Lebanon,’ and of Acanthoteuthis speciosa from the Lithographic Stone
of Eichstidt, * like so much that is preserved in our National Museum,
may well arouse the envy of our foreign contemporaries. Co-operative
action is the secret of their acquirement. During the present year
the observant eye of Mr. C. Davies Sherborn was attracted, while
walking with a friend (Dr. Rowe), by a monstrous Ammonite on the
beach near Brighton. No time was lost in communicating with
the authorities, who despatched our friend Crick and an assistant to
the scene. Sufficient this for anyone familiar with the conduct of
affairs of the Geological Department of our treasure-house; and, as
the result, there now adorns the collection a 44-inch example of
Ammonites (LHuaploceras) leptophyllum, which is an object to behold and
live up to.
General progress in the study of our recent Mollusca has been
during the year largely associated with the work of expeditions —
conspicuously with those of the ‘‘ Albatross”” and ‘ Princess Alice,”
of the German Plankton, and the Horn Expedition— of which I propose
to treat in a more fitting portion of my Address. The voyage of the
‘“Caudan”’ has furnished material for papers by Joubin and Locard,
and the Mollusca collected by the Dutch Expedition to Central Borneo
have been reported upon by Schepman.°®
Of faunal papers on Land Mollusca, I would name those of our Vice-
President, Mr. Edgar Smith, referrmg to Celebes, Batchian, Ternate,
1 W. A. Haswell, Journ. Sydney Univ. Medic. Soc. (Hermes Medic. Supplem.),
VOled, Py Xoxxi:
2 A. C. Haddon, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (N.s.), vol. vii, pp. 258 and 260.
3 H. Woodward, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. lil, p. 229; Geol. Mag., 1896,
- O67.
4 «6. Crick, Geol. Maz., 1897, p. 1.
° M. M. Schepman, Notes Leyden Mus., vol. xvii, p. 148.
208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
and Gilolo, in our own ‘‘ Proceedings”; and on Mollusca from Trinidad
in the Journal of Conchology.’| he Canaries have been dealt with
in our own pages by Gude; and, subsequently to Smith, Von
Mollendorff has written*® upon the Mollusca of South Celebes; while,
in conjunction with Quadras, he has briefly described* a “number
of species from the Philippines, whence several genera have been
listed by Boettger,* with descriptions of new forms.
Dall has published an elaborate review of our knowledge of the
terrestrial fauna of the Galapagos Islands,’ not unmixed with doubtful
speculation, in describing the collections made by Dr. G. Baur in
1890. Valuable critical reviews have been given by Fulton on
Amphidromus, and Wagner® on Daudebardia; and Hidalgo has
published some extensive critical notes on the species of Cochlostyla.’
There has also appeared the first of what we hope may prove to be
a series of papers on North American Land-shells, by Pilsbry and
Vanatta, dealing both systematically and anatomically with Arzolimax
and Aphallarion.® The same authors, too, have issued a Catalogue of
the genus Cerion; whilst the armature of the various species of Cordlla
and ‘Pleetopylis has been worked out and figured by Gude.®
Central Asia has furnished new forms to Westerlund; East Africa
to Von Martens; and Borneo and the Hawaiian Islands have received
special attention. New forms from Bombay have been described by
Melvillin our ‘‘ Proceedings,”’ and from the Loyalty Islands elsewhere,
in conjunction with Standen. A number of new species of Pleuro-
tomide have been recorded by Hervier'® from New Caledonia; and
in generic work, De Rochebrune on Ceratosoma," and Lahille on the
Volutes of Argentina,” call for comment.
A Catalogue of the marine fauna of the Pacific coast of Canada has
been compiled by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, in which he enumerates
279 species, and to which he adds a faunal lst of fresh-water forms.
Of the ‘* Conchylien Cabinet ” several parts have appeared, dealing
with Helix, Cerithium, Columbella, and the Bullacea. The {¢ Manual
of Conchology”’ by Pilsbry has steadily progressed: in the Marine
series the Gastropoda are finished; in the land, the Bulimoid forms
have received attention ; new subgenera have been described, and in
separating genera the sculpture of the protoconch has been utilized.
Simroth, in Bronn’s ‘‘Thier-Reich,” has commenced the Gastropoda,
Our Editor has assisted in the English translation by H. and M. Bernard
1K. A. Smith, Journ. Conch., vol. viii, p. 231.
2 0. von Millendorff, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1896, p. 133.
’ J. F. Quadras and O. von Mollendorff, t.c., p. 81.
4 O. Boettger, t.c., p. 41.
5 W.H. Dall, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1896, p. 395.
6 A. J. Wagner, Denskschr. Akad. Wien, Bd. lxii, p. 609.
7 J. G. Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch., tom. xliv, p. 5.
8 H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1896, p. 339.
9 G. K. Gude, Sci. Gossip (N.s.), vol. ii, p. 126 ete.
1 R. P. J. Hervier, Journ. de Conch., vol. xliii, p. 141, and vol. xliv, p. 51.
1 A. T.de Rochebrune, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. IL1, tom. vil, p. 119.
* F. Lahille, Rev. Mus. La Plata, vol. vi, p. 293.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 209
of Arnold Lang’s ‘‘ Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy’ so far as
it applies to the Mollusca. Mr. J. W. Taylor has issued a further
part of his work on British Land and Fresh-water Mollusca,
devoting much attention to anatomy; and Mr. L. E. Adams _ has
published a second edition of his ‘‘ Collector’s Manual.” Last, but not
least, our thanks are due to the Editor of the Journal of Malacology,
and to our Secretary and Mr. 8. Pace, for their enterprising ‘‘ Biblio-
graphy,’ which we hope will continue a leading feature of that
periodical.
For the student of fossil forms, the year has been noteworthy.
Our Corresponding Members, Dr. R. J. Lechmere Guppy and Professor
W. H. Dall, have written a joint work? entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of
Tertiary Fossils from the Antillean Region,” the horizons whence
they were obtained ranging from the Pliocene to the Eocene. A new
genus, Strombinella, is described from the Oligocene of St. Domingo. It
appears at first sight like a strongly sculptured Torebra of the section
Acus; the aperture, however, is that of Anachis, and it doubtless has
much the same relation to this as Asopus has to Astyris.
Professor Sacco’s stupendous work still progresses.? Part 20 has
appeared during the year, and comprises the Coecide, Vermetide,
Siliquariidee, Phorida, Calyptreide, Capulidee, Hipponycidie, Neri-
tidie, and Neritopsidee. In this we have another appalling addition to
the number of ‘varieties’ of divers species of fossil Mollusca.
Fortunately, however, considerable revision has been effected with the
species themselves; and the systematic position of many has been so
carefully considered that, despite its faults, the work will constitute a
standard of reference on Pliocene Mollusca for some time to come.
A paper by our member, Mr. G. B. Pritchard, on the fossil fauna
of Table Cape beds, Tasmania, deals principally * with the Mollusca.
The summary of species records one cephalopod, 143 gastropods, and
65 pelecypods; and the whole is an excellent piece of work,
apparently based chiefly on the writings of Ralph Tate, but con-
taining some welcome criticisms and addenda.
Dr. Paul Oppenheim, in a work entitled ‘Die Eocaenfauna des
Monte Postale bei Bolea im Veronesischen,” dealing largely with a
Molluscan fauna which has often been partly described, and is of much
interest from a geological point of view, records‘ some large Cerithidee
and Naticide. Large Lucinidee are ‘also described, which suggest
those of the Eocene “of North-Western Europe. ‘The state of some
of the fossils is unfortunately bad, and the nomenclature somewhat
antiquated.
The volume of the Paleontographical Society contains four
monographs of especial interest to us. That on the ‘Fauna of the
R. J. Guppy and W. H. Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xix, p. 303.
F. J. Sacco, Molluschi Terr. Terz. Piedmonte e Liguria. Turin.
G. B. Pritchard, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (N.s.), vol. viii, p. 74.
P. Oppenheim, Paleontographica, xliii, pp, 125-221, 8 pls. Stuttgart, 1896.
m 02 toe
210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Marwood and Pilton Beds of North Devon and Somerset,’’ by our
mcmber, the Rev. G. F. Whidborne, is a useful epitome. The
systematic position of most of the species of Mollusca described
appears to us, however, doubtful, and this monograph will be of
best use later on, when the field comes to be more thoroughly
worked out.
Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites form the subject of an
appendix to his previous work by Dr. Wheelton Hind, also a member
of our Society. ‘There is given on p. 171 a geological section of the
beds of the shore at Dalneny, but its utility is seriously marred by ~
the omission of any statement as to the thickness of the beds. Dr.
Hind also devotes eighty pages to the ‘‘ British Carboniferous Lamelli-
branchiata”? (Part I), dealing with the Mytilide. The assignation
of a systematic position to many of the species of Lithodomus depicted
on pl. il is, to say the least, bold. The greater part of this work is
confined to the ‘ Introduction”? and ‘ Bibhography,’? which latter
we could well wish revised and materially extended.
Our member, Mr. W. H. Hudleston, F.R.S., contributes the ninth
number of Part I of his work on the ‘‘ Jurassic Gastropoda,” concluding
those of the Oolite. The monograph is accompanied by an alphabetical
index, showing geographical distribution in England.
Our indefatigable Corresponding Member, M. Cossmann, has
published the second livraison of his great work ‘‘Hssais de
Paléoconchologie comparée,” comprising the Tubiferide, Icteriidee
(nov. fam.), and Nerineide, which the author elevates into a new
suborder, Entomoteniata. The systematic description of the
Prosobranchiata is also commenced, and includes the Terebride,
Pleurotomide, and Conide. The work throughout bears evidence of
very careful prepsration. A number of new genera and subgenera are
proposed ; but we cannot say that the method of classification, though
it follows in part the example set by the late Paul Fischer in his
Manuel,” will be received with much satisfaction by English
students. One of the most interesting features of the work is the
careful manner in which the author cites examples of species oc-
curring along definite geological horizons, whereby the reader is
presented with a comprehensive review of the range in time of even
the subgenera and ‘sections.’ The work is destined to become
classical.
There has also appeared during the year, under the direction of
M. Cossmann, a ‘‘ Revue critique de Paléozoologie.” It will appear
every three months, and is intended to contain comprehensive reviews
of current work. It to a certain extent takes the place of the palwo-
zoological section of the recently defunct ‘ Annuaire Géologique
Universel,” and it cannot fail to be of the greatest use to us all.
M. Cossmann is to be congratulated on the undertaking.
The Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India (‘‘ Palzeontologia
Indica’”’) of the year embody two important monographs on the
Cephalopoda, by Professor W. Waagen and Dr. Carl Diener. Dr.
Waagen deals with fossils of the Ceratite formation, which apparently
represents the Trias of Europe, although ‘it is not yet possible to
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 211
say with certainty what parts of the Trias may be represented by the
Ceratite formation of the Salt Range.’’ The greater part of the work
is devoted to the Cephalopoda, and many new genera and species
are described. Dr. Diener’s monograph describes the ‘ Schlaginweit
Collection in Munich, Griesbach’s in the Geological Museum of
Calcutta, with Blanford’s and Stoliezka’s type-specimens”’; and last,
but not least, the large number of fossils collected in 1892 by the
expedition to Johar, Panikhanda, and Hundés, in which Griesbach,
Middlemiss, and Diener took part. A new genus (Buddhaites) is
‘described, besides a great number of new species; and the work, like
that. of Waagen beforementioned and all the volumes of the
‘« Palaontologia Indica,” is exceedingly well illustrated.
In the ‘‘ Denkschrift’’? of the Vienna Academy, Dr. E. Mojsisovics
von Mojsvar, who has already done so much excellent work on
the Cephalopod fauna of ee Trias, particularly of Austria, describes
in full that of the Upper Trias of the Himalayas. The material
forming the basis of the work consists of the collections of
Dr. Diener and Messrs. Griesbach and Middlemiss, made during their
abovementioned expedition to the Himalayas. As was to be expected,
the author describes many new species, and institutes new genera,
subgenera, and large subdivisions. His descriptions are accompanied
by numerous plates, executed in the finished manner to which we are
accustomed in his writings on the Austrian Trias.
The work, I believe, is being translated, to appear subsequently in
the ‘‘ Paleontologia Indica,” where it will probably form Part I
of a series of monographs on ‘* Himalayan Trias Fossils,” of which
Dr. Diener’s work on the Muschelkalk of the same region forms Part IT.
G. Holm has published a work on £nxdoceras, in which,* briefly
reviewing the literature, he passes to the description of the apex.
He recognizes two types, but considers a division of the genus im-
practicable, since the apical portion is known in but few examples, and
not at all in the type-species. He groups the species exhibiting the
conical apex into two subgenera, for one of which he adopts the name
Nanno, previously used generically by Clarke, and afterwards adopted
by Hyatt, and for the other he proposes Suecoceras.
One regrettable feature of the year’s work has been the tendency
towards reversion to the trinomial system and the too rigid adherence
to rules of priority. When, in an age in which science is popular,
Aplysia becomes Tethys, and vice versa, and, in one of overcrowding of
literature, it is thought desirable to discriminate between ‘types,’
‘paratypes,’ and other sorts of types, it were no wonder did the way-
side naturalist turn from us in despair. For the purists /ehthyosaurus
ought to go, Zroglodytes becomes Anthropopithecus. Convenience and
the fitness of things must be considered. The effects of extreme
specialization are here but too evident; one man describing as the
result of a life’s labours ‘characters’ which it requires the
1M. E. Mojsisovies von Mojsvar, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, Bd. Ixiii.
2 G. Holm, Geol. Foren. i Stockholm Forhandlg., Bd. xviii, p. 394
212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
experience of a life to appreciate. If this course is to continue,
let us boldly replace Momo sapiens by Ifendax simplex, and have
done with it!
In the department of Marine Biology the year has witnessed an
exceptional activity at all points of the compass. Our Japanese
friends have described and worked out a new species of Opisthoteuthis
(O. depressa),} and they continue to discover new and remarkable
marine organisms.? Rumours are current of a South Australian Marine
Station; and the attempt which is being made to develop the resources
of the West Indies has met with considerable support at the hands
of the Zoologists of the Johns Hopkins University, who during the
season visited Port Henderson for purposes of systematic study.®
As a kindred new departure, the members of the Columbia
University, New York, organized a summer expedition to Puget
Sound, where a laboratory was equipped, and dredging, plankton
collecting, and other modes of investigation were carried out; and
their preliminary report announces, as a leading result,* the careful
study of Seutella and Entoconcha, and the collection of numerous
mollusca, the working out of which will be looked for with intense
interest.
The North Pacific is this year more than ever to the front, and
will keep our friends Mr. Edgar Smith and Mr. Sykes busily engaged
for some time to come, since Mr. R. C. L. Perkins is still collecting,
under the auspices of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and
British Association. More than this, however, for the extension to
him of substantial support by the Trustees of the Bernice P. Bishop
Museum in Honolulu, has been followed by the welcome announce-
ment® of a proposal to erect a biological laboratory for the Hawaiian
Islands at the princely cost of some £150,000, which Mr. C. R. Bishop
would seem willing to defray. The allusion in the preliminary notice
to the facilities which will be afforded to American and Japanese
zoologists is a sure sign of the times; but we hope that distance will
not deter British workers from visiting the locality, as seems to be
anticipated.
At home, all eyes have turned northward, two important events
having taken place across the border, viz., the laying of the foundation-
stone of a new marine station at Millport on October 18, and the
completion and opening of the ‘Gatty Marine Laboratory” at
St. Andrews—the latter wholly, and the former largely, the outcome
of voluntary bequest on the part of persons who have lived to
appreciate the value of biological investigation. I need but remind you
of the pioneer work in marine zoology of Professor W. C. McIntosh,
1 I, Ijima and 8. Ikeda, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Japan, vol. viii, p. 328.
Ct. also Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. IV, vol. ii, p. 74.
2 Cf. Zool. Anz., Bd. ix, p. 249.
3 Of. J. E. Duerden, Journ. Instit. Jamaica, vol. ii, p. 268.
4 Cf. Zool. Anz., Bd. xx, p. 14.
5 Cf, Rev. Sci., ser. 1V, tom. vi, p. 631.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 213
and of his untiring devotion to it for a period of over thirty years, to
justify the remark that the munificent gift of the Gatty Laboratory
is a fitting recognition of his labours, upon which he and his ancient
university are alike to be congratulated. Investigator, raw student,
and collector, have always received the greatest encouragement at
his hands, and he has ever given unstintingly of his rich resources
in the advancement of education.
The Millport Laboratory, now near completion, as I have already
remarked, was the cherished ambition of the ‘‘ Naturalist of the
Cumbraes.”?’ Having secured its foundation, he lved intent on
endowing it from his collections, the richness of which is known
only to marine zoologists. Although the hand of death has intervened,
we sincerely hope it will not have rendered it impossible in this
manner to ensure him a fitting memorial. A commencement has
already been made with a suggestive piece of work, in which
Robertson himself had a hand,! upon hermaphroditism and the
influence of nutrition on sex in the limpet.
Aberdeen follows in the wake, with the announcement that its
Town Council, at the suggestion of Professor Alleyne Nicholson, have,
as a wholly provisional arrangement, equipped an old bathing station
as a Marine Aquarium.
Once again has private enterprise, a characteristically English
method of procedure in the advancement of Science, come nobly to
our aid. And, since even in scientific circles there are not wanting
persons apparently unable to distinguish between the claims of a
Marine Biological and a Chemical Institute, as concerning choice of
locality, it may be opportune to remark that for work in economics
which even they desire, involving, as a basis for observation and
experiment, the determination of the habits, range, and causes of
migration of marine organisms, there is demanded, as, a first necessity,
the girdling of our seas by a series of properly equipped observatories,
as a means by which collated investigation should be possible for long
periods over wide areas. Our requirements are essentially those of
the seismographers, who are raising a similar outcry. It is only now
that the possibility of such collective investigation is dawning; and
we note with satisfaction that a biologically first attempt in the
desired direction has just been made* by the able Director of the
Plymouth Marine Station.
Briefly to consider the year’s work of expeditions, as specially
affecting our chosen class of animals, there stands foremost for
recognition the Report by Messrs. Dautzenberg and H. Fischer
on the Deep-sea Fauna dredged by the ‘“ Princess Alice” in
1889-90, at depths of from 40 to 4,000 metres in the Mediterranean
and off the Azores. Of the 153 species of Gastropoda and Chitons
recorded, 86 are described as new.
1 Cf. J. F. Gemmill, Anat. Anz., Bd. xii, p. 392.
2 E. J. Allen, « Distril yution of Marine Plankton’’?: Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc.
s.), vol. iv, p. 408.
VOL. I11.—JuLY, 1897. 15
914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
There reached us early in the year another important report,’ by
our zealous foreign member, Dr. W. H. Dall, upon the Mollusca
collected in deep water near the Hawaiian Islands, during the cruise
of the ‘‘ Albatross”? in 1891. A conspicuous feature is the working
out of the anatomy of a new species of Spergo (S. glandiniformis) and
of the author’s genus Luciroa, concerning the structure of the gills
and discussion of the affinities of which we await with much curiosity
the comments of our Belgian contemporary Paul Pelseneer.
Our Vice-President, Mr. Edgar Smith, has given us an admirable
report? on some new deep-sea Mollusca from the “ Investigator”
collection; and our respected foreign member, Dr. H. Simroth, has
contributed a report upon the Acephala of the German Plankton
Expedition, noteworthy for the description of a new and minute
pelagic genus (Planktomya), and full of subsidiary matter of the
greatest service to the student, but, alas! marred by a regrettable
feature, to which I shall return.
From the pen of Dr. Rudolf Sturany there has come a monograph
on the Mollusca dredged by the Austrian Deep-sea Expedition by
the ‘‘ Pola,” during the years 1890-4, in which, on comparison of
the Tertiary fossils of Sicily and Italy, the well-founded conclusions
of Fischer and others as to the uniformity of the molluscan fauna of
the deeper waters of the Mediterranean, and that the deep-sea fauna
of the Mediterranean would appear to have had a Northern Atlantic
origin, are confirmed.
At the Liverpool meeting of the British Association, the Committee
for the study of the Marine Zoology, Botany, and Geology of the Irish
Sea, of which I have the honour of being a member, presented its final
report. I much fear my own part has been that of feeding the
fishes and other sea-monsters rather than of assisting to work them
out; but our friend Professor W. A. Herdman, and his well-organized
band of Liverpoolians, have given us an exhaustive list of captures,
which include numerous novelties. The controversy at Ipswich con-
cerning that portion of the work which deals with the ‘zone of deep
mud,” is fresh in the minds of some of us. A special feature of the
undertaking was the careful localization and study of the bottom
deposits; and in the hands of Mr. Clement Reid, of the Geological
Survey, results of the greatest interest to the student of molluscan
chorology appear likely to accrue.
The Antipodes have this year been the centre of exceptional
attention by explorers. The party headed by Professor W. J. Sollas
sent out in H.M.S. ‘‘ Penguin,” under the joint auspices of the Royal
Society and British Association, to investigate the structure of a coral
reef by boring and sounding, were baffled in their main object, but we
hope not beaten. Rich collections have, however, been made; and
since Mr. Hedley, of the Sydney Museum, accompanied the expe-
dition as ‘ Naturalist,’ Malacologists would seem assured of a good
1 W. H. Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 675.
2 E. Smith, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VI, vol. xviii, p. 367.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Didi
harvest. Thanks to Admiral Wharton, R.N., F.R.S., the soundings
of this expedition have been placed in the hands of our able member
Mr. W. H. Burrows, who is now working them out.
Dr. Willey has continued his observations upon WVautilus; and
during a sojourn in Sydney he worked out and published details of
considerable interest, not only upon Mollusca, but upon the
enigmatical Ctenoplana, of which he has described! a new species
(C. rosacea). He has left Sydney for New Caledonia, and carries
with him our best wishes.
The impetus given to the study of the Polyplacophora by Pilsbry’s
revisionary monograph and the adoption of its newer methods have
been most marked in their effects on the study of the Australian
and Novozelandian forms. The papers by Pilsbry,? and those by
Bednall, Suter, and Sykes read at our meetings, well-nigh cover
the field; and when we reflect upon the discovery during the
last few years of unique and engrossingly interesting Sponges
and Crustaceans, to say nothing of Flat-worms and Echinoderms,
by Dendy, Chilton,* Farquhar, Thomson,® and others, we cannot
but congratulate our New Zealand brethren on the result.
Finally, there are now before us the complete report and narrative
of the expedition into the interior of Australia during 1894, which
bears the name of W. A. Horn, who so liberally organized and
endowed it, with the aid of the South Austrahan Government.
Results of the greatest interest have been obtained in Zoology,
Botany, Anthropology, and Geology; and, on consideration of the
exceptional difficulties under which the little band of investigators
were placed in working them out, they have merited our profound
thanks. To Professor Baldwin Spencer, upon whom fell the task
of general organization and editorship, we owe a debt of peculiar
gratitude ; for, shortly after the return of the expedition to civiliza-
tion, on receipt of tidings of heavy rain in the interior, he packed
bag and baggage and returned to collect whatever was afloat. Not
only so, but he is now again on the spot. While, thus, the
success of the expedition is largely due to his untiring energy and
enthusiasm, we may hope for further results at his very competent
hands; and we congratulate him on his determination to develop the
knowledge of the indigenous fauna of his adopted land.
Professor Tate and Mr. Hedley are responsible for the work done
upon some 2,000 mollusca, now preserved in the Australian Museum ;
and there has arisen good reason for believing that these are the
survivors of a primitive fauna, and that many of them, under
the effects of isolation and marked climatic changes, have acquired the
habit of reproducing immediately the conditions are favourable. The
A. Willey, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci. (n.s.), vol. clv, p. 323.
H. A. Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, p. 69.
C. Chilton, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), ser. II, vol. vi, p. 163.
Farquhar, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), vol. xxvi, p. 186. [Now in press.]
G. M. Thomson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), ser. I, vol. vi, p. 288.
ok WHY
216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
land-shell fauna, but little known prior to the expedition, has been
most considerably extended, and in its characters it is found to
approximate that of Sub-Tropical West Australia.
The study of the Australian Mollusca, as you are aware, has played
an important part in the recent revival of controversies concerning
the history of the Australian continent, and notably in the delimitation
of Tate’s Larapintine or Central Eremian Region.
Mr. Hedley has contributed to the Report upon the Mollusca of the
Horn Expedition, an appendix dealing with the anatomy of some few
forms which were sufficiently well preserved for dissection, and has
arrived at the instructive conclusion that in relying wholly upon
salient superficial characters of shells and ‘teeth,’ we appear to be
associating together species markedly distinct in the structure of their
viscera. Mr. Hedley approaches the study of the Mollusca from the
broader standpoint of Pilsbry, who has done so much for recent
advancement of Malacology; and, since his work has thus a special
value, I the more readily draw your attention to his ingenious theory '
of instability of the ‘Antarctica,’ for in a combination of this with
the theory of a South Pacific Mesozoic Continent, as originally con-
ceived by Huxley, the nearest approach to the truth concerning that
now vexed question appears to me to he.
Progress in the study of minute anatomy and development during
the year has borne good fruit; and foremost for recognition there
stands the third part of F. Bernard’s monograph* upon the hinge of
the bivalved molluses, to which I have already alluded, and upon
which our Editor gave us, in the autumn, an instructive demon-
stration. Bernard’s announcement that the ligament is invariably
internal in origin, that the various types of cardinal teeth are due
to irregularity in growth of a series of ridges, and that the ligament
of the adult I, ytilus is a secondarily formed structure which overrides
the ‘teeth,’ is full of interest and importance. Dreissensia, in his
hands, is removed from the Mytilidee; and his discovery that, in
respect to the retention of larval (‘ prodissoconch’) crenulations and
the non-development of true ‘teeth,’ the adult Ostrea and the
Pectens are, as it were, persistently embryonic, is most luminous,
seeing it comes at a time when the study of several of the great
groups of animals is showing us that, as concerns individual organs,
the lowest term is not unfrequently retained by the most generally
specialized forms.
Since the publication of this most important monograph, Bernard
has briefly announced the discovery,’ among some mollusca collected
by M. Filhol and others in the Islands of Stewart and St. Paul,
of two new Pelecypoda, Hochstetteria and Condylocardia. For the
latter he is compelled to create a new family; and the former excites
1 C. Hedley, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VI, vol. xvii, p. 111.
2 F. Bernard, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. III, tom. xxiv, p. 412.
3 F. Bernard, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1896, p. 193.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 217
our interest greatly, for it appears to be a persistently embryonic
Mytiloid with a wholly internal hgament.
It may be doubted if, in our supertluity of discussion upon animate
nature as to what may have happened in the past, we are not prone
to overlook that which may be happening to-day; and, for this reason,
much interest appears to me to attach to a paper by Professor Brooks
of Baltimore in which, returning to the study of an azygos, siphonal
tentacle, which he described in Yoldia in 1874, he adduces reason for
believing! that it is an organ ‘‘of late specialization. not thoroughly
settled in position.”
Continuing his work on the Pholadide, Sigerfoos, in a preliminary
paper full of. interest, has shown? that the larva of Xylotrya fimbriata
is possessed of a long tongue-shaped ‘foot’ with a byssus organ,
and of free mantle-lobes; and that burrowing is commenced by a
conjoint mechanical action of the former and specially developed
‘shell-teeth” It is an interesting circumstance that during
Sigerfoos’ investigation Lloyd has advanced good reason for con-
cluding * that in Pholadidea penita atrophy of the ‘foot’ takes place
after that organ, by a muscular effort and the utilization of ‘ grit,’
has excavated the burrow; and that in the case of the unfortunate
oyster, Schiemenz has adduced facts which show * the opening of the
valves by starfish, and Letellier ° their excavation by the boring-sponge,
to be due to the exercise of sheer force.
Had these discoveries been made in the teleological days of our fore-
fathers, the need of protection against starfishes would probably have
been accounted a sufficient explanation of the overgrowth of the
molluscan shell by the mantle.
As our thoughts are thus directed to the shell-sac and the ‘shell-
gland,’ it may be remarked that Schmidt claims® to have confirmed
the observation of Gegenbaur, in 1851, that the shell of Clausilia les
originally in a closed sac. He asserts that the same is true of Suceinea;
and his investigation heightens our interest in a problematical organ of
the young Sepia, which Hoyle in 1889 likened’ to the ‘ shell-gland,’
but which appears to me more nearly comparable to the aboral bursa
of Sepiella.
The interest of Hoyle’s observation is further increased by the
recent discovery by Bather* that immediately after its hberation from
the egg-capsule the young Sep7a attaches itself by a sucker-lke expan-
sion of its mantle.
1 W. K. Brooks and G. Drew, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., vol. xv, p. 85.
C. P. Sigerfoos, t.c., p. 87.
Bel. Ei. Lloyd, Science (n.s.), vol. iv, p. 188. Cf. also Zool. Anz., Bd. xx,
p. 14.
4 P. Schiemenz, Mitth.-Deutsch. Seefischereiver., Bd. xii, No.6. Transl. in Journ,
Mar. Biol. Assoc. (N.s.), vol. iv, p. 266.
A. Letellier, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., ser. IV, vol. viii, p. 149.
F. Schmidt, Zoolog. Jahrb. (Anat. Abth.), Bd. viii, p. 318.
Wi. Ei. Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb.. vol. x, p. 48.
F. A. Bather, Journ. Malac., vol. iv, p. 33.
nr
aortan
218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Karly in the year our indefatigable foreign member, Dr. Dall, re-
viewing the ‘ Challenger ” monograph on Spirula, revived the belief
in an adhesive function of the aboral disk of that animal, stating facts!
which led him to regard it as a mechanical sucker-like organ. He
suggests that the species is sedentary and that the exposure of the
shell generally observed is due to the animal having been wrenched
from its attachment, and seeks to thus explain its non-capture in the
free state.
While writing this there reached me a monograph by Dr. Einar
Lonnberg, of Upsala, reporting? upon the examination of a well-
preserved Spirula reticulata in the Zoological Museum of that
University, from which he has been able to supplement our knowledge
of the anatomy of the genus. He attributes to the aboral papilla
and its associated parts a sensory function; and, moreover, boldly
challenges Pelseneer’s association of the Spirulas with the Cégopsoids.
Admitting them ‘(gopsoids’ so far as their eyes are concerned, he
formulates a remarkable argument for thinking them more closely
related to the nearest ancestors of the Sepia- Loligo group, which he
forsooth would seek among the Ammonites! Much curiosity attaches
to the considerations upon which he reaches the conclusion that Spirwia,
Spirulirostra, Belosepia, Sepia, are not directly related to each other,
but ‘fa series of forms in which the development has pursued the
same course.”
‘ Aboral fixation’ has been very much in the malacological air
during the year; for, in addition to the foregoing, Ruedemann has
referred to Conularia® an organism which attached itself by its
‘apex’; and the limits of probability have been reached in a suggestion
of Verrill’s* that it may be a member of a primitive ancestral form
of Dibranchiate Cephalopod, in which the initial secretion of the
shell-gland of the veliger-like young served for attachment !
Concerning Nautilus, W illey only yesterday laid before the Royal
Society a description of the mode of oviposition and of the ripe ova,°
and has published further notes,* embodying more particularly inter-
esting deductions from the study of the nepionic shell, and a recognition
of variations which have led him to a belief in a new variety (VV.
pompilius var. Moretont). Vayssicre, too, has published’ a lengthy
memoir on the external characters of the genus; with especial reference
to dimorphism and the spadix, unfortunately in apparent ignorance of
Haswell’s observations,’ the full account of which has meanwhile
appeared.
In December our eyes were startled by the appearance of a paper by
1 W. H. Dall, Science (n.s.), vol. ili, p. 243.
* KE. Lonnberg, Lilljeborg Festskrift (Upsala, 1896), p. 99.
3 R. Ruedemann, Amer. Geol., vol. xvii, p. 158.
4 A. KE. Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. IV, vol. ii, p. 80.
5 Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lx, p. 467.
6 A. Willey, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci. (Ns.), vol. xxxix, pp. 145 and 227.
7 A. Vayssiére, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., ser. VIII, vol. ii, p. 137.
8 W. A. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales, ser. II, vol. x, p. 544.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 219
Dr. H. P. Blackmore, in which,’ convinced of the invariable associa-
tion of certain Aptychi and Belemnites, he would have us believe that
Aptychus leptophyllus, A. Portlockii, and A. rugosus, were appur-
tenances of the Belemnite organism, homologous forsooth with the
pro-ostracum! His arguments show complete disregard of a sense of
proportion of the cephalopod body, and lack of knowledge of the
elements of anatomy indispensable to the orientation of its parts. We
wish we could accept them, but we cannot.
The details in development of the radula from an epidermal invagi-
nation have in Paludina been worked out by Bloch.? The investigations
of Pelseneer, Brook and Drew, and F. Bernard, beforementioned, once
again impress on us the importance of ‘convergence’; and a result
like Hedley’s relegation of certain species of Angasel/a, Chioritis, and
Thersites to Tate’s genus Xanthomelon,’ from a knowledge of their
visceral as well as their conchological characters, once more emphasizes
how indispensable is a knowledge of the anatomy of recent forms if
truly scientific progress is to be made.
In the way of experimental work, popular interest centres on the
oyster, upon which, in relation to typhoid and other diseases, official
reports have appeared‘ during the year. The creature has proved itself
a veritable arch-glutton of germs, sewage, and abominations generally.
The discovery by Professors Herdman and Boyce that the typhoid
bacillus does not flourish in clean sea-water, and (in conjunction with
other investigators) that neither sewage nor fresh water are favourable
media to its existence, is reassuring, and calls for a suspension of
judgment on the luscious bivalve.
Boyce and Herdman,’ Chatin,* De Bruyne,” and others, have
considerably advanced our knowledge of the so-called ‘greening’ of
the oyster, erroneously thought by some to be a secretory process,
Special interest attaches to their discovery that it marks the removal
of deleterious matter by the agency of migratory cells; and it is for
us a cause of congratulation that the year which has seen Lister
elevated to the peerage finds our Mollusca in the thick of the phago-
cytosis blood-gland inquiry, from which mankind has more to hope
than from the armed forces of the world.
Nor are our chosen class of animals to be longer excluded from the
field of experimental physiology, for they have creditably contributed
to a recent comparative study of respiratory exchange with the outside
world* at different periods of growth and under experimental
influence.
H. P. Blackmore, Geol. Mag., 1896, pp. 529-38.
I. Bloch, Jenaische Zeitschr., Bd. xxx, p. 3856.
C. Hedley, Rep. Horn Exped., pt. ii (Zool.), p. 224. Cf. also Summary, p. 153.
‘* Oyster Culture in Relation to Disease’? : 24th Ann. Rep. by Medical Officer
Loc. Gov. Board, 1596.
5 R. W. Boyceand W. A. Herdman, Rep. Lancashire Sea Fish Lab., 1894, p. 6,
and also Brit. Assoe. Rep., 1896, p. 663.
M. J. Chatin, Comptes Rend., tom. exxii, pp. 796 and 1556.
C. de Bruyne, Arch. d. Biol., tom. xiv, p 1lé lL.
Cf. H. M. Vernon, Journ. Physiol., vol. xix, p. 28.
Pon
ao -
220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Interesting in its bearings upon the adaptability of the molluscan
organism is some additional evidence that Limax agrestis may become
carnivorous, and that it may eat dead earthworms and aphides.’ Let
it be remembered, however, that Hunter kept a sea-gull alive for
a year on barley, that rabbits have been known to thrive on frogs,
and that cows and horses have been for a considerable period fed
on fish,?
This brings me to the consideration of the Mollusca in relation
to the more advanced work in cytology, now occupying so much
attention.
As the result of appreciation of the extent to which continuity
between the protoplasmic constituents of the animal body may be
observed, the extension of ideas opposed to the cell-theory, that
were first put upon a broad basis by Heitzmann in 1883,° in the hands
of Sedgwick,* Schuberg,’® and others, has raised questions of serious
modification im our conceptions of the Metazoon. On the other
hand, the master minds of Von Kolliker, Retzius, and Y. Cajal, and
their associates, as the result of perfection of improved methods
of microchemical technique, have brought about the great generali-
zation that that desperate complex, the central nervous and sensory
epithehal apparatus, 1s composed of discontinuous cells and their
derivatives, arranged after the manner of a felt and not as a net-work.
The challenging of the cell-theory, with all recent work on the
minute structure of protoplasm, has concentrated attention on the
nucleus ; and of the extreme to which Hertwig, Weismann and their
followers have carried their conceptions of the part played by that
structure in heredity, I need but remind you.
In the progress of these vitally interesting lines of inquiry, the
Mollusca have come to play no mean part. Their structural units are
large; and so marked are their nuclear elements, that the so-called
‘ centrosphere ’—the most debatable object among cytologists—may in
some of them be readily seen without recourse to reagents. Lymnaea
and Succinea were among the first animals the nuclei of which arrested
the attention of Biitschl,® that pioneer in the study of nuclear division,
in the early seventies ; and the term ‘amphiaster’ was two years later
appled by Fol’ to one of the earliest established phases in the process,
after observations upon Pteropoda. In the hands of Mark, Limaax
campestris becomes responsible for perhaps the most bulky treatise §
1 C. Oldham, Zoologist, ser. III, vol. xx, p. 264; and also F. V. Theobald, t.c.,
p- 307.
2 Cf. W. H. Flower, Medical Times and Gazette, February, 1872, p. 217.
8 ©. Heitzmann, ‘‘ Microscopical Morphology of the Animal Body in Health and
Disease.’”’ New York, 1883.
# A. Sedgwick. Cf. Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci. (N.s.), vol. xxxvii, p. 87.
A. Schuberg, Sitzb. Phys. Med. Ges. Wiirzb., 1893, p. 44. Cf. also J. A.
Hammar, Arch. Mikr. Anat., Bd. xlvii, p. 14.
§ QO. Butschli, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Bd. xxv, p. 201.
Ii. Fol, Arch. Zool. Exper., 1877, p. 147.
Ki. L. Mark, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. vi, p. 178.
or
wo 2
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 221
ever inspired by cytological investigation of the egg of a single animal ;
and in the researches of Barfurth,! which so far revolutionized
our knowledge of the so-called ‘liver’ of the invertebrata as to
early necessitate the abolition of that term, Arion and Helix rank
foremost.
Claiming, on your behalf, a leading consideration for the Mollusca
in questions cytological, allow me to remind you of the interest
attaching to the work of Kofoid and Castle, which I brought under
your notice last year. It has been followed by an elaborate inves-
tigation into the cell-lineage of Zimax maximus, by Meisenheimer,?
while Pfliicke would appear to be contemplating work with the
molluscan nerve-cell.2 Von Lenhossek has given us a study of the
Cephalopod optic lobe and retina,‘ which for masterly treatment has
never been surpassed. It suggests that in comparative histology
the molluscan eye will play a role no less important than it has
in anatomy in the hands of Grenacher, and in controversy in those
of Huxley and Mivart.
In purely experimental cytology, Fujita has made some interesting
observations upon the egg Aplysia, which appear to show? that
its derivative embryo- cells may overcome the efforts of mutilation ;
and Crampton, dealing with Ilyanassa obsoleta, has for the first time
sueceeded in making an extended experimental study ® of isolated
blastomeres, which is full of interest.
Platner has already done excellent work with the molluscan
nucleus; and, during the year, Auerbach,’ De Bruyne,*® Kostanecki
and Wierzejski,® Bolles-Lee,'’ and McMurrich,» dealing with the
‘astrosphere’ and ‘centrosome,’ have involved Fulgur, Helix,
Paludina, and Physa in what future historians will probably
record as one of the most remarkable biological controversies of
our time.
With advance of knowledge, the appearances expressed in the
beforementioned terms have been held indicative of the existence of a
supposed organ of the cell, equal almost in rank with the nucleus ; and
Kostanecki and W ierzejski (following Boveri, who attributed to the
‘centrosome’ the initiation of divisional activ ity) in lately studying
Physa have gone further, and argued that the stimulus to division of
the developing egg-cell depends mainly on the protoplasm and centro-
somes, which they regard as physiologically complementary.
Excitement concerning these structures reached its highest pitch in
1 —D. Barfurth, Arch. Mikr. Anat., Bd. xxii, p. 473.
2 J. Meisenheimer, Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. Ixii, p. 4165.
3 Max Pflticke, op. cit., Bd. lx, p. 500.
4M. von Lenhossek, Arch. Mikr. Anat., Bd. xlvii, p. 45.
5 J. Fujita, Zool. Mag. Tokyo, vol. viii, p. 47.
6 H. E. Crampton, Arch. Entwick. Mech., Bd. lll, p.
7 L. Auerbach, Jenaische Zeitsch., Bd. xxx, p. 405,
®& C. de Brayne, Bull. Acad. Belge, ser. III, vol. lvi, p. 241.
° K. von Kostanecki and A. Wierzejski, Arch. Mikr. Anat. , Bd. xvii, p. 309.
10 A. Bolles-Lee, ‘‘ La Cellule,’’ tom. xi, p. 224.
11 J. P. MeMurrich, Anat. Anz., Ld. xii, p. d384,
222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1891, in the assertion by Fol that in the sea-urchin (Strongylocentrotus
lividus) he had observed a complicated metamorphosis, to which he
gave the name ‘‘qguadrille des centres’?! and attributed paramount
significance in heredity. Fol did not long survive this, but more
recently a French Botanist, Guignard, professes to have observed a
similar metamorphosis* in the lily, wherefore it might appear to be
of prime importance in organic development.
Attention unprecedented has this ‘attraction sphere’ received
within the last five years. It always lies in the focal point of
radiations of the cell protoplasm, and it has accordingly appeared to some
that it marks a centre of attraction of a convergent, and to others
of origination of a radiate, activity. With extending inquiry, how-
ever, Fol’s and Guignard’s assertions have been found erroneous,* and
a& growing suspicion has arisen that the centrosome is no organ
of the cell, but merely a condensation point, indicative of the passage
of some energy within the cell, of the nature of which we know
nothing. Concerning the astrosphere, Morgan has lately shown,’
by experiment on the egg of certain Echini and Tunicates, that andes
treatment with 1-5 per cent. salt solution, vital activities are set
up within the egg which result in the appearance ad hoe of
‘astrospheres’ that closely resemble those of normal divisional
activity, and may be induced during periods at which, according
to prevailing deduction, their appearance ought to be impossible.
In view of this, it may be asked whether with the egg, as with
the adult organism, we are not in error in generalizing upon this or
that part considered alone. The entire ioraa and habitus of both
animal and cell are the expression of co-ordinate activity between
its different parts, which must be studied collectively.
We are stimulated by ideas, but we live and advance by knowledge.
Returning to the Mollusca with this thought in mind, we note that
during the year Verrill has well- nigh demolished the long-languished
‘schematic’ mollusk,’ building up* a plausible argument for the
origin of the great groups of Mollusca from free-swimming forms
similar to the “present veligers and pro-veligers. As concerning the
truth that the Polyplacophora are in respect to their bilateral
symmetry primitive, but in respect to the terminal anus highly
specialized, his reasoning is most forcible. Our conceptions of larval
forms of invertebrates have become less stereotyped with advancing
years; and it may be remarked that since the appearance of Verrill’s
paper a most beautiful study of the larve of marine annelids has
1H. Fol, Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Geneva, ser. III, vol. xxv, p. 393. Also Anat.
Anz., Bd. vi, p. 266, and Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. exii, p. 877.
2 L.. Guienard, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., ser. VII, tom. xiv, p. 163.
3 Cf. Wilson and Mathews, Journ. Morph., vol. x, p. 319; J. B. Farmer, Ann.
Bot., vol. vii, p. 393.
4 Cf. J. B. Farmer, Sci. Progress, vol. i (n.s.), p. 141.
5 T. H. Morgan, Arch. Entwick. Mech., Bd. iii, p. 339.
6 A. E. Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. IV, vol. ii, p. 91.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 993
appeared by Hicker,’ revealing evidence of structural dissimilarity
among the various forms which, by analogy, materially strengthens
Verrill’s case. The construction of archetypes, and the creation of
recesses in our classificatory schemes and museums for the reception
of hypothetical ancestral groups, are objectionable practices; and we,
therefore, the more regret the presence in Simroth’s volume on the
Acephala of the German Plankton Expedition of a supposed ‘ hypo-
thetical primitive mollusc ’—said to have lived between tide-marks
in the littoral zone, and to have had a hemi-pelagic larva !
Many bushels of apples had fallen to the earth before that which led
Newton to consider gravitation, and every milkmaid was aware of the
fact which, in Jenner’s mind, laid the foundation of the science of pre-
ventive medicine. But there are ideas and ‘ideas.’ In human progress
no one does you a greater service than he who demolishes a heresy ;
and the real worker in science is he who fairly and squarely records
a fact. If he have an idea, let him cherish it; another will ere long
intersect it, much to his advantage.
Among workers in science we now méet with signs of uneasiness
concerning the biological outlook; while in the popular mind the
notion seems to have arisen that with the historical establishment of
the principle of evolution the field is exhausted. To the serious
student, however, definitions of classes which sufficed for our
immediate predecessors will not suffice in the extended state of our
knowledge. The characters common to all living members of a
group are not those of all that have become extinct. Paleontology
has shown us that many a structural feature which, from the study
of the living alone, we have long regarded as the late outcome of a
long series of evolutionary changes, has been anticipated in early
geological times; and we are prone to inquire whether many of our
existing groups do not carry us back to an assemblage of ancestors
(1.e. may not be polyphyletic) rather than to a single progenitor as
is generally assumed. In a word, the field is widening, especially
in the department of paleontology, and its real extent is but now
becoming obvious.
The significance of larval forms among invertebrates has been
much under discussion in recent years. No one now dreams of
attaching to the ‘gastrula’ the far-reaching phylogenetic significance
which Heckel claimed for it in 1873. ‘The claims of the plakula,
planula, and other early larval differentiations have to be considered.
Concerning the later-formed types of larvae, 1 wish especially to
point out that while during recent years the idea has grown that the
Nauplius may be wholly secondary, Verrill, on behalf of our chosen
class of animals, has recently defended’ the earlier notion that
1 V. Hacker, Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. Ixii, p. 74; and also Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.
Abth.), Bd. vii, p. 246.
2 Cf. i. B. Wilson, Journ. Morph., vol. vi, p. 368, and also J. P. MeMurrich,
Biol. Lect. Wood’s Holl, 1890 (Boston, 1891°, p. 79.
3 A. E. Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. LY, vol. i, p. 91.
924 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
they are primitive, and indicative of stages in phylogeny. His action
imposes on us the necessity for paying foremost attention to those
characters in mollusca which may be of larval significance, and
especially to such as both living and fossil forms may present.
During the last few years, much interest has attached to a con-
sensus of opinion among specialists that the Phyllopoda lie near the
base of the Crustacean series, and to the growing idea that they may
be closely related to the Trilobites. Beecher, from the study of speci-
mens of Zriarthrus Becki, in which the appendages are preserved, has
substantiated this; and shown us,' what to my mind is incomparably
more important, that in the Trilobite, as in the Nauphus, the first pair
of appendages are prostomial, antenniform, and uniramous, and that the
two pairs which follow are peristomial and biramous. When we con-
sider further that the Trilobite in its general characters most nearly
combines those of Nauplius and the Phyllopod, which is develop-
mentally a sort of expansion of the Nauplius; that segmentation and
‘cephalization’ of the arthropod body are secondary processes, which
ean be accounted for by growth and development; that many of our
decapods themselves pass through a Nauplius stage; and that the
‘median eye’ of the Nauplius has been found attached to the brain,
altogether hidden beneath the exoskeleton, in adults of even the
more familiar decapods*; our interest in the larva and in all questions
of Crustacean phylogeny is heightened, in a manner impossible by
any but the comparative morphologies al method.
Tasmania has recently yielded us,® in the Anaspides of Thomson, an
annectant crustacean type; and within the last three months Calman,
minutely comparing this with the Paleozoic pod-shrimps so long
anomalous, has left little room for doubting * that it carries the decapod
type a stage lower than the lowest living schizopod.
As affecting our views of the phylogeny of the Crustacea, the
observations which I have here brought together appear to me to
have achieved a far-reaching result, impossible from the exclusive
study of either the lving or on extinct: and when we consider
that specialization of recent ye s has given us a school of zoologists
brought up in little short of ne for paleontology, it behoves
us to take the lesson to heart. The observations do more; they
demand of us a more careful study of paleontology, as a branch of
morphology—especially as it may bear upon larval characters,
and such particularly as may be retained by the adult in a con-
dition capable of fossilization. They show us that we are wasting
too much time and energy on speculation as to what may have
happened during the evolution of living organisms, to the
ignoring of what has happened; for, whatever may have been the
changes, they must have left their impress in the rocks. I would
1 @. E. Beecher, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. IV, vol. i, p. 251. Cf. also Amer.
Geol., vol. xv, p. 93
Cf. C. Bumpus, Zool. Anz., Bd. xvii, p. 176.
G. M. Thomson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), ser. II, vol. vi, p. 3.
W. T. Calman, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., vol. xxxviii, p. 787.
em We
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 225
thus plead for paleontology, not alone considered, however, as a field
which is most likely to yield us tangible results which shall be
worthy the name of scientific; and would direct your attention to
work which may yet be done upon the protoconch, nepionic shell,
and shell-growth, to the work already achieved in this direction by
Hyatt for the Cephalopoda, and by Jackson and Bernard for the
Pelecypoda, and to a laudable attempt which during the year has
_ been made by the Countess von Linden to deal in the manner
indicated! with the phylogeny of shell-ornamentation,
| The determination of the nature of things will ever be impossible
to us, with our limited senses; we can seek but the true reason of
phenomena.
You reply that our vocations and the necessities of life are so
varied that we cannot all be paleontologists and embryologists.
True: but we can all meet in this room for mutual interchange of
ideas and comparison of notes, which is the next best thing; and
co-operation becomes the more necessary as the field enlarges. When,
in this year of our national rejoicing, we reflect upon the resources
of the Malacologist of 1837—WScientific Societies and Journals in
their infancy; for books, Blainville, the elder Sowerby, Hanley,
Deshayes, Lamarck, costly and scarce; biological laboratories
undreamed of; the deep sea unknown; India and Polynesia a sealed
book; no Zoological Record; no Herrmannsens’ Index of Genera; no
Agassiz; no Marschall; no Scudder; the difficulties of transport;
and, above all, the lack of facility for personal intercourse with our
fellow-workers—we are overwhelmed in the realization of progress
and our sense of gratitude that in this England of ours the ideal of
the world’s requirements is most nearly to be found. Without
wishing to be disrespectful, I am bold to assert that, to my mind, we
in London, living under conditions such as are not to be obtained
elsewhere in the wide world, with the eye of the universe upon us,
and looked up to for guidance and authority, are not making the
most of our opportunities of intercommunication. Personal interest,
which should be the 6éé¢e norr of the man of science, enters too
frequently into our considerations; and not a few of our scientific
papers which oft appear in private journals would be the better, our
progress the healthier, and our task as investigators the easier, for
the refining influences of public discussion and the editorial juris-
diction of a learned society.
The earnest student of science leads a charmed life; and ‘ work’
is to him something nobler than a compulsory adjunct to the tedium
of a round of pleasure and selfishness, since he lives in and for the
sacred duty of unravelling the pages of Nature. As a method in
Zoology, the inductive is his most reliable; but so long as he
continues to observe, compare, and confirm, rejecting the non-
confirmable, remembering that zeal without knowledge is in science
futile, and that random rhetoric is not argument, he need have no
1 Countess M. von Linden, Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. Lyi, p. 261.
226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
fear for the future, ‘practical wisdom’ and the simple addition table
notwithstanding. But as the Zvologist’s is of all branches of science
the most humanizing, let him make the best of access to his fellow-
workers.
1 now leave you in the hands of one more competent than myself
to direct your path. Jam what is known as a ‘vertebrate man’ ;
and, in retiring, I must thank you for the privilege of having been
compelled to devote as much of my time and energy as could be
spared to fields somewhat off my beaten track—a discipline which
1 can confidently recommend to you all. Under the circumstances in
which I have been placed, I have done my best to serve you rather
as a teacher, upon whom it is incumbent that he should keep
a watchful eye on the whole field in his department of science.
Let me assure you of my fullest sympathy in the future; and
recommend to your earnest consideration, as Malacologists, an
inspiration we owe to the Pearly Nautilus—
‘* Build thee more stately mansions, O my soul,
As the swift seasons roll !
Leave thy low-vaulted past !
Let each new temple, nobler than the last,
Shut thee from heaven with a dome more vast,
Till thou at length art free,
Leaving thine outgrown shell by life’s unresting sea!”
bo
bo
—T
THE DENTITION OF THE PUPIDZ.
By the Rev. Proressor H. M. Gwarxry.
Read 12th March, 1897.
I am able to confirm Dr. Sterki’s interesting discovery (Nautilus,
vol. x, pp. 75-6) that Vertigo edentula, Drap., has the dentition of
Punctum. JI can add that it is the same with Vertigo simplex, Gld.,
if it be a distinct species. Dr. Sterki revives for these the generic
name of Sphyradium.
The rest, however, of my Pupide are quite different. They are of
two types
(A) Central tooth uni- to bicuspid. Laterals bicuspid, inner cusp
large. Outer teeth broad, multicuspid, inner cusp largest.
(B) Central tooth and laterals unicuspid, base longer than in 4.
Outer teeth bicuspid, occasionally approximating to the
A type.
i CARP RP ee
Series of teeth in radula of :
I. Sphyradium edentulum, Drap.
Il. Pupa megacheilos, Jan.
IIL. Pupa dolium, Drap.
The list will stand thus :—
To A belong —Pupa affinis, Rossm.; anconostoma, Lowe; armifera,
Say; avenacea, Brug.; Braunit, Rossm.; Californica, Rve.; cinerea,
Drap.; clausilioides, Boub. ; contracta, Say; corticaria, Say; cylindracea,
DaC.; dolium, Drap.; EHyriest, Drouet ; fallax, Say ; frumentum, Drap. ;
Hunana, Gredl.; marginata, Drap.; milium, Gld.; Montserratica, Fagot ;
Mihlfeldtii, Kiister; nana, [?|; pachygastra, Ziegl.; Pacrfica, Ptr. ;
Partioti, Moq.-Tand.; procera, Gld.; Fhodia, Roth; ringens, Jeftr.;
rugosula, Sterki; rupicola, Say; secalina, Marts. ; Semproni, Charp. ;
228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
umbilicata, Drap.; unicolor [? |; varvabilis, Drap.; Vertigo alpestris, Ald. ;
angustior, Jeftr.; antivertigo, Drap.; Bollesiana, Morse; Paradesii,
D’Orb.; Rossiter’, Braz.; tridentata, Wolf.
These are forty-one species in all, representing Europe, North
America, Turkestan, Peru, China, and Australia.
To B belong—Pupa Algesire, Kob. ; amicta, Parr. ; arenacea, Brug.;
Bergomensis, Charp.; Bigorrensis, Charp.; Calpica, Westerl.; mvega-
cheilos, Jan. ; quinguedentata, Born; scalaris, Benoit; secale, Drap. ;
similis, Brug.
Eleven species of Pupa, all of them Mediterranean, except those of
P. avenacea, Brug., and P. secale, Drap., range northward. The most
typical of them are Algesire, Kob.; amicta, Parr.; and megacheilos,
Jan.; which are strictly Mediterranean.
NOTES ON SOME TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
By Enear A. Sure, F.Z.S., etc.
Read 12th March, 1897.
Tue British Museum has recently obtained from Mr. Sowerby the
types of fourteen species of shells which formerly were in the
collection of M. B. Thomas, of Brest. An examination of these,
and a comparison with the collection of the British Museum, show
that several of them had already been described, and were, in fact,
merely old species with new names. It is hoped that the following
notes will be useful in clearing up points which have probably
appeared doubtful to those who may have studied the species in
question. It is a very great advantage to have secured these types
for the national collection, where they will always remain available
to students and collectors. It is often quite impossible to estimate
the validity of a species without seeing the actual type. So many
incorrect identifications become disseminated, or the original descrip-
tions or figures are so inadequate, that an examination of the type
becomes necessary before we can properly estimate a species. Hence
the importance of obtaining for our great national collection as many
types as possible.
1. Conus Prevost1, Sowerby.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 636, pl. lvi, fig. 3.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
This very rare shell does not closely compare with any other known
species. Perhaps it ranges nearer to Conus convolutus and C. Neptunus
than to any other form.
2. Conus Crosseanvs, Bernardi.
Journ. de Conch., 1861, p. 168, pl. vi, figs. 5, 6; Crosse, op. cit.,
1878, p. 168, pl. ii, figs. 3, 38a; Bernardi, Monog.
Conus, p. 18, pl. i, figs. 2, 6.
IHTab.—New Caledonia.
This species is allied to C. marmoreus, but apparently distinct. The
figures in Sowerby’s Thesaurus and Tryon’s Manual appear to repre-
sent a variety of that common species, ‘‘ of which the triangular spots
are more or less bluish and which is common at New Caledonia. That
variety possesses neither the second veined network, nor the transverse
rays of C. Crosseanus’”? (Crosse).
3. Conus FuLvocinctus, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1872, p. 214, and 1873, p. 248, pl. xi, fig. 3.
Hab.— West Africa.
VOL. I1.—JULY, 1897. 16
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
This appears to be a good species, having no near ally. Conus
consanguineus, Smith, has a similar fulvous band, but differs in form,
being broader at the shoulder and consequently more narrowed
anteriorly. The periostracum also is thicker than in the present
species,
4. Murex Prencurnatr, Crosse. ©
Journ. de Conch., 1861, p. 351, pl. xvi, fig. 6.
Hab.—Natu, Liou-Tcheou.
This species is identical in every respect with Murex THuttonia,
Wright,' from New Caledonia. The latter is regarded by Tryon? as
a ‘mere colour variation”? of JZ, adustus, whereas If, Penchinati is
allowed to stand as a distinct species. Having the advantage of com-
paring the type of the latter with specimens of the New Caledonian
form, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them identical in every
particular.
5. Murex Fourntiertr, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1861, vol. ix, p. 352, pl. xvi, fig. 7.
Hab.—Japan.
Notwithstanding the slight differences pointed out by Lischke
between this species and Jurex ae Sowerby, 1840, I quite
agree with Sowerby in uniting them. JL. wnicornis and AL. monoceros,
with which M. Crosse compares his spec ies, belong to a different group,
with which is also associated I uttallii, Conrad, considered by
Tryon practically the same as IZ, Fourniert.
6. Ricinuta REEVEANA, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1862, p. 47, pl. i, fig. 3.
ITab.—Nouhiva, Marquesas Islands.
As pointed out by Tryon,’ this so-called species is merely a variety
of the well-known Ststrum hystrix, Lamk.*; indeed, beyond the fact of
the spire being a little more elevated than usual, it does not differ
from ordinary examples. It is quite distinct from the shell figured by
Reeve® (a form of Sistrum clathratum), which M. Crosse supposed was
the same as his Leeveana.
7. CANCELLARIA SEMPERIANA, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 65, pl. 11, fig. 7.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
Quite distinct from all other forms.
1 Ann, Soc. Malac. Belgique, 1878, vol. xiii, p. 86, pl. ix.
® Man. Conch., vol. ii, p. 90.
3 Man. Conch., vol. ii, p. 183.
4 Kuster, Conch.-Cab., Purpura, pl. xxxiii, fig. 1.
® Conch. Icon., pl. ii, fig. 9
SMITH: SOME TYPES IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 231
8. CANCELLARIA ANGASI, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 18638, p. 64, pl. u, fig. 8.
Hab.?
Very different from the rest of the known recent forms,
9. CaNCELLARIA SovuVERBIEI, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1868, p. 272, pl. ix, fig. 5.
Hab. ?
I cannot agree with M. Crosse in separating this shell from Cancel-
larva erentfera, the distinctions which he points out being very trivial,
an in one particular inaccurate. He mentions the presence of a tooth
at the upper part of the aperture, as if this were absent in C. erendfera,
which is not the case.
10. Mirra Crovant, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1868, p. 274, pl. ix, fig. 6
Hab.—Gallapagos Islands.
I cannot accept M Crosse’s decision with regard to the distinctness
of this shell from JIftra conica, for in the Museum there are two full-
grown specimens, of the same colour and same style of markings, that
also have the characteristic transverse reddish lnes, which, however,
are much paler than in typical examples.
In the type of IL Crouani, which is only a young shell, the position
of these lines is easily traceable upon the white markings, and the
curious conical apices are similarly sculptured in all specimens.
The locality ‘ Gallapagos Islands” is probably erroneous.
11. Certraium Gourmyt, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1861, p. 171, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
This remarkable shell is very distinct from all other forms of the
genus. It varies in the amount of the brown colour- markings, a
specimen in the Museum being plainer in this respect than the shell
figured by Sowerby (Reeve’s Conch. Icon., Mon. Pyrazus, fig. 3).
12. CrancuLus Dantett, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1862, p. 407, pl. xiii, fig. 5.
ITab.—New Caledonia.
This species does not belong to Clanculus, but has been correctly
located in Gibbula by Pilsbry and Fischer. The apex of the spire is
described by the three above-mentioned authors as purple-reddish,
roseate, or rose-coloured, ignoring or overlooking the fact that the
extreme tip of the spire, consisting of about two whorls, is always
232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
whitish. It is the third whorl which exhibits the pink tint, the
spiral lire only being of this colour, and the interstices pale.
13. Monoponta Bovurcrert, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 178, pl. vi, fig. 6.
HHab.—New Caledonia.
This species, which belongs to the genus Luchelus, has been
described three times, Gould in 1849 having named it TZrochus
(Monodonta) instrictus, and A. Adams, in 1851, Monodonta alveolata.
The latter appears to have escaped the notice of Mr. Pilsbry in his
monograph of the Trochide in the eleventh volume of the Manual
of Conchology, nor is it referred to by Fischer in the Icon, Coq.
Viventes.
14. Trocuus Fourntert, Crosse.
Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 180, pl. vi, fig. 5.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
A very well-marked species of Cantharidus, distinguished by its
elongate conical form and the very fine spiral strix, visible only under
the lens. The figure given by Fischer,! and copied by Puilsbry,’
represents a coarsely granulated shell, totally unlike the type. Some
mistake must have crept in, or the drawing is most faulty.
' Kiener’s Icon. Coq Viv. (Zrochus), pl. exix, fig. 1.
2 Tryon’s Man. Conch., vol. xi, pl. xlv, fig. 51.
bo
co
(J)
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF HELICOID AND
OPERCULATE LAND-SHELLS FROM CEYLON.
By E. R. Syxus, B:A.,; F.Z.8., ete:
Read 12th March, 1897.
PLATE XVI.
Tut material on which the following pages are founded consists of
some specimens collected by Mr. O. Collett and Mr. H. B. Preston:
the number of new forms, exclusive of some not yet identified, is
surprising, when the careful researches of Benson, Nevill, and others
are borne in mind. Since both collectors are still at work, it is hoped
that further discoveries await them, and that sufficient material for
a faunal catalogue may eventually be obtained.
Save for one species (Cort/la anax, Benson), the known forms of
Corilla are confined to Ceylon, and are as follows :—
1. C. Beddomee, Hanley. Haycock Mountain (Beddome); near
Watawala (Collett).
2. C. Charpentier’, Pfeiffer.
C. Charpentiert var. Hinidunensis, Nevill.
8. C. Colletti, n.sp. Balangoda (Collett).
4. C. erronea, Albers. Kandy (Simon); Nuwara-Eliya (Simon) ;
slopes of Pidrutalagala, at 7,000 feet (Preston).
C. erronea var. erronella, Nevill.
5. C. Frye, Gude. Albion Estate, Lindula District (Mrs. Fry).
6. C. Gudeit, nsp. Kurunegala, at 1,500 feet (Collett).
7. C. Humberti, Brot. Near Watawala, at 4,000 feet (Collett).
8. C. odontophora, Benson. Near Fort McDonald, Bandarawella,
and Bibiligamua, at 4,500 feet (Layard); Alnwick and Kirklees
Estates (Preston; very fine specimens).
9. C. Rivolii, Deshayes. Kandy (Nevill, Preston),
It will probably be most convenient for the purposes of recognition
if the diagnoses of the two new forms of this genus are drawn up by
means of comparisons instituted with their known allies.
1. Corttta Coxtetri, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 11-13.
Shape strongly recalling that of C. Rivolit, but the new species is
much smaller in size. Sculpture also similar in nature, but finer and
more closely set. The mouth in the present species not so much con-
tracted and not quite so descending; the lp not nearly so reflexed
or thickened. The palatal and parictal lamelle are the same in number
in both species, but in C. Collett: the former approach more nearly to
the lip, especially the upper two. Of the parietal lamelle, the upper
and lower are more nearly parallel, and not so convergent, while the
234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
middle one is much shorter than in C. Rivoli’, and does not enter so
far into the shell. Long. 21 to 21°25, lat. 14 to 15:5, alt. 6 to
o-72 mm.
Hab.—Balangoda, Ceylon (Collett).
2. Corttta GupEI, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 8-10.
Size and shape similar to those of C. erronea; the last whorl, how-
ever, more descending and more contracted at the spot where the
lamellze show most conspicuously through the shell. Sculpture nearly
as strongly marked on the lower as on the upper surface; C. Gudet
differing thereby from all other known Ceylon forms akin to it and
rec alling the Indian C. anar. Outer lip slightly more reflexed than
in C. erronea; the mouth not so drawn out and slightly more rounded.
Palatal and parietal lamelle the same in number as in C. erronea, but
somewhat shorter; differing also in situation by being more nearly
parallel, especially (counting from above) the second and third palatal
ones. Umbilical area more impressed in the present species. Colour
a little lighter than in C. erronea; a few specimens have a rosy tint.
Long. 23-22, lat. 16-17, alt. 7-6°5 mm.
Hab.—Kurunegala, at 1,500 feet, Ceylon (Collett).
As compared with C. anaz, the present species differs in having one
whorl more, the whorls being more flattened above, the lp more
reflected, and the last whorl not so inflated or produced.
I have pleasure in dedicating the species to Mr. Gude, who has so
recently reviewed the group.
3. Euptecta CoLterti, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 5, 6.
Testa subperforata, tenuis, lineis incrementibus sculpta, sub lente
obsolete minutissime eranulosa, cornea, pellucida, infra ad basim, albo-
tincta, pallidior; spira subdepressa, apice subprominulo, obsoletissime
microscopice granulosa; anfr. 44-5, subplani regulariter accrescentes,
ultimus Agnes carinatus, antice non descendens, basi subinflatus ;
apertura quadrato-ovata; peristoma rectum, acutum, margine basali
sub-arcuato. Diam. max. 21, min. 18 mm.; alt. 9mm.
LTab.—Watawala, Ceylon (Collett).
This species is nearly related to the Helix Isabellina of Pfeiffer,
of which I figure (Pl. XVI, Fig. 7), for the purposes of comparison,
a specimen of about the same size as the new species, collected by
Mr. Preston at Uda Pussellawa. The present species is smaller in
size, and the apical sculpture is more obsolete. The whorls do not
increase so rapidly, but with more regularity ; whilst the almost entire
absence of spiral strive is noteworthy; the mouth is not so ovate,
being more drawn out to one side. A fairly long series of this species
has been examined.
4. Evprtecta scopinoipEs,! n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 1, 2.
Testa perforata, depresso-conoidea, superne poneenamn et arcuatim
costulata, strus confertis spiralibus granulatim decussata, lutescenti-
1 Scobina, ‘a rasp.’
o
am)
to
SYKES: LAND-SHELLS FROM CEYLON.
cornea, translucens, subtus nitidula, albido-cornea, fere levis, radiatim
striatula ; spira subconoidea, apice obtusula, sutura marginata ; anfr.
5-51, plano-convexi, lente accrescentes, ultimus non descendens, ad
peripheriam carinatus, carina marginata; apertura lunata; peristoma
simplex, rectum, margine columellari ad perforationem breviter
reflexum. Diam. max. 8°9, min. 8mm.; alt. 4mm.
Hab.—Watawala, Ceylon (Collett).
5. Poira NoTaBILIS, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 21-23.
Testa depresso-conoidea, striatula, nitida, griseo-cornea, tenuis,
mediocriter et perspective umbilicata, apice acutula; anfr. 5, lente
accrescentes, convexiusculi, sutura impressa; apertura lunato-ovalis ;
peristoma rectum, simplex. Diam. max. 5, min. 4°5 mm.; alt. 2°15 mm.
Hab.—Watawala, Ceylon (Collett).
It is almost hopeless to devise a description of a species of this
form which will prove sufficient for its recognition, and the assistance
of the artist must be called in if there is to be any hope of its
identification by future workers. The genus Polifa, although one
would hardly expect to find it in Ceylon, appears conchologically
quite suitable, and until we are acquainted with its anatomy the
species may be placed there with P. nitida, ete.
6. Macrocutamys? crrcumscutpra, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 3, 4.
Testa perforata, convexo-depressa, nitida, cereo-hyalina; spira
breviter conoidea, apice obtusa; sutura impressa; anfr. 5, convexi,
arte convoluti, obsolete spiraliter hrati, ultimus non descendens, basi
inflatus; apertura lunaris; peristoma rectum, acutum, margine
columellari ad perforationem dilatato, subreflexo. Diam. max. 5,
min. 4°7mm.; alt. 3mm.
Hab.—Watawala, Ceylon (Collett).
This species is nearly related to the Helix Thwartesi of Pfeiffer
(which is also obsoletely spirally lirate), but may be at once distinguished
by the fact that its breadth is greater in proportion to the number of
whorls. The umbilicus is also slightly smaller in the present species,
the spire is not so much raised in proportion, and the nucleus is larger.
The sculpture is stronger than in “. Thwaitesi, and a few of the
stronger lines of growth intersect the revolving lire, thus giving the
shell a decussated appearance under a lens.
In 1871 Nevill recorded, under MS. names only, three species of
Cyathopoma from Ceylon. Colonel Beddome, in 1875, described! one
of these as C. Ceylanicum; and when describing another species from
South India (C. album), recorded this latter doubtfully as from
Dimbola, Ceylon. Dr. Jousseaume added C. Marie in 1894, which
appears to be identical with Nevill’s MS. C. Dickoyense; whilst the
latter’s third species is here described as C. artatum, so that all the
manuscript names are now accounted for.
1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875, pp. 442-53, pls. li, lit.
236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Some specimens found by Mr. Preston at Uda Pussellawa appear to
belong to C. Marve, which was described from Nuwara-Eliya.
I now describe three new forms.
7. CyatHopoma artatum, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 19, 20.
Testa dextrorsa, late et perspective umbilicata, depresso-turbinata,
apice acutula, periostraco calcareo, deciduo, induta, sub hoe albido-
cornea, polita; anfr. 44, regulariter accrescentes, spiraliter lirati, sub
lente leviter transversim striati, ultimus carinis duabus supra
peripheriam, unica ad peripheriam, et sex liris magis approximatis sub
peripheriam et in umbilico, penultimus duabus carinis; apertura
circularis, peristomate simplice, continue, intus leyiter incrassato ;
operculum valde concavum, multispirale. Alt. 1:3, lat. 2mm.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (Preston).
This minute species 1s noteworthy for being clothed with a peri-
ostracum of a very chalky nature, which, however, appears to be
very easily rubbed off, and many specimens only fully exhibit it within
the umbilical area. The three upper carinations are sharply edged,
while those below the periphery and in the umbilicus are rounded
and thread-lke.
8. CyatHopoma Prestonr, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 17, 18.
Texta dextrorsa, elevata, pyramidalis, mediocriter et perspective
umbilicata, periostraco brunneo leyiter induta, apice obtusula ;
anfr. 5, regulariter accrescentes, leviter et obsolete spiraliter lati,
transversim striati, ultimus carinis obsoletis quinque(?), fere levis
in umbilico; sutura bene impressa; apertura fere circularis, continua,
peristomate leviter intus incrassato. Alt. 2, lat. 1°56 mm.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (Preston).
In form this species is intermediate between C. Marie and
C. artatum, with a well-marked suture. The brown periostracum
and nearly obsolete carinz, with the almost smooth umbilical area,
are its distinguishing features.
9. CYATHOPOMA TURBINATUM, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Figs. 15, 16.
Testa dextrorsa, depresso-pyramidalis, late et perspective umbilicata,
periostraco brunneo levissime induta, apice obtusula; anfr. 5, celeriter
accrescentes, leviter et obsolete spiraliter carinati, in umbilico lirati,
ultimus carinis obsoletis quatuor, duabus supra et unica sub peri-
pheriam, unica major ad peripheriam, liris sex (?) in umbilico;
sutura impressa ; apertura circularis. Alt. 2°2, lat. 2°65 mm.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (Preston).
At first sight this shell might be taken for a variety of C. Sheva-
royanum, Beddome, from the Salem district, to which it is very
nearly allied. It is, however, smaller, differs in the relative
proportion of height to bre adth (a specimen I have of C. Sheva-
royanum measures: alt. 2°3, lat. 3mm.), and is of a thinner
texture. The carinations above are also not so strongly marked,
Proc . Mauac . Soc .
J.creen del. et lith. Mintern Bros. irnpf
NEW LAND SHELLS FROM CEYLON.
SYKES : LAND-SHELLS FROM CEYLON. 23
while the lire in the umbilicus are stronger and appear to be more
numerous,
The Diplommatina of Ceylon are first mentioned under manuscript
names by Nevill in 1871, and in 1875 Colonel Beddome described
D. (Nieida) Pedronis and D. (Nicida) Ceylanica.
10. Dietommatina (Nicrpa) Prestoni, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Fig. 14.
Testa dextrorsa, vix rimata, elongato-ovata, glabra, hyalina, nitidula;
spira conoidea, apice obtusula; sutura impressa; anfr. 53-5, convexi,
primi regulariter crescentes, ultimus angustior quam antepenultimus,
regione umbilicari impressa, basi subcarinata ; apertura ovato-circularis,
fere ovalis, peristomate incrassatulo, brunneo. Alt. 8°5, lat. 1°8 mm.
Hab.—Uda Pussellawa, Ceylon (Preston).
A handsome little hyaline species, with a brown peristome. It may
be readily separated from D. Pedronis, its nearest ally, by its greater
size and its difference in colour and shape. Traces of spiral sculpture
may be seen on the last whorls.
Other examples of this genus were found by Mr. Preston, but since
I am in doubt whether they belong to one or to two species, I forbear
to describe them until further material comes to hand.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
Fics. 1, 2. Euplecta scobinoides, n sp.
5, 98, 4. Macrochlamys? circumsculpta, n.sp.
», 9, 6. Euplecta Colletti, n.sp.
3 7. ,, Isabellina, Pfeiffer.
», 8-10. Corilla Gudei, n.sp.
See lS », Colletti, n.sp.
rf 14. Diplommatina Prestoni, n.sp.
», 15,16. Cyathopoma turbinatum, n.sp.
ape eae tei Fe Prestoni, n.sp.
so LOS 20% 33 artatum, .sp.
», 21-23. Polita notabilis, n.sp.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
238
*HONOWO WALTV A
’ Q CY
“PIV AMOOM. AXENGH | (Sonos)
“LESL LLONU fl U76G
‘IOINSVILT, “UOHT ‘SIMUVAL “WZ ‘OaD
"qdaLL0d 9q 0} JUIULoYZV}s aAOqV
oq} puy oM pues ‘uopuo'yT jo Ayat00g [BOLSOooR|R]Y OY} JO TOIMSVOLT, dq} JO SyuNoI0v OY poululexXd Aep SIU} DAVY OM
“e
Pea eOGoe® 8h) pat e puvy Ul oouvleg
e 9 Ze ‘yooqg °/, $s urqodoajoyy OCF Foosvypoing *
9 GLG ° ° * * ‘%0z8 ‘s}UBpUeIZ VY 07 SaTyINJeID
8 |b * * 7 * + *~ Atotorzeyg pure soseysog “
Geaivee 2 oS * < “OlesavMOIIQ saul ~
Oe et SGC eee -
OL 6 FG me ; SUIZVIYSUT TT
OL IL 8¢F ° sasvjsog pue suru
—,, SSutpovs0rg ,, Jo ysog Ag
PB 8 §F "ag
Soe eee Gale:
1 610 * * 42099 °/, $% uryqodorjoW OGF wo
SpUoplAYT PUB JUNODDY 4tsoda(y Wo ysotoquT *
0 0 oO¢ i TOD pisodacy Worf TRMBIpPYATM *
(Nerd ee we 8 ¢, SHUIPIIIOLT ,, JO opvg *
Oy ie) Sas Bee _ SBuTpoo001g 5, UL SJUOMAST}LOAPY ‘
Coy te Panes 2 oy "+ SUOTPBIYSNTTT oF suotpeuogy ‘
9 1 @ OO SS pea penwchaigg a
OR roee!
eRe Fe * sdoqttayy Surpuodsa.i09
9 FPLEF ° ° * Sdoqmopy Arvutpsg
—aouBape ut suotydiosqng yenuuy ‘¢
0 TL 2 a= pe
0 0 9 * staqutapy Sutpuodsa.t..0/)
0 LL IF ° * * Sloqmop_ Areutpig
— valle UL suoTydtiosqng [enuuy “
0 GI 8¢
Om Cac * sloquioyy sutpuodsat10/)
9 6 SbF ° ¢° sdaqtuopy Arvurpag
—suoyditosqng [enuay ‘*
1 Zl 86% °° Se aboA sul ulory eouslug Of;
D8 F “UL
‘968L ‘UTANDIAC BIE ONIGNA UFAA AHL WOH AXQALIGNAdTXYA UNV ANOONT
NOGNOT, HO
ALAIOOS
TVOIDNOTOOV IVA
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 239
ANNUAL MEETING.
Fripay, 121TH Frsruary, 1897.
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec.L.S., etc., President, in the Chair.
Mr. F. Crawford and Mr. W. M. Webb were appointed scrutineers.
The following Report was read :—
‘Your Council, in presenting their fourth Annual Report, have to
detail a year of steady progress.
The Membership of the Society continues to increase, and the roll
on December 31st stood as follows :—
Ordinary members: sii ees! ence oneness aes 95
Corresponding members nk oases sense tetas 67
Totale ase 162
as against 158 in 1895, and 153 in 1894.
During the past year eleven new Members have been elected, five
have resigned, and two, namely Mons. A. Brot and Herr B. Schmacker,
have been removed by death. One Member has been transferred from
the Ordinary to the Corresponding list; while two candidates awaited
election at the close of the year.
Your Council think it may be of interest to place on record the
Geographical Distribution of the Corresponding Members, which is
as follows: Europe 20, Australasia 24, North America and West
Indies 9, India and Ceylon 6, South Africa 5, and one each in Egypt,
the Philippines, and the Hawaiian Islands.
The finances of the Society are still in a flourishing condition.
After payment of all liabilities there remains a balance of £29 4s. 1d.
in the Treasurer’s hands. The sum of £50 placed on deposit at our
Bankers, as announced in last year’s Report, has been withdrawn, and
the sum of £52 6s. 3d. expended in the purchase of £50 Metropolitan
23 per cent. stock.
The Presidential Address was delivered on February 14th, 1896, and
twenty-seven communications by seventeen authors have also been
made to the Society.
Since the last Annual General Meeting three more numbers
of the ‘ Proceedings’ have been issued, forming the first portion of
Vol. II, and comprising 136 pages with ten plates and numerous
illustrations in the text. Another part is in course of preparation.
Your thanks are due to the following gentlemen, who have borne
a large proportion of the cost of the illustrations, or have assisted by
furnishing the drawings: R. H. Burne, W. E. Collinge, G. C. Crick,
W. Garstang, G. Gilson, G. K. Gude, J. C. Melv ill, E. A. Smith,
G. B. Sowerby, H. Suter, and E. R. Sykes.
Further, your thanks are specially due to the Council of the Linnean
Society, through whose kindness the Society has, as in previous years,
been permitted to hold its meetings in Burlington House.”
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
On the motion of Mr. W. M. Webb, seconded by Mr. A. 8. Kennard,
the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society. The
following were elected as the Officers and Council for the year 1897:—
President.— Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc.
Vice-Presidents.—Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec.L.8., ete.; J. Cosmo
Melvill, M.A., F.L.S., etc.; Rev. R. Boog Watson, LL.D.,
F.Z.S., etc.; Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., etc.
Treasurer.—G. F. Harris, F.G.8., ete.
Secretary.—. R. Sykes, B.A., E.Z.S. , ete.
Editor.—B. B. Woodward, F. iby S., ete.
Six other Members of Couneil.—8. I. Da Costa; H. W. Monckton,
F.L.S., etc.; R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S., etc.; E. A. Smith,
F.Z.S., etc.; G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., etc.; Lieut.-Col. W.
Wilmer.
The retiring President delivered an address, in which he dealt with
the progress of Malacology during the past year.
The following motion, proposed by Dr. Woodward, and seconded by
Mr. Da Costa, was passed unanimously: “That a vote of thanks be
eiven to the President for his address; and th: ut the address be printed
in extenso in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society.”
Votes of thanks were passed to the Retiring Officers, Auditors, and
Scrutineers.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Frsruary, 1897.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-Avusten, F.R.S., ete., President, in the Chair.
The Rey. E. G. Alderson was elected a member of the Society.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Marcu, 1897.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., ete., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected to membership of the Society: R. A.
Bullen, Adrien Dollfus, W. A. Herdman.
The following communications were read :—
1. “‘On the Dentition of the Pupide.’” By the Rev. Professor
H. M. Gwatkin.
2. ‘* Notes on some Type-specimens in the British Museum.” By
KE. A. Smith, F.Z.S., ete.
3. ‘ Note on Dhtra obscura, Hutton.” By H. Suter.
4. ‘* Descriptions of some new Helicoid and Operculate Land-shells
from Ceylon.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.8., etc.
Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited specimens of Svtala Barrakporensis, Pfr.,
from Africa, and remarked that the species was originally described by
Pfeiffer as Helix Barrakporensis, from Barrakpore. It had since been
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 241
quoted from other parts of India by Godwin-Austen and others; he
himself had recorded its occurrence in the heart of Madagascar, whilst
Melvyill and Ponsonby had described it as a new species from the
Transvaal under the name of Helix ( Trochonanina) Pretoriensis, and the
British Museum had received a single specimen from Ashanti collected
by Mr. R. Austen Freeman. The specimens now exhibited came from
Tomba in British Central Africa.
This would appear to be the only instance of a land-shell which was
common to India and Africa, and therefore lends but very slight sup-
port to the theory of a former land connection between those parts of
the world. Species, said to belong to the genus, have been described
from China, Java, and the P hilippine Islands, and certain Bornean and
Australian species had been referred to it.
Mr. Smith also exhibited specimens in illustration of his paper.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited a large specimen of Aryonauta argo,
L., from the Moluccas.
Mr. E. R. Sykes exhibited specimens in illustration of his paper.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 9TH Aprit, 1897.
Dr. H. Woopwarp, F.R.S., etc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Dr. T. H. May was elected a member of the Society.
The following communications were read :—
. ‘The Mollusca of the English Cave-Deposits.”” By A. 8. Kennard
and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., etc.
. “Revision of the New Zealand Athoracophoridee.”” By H. Suter.
3. “The Land Mollusca of Stewart Island.” By H. Suter.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited a long series of land-shells from Cuba ;
also a large specimen of Voluta mamilla, Gray, from Tasmania.
Mr. A. 8. Kennard and Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited specimens
in illustration of their joint paper, and Pisrdiwm milium, Held., from
the Holocene deposits in the Kennet Valley, near Newbury, Berks ;
Mr. Woodward also exhibited specimens of Patula Cumber ‘landiana,
Lea, from the original habitat.
On behalf of Mr. E. H. Matthews were exhibited six- and seven-
valved Chitons from 8, Australia. (Cf. ante, p. 154.)
VOL. I1.—NOVEMBER, 1897. 17
242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ENGLISH CAVE-DEPOSITS.
By A. 8. Keynarp and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., ete.
Read 9th April, 1897.
Aurnover the vertebrate remains from our caves have been most
assiduously collected by numerous geologists, it has apparently never
occurred to them that the accompanying mollusca were of any interest
whatever; and though there can be no doubt that they have been
found in the numerous caverns which have been explored, more or less
thoroughly, with a pickaxe, it is only on one or two occasions that their
presence has been noted, and then they have been dismissed with the
remark that ‘‘ numerous shells of Helix were found in the stalagmite.”’
This absence of record would, nevertheless, be no loss, had the specl-
mens been preserved, which, unfortunately, has not been the case.
Recently, however, through the generosity of Mrs. Pengelly, the
British Museum (Natural History) has acquired, amongst other cave
specimens, a small series of shells from the Happaway Cavern, near
Torquay. The only published notice of them is that by the late
Mr. W. Pengelly?: ‘(Shells of terrestrial mollusca were more
numerous and varied, but those of Helix were the most prevalent.”
The species are seven in number, viz. :—
Vitrea cellaria, Miill. Helix nemoralis, Linn.
,, alliaria, Mill. ,, Aortensis, Mill.
Pyramidula rotundata, Mull, Pomatias elegans, Mill.
Helicella caperata, Mont.
Two examples of Vitrea lucida, Drap. (= JV. Draparnaudi, Beck),
were also in the collection, but they are obviously from the top soil.
By far the most important cave-deposit in this country is the well-
known Ightham fissure, from which such a rich harvest of vertebrate
and invertebrate remains has, with infinite labour, been obtained by
Mr. W. J. Lewis Abbott, F.G.8., during the past few years. In his
paper describing this deposit,’ seventeen species of mollusca are recorded
as having been found, but since then further material has come to
light, and this Mr. Abbott has very kindly placed at our disposal,
a kindness for which we would take this opportunity of cordially
thanking him. Twelve fresh records have thus been added, bringing
the total up to twenty-nine species, viz. :—
Limax maximus, Linn. Vitrea cellaria, Mull.
Agriolimax agrestis, Linn. », flea, Drap.
Vitrea crystallina, Miill. Pyramidula rotundata, Mill.
,, alliaria, Mill. Helicella ericetorum, Mill.
,, Helvetica, Blum. ,, eaperata, Mont.
,, nitidula, Drap. Hygromia hispida, Linn.
» radiatula, Ald. a umbrosa, Partsch.
1 Trans. Devon Assoc., 1886, vol. xviii, p. 165.
2 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 1, pp. 182-189.
KENNARD AND WOODWARD: MOLLUSCA OF CAVE-DEPOSITS. 243
Vallonia pulchella, Mill. Clausilia laminata, Mout.
LHelicigona lapieida, Linn. Cochlicopa lubrica, Mill.
- arbustorum, Linn. Cecilianella acicula, Mill.
Helix nemoralis, Linn. Succinea oblonga, Drap.
5, Aortensis, Mull. Carychium minimum, Mill.
Pupa muscorum, Linn. Pomatias elegans, Mill.
Vertigo minutissima, Hart. Unio, sp.
Clausilia bidentata, Strom.
It will at once be noticed that the species from the Devon cavern
also occur at Ightham, but their number is so small that a true
comparison is not possible. It is interesting, however, to note that
Pomatias elegans and Vitrea alliaria are unknown from any of the other
Pleistocene deposits in this country, although present in the Holocenes
of Essex. Ina MS. of the late Dr. 8S. P. Woodward, the former shell
is recorded from Kent’s Cavern. This is probably correct, though no
examples are known to exist. Many of the shells from both localities
retain some of their coloration, but the Ightham examples are by far
the better preserved. This fact has been used as an argument against
their presumed age. The condition of a fossil does not, however, depend
on its age (the Eocene shells of the Paris Basin being noteworthy
examples), and the fine preservation of these fissure shells arises from
the exceptional conditions under which they were preserved.
In the Happaway Cavern, Pomatias elegans is the commonest form
Vitrea cellaria coming second, whilst V. alliaria, Helicella caperata, and
Helix hortensis are represented by single examples only. With the
Ightham shells, Vitrea cellarva is the most abundant, several hundred
examples of all ages having passed through our hands. Its prevalence
is perhaps accounted for by the fact that at the present day it is
largely a cave-dweller. Agriolimax agrestis and Vitrea radiatula are
only known from solitary specimens.
Vitrea Helvetica, Blum., is the ens shell commonly known as
V. glabra, Stud. We have, however, Dr. Westerlund’s authority for
this change of name, and there can ie no doubt that our shell differs
from Studer’s species. Two examples have been found. It has
hitherto never been recorded fossil in this country.
LHygromia umbrosa, Partsch, is by far the most noteworthy form,
THygromia umbrosa, Partsch. x 23.
since it has not been met with previously on this side of the Channel.
Its present range is Southern Germany, Bohemia, Switzerland, Silesia,
244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
and the Carpathians, and, according to Mérch, near Holstenborg in
Denmark. In a fossil state it has only been recorded from the Middle
Pleistocene of Leuben near Lommatzsch, and Robschiitz near Dresden,
and from the Upper Pleistocene of Weimar. Four examples have
rewarded Mr. Abbott’s labours, two of which are immature.
Helix nemoralis, Linn. The examples of this species are very fine,
and exhibit those differences of coloration observable in recent examples.
Several of the immature individuals had an open umbilicus, and in one
instance this had persisted in the adult.
Carychium minimum, Mill. Two examples of this species differ so
much from the type as to merit extended notice. They are much
more slender in form, not exceeding ‘75 mm. in width, but being quite
2mm. in height. The whorls are six in number, more closely coiled,
and consequently longer, and increase more gradually all through, so
Carychium minimum, Miull., var. x 12.
that the spire is higher and more tapering. The body-whorl is
much less in proportion. The mouth is more rounded and not con-
stricted at the outer tooth; on the other hand, the tooth itself is greatly
reduced, and is represented by a mere thickening of the labrum. The
columella-teeth are not more than one-third the size of those in recent
examples, and occur far back inside the whorl, so as to be invisible
when the shell is viewed obliquely. The peristome is more reflected
and less thickened.
Limax maximus and Clausilia laminata are new records for the
Pleistocene of this country, besides those already mentioned.
Unio is only represented by small fragments far too minute for
specific determination.
Considerable difference of opinion still exists as to the true age of
the Ightham fissure, and unfortunately the mollusca throw but little
light on the question. That it is Pleistocene, is shown by the presence
of Hygromia umbrosa and Succinea oblonga, as well as by the absence of
all characteristic Holocene shells; but, at the same time, the almost
total absence of fresh-water forms precludes a comparison with other
Pleistocene deposits, in which the latter are so abundant. This
absence of fresh-water mollusca has been used as an argument against
the fluviatile origin of the contents of the fissure; it 1s noteworthy,
however, that the stream flowing through the valley in which it is
situate contains no mollusc:
Taken altogether, the shells from our cave-deposits are decidedly
larger than recent ex: mples; and there can be no doubt that there has
been a marked diminution in the size of our indigenous mollusca, and
probably also in their numbers, since Pleistocene times.
A REVISION OF THE NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORID2.
By Henry Surer.
Read 9th April, 1897.
Dvrine the last few years I have tried to get specimens of our native
slugs from as many localities as possible, and the material thus brought
together, comprising all the species known, enables me to attempt this
revision. Since publishing the “Reference List of the Land and
Fresh-water Mollusca of New Zealand,” ' im 1898, Mr. W. E,
Collinge has described Janella maculata* from specimens I sent him,
collected in the Forty Mile Bush, North Island. As will be shown
later on, I do not consider Mr. Collinge’s species new; however, its
creation has demonstrated that we have more distinct species than
I was willing to admit in the ‘‘ Reference List.”
Then Cockerell’s Neojanella dubia* required investigation, as well as
Simroth’s Athoracophorus marmoratus. ‘Che former I considered to be
synonymous with A. dbitentaculatus, Quoy & Gaim., the latter with
A. marmoreus, Hutton, but in both cases I was wrong. Specimens are
now in my possession, and on examining and dissecting them I con-
vinced myself that my former conclusions were erroneous,
A new species, 4. Stmrothi, which exteriorly is very distinct from
all the other species, has been described in these Proceedings (ante,
p-. 34), and with another interesting new species brings up the number
of known species to eight, three only having been admitted in the
** Reference List.”’
Mr. Collinge was no doubt quite right when, in concluding his
paper (t.c., p. 580), he expressed the opinion that the whole family
Janellidee required revision, and that a series of coloured drawings
taken from living specimens should be provided. Unfortunately my
means are too lmited to undertake the latter task ; while with regard
to the present revision of the New Zealand Athoracophoride I am
fully aware that it is very far from being exhaustive, leaving many
questions concerning the members of this very interesting family
untouched, especially their more detailed anatomy.
The very peculiar and interesting structure of the eyes, as demon-
strated by Dr. Simroth in A. marmoratus,t on which he based his
1 Proce. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, ser. 11, vol. vii, pp. 613-665.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 627
Proc. Zool, Soc., 1891, ay Oh fe
4 Nova Acta Acad. Cas. Leop. Carol., Bd. liv, p. 76, pl. iv, figs. 19, 20.
nw
wo
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
division of the Stylommatophora (t.c., p. 85) into Pleurommatophora
(true land-pulmonata) and Mesommatophora (Athoracophoride), seems
not to be generally known, though highly important.
One of our species, A. marmoratus, Mts., approaches the genus
Aneitea in the situation of the anus close to the mantle-area. ‘There
is no diverticulum of the crop in Athoracophorus, such as occurs im
Aneitea Graeffei, according to Keferstem and Bergh, the crop haying
been taken for the stomach. A renal duct is always present im
Athoracophorus, but it seems to be wanting in Anertea.
Kry To SPEcIEzs.
A. Mantle-area not defined.
a. Colour dirty yellow, with darker spots and dashes.
b. Body semi-cylindrical, long and narrow, dorsal
grooves slight, penis narrowed abruptly in the
middle, thence convolute and thin. dubius.
bb. Back much more flattened, dorsal grooves more dis-
tinct, penis narrowing gradually towards its
distal end. bitentaculatus.
aa. Colour dirty yellow, without spots. Penis short, no con-
voluted distal portion. antipodarum.
AA. Mantle-area well defined.
a. Anal opening near the foot margin, below the pulmonary
orifice,
b. Back more or less strongly granulate and papillate.
c. A few slightly larger papillze in each lateral
area on the back, which are not very conspicuous.
Free oviduct not dilated. papillatus.
ce. One, or usually two, large, conspicuous papillie
of lighter colour in each lateral area on the back,
near the median dorsal groove. Free oviduct
dilated. Dendyi.
cee. The whole back covered with large, oval papillie,
giving it a grape-like appearance. Simrothi.
bb. Back smooth, or faintly granulate, colour dark, marbled. marmoreus.
aa. Anal opening outside the right anterior angle of mantle-
area. Largest species. marmoratus.
Fam. ATHORACOPHORID A,
Including the genera Athoracophorus, Gould; Aneitea, Gray ;
? Aneitella, Cockerell.
Genus ATHORACOPHORUS, Gould.
Gould, U.S. Explor. Exped. Moll., vol. xii (1852), p. 1.
(Janella, Gray, 1850, non Grateloup, 1838.)
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORID®. 247
Sect. I. arHorACOPHORUS, 8.5.
1, ArHoRACOPHORUS BITENTACULATUS (Quoy & Gaimard).
Limax bitentaculatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i
(1832), p. 149; Atlas, Moll. pl. xiii, figs. 1-3.
Janella maculata, Collinge, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 527.
For all other references, see Journ. de Conch., vol xli (1893), p. 284.
Among some specimens of A thoracophorus, which I sent to Mr. Collinge
as A. bitentac ulatus, he found two differing from the rest in being much
flatter, of dirty yellow eround-colour and with numerous black spots
and dashes, and these he described as a new species, Janella maculata,
giving a good account and figures of its anatomy. There is, however,
not the least doubt but that the specimens I collected in the Forty
Mile Bush, and of which I sent some to Mr. Collinge, consisted of
A. bitentaculatus and A. antipodarum, at that time considered to be
one species. Collinge, however, has shown that the two are quite
distinct, and herein lies the great merit of his investigation. It is
I. th.
Athoracophorus bitentaculatus (Quoy & Gaim.).
I. Central tooth of radula. II. Sixth lateral tooth of radula.
Both x 720.
evident that the specimens referred by him to Janella maculata are in
fact Athoracophorus bitentaculatus (Quoy & Gaim.). The authors
distinctly mention! that their species has brown spots: ‘* La couleur
de ce mollusque est d’un jaunatre sale tacheté de brun clair.”
I have dissected a number of what I consider to be typical
A. bitentaculatus, and found them to agree with Collinge’s new
species.
The mantle-area is not defined, and is bordered, in front only, by
a lateral groove, which runs down to the anal orifice ; sometimes a fine
line is found outside the pulmonary orifice parallel to the median
dorsal groove, but there is no posterior limitation. In front of the
pulmona wy orifice is a small triangular area of lighter colour, with the
renal orifice, in the median dorsal eroove; this was taken for the anal
opening by Knight, and for a mucous pore by Captain Hutton. The
outflow and distribution of the renal secretion over the whole back of
the slug were well described by Knight.*
1 Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. ii, p. 148.
2 Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xxii, p. 381.
248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The exact dimensions of a medium-sized spirit specimen are
1. Length over back from head to tip of tail, 33 mm.
2. Length of sole, 31 mm.
3. Width of back, 10mm.
4. Breadth of sole, 3°5mm.
5. Breadth of groove between sole and back, 2°5 mm.
6. Distance of anus from right tentacle, 6 mm.
7. Distance of anus from pulmonary orifice, 5mm.
8. Distance of pulmonary orifice from head, 8 mm.
Median dorsal groove continued to the head. Anal opening close to
foot margin. Genital opening close behind the right tentacle. Young
specimens found near Auckland had only an oval space round the
pulmonary orifice, coloured dirty yellow; the others lacked pig-
mentation, being semi-transparent, whilst some of the internal organs
could easily be distinguished. In alcohol they became opaque lke
other specimens.
A. bitentaculatus is the most common species of the genus, and is
more abundant in the North Island than in the South, where
A. papillatus partially takes its place. It is said to occur also on
the Chatham Islands, but I have not seen any specimens from that
locality.
2. ATHORACOPHORUS ANTIPODUM (Gray, em.).
Janella antipodarum, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xii (1853),
p. 414; and Proc. Zool. Soc., 18538, p. 112.
A. bitentaculatus, auct., non Quoy & Gaimard.
The back is more rounded than in A. dbrtentaculatus, the colour
brighter, and spots or dashes of brown or black are entirely absent.
Its generative system was described and figured by Collinge! under
the name of Janella bitentaculata, showing that Athoracophorus anti-
podarum is really distinct.
Gray does not give any special description of the species, but bases
on it the diagnosis of his genus Janella. Cockerell, on examining the
type-specimen in the British Museum, made it a form of A. bitentacu-
latus, saying ‘‘the variety differs from the type in being without
spots.”? This evidence shows that Collinge’s Janella bitentaculata is
really Athoracophorus antipodarum, and that his Janella maculata must
be Athoracophorus bitentaculatus, There is only one other species of
the section Athoracophorus, A. dubius, which has the same colour-
markings as A. dbitentaculatus. It differs from the latter, however,
in several points, as will be shown further on.
A, antipodarum is distinguished from A. bitentaculatus by the
absence of darker spots, the more highly rounded back, the long
' Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, ae 528, 529.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 217.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORID®E. 249
tube-like position of the free oviduct, the much shorter penis, sharply
distinct from the vas deferens (Collinge). The dentition shows no
difference of any importance. Gray mistook the anus for the orifice
of the reproductive organs, a mistake already corrected by Captain
Hutton and P. Fischer, and does not say where he considers the anus
to be situated. The dimensions and the openings of the different
organs are almost the same as in 4. bitentaculatus.
‘This species is rather rare, and I have not seen it from any other
locality than the Forty Mile Bush, North Island, and Capleston, South
Island.
3. ATHORACOPHORUS DuBIUS (Cockerell).
Neojanella dubia, Cockerell: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 217.
A. bitentaculatus, Suter, non Quoy & Gaimard.
The genus Weojanella was founded by Cockerell on the absence of
a mantle-area and dorsal grooves. The former condition is common to
the two species already mentioned, whilst the absence of dorsal grooves
in a single spirit specimen is no proof that they are also absent in
others. Heynemann has already pointed out! that the visibility of the
dorsal grooves in Athoracophoridee is dependent on the degree of con-
traction of the epidermis. I have many times had reason to confirm
Heynemann’s statement; it entirely depends on the mode of preserva-
tion whether the grooves will be very distinct or the reverse.
The specimen in the British Museum forming Cockerell’s type is
from the south side of Cook Strait, exact locality not stated. Judging
from the description published by Cockerell, I took his Neojanella dubia
to be only a large specimen of Athoracophorus bitentaculatus.? 1 have,
however, been able to procure specimens of what I take to be his
species from Pelorus Valley, also south side of Cook Strait, and the
following data will help to show that it is distinct from 4. diten-
taculatus and a valid species.
The colour-markings are the same as in 4. bitentaculatus, usually with
two darker bands on each side of the back; but the body is more elongate
and more highly rounded, the dorsal grooves are finer; a black ring
round the respiratory orifice is not always present; the median dorsal
groove extends to the head. The movements of the animal are much
brisker than in any other species I have seen, and when fully extended
the body seems to be almost cylindrical. In specimens I preserved in
alcohol, and in formalin, the dorsal grooves are alwi ays visible, as well
as the fine granulation. What Cockerell took for the genital orifice
is the anus. The openings of the different organs are in the same
positions as in the two foregoing species. My specimens are not so
large as the one described by Cockerell, which has a length (in spirit)
of 53 and breadth of llmm. It very much depends on the locality
whether our native slugs attain a large size or not, a fact I have often
1 Jahrbuch Deutsch. malak. Ges., 1874, p. 196.
2 Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xxvi, p. 125, ete.
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCTETY.
had the opportunity of observing: the season also exercises some
influence. My specimens were ‘collected during winter and in the
early spring. One living specimen measured 35mm. in length by
5mm. in breadth.
The dimensions of a good-sized spirit specimen are :—
1. Length over back from head to tip of tail, 83 mm.
2. Length of sole, 31mm.
3. Width of back, 1 » mm.
4. Breadth of sole, 5mm.
5. Breadth of groove between sole and ae 2°5 mm.
6. Distance of anus from right tentacle, 6°5 mm.
7. Distance of anus from pulmonar y orifice, 5mm.
8. Distance of pulmonary orifice from head, 11mm.
\
Whe IV. Vill. IX.
Athoracophorus dubius (Ckll.).
III. Anterior portion of genitalia: magnified. IV. Internal wall of penis, showing
papille: magnified. V. Papillee of penis wall: greatly magnified. WI. Central
tooth of radula, x 720. VII. Sixth tooth of radula, x 720. VIII. Jaw,
x 15. IX. Digestive system, enlarged.
LETTERING OF THE FIGURES.
alb.gl. albumen gland. v.d. vas deferens.
h.d. hermaphrodite duct. B.m. buccal mass.
h.gl. hermaphrodite gland. s.g. salivary glands.
ov. oviduct. ae cesophagus.
ov’. tree oviduct. ty crop.
pr. prostate. St. position of stomach.
p- penis. L. liver.
rm. retractor muscle. H intestine.
r.s.- receptaculum seminis. KR rectum.
We vestibule.
|
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORIDE. Doll
The reproductive organs are distinguished from those of the two
foregoing species as follows :—The penis (Fig. LIL) is about as long as
in A. bitentaculata ; its anterior portion is rather wide, but at about the
middle it suddenly contracts, the slender second half being convolute
with the retractor muscle. The size of the hermaphrodite gland,
which is about twice that of those in the other two species, is especially
noteworthy. The interior wall of the penis is covered with thorn-
shaped papillee (Figs. IV, V), very much like those described and figured
by Bergh from Zriboniophorus Schuettei.. I found similar papille
present in the penis of Athoracophorus bitentaculatus.
Radula.—The rhachidian tooth (Fig. VI) is unsymmetrical, pointed
in front, with six, sometimes seven, cusps, of which the median is the
largest. The lateral teeth (Fig. VIL) have eight cusps, the inner one
being the largest. There is a considerable difference between the
dentition of this species and that of A. dbitentaculatus, the figures of
two teeth (Figs. I, I1) being given here for comparison. The jaw
(Fig. VIII) is much the same as in the two species already enumerated,
and there seems to be no chance of relying on it as a means for distin-
guishing the species, as often may be done in Suceinea.
The digestive system (Fig. LX) does not differ much from that of the
two other species. The crop is wide and long, extending to the liver,
with no trace of a diverticulum; the stomach hes between the folds of
the liver and the intestine, and forms a long anterior loop, returning
to the liver, whence the rectum emerges.
Hab.—Pelorus Valley, Marlborough, South Island.
Sect. I]. pspupANEITEA, Cockerell.
Cockerell, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 217.
‘‘Small slugs of New Zealand and the Auckland Is., resembling
Athoracophorus, but showing a decided tendency towards the formation
of a mantle-area lke that of Aneitea. The Janella papillata ot
Hutton may be taken as the type.’”’— Cockerell.
These slugs are not always small. Back usually finely granulate
with larger raised tubercles or papille between the oblique grooves.
Mantle-area distinct, triangular or quandrangular, enclosing the
respiratory orifice. Anus below the latter and near the foot margin.
4, ATHORACOPHORUS PAPILLATUS (Hutton).
Janella papillata, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xi (1879),
p. 382.
Athoracophorus verrucosus, Mts.: Simroth, N pe Acta Acad. Cas.
Leop. Carol., Bd. liv, p. 77, pl. iv, figs. 11-14.
For further references see Journ. de Contin vol. xli, p. 235.
After carefully comparing Dr. Simroth’s description and figures
with my specimens, I am convinced that 4. verrucosus is identical with
1 Verhand. k, k. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xx 1870), p. 853, pl. xiii, figs. 2-9.
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
A. papillatus. By way of addition to Simroth’s description it may be
mentioned that the colour of the back is yellowish-olive without spots ;
the sole being of a light-yellowish colour, and that fine granules cover
the whole of the back, while in each lateral area there are from one to
three larger papille of the same colour. The median dorsal groove
extends to the head. The mantle-area is darker, mostly triangular,
with the respiratory orifice nearly central. There is no area for the
renal orifice, which is situated in the anterior left angle. The size of
this species varies according to the locality. From the North Island
I haye seen only small specimens, but on the South Island large
specimens occur.
The dimensions of a large spirit specimen are :—
1. Length over back from head to tip of tail, 60 mm.
2. Length of sole, 55mm.
Width of back, 23 mm.
Breadth of sole, 10 mm.
Breadth of groove between sole and back, 4mm.
Distance of anus from right tentacle, 10 mm.
Distance of anus from pulmonary orifice, 8 mm.
Distance of pulmonary orifice from head, 15 mm.
The reproductive organs (Figs. X, XI) agree with Dr. Simroth’s
description and figure of 4. verrucosus. 1 dissected five specimens,
and these organs were alike in all. The interior wall of the penis
is densely beset with conical papille.
DWrID Oe Oo
Xx. XI.
Athoracophorus papillatus (Hutton).
X. Genitalia: nat. size. XI. Anterior portion: magnified.
[For lettering, see ante, p. 250. ]
The digestive system is normal, the crop very large, without
diverticulum, the anterior loop of the intestine extending as far as the
cesophagus.
Simroth concluded from the contents of the crop that these animals
fed on ferns.'. Ina short note® I expressed doubts as to the correct-
ness of this suggestion. I have had specimens of Athoracophorus in
1 ¢.¢., p. 80. 2 Journ. de Conch., vol. xl, p. 255
>I ]
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORIDE. 253
captivity several times, but they would never touch a fern. The
favourite hiding-place of Athoracophoride in New Zealand is beneath
and within rotten logs and in the leaf-sheaths of Phormiuwm, at the
base of which plant there is always a large amount of moist, decaying
vegetable matter. Examining the conte nts of the crop of A. ‘papillatus
found under a rotten log, I found it to consist of a pulp of the rotten
wood. I never saw these moiluscs feeding, since they are nocturnal,
but I do not doubt that the majority of these slugs live on decaying
vegetable matter, with which fungi, etc., are always largely mixed.
Hab.—North Island: Forty Mile Bush, small specimens only.
South Island: Dunedin, Ashburton, Riccarton Bush, Pelorus Valley.
Chatham Islands. Auckland Islands (Krone).
Var. nigricans, Martens, 1889.
Simroth, Nova Acta, ete., Bd. liv, p. 77.
This variety seems to be very rare. The original locality is Auck-
land Islands, but I have specimens from Dunedin and Pelorus Valley,
South Island.
Var. fasciata, Von Martens, 1889, em. (fuscata).
Simroth, t.c., p. 79.
This is a more common form, which, however, I have not seen from
the North Island. The ar rangement Be the di wae brown or black spots
on the back is very variable, but usually they form three bands. It is
sometimes as large as the typical form, but gene rally smaller.
Hab.— Auckland Islands; South Island; Dunedin; Hooker Valley ;
Pelorus Valley.
5. ArnoracopHorus Srmrotat, Suter.
Athoracophorus Simrothi, Suter: Proc. Malac. Soc. London, Vol.
(1896), p. 34, pl. iv, figs. 3, 4.
I have been unable to procure any more specimens of this interesting
slug, and hence cannot add anything by way of supplement to my
first communication.
6. ArHoracopHorus DENDYI, n.sp.
Body (Figs. XII, XIII) broadly elongate, anterior part very broad,
narrowing gradu: ally towards the tail. Back flatly rounded, aie
median and lateral erooves deep and conspicuous, median groove ex-
tending to the head, lateral grooves with one or two additional grooves
near the margin. Colour dark-grey, darker along the middle. The
whole of the back minutely granulate, between the oblique grooves one
or two large raised round tubercles of much lighter colour, forming
a single row on each side from the mantle-area to the head, double
from ‘the mantle-area to a short distance from the tail. Mantle-area
triangular, sometimes quadrangular, granulose; the pulmonary orifice
254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
in the middle near the right side, renal opening in the anterior angle,
both orifices of a lighter colour. Anus below and a little in front of
the respiratory orifice, near the foot margin. Foot with lateral grooves
of yellowish-white colour; sole broad, smooth, with a lighter median
XII. XIV. XVII.
XIII. XV. XVI.
Athoracophorus Dendyi, v.sp.
XII. The animal; spirit specimen: nat. size. XIII. Transverse section of body.
XIV. Genitalia: nat. size. XV. Genitalia, anterior portion magnified.
XVI. Central tooth of radula, x 720. XVII. Sixth lateral tooth of
radula, x 720.
[For lettering, see ante, p. 250. ]
band. Distinct grooves between sole and back, showing distinctly the
continuance of the dorsal oblique grooves. A thread-lke lne runs
the whole length between sole and lateral groove. (Spirit specimen.)
The dimensions of a good-sized example are :—
1. Length over back from head to tail, 50 mm.
2. Length of sole, 40 mm.
3. Width of back, 23 mm.
4, Breadth of sole, 11 mm.
5. Breadth of groove between sole and back, 4mm.
6. Distance of anus from right tentacle, 12 mm.
7. Distance of anus from pulmonary orifice, 9mm.
8. Distance of anus from foot margin, 2°5 mm.
9. Distance of pulmonary orifice from head, 18 mm.
The reproductive organs (Figs. XIV, XV), which open close behind
the right tentacle, are very much on the same plan as those of 4. papil-
latus, but the following characters may be considered as of specific
distinction. The free and rather large cylindrical oviduct is greatly
dilated, and has the receptaculum seminis inserted at its posterior part.
The penis is about the same shape as in 4. papillatus, but somewhat
longer and distally convolute. The hermaphrodite gland is larger and
its duct longer than in A. papillatus. The interior wall of the penis
is densely covered with oval papille, which sometimes terminate in
a small sharp point.
The digestive system does not show any marked difference from that
of A. papillatus; there is no diverticulum on the crop, and the jaw is
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORID.©. 255
almost the same. The teeth of the radula (Figs. XVI, XVIT), how-
ever, are very different. The rhachidian tooth is very slender, with
a small irregularly-shaped cusp, bearing a single blunt denticle,
usually on the left side, whilst the lateral teeth have a long and stout
inner denticle and three, smaller, outer ones.
I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name of
its discoverer, Dr. Arthur Dendy, Professor of Biology in the Canter-
bury College, University of New Zealand.
Type in my collection.
Hab.—Springburn, Mt. Somers; South Island (Dr. Dendy).
Sect. III. konopnora, Hutton.
Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xi (1879), p. 332.
Like Janella, but the eye-peduncles short and conical (Hutton).
Back of body smooth, or faintly granulose. In spirit specimens the
lateral grooves on the foot are present, but not very conspicuous, and
there is no thread-like line between groove and sole. Mantle-area
distinct, triangular, sometimes quadrangular. The median dorsal
groove not always extending to the head. Renal opening a_ short
distance in front of the mantle-area. Anus below the pulmonary
orifice, near the foot margin.
ATHORACOPHORUS MARMOREUS (Hutton).
Konophora marmorea, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xi
(1879), p. 882; vol. xiv, p. 158, pl. v, figs. 1-9.
A full description of this species and its anatomy has been given by
Captain Hutton. The rhachidian tooth of the radula is very distinct,
somewhat approaching that of 4A. papillatus in the emarginate anterior
end, but there is no central denticle. The situation of the renal
opening in front of the mantle-area is not met with in any other species,
and is correctly re produced in the figure given by Captain Hutton.’
This species attains a rather large size. The dorsal grooves in spirit
specimens are sometimes very indistinct t, and the back quite smooth.
The dimensions of a rather small specimen are :—
1. Length over back from head to tip of tail, 55 mm.
2. Length of sole, 45mm.
3. Width of back, 21 mm.
4. Breadth of sole, 8 mm.
5. Breadth of groove between sole and back, 8mm.
6. Distance of anus from right tentacle, 8 mm.
7. Distance of anus from pulmonary orifice, 9mm.
8. Distance of anus from foot margin, 2°5 mm.
9. Distance of pulmonary orifice from head, 16 mm.
The genital orifice is close behind the right tentacle.
c., pl. v, fig. le (mucous pore).
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
FTab.—South Island: Dunedin; Greymouth; Pelorus Valley.
This is one of our rare species.
Cockerell’s A. marmoreus, forma nov., from Dunedin,! is undoubtedly
A. papillatus var. fasciata. ‘‘ Depressed raised tubercles” are not met
with in Aonophora.
Subgen. AmpHTKoNOPHORA, n. subg.
Large slugs with well-marked dorsal grooves. Mantle-area distinct,
triangular, with the renal opening inside its anterior angle and the
pulmonary orifice subcentral, nearer the right side. Anus close to the
outer angle of mantle-area. The whole back finely granulate.
This is no doubt the most interesting group of Athoracophorus. Tt
is unique in the situation of the anus close to the mantle-area,
approaching thus the genus Aneitea, from which, however, it is
distinct, especially in the absence of a diverticulum on the crop, the
presence of a renal duct, the form of the teeth of the radula, etc.
8. ATHORACOPHORUS MARMORATUS, Simroth.
Athoracophorus marmoratus (Mts. MS.), Simroth: Nova Acta Acad.
Cees. Leop. Carol., Bd. liv (1889), p. 71, pl. iv, figs. 3-10.
A. marmoreus, Suter, non Hutton.
It is not very long since I obtained a specimen of this rare slug,
which agrees perfectly with the description and figures published by
Dr. Simroth. In Fig. XVIII the situation of the anus close to the
vie,
es a
ayia 4
oA WES
%
\
zt mist
=
ay :
wae
XVIII.
Athoracophorus marmoratus, Simroth.
XVIII. Portion of back with mantle-area: enlarged.
1. Mantle-area. 8. Renal orifice.
2. Pulmonary orifice. 4. Anus.
mantle-area, so characteristic of the species, is illustrated. Dr. Simroth’s
specimen was a very small one, 20 mm., but it may well be that these
slugs do not attain a much larger size on the Auckland Islands. The
IeProc. Zool. SoC: 51691. en alidi
.
/
DE eee
SUTER!: NEW ZEALAND ATHORACOPHORID®. Doi
specimen in my collection is 90 mm. long, foot 10 mm. broad, and was
found on a birch-tree near Collingwood. It is thus evident that this
species, in a genial, moist climate, attains to the largest size of all our
native slugs.
Hab.—Auckland Islands (Krone); Collingwood, South Island.
Conctuston.—The geographical distribution of the species is not
without interest. The North Island has only small, not much differen-
tiated forms—A. bitentaculatus, A. antipodarum, and small forms of
A. papillatus; whilst in the South Island, large, more differentiated,
and generally darker-coloured species oceur. Of the eight species all
are found on the South Island, but the larger forms prevail, especially
A. papillatus. Two species occur as far south as the Auckland Islands.
We know nothing of any native slugs and very little about the other
land mollusea from Stewart Island. There is no reason why A thoraco-
phorus should not exist on this latter island, and it is even probable
that new species may be found on it some day.
Like the unfortunately extinct Moa, <Athoracophorus attains its
greatest development and differentiation on the South Island. The
comparison may seem somewhat peculiar, but it is quite in accordance
with the facts.
The genus Athoracophorus is restricted to New Zealand, including
the Chatham and Auckland Islands. The two other genera of the
family are found: Anettea, Gray, in East to North Australia, New
Caledonia, and New Hebrides; ? Anetella, Cockerell, on Wild Island,
Admiralty Archipelago. The occurrence of members of the family in
New Guinea is to my knowledge not quite certain yet, but they seem
to be absent from the Kermade .c, Norfolk, and Lord Howe Islands.
Mr. C. Hedley included Hyalinac, H. & A. Ad., in the family,’ but
according to Dr. Simroth this genus is much nearer the Succineidee and
has nothing whatever to do with the Athoracophoride.
1 Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xxv, p. 161.
VOL. II1.—NOVEMBER, 1897. 18
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF STEWART ISLAND.
By Hewry Suter. —
Read 9th April, 1897.
In March of this year Mr. Aug. Hamilton, of Dunedin, paid a short
visit to Halfmoon Bay, Stewart ‘Asland, when he collected a number of
land-shells, which he kindly sent me for investigation.
Hitherto only four species of land-shells have been known from this
island, viz. :
Flammulina (Phacussa) fulminata, Hutton ;
2. Hlammulina (Pyrrha) cressida, Watton ;
3. Laoma (Phrixgnathus) celia, Hutton ;
. Rhytida australis, Hutton ;
of which the first and last mentioned are endemic.
Mr. Hamilton’s collection comprised the following species :—
1. Flammulina perdita, Hutt. One dead and partly broken shell.
This species is found over the whole of New Zealand, but is a rather
rare shell.
2. Flanmulina Feredayi, Suter. Two specimens, which correspond
exactly with my type-specimen from the Forty Mile Bush, North
Island. The species has also been found on the Hunua Range and in
the Otaki Gorge, North Island. The var. glacialis I established on
specimens found in the Hooker Valley, South Island.
3. Flammulina (Phenacohelix) granum, Pfr. Two specimens, which
are not adult, having only four whorls and a diameter of 2°5 mm., but
otherwise differing in no respect from specimens I have from the
North Island. I have not seen it yet from the South Island. This is
one of our very rare shells.
4. Flammulina (Phacussa) fulminata, Hutt. Five specimens, mostly
bleached. Two of them exceed the dimensions given by Captain
Hutton for this species.
5. Flammulina (Thalassoheliz) igniflua, Reeve, var. obnubila, Reeve.
Eight specimens, bleached. They are much smaller than the typical
F. igniflua, with diam. 7, alt. 4°5mm., whorls 43. I found similar
living specimens near Dunedin, and hence I think it advisable to
follow Pilsbry (Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. ix, p. 18), and to distinguish
them as var. obnudbila, although they differ from the type only in size.
iE mi e not seen this variety from any other part of New Zealand.
Endodonta (Charopa) bianca, Hutt. Two specimens only, which
do ne differ from the typical form. Occurring over the whole of
New Zealand.
7. Endodonta (Charopa) tapirina, Hutt. One young specimen, in
the colour-markings resembling specimens from Otago.
SUTER: LAND MOLLUSCA OF STEWART ISLAND. 259
8. Endodonta (Charopa) Sterkiana, Sut., var. Reeftonensis, Sut. Five
specimens, slightly larger than the type, but otherwise not distinguish-
able from it. This variety is very probably distributed over a great part
of the South Island, since it has been found at Greymouth and Spring-
burn; but it seems nowhere to be common.
9. Laoma (Phrixgnathus) celia, Hutt. Six specimens, typical.
10. Laoma (Phrixgnathus) phrynia, Hutt., var. maor, n. var.
Fourteen specimens of this new variety were found. They differ from
the type principally in their much larger size, the diameter being
3°5mm., as against 2°5; the periostracum is almost smooth, but the
rather distinct radiate riblets are clearly visible near the suture,
only rarely extending thread-like over the surface of the whorl to the
periphery. The colour is darker than in most specimens of the
type-form.
11. Lhytida australis, Hutt. Three bleached and broken shells.
Our knowledge of the land-molluscan fauna of Stewart Island has
thus made some progress, eleven instead of only four species being now
known. There is no doubt that a thorough exploration of this island
would reveal many more species, and very likely several new forms.
260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
REVISION OF THE NEW ZEALAND TROCHID.
By Henry Svurer.
Read 14th May, 1897.
Fam. TROCHID.
Subfam. TrocH1n ®.
Genus. TROCHUS, Linné, 1758.
Subgen. Inrunprsutum, Montfort, 1810.
Sect. castorrocuus, Fischer, 1880.
1. Trocuus traratus, Quoy & Gaimard.
Trochus tiaratus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. 11 (1834),
p. 256, pl. Ixiv, figs. 6-11 ; Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soe. New
South Wales, vol. ix, p. 358; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.., ser. 1,
vol. xi, p. 42, pl. xii, figs. 72-4; pl. 1, fig. 4 (radula).
Anthora tiarata (Quoy & Gaim.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll,
p- 94; Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv, p. 165,
pl. vu, fig. N (radula).
Trochus delicatulus, Philippi: Zeitsch. Malak., 1846, p. 105.
Polydonta elegans, Gray: Yates’ ‘“‘ New Zealand,” 1835, p. 309.
Five to five and a half whorls; 5-8 spiral lire of oblique beads
on the penultimate whorl. Columella with an obsolete fold above.
Umbilical area smooth. Alt. 10, diam. 13°5 mm.
Hab.—On rocks near low-water mark from Auckland to Dunedin ;
common in the North, rare in the South Island.
2. Trocuus Cuaruamensis (Hutton).
Polydonta Chathamensis, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll. New Zealand,
1873, p. 36.
Anthora Chathamensis, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., 1880, p. 94.
Trochus Chathamensis, Hutton: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 8359; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 48.
fe
las
Mea
Trochus Chathamensis (Hutton).
Six whorls, with 5-6 close, low, spiral cinguli between the upper
and lower margins, which are strongly elevated. Upper edge of whorls
nodulous, lower edge spirally striate and as a rule more prominent than
the upper one. Longitudinal oblique markings of brownish-purple on
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID. 261
a white ground. Columella with almost imperceptible fold above.
False umbilicus almost filled up, smooth. Alt. 7°5, diam. 9mm.
Hab.—Chatham Is. only.
The specimens reported by Mr. T. W. Kirk as having been found
near Wellington very likely do not belong to this species, but to
T. oppressus, Hutton.
3. Trocuus oppressus (Hutton).
Gibbula oppressa, Hutton: Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 34; Man. New
Zealand Moll., 1889, p. 102; Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 364; Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv,
p- 124, pl. xiv, fig. M (radula); Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xi, p. 232, pl. xl, figs. 4, 5.
Dark olive-brown, tessellated with darker markings. Beach speci-
mens, haying lost the periostracum, are white with fuscous markings.
Whorls keeled above the middle. Body-whorl biangular. Entire
surface closely, finely, spirally striate. Columella oblique, straight,
inserted in centre of base. Alt. 5°5, diam. 6 mm.
The presence of a false umbilicus, quite exceptional in Grbbula, led
me to re-examine the radula. I found the teeth to correspond with
Hutton’s description and figure, but the point of great importance is
the absence of a jaw. It therefore cannot belong to the genus Gibbula,
and its proper place is no doubt under Zrochus.
HZab.—Under stones near low-water mark, scarce, Auckland, Lyall Bay,
Var. Dunedinensis, n.var.
Differs from the type in being larger and in the body-whorl being
only faintly angular; the colour is rather darker, but the markings
are the same. Whorls 54, protoconch minute, distantly spirally
striated. Spire- whorls not keeled in the middle or above it, but
slightly convex, nodulous below the suture, with a well-developed
cingulus above the nodules; 6-7 cinguli on the penultimate whorl.
On the last whorl and the base the cinguli are crossed by very fine and
dense lines of growth. In some specimens the cinguli of the base, 8-9,
are coarser near the axis, in others they are of nearly equal size.
Radula the same as in the type; no jaw. Alt. 7:5, diam. 7°5 mm.
Hab.—Dunedin Harbour, under stones ; only a few specimens (H. 8.).
Sect. antHora, Gray, 1857.
4. Trocnus vrripis, Gmelin.
Trochus viridis, Gmel.: Syst. Nat., 138th ed. (1788), p. 3572, No. 34 ;
Hutton, Proc. Linn. "Soc. New South Wales, vol. i
p- 858; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 43, pl. ii,
figs. 16, 17, and vol. x, pl. xl, fig. 21.
Anthora viridis (Gmel. ): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 94.
Polydonta tuberculata, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘* New Zealand,” vol.
p- 289.
Anthora tuberculata (Gray): Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. xv, p. 124, pl. xiv, fig. K (radula); Hutton, Man.
New Zealand Moll, p. 93.
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Trochus acinosus, Gould: U.S. Explor. Exped., Moll. p. 179, fig. 217.
Trochus fulvolabris, Hombr. & Jacq.: Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. vol. vy,
p-. 56, pl. xiv, figs. 14-16.
Polydonta tritonis, A, Adams: Proe. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 182.
Anthora tritonis (A. Ad.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 94.
Seven whorls; five series of granulated spiral lire on penultimate
whorl. Columella with a deep fold above. Umbilical area with 3-4
spiral ribs. Alt. 20, diam. 19 mm.
Hab.—On rocky ground near low-water mark from Whangarei to
Dunedin. Rather rare in the North, but attaining a larger size.
Subgen. Crancutus, Montfort, 1810.
5. Trocuus rrncEns (Menke).
Monodonta ringens, Menke: Moll. Noy. Holl. Spec., 1843, p. 14,
No. 53 (not JL ringens, Philippi, 1846).
Trochus ringens (Menke): Philippi, Conch. Cab., p. 235, pl. xxxvi,
fig. 1; Fischer, Coq. Viv., p. 213, pl. lxxi, fig. 1; Pulsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 81, pl. x1, figs. 49, 50.
Shell perforate, conical; whorls 7, the first smooth, yellowish,
following planulate, separated by canaliculate sutures, maculate with
chestnut and white, spirally cingulate above with four elegantly granu-
late ridges, the upper and lower larger, last whorl acutely cariated ;
base shehtly convex, ornamented with 8-9 granose cinguli; aperture
rhomboidal, oblique, narrow; basal margin sulcate - denticulate ;
columella strong, oblique, terminating below in a large tooth, ringent
above; columella callous, ringent, plicate. Alt. 10, diam. 11mm.
(Fischer). Sometimes the altitude exceeds the diameter.
My specimen from Mokohinau Island, which agrees in every respect
with Fischer’s excellent description, measures 12 X 10°56 mm.
Hab.—Cape Maria van Diemen (C. H. Robson); Mokohinau I.
(caretaker of the lighthouse).
This is a new addition to the fauna of New Zealand. In Hutton’s
Man. New Zealand Moll. Clanculus vartegatus, Adams, 1s mentioned,
loc. Auckland (?), but in his revision (1884) it is omitted from the
list of New Zealand mollusca. Whether TZrochus ringens was
erroneously taken for 7. variegatus or not, I do not know.
Genus MONODONTA, Lamarck, 1801.
Subgen. Dinoma, Philippi, 1845.
Sect. Nroprtoma, Fischer, 1885.
6. Monoponta Airniops (Gmelin).
Trochus Aithiops, Gmelin: Syst. Nat., 18th ed., p. 3596, No. 32.
Zrochus Zealandicus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. 11,
p. 257, pl. lxiv, figs, 12-15.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHIDA. 263
Monodonta reticularis, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘“‘ New Zealand,” vol. u,
p- 238.
? Labio concolor, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 180.
Diloma Asthiops (Gmel.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 95 ;
Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv, p. 125, pl. xv,
fig. A (radula).
Monodonta Atthiops (Gmel.): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 365; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol, xi, p. 98, pl. xix, figs. 99-100; pl. xx, fig. 19;
pl. 1, fig. 12 (radula).
With distant narrow spiral black grooves, the intervening tracts
flat, black, articulated with white. Outer lip black-edged. Umbilical
tract very broad, bounded on the outer, lower margin by a chocolate
streak. Alt. 25-33, diam. 25-30 mm.
Hab.—On rocks near high-water mark ; common throughout New
Zealand, Chatham Is., Auckland Is,
7. Monoponta morro (Troschel).
Trochus morio, Troschel in Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 142, pl. xxiv, fig. 3.
Monodonta melaloma var. guttata, Hutton: Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. ix, p. 3867.
Monodonta morio, Trosch.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, pp. 102,
105, pl. xxxv, figs. 26, 27.
Shell black, surface rough, apex almost always eroded, with
irregularly scattered white dots, obsoletely spirally sulcate, 9-10 on
the penultimate whorl. Umbilical tract broad, with a tongue-shaped
pearly umbilical impression, bounded by dark-green. Outer lip edged
with blackish-green, followed by a narrow silvery, lirate band, and
inside this a broad band of opaque white, the prolongation of the
columella lip, follows. Very variable in form. Alt. 12-20, diam.
14-19 mm.
Hab.—On rocks and under stones near low-water mark, from
Auckland to Banks’ Peninsula.
8. Monoponra atrovirens (Philippi).
Trochus atrovirens, Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 148, pl. xxiv, fig. 12;
Fischer, Coq. Viv., p. 373, pl. cxiv, fig. 1.
Monodonta atrovirens, Phil.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 110, pl. xxii, figs. 48-40.
Shell orbiculate, conoidal, shining, greenish-black, usually faintly
marked with yellowish spots, spirally sulcate, sulci 7-9 on the
penultimate whorl. Sutures submargined below. Last whorl much
dilated, rounded at the periphery. Outer lip edged with green or
blackish-green. Columellar callus broadly expanded, bounded by
green or blackish-green, a distinct tongue-shaped pit at the place of
the umbilicus. Alt. 9-17, diam. 14-23 mm.
Hab.—Tasman’s Bay; Lyall Bay; Dunedin. Under stones above
low-water mark.
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Found mostly with the preceding species, from which it is not
always easily separated.
9. Monoponra porcirERA (Watson).
? Labio poreifera, A Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 179.
Trochus (Diloma) porcifer (A. Ad.): Watson, Rept. Challenger
Exped., Gastropoda, p. 67, pl. iv, fig. 12.
Diloma nigerrima, Chemn.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 96;
? Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv, p. 125,
pl. xv, fig B (radula).
Monodonta nigerrima (Chemn.): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 866 [not nigerrima (Gmel.), Philippi].
Monodonta poreifera, Watson: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p- 102, pl. xxii, figs. 53, 54.
Shell depressed, globose, bluish-black, polished, superficially lirate,
sometimes sparsely dotted with white. Suture margined below.
Outer Lp margined with black. Columella not dentate, broad, sub-
concave. Opaque substance of columella extending upon the base of
the aperture, forming a strong ledge within. Alt. 10-138, diam.
13°5-16°5 mm.
My specimens do not show a trace of white spots, but otherwise
agree with Watson’s description. J/onodonta coracina also occurs, with
and without yellow spots.
Portion of radula of IMonodonta porcifera (Watson).
The figures of the teeth of the radula of Diloma nigerrima published
by Captain Hutton, and quoted above, are very likely those of another
species (J/onodonta coracina?). I therefore give here the figures of
the teeth of specimens which I consider to be typical, collected at
St. Clair, near Dunedin.
Hab.—The only specimens I have seen and collected on rocks are
those from St. Clair, Dunedin. Captain Hutton quotes the following
localities : Banks’ Peninsula to Dunedin, Chatham Is., Auckland Is.
10. Monoponta coractna (Trosch.).
Trochus coracinus, Troschel in Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 148, t. xxiv,
fist Tid:
Monodonta coracina (Troschel): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 103," pl. xix: figs 94 sip) xxi te 2S.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHIDE. 265
Shell orbicular-conoid, depressed, lustreless, purplish-black, with or
without yellow spots. Suture more or less distinctly margined below.
Spiral lire of whorls distinct or almost obsolete. Last whorl angulate
around the periphery; body-whorl sometimes biangulate. Outer lip
black-edged, followed by a narrow opaque white band, which runs as
Portion of radula of onodonta coracina (Trosch.).
a silvery stripe over the umbilical tract parallel to the columella, and
unites again with the upper lip, thus forming a complete ce
Umbilical tract bounded on the outer, lower margin by green, grey,
brown. Alt. 10-18, diam. 11- igmm. A large conic specimen es
Lyttelton measures 17 x 17mm.
Hab.— Wellington and Lyttelton Harbours, Sumner (H.8.). Under
stones on sandy beaches above low-water mark.
11. Monoponta excavata (Adams & Angas).
Trochocochlea excavata, Ad. & Ang.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 37;
Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 97.
Diloma excavata (Adams): Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv,
p. 126, pl. xv, fig. F (radula).
Monodonta excavata (Ad. & Ang.): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. ix, p. 868; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol. xi, p. 109, pl. xxxv, figs. 1-3.
Trochocochlea constricta (Lamk.): Hutton, Journ. de Conch., 1878,
p. 33. [Not of Lamarck.
Shell small, depressed-conic, greyish-green, minutely maculated
with dark-olive, apex but seldom eroded. Last whorl convex above,
flattened beneath, and carimate at the periphery. Lire distinct only
on the base. Outer lip edged with black. Umbilical tract broad,
concave, bounded by lght- brown. Alt. 5, diam. 6mm. Specimens
from Greymouth measure 10 X 113mm.
Hab.—West coast of New Zealand; Manukau Heads; Cape Egmont ;
Greymouth.
12. Monoponta LueuBris (Gmelin).
Trochus lugubris, Gmelin; Syst. Nat., 18th ed., p. 3583, No. 104.
Trochus cingulatus, Quoy & Gaim.: Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. 11,
p- 259, pl. Ixiv, figs. 16-20 (not eingulatus, Brocchi
nor Menke).
266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Monodonta angulatum [misprint for cingulatum] (Quoy & Gaim.): Gray
in Dieffenbach’s ‘‘ New Zealand,” vol. u, p. 238.
Trochus Gaimardi, Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 211, pl. xxxi, figs. 7-9.
Diloma Gaimardi (Phil.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., 1880,
pp. 96, 201.
Trochus Bernardi, Recluz: Journ. de Conch., 1852, p. 166, pl. vu,
fig. 5.
Trochus sulcatus, Wood: Index Test. Suppt., pl. vi, fig. 40.
Monodonta sulcata (Wood): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New’ South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 8367 (not sulcatus, Martyn nor Lamarck).
Trochus bicanaliculatus, Dunker in Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 202,
Dixie. (6
Monodonta lugubris, Gmel.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p: 100, pl. xix, fig. 93; pl. xxxv, figs. 24,. 25.
Whorls strongly, spirally ridged, carinate, black, the ridges nodulous
and dotted with white or yellow; three on the penultimate whorl,
interstices spirally striate. Outer lip black-edged, then nacreous and
lined with opaque white. Umbilical tract not very broad, bordered
on the outer margin by greyish-white. Alt. 9-13, diam. 18-15 mm.
Hab.—From Auckland to Dunedin, under stones near low-water
mark. Not common, but more abundant in Cook Strait than further
north or south,
13. Monoponta susprostrata, Gray.
Monodonta subrostrata, Gray: Yate’s ‘New Zealand,” 1835, p. 308 ;
Dieffenbach’s ‘‘ New Zealand,” vol. 11, p. 238.
Trochocochlea subrostrata (Gray): Hutton, Man. New Zealand MollL.,
1880, p. 96.
Diloma (?) subrostrata (Gray): Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. xv, p. 126, pl. xv, fig. G (dentition).
Monodonta subrostrata (Gray): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 8367; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 101, pl xixs ties, 89,90:
Shell with subnodulose, spiral ribs, which are wider apart on the
upper surface and closer on the base. Yellowish with undulating,
longitudinal, purple lmes. Outer Lp edged with yellow and dotted
with black, then a narrower band of opaque white; throat lirated,
silvery. Umbilical tract rather broad, greyish or yellowish-grey on
its outer lower margin. Alt. 11-14, diam. 13-15 mm.
Hab.—Auckland to Tauranga, abundant on Zostera beds.
14. Monoponta mELANOLOMA, Menke.
Monodonta melanoloma, Menke: Moll. Noy. Holl., 18438, p. 14.
Trochus melanoloma (Menke) : Philippi, Conch. Cab., p. 146, pl. xxiv,
Hoe:
Labio corrosa, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 180; Hutton,
Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 96.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHIDZ. 267
Diloma corrosa (Adams): Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv,
p- 126, pl. xv, fig. D (radula).
Labio Hectori, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll. New Zealand, 1873, p. 37.
Trochocochlea chloropoda, Tate: Zool. and Pal. Misc., p. 10 (teste
Hutton).
Monodonta melaloma (Menke): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. 1x, p. 366.
DMonodonta melanolama, Menke: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 104, pl. xxii, figs. 56, 57.
Shell globose, conical, roughened and eroded, purplish, body-whorl
mostly yellowish; more or less distinctly lirate. Outer lip yellow-
edged, followed by a black band. Columella arcuate, with a small
tooth below the middle. Umbilical tract narrow, concave, bounded by
dark-grey. Alt. 15, diam. 16mm.
Hab.—On mud-flats of estuaries in brackish water, Heathcote
Estuary, near Christchurch (H. 8.).
Var. undulosa, A. Adams.
Chlorostoma undulosum, A. Adams: Proce. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 182.
For synonymy, see Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 105, pl. xxu, figs. 45-7.
Larger than the type, and the spiral striation more distinct ;
yellowish, with undulating lines of dark-purple. Alt. 18, diam.
20 mm.; alt. 17, diam. 22 mm.
Hab.—Sumner to Dunedin. On rocks: not common.
Var. plumbea, Hutton.
Diloma plumbea, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv (1883),
p. 126, pl. xv, fig. E (radula).
Monodonta melaloma var. plumbea: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 367; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 105,
pl. xxii, figs. 45-7.
Shell dull-purplish, spire mostly eroded, roughened, last whorl
obsoletely lirate. Outer lip edged with black. Columella and
umbilical tract as in the type, the latter sometimes of a greyish-green
colour. Alt. 14°5-16, diam. 16-17 mm.
HTab.—Sumner, Lyttelton, Banks’ Peninsula to Dunedin. Under
stones near low-water mark; rather scarce.
Sect. cutoropitoma, Pilsbry, 1889.
15. Monoponta crrntra (Philippi).
Trochus erinitus, Philippi: Zeitschr. Malak., 1848, p. 103.
Trochocochlea mimetica, Hutton: Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 82; Man.
New Zealand Moll., p. 96.
Monodonta mimetica, Hutton: Proce. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 368.
Monodonta crinita, Phil.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 111,
pl. xxu, figs. 41-4.
268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Shell globose-conic, narrowly perforate, cinereous, spirally grooved,
cinguli dark-purple with white spots at regular distance. Columella
not very thick, obtusely dentate below, white-edged. Umbilico-
columellar area bright-green with undulating narrow bands of purplish-
brown. Alt. 17, diam. 16-18 mm.
The only specimen I have, measures 9 X 12mm., having 3°5 whorls
only ; the apex is not eroded, protoconch smooth, dark- -orange.
Pilsbry states that it 1s sometimes imperforate.
Hab.—Auckland, on Zostera beds; scarce (T. F. Cheeseman).
Genus CANTHARIDUS, Montfort, 1810.
Subgen. Canruarrpus, Monttf.
Sect. CANTHARIDUS, 8.8.
16. CanrHaripus rris (Gmelin).
Trochus iris, Gmelin: Syst. Nat., 13th ed., p. 3580, No. 86.
Cantharidus tris (Gmmel.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 99;
Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 361.
Canthiridus Zealandicus, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 169.
Cantharidus Zealandicus, A. Ad.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll,
Pendd.
Cantharidus iris (Gmel.): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 122,
pl. xxxiv, fig. 15.
Shell elevated, conical, obtusely angular at the periphery, whitish
with longitudinally undulating purplish-red streaks; obsoletely lrate,
about five separated narrow ridges on the base. The largest species of
the genus. Alt. 40, diam. 80 mm.
I follow Hutton in placing Adams’ Cantharidus Zealandicus as
a synonym of this species, Pilsbry taking it as a synonym of
C. pruninus (Gould), which I do not think to be correct.
Hab.—Auckland to Cook Strait; Chatham Is.
17. CANTHARIDUS PRUNINUS (Gould).
Trochus pruninus, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 11 (1849),
p- 90; U.S. Explor. Exped., Moll. p. 180, fig. 205; Otia,
Ds OO.
Trochus Ao Philippi: Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1848, p. 102.
Trochus episcopus, Hombr. & Jaeq.: Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. vol. v, p. 55,
pl. xiv, figs. 9-11.
Cantharidus episcopus (Hombr. & Jacq.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand
Moll., p. 100.
Cantharidus pruninus (Gould): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 361.
Cantharidus pruininus (Gould): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 122, pl. xivi, figs:(60, 61.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID®. 269
Shell ovate-conical, deep purple, apex pink; surface nearly smooth,
densely, finely, spirally striate all over. Last whorl rounded, or
obtusely angular. Aperture less than one-half the length of the
shell, iridescent within with finer dense folds. Columella subvertical,
expanded in a callous pad over the umbilicus. Relative length of
spire very variable. Alt. 22, diam. 16mm.; alt. 19, diam. 16mm.;
alt. 80, diam. 19mm.
Hab.—Auckland Is.; Campbell Is.
Var. perobtusa, Pilsbry.
Man. Conch, ser. 1, vol. xi (1889), p. 123, pl. xxxiv, fig. 1.
Spire short, very obtuse at the apex, whorls 5, the last large,
descending anteriorly. Aperture as long as the spire; other characters
as in C. pruninus—(Pilsbry). Alt. 20, diam. 19mm.
Hab.—Auckland Is.; Campbell Is.; Macquarie Is.
Mr. A. Hamilton, of Dunedin, collected specimens on the latter
island; some are dark-purple, others cincreous.
18. CantHaripus TENEBROsUS, A. Adams.
Canthiridus tenebrosus, A. Ad.: Proc. Zool. Soe., 1851, p. 170.
Cantharidus tenebrosus, A. Ad.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
p. 101; Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 861; (?) Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. xiv, p. 166, pl. vu, fig. L (radula); Pilsbry, Man.
Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 123, pl. xxxiv, fig. 3.
Shell conical, elevated, bluish-black or cinereous, 6-7 spiral lire on
the penultimate whorl, 13-16 on the body-whorl, the latter bluntly
subangular at the periphery. Columella covermg the umbilicus.
Alt. 11°5, diam. 9°5 mm.
Hab.—Throughout New Zealand. On seaweeds.
Var. Huttonii, FE. A. Smith.
Trochus ( Cantharidus) Huttonii, K. A. Smith: Journ. Linn. Soc., (Zool.)
vol. xii (1876), p. 558, pl. xxx, fig. 20; Hutton, Man.
New Zealand Moll., p. 100.
Cantharidus tenebrosus var. Huttont: Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. 1x, p. 862 ; Hutton, Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. xiv, p. 165, pl. vi, fig. M (radula); Pilsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 123, pl. xxxiv, fig. 2.
Gibbula plumbea, Hutton: Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 33.
Shell short, conical, bluish-black, 8-11 spiral lire on the penultimate-,
17-20 on the body-whorl. Columella covering the umbilicus. Alt. 9,
diam. 7mm.; alt. 14°5, diam. 10°5mm.; alt. 15, diam. 13mm.
(specimen from Dunedin).
Hab.—The same as the type, but more plentiful.
270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
19. CANTHARIDUS PURPURATUS (Martyn).
Limax purpuratus, Martyn: Univ. Conch., pl. [xviii (1784).
Cantharidus purpuratus (Martyn): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
p- 99; Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix,
p- 861; Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv,
p- 124, pl. xiv, fig. O (radula); Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol. xi, p. 124, pl. xlv, fig. 44.
Trochus rostratus, Gmelin: Syst. Nat., 13th ed., p. 8580.
Trochus elegans, Gmelin, t.c., p. 8581.
Phasianella rubella, Menke: Syn. Meth. Moll., p. 51 (teste Hutton).
Trochus pallidus, Hombr. & Jacq.: Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. vol. v, p. 55,
pl. xiv, figs. 12, 13 (not pallidus, Forbes).
Cantharidus pallidus (Hombr. & Jacq.): Hutton, Man New Zealand
Moll, p. 100.
Trochus rostratus, Kiener: Spec. et Icon., pl. xlvi, fig. 1.
Trochus torosus (Quoy MS): Kiener, op. cit., pl. xlvi, fig. 3.
Cantharidus purpuratus (Martyn): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p. 125, pl. xlv, fig. 45.
Shell imperforate, acutely conical, first whorls reddish or reddish-
ereen, the remainder whitish, sometimes ornamented with rosy oblique
streaks; spirally cingulate, cinguli flat, five on the penultimate whorl,
the narrow interstices lamellose-striate. Last whorl subangular, con-
vex beneath. Aperture subtrapezoidal, lirate and highly inidescent
within. Columella nearly vertical. Alt. 22, diam. 16mm. ; alt. 32,
diam. 19mm.; alt. 24, diam. 20mm.
Hab.— Auckland to Banks’ Peninsula; on rocks, but more often on
floating seaweeds.
Var. texturata, Gould.
Trochus texturatus, Gould: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. im (1849),
p. 90.
Cantharidus texturatus (Gould): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
p- 99; Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv, p. 165, pl. vu,
fig. I (radula); Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p-. 125, pl. xlv, figs. 41-3.
The ribs with a secondary sculpture of fine spiral striz, the whole
surface covered by sharp incremental strive.
Hab.—The same as the type.
20. CanTHARIDUS PUPILLUS, Hutton.
Cantharidus pupillus, Hutton: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix (1884), p. 862 (not Zrochus pupillus, Gould) ;
Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv, p. 165, pl. vu,
fig. K (radula); Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p- 180.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID. 271
According to Pilsbry, the 7. pupillus, Gould, is undoubtedly a species
from the west coast of North America, and belongs to the genus
Margarita.
Shell conical, imperforate, shining, solid, of very variable colour
and markings. Specimens from the North Island are cinereous or
white, with broad red spots on the upper whorls and below the suture
on the last whorl, the remainder being adorned with red spots; some-
times the whole shell is pink, with broad oblique white bands running
down the two last whorls to the periphery. The South Island
specimens are much duller, the first three or four whorls are mottled
with dark-grey and purple, whilst near the sutures white spots are
found at regular intervals, 6-7 on a whorl, forming longitudinal bands
Cantharidus pupillus, Hutton.
on the second and third whorl. The last whorls are dark-purple or
ereenish-brown, with longitudinal, narrow streaks of yellow or
yellowish- erey. The whorls, 5—6, are slightly convex, mostly a Little
shouldered, the last whorl angled at the periphery ; all the whorls are
cingulate, the cinguli being broad and flat, and the interstices narrow,
5-6 on the penultimate whorl, about 13 on the body-whorl, crossed by
fine oblique striew of growth. Below the sutures and on the periphery
of the last whorl two cinguli are usually fused together ; base convex ;
sutures impressed. Aperture oblique, subrhomboidal; outer lip thick,
white inside, columella oblique, arched, slightly straightened in the
middle, its reflection covering the umbilicus entirely, or leaving only
a very narrow fissure. Alt. 8, diam. 7mm.
Hab.—Heads of Manukau Harbour; Lyttelton; Banks’ Peninsula
to Dunedin. On seaweeds ; not common.
Captain Hutton rightly remarks that this is a very variable shell.
The character and number of the cinguli I found to be constant.
North Island specimens especially are lovely shells; hardly two are
alike in colour and pattern.
21. CANTHARIDUS SANGUINEUS (Gray).
Trochus (Gibbium) sanguineus, Gray: Dieffenbach’s ‘‘ New Zealand,”
vol. 11 (1843), p. 238.
Gibbula sanguinea (Gray): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 102.
Cantharidus sanguineus (Gray): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 362; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
yol. x1, p. 131, pl. xlvu, figs. 92, 93.
bo
~I
ws)
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Shell conical, imperforate, spirally ribbed, ribs 5-6 on the penulti-
mate- and 10-14 on the body- whorl; pinkish-white or light-grey with
blood-red spots on the ribs, or with red flexuous longitudin: al markings.
Whorls 6, slightly convex, the last angled at the periphery, rather
convex below. Suture distinct. Aperture oblique, outer lip thick,
Cantharidus sanguineus (Gray).
inside with a white opaque callosity; columella oblique, white, its
expansion covering the umbilicus, leaving sometimes a small fissure.
Alt. 9, diam. 7mm.
cland to Wellington; Chatham Is.
Like Captain Hutton, I have only seen dead specimens.
Var. celata, UWutton.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 363; Pilsbry, Man.
Conch*,ser. 1, vole x1; p) 131:
Shell smaller, more deeply ribbed and the ribs narrower; 5-7 on
the penultimate-, 15-16 on the body-whorl; they are sometimes
rendered obsoletely eranular by the lines of erowth that cross them
obliquely. Columella with an obsolete tooth in the middle; umbilicus
completely closed up. Alt. 5°5, diam. 4°5 mm,
Hab.—Foveaux Strait (dredged).
Var. elongata, n.var.
Differs from the type in being narrower, the whorls of spire
obsoletely shouldered, the riblets more numerous and finer, 10-11 on
the penultimate-, about 18-19 on the body-whorl. Colour white or
light-grey, ribs light-brown or reddish-brown, dissolved in spots on
the base only. Outer lip edged with white and brown dots, followed
by a broad white opaque band; interior pearly. Aperture quad-
rangular, columella nearly vertical, with an obsolete tooth in the
middle, the expansion covering the umbilicus. Alt. 7°5, diam. 5mm.
Hab.—Lyall Bay (A. Hamilton).
CANTHARIDUS DILATATUS (Sowerby).
Elenchus dilatatus, Sowerby: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 251; Hutton,
Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 101.
Cantharidus dilatatus (Sby.): Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soe. New Sonth
Wales, vol. ix, p. 363; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol. xi, p. 148.
es
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHIDA. 273
Chrysostoma simulata, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1878, p. 86.
Gibbula simulata, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 102.
Cantharidus simulatus, Hutton: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. 1x, p. 863.
Shell conical, imperforate, shining, cinereous, pink or pinkish-
brown, usually with white markings near the suture or tessellated
with white, sometimes a broad dark-brown band encircling the middle
of the whorls, and one on the centre of base; finely, spirally striated.
Whorls 6, slightly convex, the last obtuscly angled at the periphery
Cantharidus dilatatus (Sby.).
and considerably expanded. Aperture oblique, subrotund; outer
lip strengthened by an inner, white callosity, interior highly bluish-
green, iridescent. Columella regularly arched, broadly expanded, and
completely covering the umbilicus. Base slightly convex. Alt. 9,
diam. 8 mm.
Hab.—Nokianga; Auckland; Cook Strait; Chatham Is. On sea-
weeds near low-water mark ; scarce.
By comparing specimens in the Canterbury Museum, I have satisfied
myself as to the undoubted identity of Hvenchus dilatatus, Sby., with
Cantharidus simulatus, Hutton.
23. Canruaripus RuFozona, A. Adams.
Canthiridus rufozona, A. Ad.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 170.
Cantharidus rufozona, A. Ad.: Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll,
p- 101; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1, p. 150.
Shell globosely conoidal, small, rather thin, imperforate, white or
cinereous with distant rufous or pinkish-brown spiral ribs, 5 on the
penultimate-, 13 on the body-whorl. Whorls 6, scarcely convex, the
body-whorl rounded at the periphery. Suture impressed. Interstices
between the ribs smooth. Aperture subquadrangular, outer lip slightly
indented, sharp, articulated with pinkish-brown, with an inner opaque
white band, interior iridescent. Columella vertical, white, shghtly
toothed in the middle; columellar expansion small, but perfectly filling
up the umbilicus. Base convex. Alt. 6, diam. 5mm.
Hab.—Near Auckland. The specimens in my collection were only
lately collected and given to me by Mr. Charles Spencer, of Auckland,
I have not seen this species before.
Pilsbry states, “‘ Habitat unknown,” but Captain Hutton (1.c.) states
that he added the species to our list on the authority of Mr. E. A.
VOL. 11.—NOVEMBER, 1897. 19
274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Smith, who says that specimens from New Zealand are in the British
Museum, and kindly permits me to add that he agrees with my opinion,
but considers the illustration here given to represent a young shell.
Cantharidus rufozona, A. Ad.
I can cordially endorse everything Mr. Pilsbry says about Adams’
Monograph of the Trochide (t.c., p. 6).
Subgen. Banxrvra (Beck), Krauss, 1848.
Sect. BANKIVIA, 8.8.
24. CantHaripvs Fascratus (Menke).
Phasvanella fasciata, Menke
Phasianella fulminata, Menke } Syn. Meth. Moll., 1830, p. 141.
Phasianella undatella, Menke
Bankivia varians (Beck): Krauss, Siidafrik. Moll, p. 105, pl. vi, fig. 1;
Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 101; Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 365.
Bankivia purpurascens, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 171.
Bankivia major, A. Adams: t.c., p. 171.
Bankivia nitida, A. Adams: t.c., p. 172.
Cantharidus fasciatus, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 139,
pl. xl, figs. 28-33.
Shell turreted, thin, shining, white, creamy or pink, plain or banded
with pink, purple or brown. Last whorl rounded. Aperture ovate,
outer lip acute, columella sinuous, obliquely truncate below. Alt. 19,
diam. 8mm.
IHab.—Waikanae, Cook Strait.
Sect. peropyrea, H. & A. Adams, 1863.
25. Canruaripus picruraTa (H. & A. Adams).
Letopyrga picturata, H. & A. Adams: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1863,
Vol: xi ps 19:
Cantharidus picturata, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 140,
pl. xly, figs. 46-8.
ee
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID&. 210
Shell turreted, narrowly perforate, shining, white, with longitudinal
undulating or ziezac pinkish or purplish lines, sometimes with spiral
bands at the periphery and around the umbilicus. Whorls more or
less carinated at the periphery, the carina exserted above the sutures
on the spire. Suture margined. Columella not truncate. Alt. 8-12,
diam. 5—7 mm.
Hab.—Stuart Island (Stewart Island ?), New Zealand.
I have not seen any New Zealand specimens.
Subgen. Twaroria, Gray, 1847.
Sect. THALOTIA, S.S.
26. CanrHaripus conicus (Gray).
Monodonta conica, Gray: King’s Survey Australia, vol. ii (1827),
p. 479.
(2?) Trochus pictus, Wood: Index Test. Suppt., pl. v, fig. 28.
Thalotia picta (Wood): A, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 172.
Monodonta turrita, Menke: Moll. Noy. Holl., p. 15.
Trochus Lehmanni, Kiener: Species, genre Zrochus, pl. xlvi, fig. 2 (not
of Menke).
Thalotia Woodsiana, Angas: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 611, pl. xli,
figs. 4, 5.
Trochus Troschelii, Philippi: Conch. Cab., p. 181, pl. xxiu, fig. 2.
Cantharidus rufozona, A. Ad.: Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 862 (not of A. Adams).
Thalotia conica (Gray): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 97.
Cantharidus conicus (Gray): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p- 141, pl. xlvi, fig. 73; pl. xlvi, figs. 67, 68 (7. Woodsvana).
Shell elevated, conical, imperforate, pinkish or greyish white with
crimson apex and numerous close longitudinal dark reddish-brown
stripes, often cut into tessellations. Whorls of spire with 5 or 6
granose lire, 13-14 on the last whorl. Peristome thick, plicate
within. Columella straight, denticulate, with a strong basal trun-
cation. Alt. 20, diam. 13mm.
Hab.—Rangitoto Channel, near Auckland ; scarce (T. F. Cheeseman).
The species was omitted from the list of New Zealand mollusca by
Captain Hutton in his revision (Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 857, footnote). From his description of Cantharidus rufosona
there is no doubt that it is not that species, but C. conteus (Gray).
Two specimens from Auckland in my collection agree perfectly with
typical specimens from Tasmania. ‘There are also specimens in the
Auckland Museum, marked as coming from Auckland.
It is evident that Adams’ short description of C. rufozona does not
refer to C. conicus, since he described that species under the name of
Thalotia picta (Wood).
276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Subfam. GipBuLIna.
Genus GIBBULA, Risso, 1826.
Sect. caLLiorrocuus, Fischer.
27. Gresuta Tasmantca, Petterd.
Gibbula Tasmanica, Petterd: Quart. Journ, Conch., vol. ii (1879),
p- 103; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 236,
pl. xl, fig. 20.
Shell small, perforate, conical, lustreless, whitish tinged with yellow,
unicoloured, or marked with a few angular, radiating maculations of
brown. Sutures impressed. Whorls 6, convex, finely, spirally lirulate,
last whorl bluntly subangular, convex beneath, impressed round the
umbilicus. Aperture oblique, angular above, broadly rounded below.
Umbilicus narrow, funnel-shaped. Alt. 6, diam. 5-5 mm. My speci-
men with six whorls has alt. 8, diam. 7 mm.
Hab.—Lyall Bay.
Specimens collected by Mr. A. Hamilton of Dunedin correspond
with the diagnosis and figure given by Pilsbry. I have not seen any
Tasmanian specimens.
Sect. CANTHARIDELLA, Pilsbry.
28. GippuLaA FuLMINATA (Hutton).
Chrysostoma fulminata, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 36.
Margarita fulminata, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 103; Proe.
Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 364.
Gibbula fulminata, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 216,
pl. xhu, figs. 14-16.
Shell narrowly perforate, globose-conoidal, shining, smooth, except
for a few striee round the umbilicus. Colour pink or pinkish-brown,
generally with a series of white blotches alternating with darker ones
below the sutures, a girdle of white blotches along the periphery and
often around the umbilicus; intervening spaces with ziczac streaks,
Whorls 5, convex. Aperture rounded-quadrate, lip white-margined,
columella arcuate ; umbilicus white. Alt. 7:5, diam. § mm.
Hab.—Auckland to Wellington; Chatham Is.
29. GrpsuLA RosEA (Hutton).
Chrysostoma rosea, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1878, p. 36.
Margarita rosea, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 103; Proce.
Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 364.
Gibbula rosea (Hutton): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 216.
Shell small, globose-conoidal, narrowly umbilicated, pink with a few
longitudinal white streaks or narrow spiral bands and purplish spots
a
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID®. Dit.
on the last whorl; spirally, closely striate. Whorls 38}, convex, the
last rounded at the periphery ; protoconch white, smooth. Aperture
circular, thickly margined with a white callosity all round, columella
subtruncate below. Umbilicus narrow but open, its margin slightly
crenulate by radial folds. Base convex. Alt. 8°5, diam. 6mm.
Specimens from Bounty Island measure 2°25 xX 38mm.
Hab.—Stewart I.; Bounty I.; Campbell I.
30. Gresuta antrpopA (Hombron & Jacquinot).
Margarita antipoda, Hombr. & Jacq.: Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. vol. v
(1854), p. 58, pl. xiv, figs. 26-8; Hutton, Man. New
Zealand Moll, p. 103; Proce. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 365.
Gibbula antipoda, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 217,
pl. xxxiii, figs. 102-4.
Shell small, perforate, depressed-conoidal, yellowish-green, iridescent,
with 4—5 green or blackish spiral bands above, and sometimes below,
the periphery. Whorls 8, the last very large, faintly spirally striated
and with rather strong growth-lines, periphery rounded. Aperture
large, round, margined by a white callus. Umbilicus almost closed up
by the columellar reflection. Alt. 8, diam. 8mm. A specimen from
Antipodes Island measures 4°5 X 6mm.
Hab.—Auckland Is. ; Antipodes I.
31. GrppuLa nitrpA, Adams & Angas.
Gibbula nitida, Ad. & Ang.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 86; Hutton,
Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 102; Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. ix, p. 864; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol, xi, p. 217, pl. xxxvii, figs. 25-7.
Chrysostoma inconsprcua, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1878, p. 36.
Margarita (?) inconspicua, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 102 ;
Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv, p. 124, pl. xiv, fig. N
(radula).
Shell small, conical, narrowly umbilicate, olive-yellow or bluish-
erey, marked with numerous, continuous, thread-like, white, spiral
lines, generally broken up in tessellations; spire elevated, with convex
outlines; last whorl obtusely angular around the periphery ; base with
7-8 concentric lire. Aperture rounded-quadrate, outer lip finely
crenulated, within brilliantly iridescent ; columella arcuate. Umbilicus
funnel-shaped, yellowish within. Alt. 6°5, diam. 5°5mm.; alt. 7,
diam. 6°5 mm.
Specimens from Dunedin are bluish-black, shining more or less
distinctly, spirally striate, umbilicus half covered by the columellar
expansion. Alt. 8, diam. 7mm.
Hab.—ast and west coasts of both the North and South Islands ;
on stones near low-water mark.
bo
~I
ioe)
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
32. GrppuLa scamnata (Fischer),
Trochus (Gibbula) scamnatus, Fischer: Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 66;
Coq. Viv., p. 394, pl. exvii, fig. 4.
Gibbula seamnata (Fisch.): Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 220,
plex tie 6:
Shell small, subperforate, conoidal, cinereo-olivaceous, with spiral
blackish bands; whorls 6, somewhat convex with 5-6 elevated lire
on the penultimate whorl; last whorl subangulate, base convex with
7-8 concentric lire, the interstices narrow. Aperture subrhomboidal,
suleate within; columella arcuate, a little reflexed and almost
covering the umbilicus. Alt. 7, diam. 7°5 mm. (Fischer).
Hab.— Brighton, Otago; Oceanica (Fischer).
Specimens collected by Mr. A. Hamilton undoubtedly belong to
this species, for which no definite locality was given by Fischer.
The species closely resembles Cantharidus rufozona, A. Ad., from
which, however, it may at once be distinguished by its partly open
umbilicus, its arcuate columella without any indication of a tooth, its
larger size, and darker colour.
This is perhaps the undescribed form of Cantharidus mentioned by
Pilsbry under C. tenebrosus (t.c., p. 124).
33. Gisputa Surert (E. A. Smith).
Photinula Suteri, B. A. Smith: Proc. Malac. Soc., Vol. i (1894), p. 58,
pl. vu, Fig. 3.
Portion of radula of Gibbula Suteri (E. A. Smith).
Shell small, turbinate, imperforate, uniformly black or grey,
cinereous, pink, etc., longitudinally variegated and tessellated with
white. Whorls 5, convex, rapidly increasing, faintly spirally striate.
Last whorl angled at the periphery. Aperture rounded, outer lp
sharp, columella arcuate, its expansion completely covering the
umbilicus, leaving only a slight pit; umbilical tract white, impressed.
Base slightly convex. Alt. 4, diam. 4mm.
Hab.—Lyttelton Harbour (H. 8.); Lyall Bay (A. Hamilton).
On examining the animal I found that a jaw is present and the
radula is decidedly that of the genus Gibbula. <A figure of the teeth
SE
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID-E. 279
is here given. According to Fischer, Photinula has no jaw. The
character of the radula and presence of a jaw induce me to class this
species under Gibbula.
Type in the British Museum.
34. GIBBULA MICANS, D.sp.
Shell minute, subperforate or imperforate, conical, iridescent,
shining, light-yellow with radiate oblique broad streaks of dark-brown,
the intervals with a few dots of light-brown; base tessellated with
yellow and brown. Whorls 6, the first two minute, smooth, reddish-
brown, the others finely spirally striate, about 15 striz on the
Gibbula micans, n.sp.
penultimate whorl; spire conic, scarcely convex, last whorl carinate.
Aperture subquadrangalar, oblique, outer and basal lp sharp,
margined with a white band; interior lirate, iridescent; columella
subyertical, slightly arched, subdentate in the middle. Umbilicus
partly or completely covered by the columellar expansion. Base con-
vex, umbilical tract slightly impressed, white. Alt. 4, diam. 83-5 mm.
ITab.—Resolution I. (A. Hamilton).
Type in my collection.
Genus MONILEA, Swainson, 1840.
35. Monitea ncena (Gould),
Solarium egenum, Gould: Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i (1849),
p. 84; U.S. Explor. Exped., Moll. p. 196, fig. 226.
Monilea Zealandica, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1878, p. 40.
Margarita Zelandica (Hutton): Sowerby, Conch. Icon., fig. 17.
Torinia egena (Gould): Marshall in Tryon’s Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. ix,
p- 22, pl. vi, figs. 22, 23.
Monilea egena (Gould): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 102;
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 365 ;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 2538, pl. xxxvii,
fig. 13.
Shell small, low, ovate-conic, umbilicated, ashy-white, pearly
beneath. Whorls 6, each with four sharply compressed spiral ribs,
280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
the two uppermost beaded. Umbilicus one-third of base, tunnel-
shaped, penetrating to the apex, its sides excavated on each whorl,
the verge of which is crenulated. Aperture nearly circular. Alt. 5:5,
diam. 7 mm.
Hab.—Bay of Islands; near Auckland, in sandy places, below low-
water mark ; not common (T. F. Cheeseman).
Genus CALLIOSTOMA, Swainson, 1840.
36. CaLLiosToMa SPECTABILE (A. Adams).
Ziziphinus spectabilis, A. Adams: Proe. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 87,
pl. xxvu, fig. 7; Hutton, Man. New Zealand MollL., p. 98;
Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 360.
Calliostoma spectabilis, Pilsbry: Man, Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 382,
pl. xvi, fig. 12.
Shell large, imperforate, conical, flesh-coloured or yellowish, dotted
with pink on the spiral ribs, which are coarsely granose, about 7 on
the penultimate whorl, about 8 on the base. Whorls 6, nearly flat,
the last obtusely angled at the periphery; base rather flattened.
Aperture rounded-quadrangular. Columella pearly, arcuate. Um-
bilical region without any callus. Alt. 35, diam. 37 mm.
Hab.—Auckland; Auckland Is. (fide Von Martens); Chatham Is.
(fide Pilsbry). <A rare shell.
37. Cattiostoma tTreRIs (Martyn).
Trochus tigris, Martyn: Uniy. Conch., vol. ii (1784), pl. ixxv; Gmelin,
Syst. Nat., 13th ed., p. 3585, No. 128.
Granatum, Chemnitz: Conch. Cab., vol. v, p. 100, figs. 1654, 1655.
Ziziphinus granatum (Chemn.): Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll.,
p. 98; Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 360.
Calliostoma tigris, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi, p. 338,
pl. xli, fig. 30.
Shell large, conical, imperforate, light-yellowish, longitudinally
punted with numerous irregular reddish-chestnut stripes. Delicate
finely beaded spiral lire, 16-20 on the penultimate whorl, 18-25 on
the upper surface of the body-whorl. Spire elevated, concave above.
Whorls 10-12, the last convex, rounded at the periphery. Aperture
rhomboidal, columella arcuate, a small callus on the umbilical region.
Alt. 59, diam. 58mm.; alt. 45, diam. 45mm.
Hab.—Auckland to Cook Strait; Chatham I.
88. CaLtiostoma PuNcTULATUM (Martyn).
Trochus punctulatus, Martyn: Univ. Conch., pl. xxxvi (1784).
Lrochus diaphanus, Gmelin: Syst. Nat., 13th ed., p. 8580.
Zurbo grandineus, Valenc.: Voy. ‘‘ Venus,’’ atlas Moll., pl. iv, fig. 4.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHID®. 281
Ziziphinus punctulatus, Hutton: Man. New Zealand Moll, p. 98;
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix, p. 360;
Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv, p. 165, pl. vii, fig. I
(radula).
Calliostoma punctulatum, Martyn: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p. 3384; vol. x, pl. Ixv, fig. 75.
Shell conoidal, imperforate, light fawn-colour, with narrow, con-
spicuously beaded, spiral ridges, 8-12 on the penultimate whorl.
Sutures impressed. Whorls 8-9, the last rounded at the periphery.
Columella arcuate. Umbilical region without any callus. Alt. 386,
diam. 36 mm.
Hab— Cook Strait to Stewart I.
39, CALLIostoMa PELLUCIDUM (Valenciennes).
Trochus pellucidus, Valenc.: Voy. ‘‘ Venus,” Moll. (1846), pl. iv, fig 2.
Ziziphinus granatus (Chemn.): Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 2 (not
Trochus granatum, Chemn. = C, tigris, Mart.).
Calliostoma pellucidum, Valenc.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p. 334; vol. x, pl. xli, fig. 36.
Shell conical, imperforate, yellowish with a few brown obliquely
longitudinal streaks, Close and numerous beaded spiral lire dotted
minutely with brown and white, 8-10 on the penultimate whorl; they
are closer and smaller just below the periphery. Sutures slightly
impressed. Last whorl subangular at the periphery. Aperture rhom-
boidal, columella arcuate, with a shght tubercle at the base. Umbilical
region with a slight callus. Alt. 80, diam. 830mm.
Similar to C. tagris, but ditferently coloured, more carinated, with
fewer series of granules.
Hab.—Whangarei, Auckland; Cook Strait.
40. Caxiiostoma sELEctuM (Chemnitz).
Trochus selectus, Chemnitz: Conch. Cab., vol. xi (1795), p. 168,
pl. execvi, figs. 1896, 1897.
Trochus Cunninghami, Gray: Griffith’s ‘‘ Cuvier’s Anim. Kined.,”
vol. xii (1834), pl. i, fig. 7.
Ziziphinus selectus (Chemn.) and Cunninghami (Gray): Hutton, Man.
New Zealand MollL., p. 98.
Ziziphinus decarinatus, Hutton: Proc. Linn. Sce. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 859 (not decarinatus, Perry).
Trochus torquatus, Anton: Philippi, Conch. Cab., p. 261, pl. xxxviii,
fie. 13.
Calliostoma selectum, Chemn.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p- 335, pl. Ixv, figs. 73, 74, 78.
Shell large, imperforate, pale fawn-colour, elongated brown dots on
the spiral riblets, which are closely granulose, 10-11 on the penulti-
mate whorl. Spire conical, concave on the upper part. Whorls 8-9,
282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
flat, the last slightly convex above, obtusely angular at the periphery,
somewhat convex beneath. Aperture subrhomboidal, columella
arcuate. Umbilical region with a large callosity. Alt. 50, diam.
57mm. ; alt. 37, diam. 47 mm.
Hab.—Auckland to Cook Strait.
*..* Calliostoma Lessoneanum, Tapp.-Can.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol. xi, p. 402, is not a New Zealand shell.
Genus EUCHELUS, Philippi, 1847.
Sect. EUCHELUS, 8.8.
(= Huttonia, T. W. Kirk: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv, p. 282.)
41. EvucHetvus Betitus, Hutton.
Euchelus bellus, Hutton: Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 37; Man. New
Zealand Moll., p. 95; Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
vol. ix, p. 857; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. xi,
p. 485, pl. Ixvu, fig. 80.
Huttonia bella, Hutton: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xv, p. 128,
pl. xiv, fig. I (operculum and radula).
Shell small, globose-conic, pinkish - white varied with darker
markings, imperforate, with granose spiral lire, 7-8 on the penulti-
mate whorl, 10 on the body-whorl. Whorls 5, convex, the last
globose. Aperture rounded, columella concave, terminating in a tooth,
below it a narrow notch, and another tooth on the basal lip. Alt. 6:5,
diam. 6°5 mm.
Hab.—Chatham I.
Var. tricolor, T. W. Kirk.
Huttonia tricolor, T. W. Kirk: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv
(1882), p. 282; Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vol. ix, p. 358.
Euchelus bellus var. tricolor, Pilsbry: Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. x1,
p- 436.
Granules coarser ; dirty chocolate, interior bluish-green.
Hab.—Auckland to Waikanae.
42, Evcuetvs Hamirronr (T. W. Kirk).
Huttonia Hamiltoni, T. W. Kirk: Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xiv
(1882), p. 283.
Euchelus Hamilton’, T. W. Kirk: Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. ix, p. 358; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. I, vol, xi, p. 436.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND TROCHIDE. 283
Shell perforate, spiral granular ribs very fine, white or pinkish-
| white with darker spots in diagonal lines. Inside white.
Hab.—W ellington.
Pilsbry thinks this may prove to be the same as 4. Tasmanicus,
Ten.-Woods. I have seen neither species.
Subfam. Umponiin.e.
Genus ETHALIA, Adams, 1853.
43. Ernarta Zetanpica (Hombr. & Jacq.).
Rotella Zelandica, Hombr. & Jacq.: Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. vol. v
(1854), p. 53, pl. xiv, figs. 5,6; Hutton, Man. New
Zealand Moll., p. 92.
Rotella Neozelanica, Hombr. & Jacq.: Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, vol. 1x, p. 357.
Globulus anguliferus, Philippi: Conch. Cab. (18538 ?), p. 51, pl. vil,
fig. 3.
Umbonium chalconotum, A. Adams: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 188.
Ethalia Zelandica, Hombr. & Jacq.: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol. xi, p. 459, pl. lviii, figs. 9, 32, 33; pl. lix, fig. 66.
Shell depressed, imperforate, solid, yellowish or pinkish, radiately
streaked with chestnut-brown or red above, base with a reddish or
purple zone around the central callus, the outer part white. Surface
smooth, shining; spire low, conoidal; sutures linear. Last whorl
concave above. Umbilical area covered by a thin, radiately rugose,
purple and white callus. Aperture rounded-quadrate. Columella
short, very thick, inserted in a pad of white callus on the body over
the axis. Alt. 11, diam. 19mm.
Hab.—Auckland to Dunedin.
284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
NOTES ON SOME NEW ZEALAND FLAMMULINA, WITH THE
DESCRIPTION OF F. PONSONBYT, n.sp.
By Heyry Surer.
Read 11th June, 1897.
1. Frammurina (Pnenaconertx) prouta (Reeve).
Helix pilula, Reeve: Conch. Icon., sp. 809 (1852).
Helix rota, Pfeiffer: Mon. Hel. Viv., vol. iii (1853), p. 69; Proe.
Zool. Soc., 1852 (1854), p. 57.
Helix (Charopa) iota (Pfr.): Hector, Cat. Land Moll. New Zealand,
1873, p. vill.
Patula iota (Pfr.) : Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., 1880, Dp. 6s
Charopa (Thalassia) iota (Pfr.): Tryon, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. ii,
p. 212, pl. lxu, fig. 43 (copy of Reeve).
Phenacohelix granum (Pfr.): Hedley & Suter [non Pfr.], Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales, ser. 1, vol. vii, p. 642.
To Mr. E. A. Smith I am indebted for the following additions to
the diagnosis of the species, as observed on the type-specimen, drawings
of which, kindly sent by Mr. J. H. Ponsonby, are here reproduced :-—
‘ Protoconch, one and a half whorls, minutely spirally striated, no
riblets. Nine riblets or eight furrows to a millimetre. The entire
ne
Fl
surface between the riblets, as seen under an inch objective, is very
minutely decussated. In some lights the longitudinal strize are more
noticeable, and vice versd. The ribs are slender, subequidistant, and
of equal size. Diam. maj. 3°5, min. 3:25mm.; alt. 2°5 mm.”
On examining the specimens in my collection, I found them to agree
in the characters pointed out by Mr. E. A. Smith. The number of
riblets, of course, is shghtly variable. In most specimens I found them
to be 9, in some 8, and in one 7 only, per millimetre. The umbilicus is
sometimes a little narrower than in the type, but always perfectly
open. In adult specimens the diameter is 4, whilst the altitude
varies from 2°5 to 3mm.
Hab.—North Island:—Whangarei; Mt. Wellington Lava Fields,
near Auckland; Hunua Range; Wanganui; Waimarama; Forty Mile
Bush. Stewart Island :—Halfmoon Bay.
ammulina pilula (Reeve). Flammulina Ponsonbyi, a.sp.
SUTER: NEW ZEALAND FLAMMULINA. 285
In the nearly allied F. chordata, Pfr., I found the same microscopical
structure as in /. pilula, but the riblets are stouter, cord-like, still
less equidistant, from 6 to 8 per millimetre, never more. The very
narrow perforation is partly or entirely covered by the columellar
reflection. Diam. 4, alt. 3mm.
2. Frammutina (PHENAcoHELIX) PonsonByI, n.sp.
Patula pilula (Reeve): Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xvi,
161, ploix, fic: K; pl. xi, fig. M (radula and jaw).
Fruticicola pilula (Reeve) : Hutton, Trans, New Zealand Inst., vol. xvi,
p. 194.
Phenacoheli« pilula (Reeve): Hedley & Suter, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, ser. m, vol. vii, p. 641.
Elammulina (Phenacohelix) pilula (Reeve): Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. 11, vol. ix, p. 16, pl. ili, fig. 13 (the spire is usually
more depressed than here shown); also pl. ii, figs. 6, 7
(jaw and radula).
Shell small, depressed-globose, moderately umbilicated, obtusely
angled at the periphery, pale horny with irregular radiate dashes and
spots of rufous on the upper surface, passing over in zigzag lines at
the base, sometimes imparting a tesse Hated aac to it, and
extending to the umbilcus; thin, dull. Whorls 43, regularly in-
creasing, flatly convex, sculptured with numerous arcuate, sub-
equidistant, thread-like riblets, about 8, rarely 7 or 6, per millimetre.
Protoconch with numerous fine, microscopic, spiral strive, interstices
between the riblets microscopically decussated. Suture impressed ;
spire scarcely elevated. Last whorl obtusely angled above the middle,
not descending in front. Aperture oblique, lunate. Peristome thin,
sharp, shghtly reflexed near the umbilicus, which is quite open
slightly perspective, and about one-fifth of the greatest diameter.
Base convex. Diam. maj. 6, min. 5-25mm. ; alt. 3°25 mm.
Hab.—North Island :—Whangarei ; iiaeeiare Mt. Wellington
Lava Fields and Hillyer’s Creek, near Auckland; Hunua Range ;
Ohaupo; Mt. Taupin; Otaki Gorge; Forty Mile Bush; Wanganui;
Napier.
The type, from Mt. Wellington Lava Fields, is in my collection.
The specimen figured is in the ‘British Museum (Natur: al History).
Mr. J. Hi. Ponsonby, in whose honour the shell is named, was the
first to point out that the shell which we in New Zealand took for
fF. pilula, Reeve, did not correspond with the type in the British
Museum, and I am greatly indebted to him for his kind assistance in
settling the question.
A nearly allied species is Fammulina (Allodiseus) Mossi, Murdoch
(ante, p. 162), in which, however, the umbilicus is much narrower.
Var. unicolor, Suter.
Phenacohelix pilula (Reeve) var. unicolor, Suter: Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. xxvi (1894), p. 134.
Hab.—North Isl: and; Mt. pete
286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF LAND-SHELLS FROM
NEW GUINEA AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS.
By Enear A. Suiru, F.Z.S., etc.
Read 14th May, 1897.
PLATE XVII.
Mosr of the specimens about to be described form part of collections
made by Mr. William Doherty in 1892. They have been placed in my
hands for examination by our President, who has not had time to work
them out himself. The whole collection contains thirty-three species
in all, which are quoted in the following list, with the special locality,
when known, of each.
In addition, descriptions are given of a new Fhytida from Trobriand
Island and a new Chloritis from Woodlark Island; both these, with
Hadra Forsteriana, also referred to, were received by Mr. Sowerby
from a collector who had been travelling in New Guinea and the
neighbouring islands.
LIST OF SPECIES.
Veronicella prismatica, Canefri.
Macrochlamys Dohertyi, n.sp. Andai.
Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) Andaiensis, n.sp. Andai.
Ariophanta (Xesta) fraudulenta, Smith. Biak Island.
Chloritis etreumdata, Férus. Andai.
Chloritis dinodeomorpha, Canefri.
Chioritis cheratomorpha, Canefri (a small variety). Island of Ron,
Geelvink Bay.
. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) Rohdei, Kobelt. Humboldt Bay.
9. Planispira (Cristigibba) corniculum, H. & J. (var. 8 of Canefri).
Wandesi.
. Planispira (Cristigibba) tortilabia, Lesson (form B var. 6 of
Canefri).
. Trochomorpha planorbis, Lesson. Andai.
12. Svtala anthropophagorum, Hedley. Humboldt Bay.
THO Pwo
(oe)
—
—)
—
—
13. Papuina rufo-purpurea, n.sp.
14. 5 molesta, n.sp. Andai.
15. e multizona, Lesson. Anda.
16. xg lituus, Lesson. Andai.
tye ¥) Taumantias, Canefri, var.
18. is grata, Michelin. Mansinam.
19. bd Lintschuana, Kobelt.
20. sys Tayloriana, Ad. & Rve. Zamna.
Die. 3 Tuomensis, Ancey, var.
22. Blanfordiana, H. Ad. (var. Powriert, Canefri). Andai.
23. Albersia zonulata, Ferus. (a small form), Andai,
SMITH: NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 287
24. Perrieria clausilieformis, Canefri.
25. Cyclotus distomellus, Sow. (var. passing into guttatus, Pfr.). Andai.
26. Leptopoma Gianellii, Canefri. Anda.
27. Bellardiella Martensiana, Canefri.
28. Pupina Papuana, n.sp. Andai.
29. Pupina nasuta, Smith. Humboldt Bay.
30. Helicina spheroconus, Molldtf.
31. Helicina parva, Sow., var. (one specimen). Island of Jobie,
Geelvink Bay.
32. Helicina Jobiensis, Canefri. Ron and Jobie Islands, Geelvink Bay.
33. Truncatella gracilenta, usp. Andai.
DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.
1. Rayripa Troprranpensis, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 1-3.
Testa depressa, orbicularis, aperte umbilicata, tenuis, olivaceo-
flavescens, lineis obliquis sinuosis olivaceo-rufescentibus gracilibus
remotis picta, nitens, lineis incrementi obliquis exilibus strisque
spiralibus microscopicis confertis sculpta; spira fere plana, apice
obtuso, vix elato; anfractus 44, celeriter crescentes, leviter convexius-
culi, ultimus latus, haud descendens; apertura obliqua, late lunata,
intus ceruleo-albida; peristoma tenue, simplex, marginibus conniven-
tibus; umbilicus perspectivus, diam. totius basis } adeequans. Diam.
maj. 17, min. 15, alt. 9mm.; apertura 8 mm. longa, 6 lata.
fTab.—Trobriand Island.
Flatter than R. Franklandiensis, Forbes, and less distinctly striated.
More deeply umbilicated and with a less sunken spire than &. veronica,
Pfr., from the Solomon Islands.
2. Macrocutamys Dounertyi, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 4-6.
Testa anguste perforata, orbicularis, supra depresse conoidea, nitidi-
uscula, subpellucida, pallide fusco-cornea, infra polita; anfractus 53,
lente accrescentes, convexiusculi, infra suturam linea angusta
pellucida marginati, striis incrementi tenuissimis obliquis arcuatis
sculpti, ultimus in medio postice obtuse angulatus (angulo antice
evanescente), haud descendens; apertura oblique lunata; peristoma
intus costa pallida conspicua incrassatum, margine columellari anguste
reflexo. Diam. maj. 12°5, min. 11 mm.; alt. 7°5 mm.
Fab.—Andai, New Guinea.
Smaller than JL Papuana, Smith, with a slightly more conical spire,
and angulated body-whorl, and a distinct rib-like thickening within
the peristome, which is seen externally through the substance of shell.
8. ArtopHaNnTa (Hemiptecra) AnparEnsis, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 7, 8.
Testa depresse conica, acute carinata, angustissime umbilicata,
dilute fuscescens, infra carinam pallidam zona angusta rufa cincta,
supra sericata, infra polita; spira depresse conoidea, ad apicem leviter
obtusa; anfractus 6, lente crescentes, superiores tres convexiuscul,
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
exteri minus conyvexi, lineis incrementi tenuissimis obliquis arcuatis
striisque spiralibus exilissimis obsoletis sculpti, ultimus acute sed haud
compresse carinatus, nec descendens, nee subtus concentrice striatus ;
apertura securiformis, pallide roseo-fuscescens, in medio carina pallida
et zona rufa translucentibus ; peristoma supra mediocriter tenue, infra
incrassatum, pallidum, supra umbilicum paulo reflexum. Diam. maj.
31°5, min. 26°5 mm. ; alt. 14mm.
Hab.— Andai, New Guinea.
Like ZH. exilis, Miller, in colour, but much more sharply keeled,
the form of the aperture being consequently very different. The
spire in JZ, exilis is curved in outline, whereas in IL Andaiensis it is
rectilinear, or even feebly concave. . inelinata, Pfr., is much more
sharply keeled, the body-whorl being concavely depressed both above
and below the keel, beneath which there is no reddish line as in the
present species.
4. Tuersires (Hapra) Forsrertana, Pfr.
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. vi, p. 127.
Hab.—Ferguson Island.
The localities known for this species are ‘ Barrow, Howick, and
Percy Islands” (Pilsbry).
The specimen from Ferguson Island is 26mm. in its greatest
diameter. Mr. Sowerby, from whom it was obtained for the Museum,
has no reason to doubt the correctness of the habitat, since he received
the shell with others from a collector who had been travelling in New
Guinea and the adjacent islands.
5. CHLORITIS FUSCO-PURPUREA, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 12-14.
Testa depresse globosa, semiobtecte umbilicata, purpureo-fusca,
periostraco piloso induta ; spira depressa, supra anfractum ultimum
vix elata, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 4% convexiusculi, sutura
subprofunda discret, undique tenuiter granulati, ultimus antice
subito descendens, circa umbilicum obtusissime argulatus; apertura
oblique lunata; peristoma tenue, fusco-purpureum, mediocriter ex-
pansum et reflexum, margine columellari superne dilatato, umbilicum
semiobtegente. Diam. maj. 24, min. 19mm.; alt. 16mm.
Hab.—Woodlark Island.
This species differs from Chloritis Leet of Cox, which also occurs on
Woodlark Island, in its general form, narrower umbilicus, smaller
aperture, closer granulation, ete. It may perhaps be Mr. Hedley’s
var. Woodlarkensis of that species: see Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, ser. 11, vol. vi (1891), p. 83.
6. PapuIna RUFO-PURPUREA, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Fig. 9.
Testa perforata, trochiformis, saturate purpureo-rufa, striis incre-
menti obliquis tenuibus sculpta; spira elongata, conica, anfractus 7,
lente accrescentes, superiores tres convexiusculi, ceeteri minus con-
vexi, ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus, antice vix descendens,
; SMITH: NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 289
infra medium leviter convexus, nitens; apertura obliqua, intus rufo-
purpurea, submargaritacea ; peristoma rufo-purpureum, late expansum
et leviter reflexum, margine basali paulo incrassato, supra umbilicum
reflexo. Diam. maj. 30, min. 24mm.; alt. 834mm.
Hab.—New Guinea.
The upper surface is dull, the base being glossy. Besides the fine
lines of growth, there are ‘faint traces of spiral striation. PP. lenta,
Pfr., and P. euchroes, Pfr., are allied forms as regards shape.
7. Papurna MOLEsTA, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 10, 11.
Testa brevita conoidea, acute carinata, umbilicata, dilute fuscescens,
Ineis increment obliquis striata, undique minutissime granulata; spira
brevis, recte conica, ad apicem ‘acutiuscula ; anfractus 5, subceleriter
accrescentes, superiores tres convexi, penultimus minus convexus,
ultimus supra planiusculus, infra convexior, in medio acute carinatus,
ad labrum breviter descendens; apertura oblique angulato-lunata,
intus concolor; peristoma albidum, margine superiore leviter expanso,
inferiore latius dilatato et reflexo, columellari etiam latius expanso,
Diam. maj. 19, min. 16mm.; alt. 12mm.
Hab, —Andai, New Guinea.
The peripheral keel forms a carinate sutural line between the last
and penultimate volutions.
8. Purrna Papuana, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Fig. 15.
Testa subovata, polita, flavescens, spira convexe conoidea, ad apicem
mediocriter acuminata; anfractus sex, convexiusculi, sutura incon-
spicua, linea angustissima rufescenti marginata, sejuncti, ultimus
elongatus, obliquus, supra aperturam leviter complanatus, valde
descendens, sed ad labrum paulo ascendens; apertura aurea, valde
lateralis, fere circularis, longitudinis totius 2 adsquans; peristoma
leviter incrassatum, margine superiore subsinuato; fissura columellaris
aneusta, curvata, sursum tensa, lobo anfractus ultimi semiobtecta;
callus columellaris porrectus, postice lamella acuta terminans.
Long. 11, diam. 6mm.; apertura 4mm. longa.
Hab.—Andai, New Guinea.
Larger than the P. aurea, Hinds, with a differently coloured
peristome and differently formed anterior slit.
9. TRUNCATELLA GRACILENTA, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Figs. 16, 17.
Testa elongata, gracilis, sordide albida, confertim et tenuissime
costellata, costellis in anfr. ultimo aperturam versus magis distantibus
lamelliformibus paulo infra medium subangulatis ; anfractus 16, lente
accrescentes, supremi 2-3 leeves, convexi, ad apicem plani, ceteri
(quarum 7-8 permanentes) convexiusculi, ultimus haud descendens ;
apertura irregulariter ovata, alba, polita; peristoma continuum, haud
solutum, margine dextro late expanso et reflexo, columellari angustius
reflexo. Long. 23, diam. anfractus ultimi 3, long. anfractum septem
permanentium 13mm.
Hab.—Andai, New Guine:
VOL. Il.—NOVEMBER, 1897. 20
290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Remarkable for its long slender form, and the fine close-set thread-
like lamelle, which become more remote and prominent on the body-
whorl, especially around its base.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Rhytida Trobriandensis.
Macrochlamys Dohertyi.
Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) Andaiensis.
Papuina rufo-purpurea.
. Papuina molesta.
. Chloritis fusco-purpurea.
Pupina Papuana.
Truncatella gracilenta (enlarged).
—_——_—— Apical whorls (magnified).
Proc.Mauac.Soc. Vou.JI.Pu. XVI.
E.A.Smith del. et lith. Mintern Bros.imp
NEW LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA.
291
DESCRIPTION OF ACHATINA STUDLEYI, n.sv., FROM OLD
CALABAR, WEST AFRICA.
By J. Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., ete.
Read 14th May, 1897.
AcHATINA STUDLEYI, n.sp.
A. testa ovata, tumidula, apud apicem paullum attenuata, tenui,
anfractibus 8, apicali incluso, unicolore, simplice, ceteris ventricosulis,
minute sed regulariter granulosis, pallide stramineis, flammis zebrinis
castaneo-brunneis longitudinaliter depictis, ultimo anfractu infra
medium levi, eleganter castanco-suffuso, ad medium, ut apud anfractus
superiores, granuloso, et flammis longitudinalibus decorato, apertura
oblonga, labro extus tenui. Long. 63, lat. 81 mm.
Hab.—Old Calabar. Coll. 'T. Studley, Comm. E. L. Layard, C.M.G.
This is a most distinct and beautiful species, though in many
ways similar to the Natalese 4. semigranosa and A. granulata, Ptr.
It is thin, ovate, shghtly attenuate
towards the apex, eight-whorled, the =
upper whorls, and upper half of the
lowest, being minutely granular, these
granules being very small and regular ;
below the middle the last whorl is
smooth, and beautifully suffused with
bright chestnut-brown; the ground-
colour of all the whorls is pale-straw, but
they are ornamented with longitudinal
dark-brown zebra-like markings. The
aperture is oblong, within bluish, outer
lip thin.
Mr. E. L. Layard says it must be
common in the district whence it came,
since it is sold in the markets and largely
eaten by the natives. We hope before
long to obtain a full-grown specimen ;
and fully anticipate that when seen in
its finest condition this will rank as one
of the most striking species in the genus.
At the request of Mr. Layard, we
name it in honour of Mr. T. Studley,
its discoverer.
Achatina Studleyi, n.sp.
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
DESCRIPTION OF PLECOTREMA SYKESIT, n.se.. FROM KARACHI.
By J. Cosmo Mertvitt, M.A., F.L.S., ete.
Read 11th June, 1897.
PLECOTREMA SYKESII, N.sp.
P. testa parva, rimata, solidula, ochraceo-cornea, levi, anfractibus
6 vel 7, infra, juxta suturas, transversim binis suleulis superficialiter
scalptis, aliter omnino levibus, ultimo anfractu ceteros late conjunctim
superante, apertura oblonga, peristomate extus paullum incrassato,
intus quinque dentibus plicisve albidis munito, videlicet; duobus
dentibus labialibus, tribusque plicis columellaribus. Long. 4,
lat. 1°75 mm.
Hab.—Karachi (F. W. Townsend).
A small horny-yellow Plecotrema, of which we have seen a few
specimens, all precisely similar. The shell is solid, rimate, six- or
seven-whorled, with the surface entirely smooth (thus differing from
Plecotrema Sykesii, n.sp.
most of its congeners), with the exception of two, very superficial, thin,
spiral suleuli, more like scratches than furrows, just below the sutures.
The last whorl is much the largest. Mouth oblong, peristome some-
what thickened exteriorly, and within provided with two labial teeth
and three columellar plaits; both teeth and plaits are whitish.
I am much indebted to Mr. E. R. Sykes for having assisted me in
the discrimination of the species of this genus, and have unusual
pleasure in connecting this very interesting little new form with
his name. He desires me to take this opportunity, since no suitable
occasion has presented itself to him, to point out that, by an oversight,
P. mucronatum, Moudtf. (Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1894, p. 116),
from Bohol, was omitted from his paper on the genus (Proc. Malac.
Soc., Vol. 1, p. 241).
The other Plecotrema, brought by Mr. Townsend from Karachi, is
P. concinnum (H. & A. Ad.).
293
ON A FURTHER COLLECTION OF SLUGS FROM THE HAWAIIAN
(OR SANDWICH) ISLANDS.
By Watter E. Cottier, F.Z.S., etc.,
Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy, Mason University College, Birmingham.
Read 11th June, 1897.
In the early part of 1896 I communicated a paper! to this Society
upon a collection of slugs made by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins in the
Sandwich, or Hawaiian Islands, for a Joint Committee of the Royal
Society and British Association. A further collection has recently
been received and handed to me for identification.
In the present collection there is a far larger number of specimens
of each species, and they are all in a much better state of preservation
than those previously described.
In my earlier paper I briefly reviewed the literature and gave
a list of the species of slugs that have been recorded from these
islands. JI am now able to supplement the same by the addition of
three species, two of which are new.
For some time I was undecided whether or not to separate Amalia
Babori from A. gagates, Drap.; and Agriolimax Bevenoti trom A. levis,
Mill. In all probability the former developed from Amalia gagates,
and the latter from Agriolimax levis. Each has become modified in
certain features, due probably to isolation and habitat, but as these
features will in all probability become more and more pronounced
and permanent in the race occupying the Sandwich Isles, it is better,
I think, to separate them as distinct species.
In my previous paper (t.c., p. 49) I called attention to, and
figured, some slight differences in specimens of Amalia gagates,
from Maui (ef. Figs. III, IV, and V, p. 48). An examination of
the present collections from Haleakala convinces me that there are
three distinct groups of this form in these islands, viz.
Amalia gagates, Drap.
Amalia gagates, var. (as figured), from Maui.
Amalia Babori, n.sp.
The specimens of Agriolimax here described, which have probably
all originated from A. devis, Miill., exhibit a similar variability.
Thus, in a collection from Kauai (2,000 feet) most of the specimens
may be regarded as A. levis, Miill., those from Kauai (4,000 feet) as
A. Bevenoti, u.sp., while others from Haleakala (5,000 feet), mountains
1 Proc. Malac. Soc., Vol. ii (1896), pp. 46-41.
294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
near Honolulu (2,000 feet), and some collected between Olaa to Kilauea
(2,000 to 4,000 feet), exhibit numerous minute variations in the form
and position of the generative organs, which tend to make identification
a very difficult matter. Some of these variations [ have figured
(Figs. 2, 3, and 8), and in all probability there are many more.
In dealing with these small specimens of Amalia and Agriolimaz,
I have been much impressed with the little value that can be
attached to external features, especially in these two particular genera.
Anyone examining the material I have had, and relying upon purely
external features, will be able to endow the Sandwich Isles with
numerous new “species” of both Amalia and Agriolimaz, since forms
in which the generative organs are almost identical exhibit differences
in the colour, markings, length and breadth of the mantle, nature of
the sulci, and form of the rugee, to such an extent that any diagnosis
based solely on these features would be worthless, So closely allied
are many species of these two genera, while others are connected by
intermediate forms or subspecies, that I have come to the conclusion
that in addition to descriptions and figures of the generative organs,
which are sufficient for specific determination in most genera, it is very
desirable a some other organs should be figured and described—the
alimentary or nervous systems, I would suggest—in addition to the
form, origin, and insertion of the buccal, penial, and tentacular retractor
muscles. These, and all other features, would be of much greater
value if described from freshly-killed animals; for the specialist, who
very often is compelled to examine only material which has for many
months been in alcohol, works at considerable disadvantage, especially
in the case of these minute forms.
1. Amatta Baxort, n.sp.
Animal. Papen portion of head, mantle and dorsum, dark sepia,
sides of body nearly as dark posteriorly, much lighter anteriorly, also
in the region pontine the front and sides of the mantle; portion
beneath the mantle yellowish- brown; mantle (Fig. 5) longer than broad,
with distinct groove ; foot-frmge yellowish-brown, darker posteriorly ;
foot-sole ye sllowish- brown, with median and lateral planes sharply
marked, Rug large. Keel prominent. Length (in alcohol) 20 mm.
Shell very fr: agile, consisting of a series of small calcareous particles
indefinitely. arranged, the general form being as shown in Fig. 6.
Length 3, breadth 2mm.
Hab.— Hale: akala, Maui, 5,000 feet, and Olaa to Kilauea, 2,000 to
4,000 feet (one specimen).
Anatomy.—The free-oviduct is a short tube, from one side of which
there is a small oval-shaped diverticulum. The penis commences as
a thin tube, expanding into a globose sac, beyond which it exhibits
a number of constrictions, and terminates abruptly, giving place to
the vas deferens, which passes off as a short fine tube. There is
a large bilobed accessory gland (Fig. 4, ae.gl.) attached to the com-
mencement of the free-oviduct by seven fine ducts, immediately above
which the pyriform receptaculum seminis opens; its duct is short,
o-_—_- 2.
COLLINGE: NEW HAWAIIAN SLUGS. 295
and the head expanded. The oviduct is short and bent upon itself,
thus w (Fig. 4, ov.). The albumen gland is very large. The herm-
aphrodite duct and gland are both small.
Externally the species is not unlike a small example of 4. afer,
Clige., and differs only from dark forms of A. gagates, Drap., in its
prominent keel.
I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name of
Mr. J. F. Babor, of the Institute of Comparative Embryology, in the
University of Prague.
2. AGRIoLIMAX Lm&vIs, Mill.
Small collection from Lihue, Kauai (2,000 feet), and from Haleakala
(5,000 feet).
3. AGRIOLIMAX BEVENOTI, nD.sp.
In a collection of specimens from Kauai (4,000 feet), Honolulu
(2,000 feet), and another from Haleakala (5,000 feet), Mr. Perkins
sends a large number of small specimens of Agriolimar. I have
dissected a number of these, and for some time was very doubtful
whether or not to remove any of them from 4. /evis. Dr. Simroth
has very kindly examined some of these and given me his opinion
upon them: he thinks the species is scarcely distinguishable, and that
these specimens are nearly related to A. levis, Mill., and _A. campestris,
Binney, from North America, A. hyperboreus, Wstr., from Behring
Strait, and A. agrestis, L., from Northern Siberia.
I have made a careful examination of this material, and, as
previously stated, I think there are sufficient reasons for separating
some of these specimens from any of the above-mentioned forms.
I have, therefore, named those from Kauai (4,000 feet) A. Bevenoti,
after my colleague Professor Clovis Bévenot, to whom I am much
indebted for the assistance he has so often given me with regard to
Itahan malacological literature.
Animal not unlike A. levis, Miill., but slightly darker in colour.
Length (in alcohol) 16mm.
Anatom y.—The only parts of the reproductive organs which I have
been able to clearly make out are the form of the free-oviduct and
receptaculum seminis. In the three specimens dissected this latter
organ was always folded, as shown in Fig. 9, 7.s., and the free-
oviduct showed two small pouch-like diverticula. The reproductive
organs were, unfortunately, not in a very mature condition.
4, TrBENNOPHORUS sTRIATUS, Hasselt.
There are numerous examples of this species collected at Honolulu
(2,000 feet), and Lihue, Kauai (2,000 feet).
I
COLLINGE! NEW HAWAIIAN SLUGS. 997
Fic. 1. Amalia gagates, Drap. Generative organs.
», 2.\ Amalia gagates. Showing variations in the form of the terminal ducts,
3. particularly the gradual lengthening of the penis.
4. Amalia Babori, n.sp. Generative organs.
5. Amalia Babori. Mantle.
», 6. Amalia Babori. Shell.
7. Agriolimax levis, Mill. Portion of the generative organs.
8. Agriolimax levis, Showing variation in the form of the receptaculum
seminis, 7.8.
» 9. Agriolimax Bevenoti, u.sp. Terminal ducts of the generative organs.
LErrEerinG.
ac.¢l. accessory gland. ov. oviduct.
alb.gl. albumen gland. p- penis.
d. ducts of accessory gland. pr. prostate.
div. diverticulum. r.d. receptacular duct.
f.ov. tree-oviduct. r.m. retractor muscle of penis.
h.d. hermaphrodite duct. r.s. receptaculum seminis,
h.gl. hermaphrodite gland. v.d. vas deferens,
298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
PRELIMINARY DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES OF NON-MARINE
MOLLUSCA FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. PART II.
By E.R. Syxxs, BOA, HZ.S. "ete.
Read 11th June, 1897.
Srnce the first of these papers appeared (Oct. 1896, v. ante, p. 126),
Mr. Perkins has finished his exploration and returned from the
Hawaiian Islands, so that the work of preparing the final report can
now be proceeded with; nevertheless, I have thought it advisable to
issue these few diagnoses, drawn out prior to his return, and thereby
to conclude the very brief series of descriptions here issued without
illustrations.
1. Virrea (?) Monoxarensts, n.sp.
Testa depressa, albido-hyalina, tenuis, late et aperte umbilicata
(umbilicus circa 1mm. latus), omnino sub lente eleganter regulari-
terque costulato-striata, nitida; spira perdepressa-conoidea, obtusula,
apice levigata; anfr. 4}, regulariter accrescentes, sutura impressa,
ultimus rotundatus, subdepressus ; apertura subobliqua, ovato-lunata,
relative ampla; peristoma simplex, tenue. Diam. max. 4°6, min. 4mm. ;
alt. 2 mm.
Hab.—Forest above Pelekunu, Molokai (Perkins).
For remarks, see under the next species.
2. VitrEA (?) Lanarensis, n.sp.
Testa V. Molokaiensi similis sed minor, umbilico profundiore et
minore (cirea *5mm. lato), striis mae approximatis et levioribus,
infra fere obsoletis. Diam. max. 3:2, min. 8mm.; alt. 1:2 mm.
Hab.—Mountains of Lanai, behind Koele (Perkins).
M. Ancey has placed? Helix Sandwicensis, Pfr., HZ. pauxillus, Gould
(=pusillus, Gould non Lowe), and a new species, HZ. Baldwint, in
ae yalinia. The first species will, I think, eventually prove not to
really come from the Hawaian Islands, but to be the young of some
South American Systrophia. M. Ancey has kindly lent me the type
of his new species, and from a comparison of it with the figures and
description of Gould’s Helix pauxillus,? 1 think they are ‘only two
forms of the same species. Both come from the same island (Maui) ;
both have four whorls; one measures diam. 4°5, alt. 2mm., the other
diam. 5, alt. 2:125mm.; both are striate above and smoother below ;
one is ‘‘ pertenuis,” the other ‘“‘ tenuis”; both are ‘‘depressa”’; one
is ‘‘aperte umbilicata,” ‘umbilicus mediocris,” the other ‘‘ umbilicus
Bull. Soc. Malac. France, i Vl, p- Sea
* U.S. Explor. Hxped., Moll. 40, pl. iti, fig. 46.
SYKES! NEW HAWAIIAN NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 299
angustus, pervius’’: in short, I can trace no material differences
between them. There appears, therefore, to be a compact little group
of three species—one from Maui, one from Molokai, and one from Lanai.
Vitrea Molokaiensis may be at once separated from V. pauxillus by its
wider and more open umbilicus, and by the fact that the sculpture is
strongly continued over the base ; while V. Lanaiensis is intermediate
in the umbilical perforation, and is a more compressed shell than
V. paucillus.
3. Karrerta Konarnsis, n.sp.
Testa conico-pyramidalis, brunnea, subtenuis, subimperforata, supra
sub lente dense et obsoletissime lneis incrementibus sculpta, infra
levior, nitida; spira bene elevata, apice obtusa, levi; anfr. 5%, con-
vexiusculi, lente regulariterque accrescentes, sutura valde impressa,
ultimus ad peripheriam carinatus, basi inflatus ; ; apertura securiformis ;
peristoma simplex, tenue, acutum, margine columellari leviter reflexo.
Diam. max. 3°5, min. 3°2mm.; alt. 2mm.
Hab.—Mt. Kona, Hawaii, at 3,000 feet (Perkins).
A remarkable little shell which seems to fall into Zaliella; it may,
however, possibly be placed, when we are acquainted with the
anatomy, near the Japanese forms of Zrochoconulus.
4. Succinea Konarnsts, n.sp.
Testa elongato-ovata, rugoso-striata, pellucida, pallide succinea, rare
rufescenti-succinea, spira elongato-conica, apice papillata, sutura
valde impressa; anfr. 33, rapide accrescentes, ultimo magno ; apertura
ovata, fere verticalis, columella subarcuata, peristomate acuto, basi
expansiusculo. Alt. 9°5, lat. 5mm.
Hab.—Mt. Kona, Hawaii, at 4,000 feet (Perkins).
The large number of unfigured species described from the Hawaiian
Islands, renders the identification of specimens a somewhat difficult
task, but the present form does not appear to quite agree with any
named species.
3500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14rH May, 1897.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, F.R.S., ete., President, in the Chair.
The following were elected to membership of the Society: Miss J.
Donald, Henry Woods.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘“‘ Descriptions of new species of Land-shells from New Guinea
and neighbouring islands.”” By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S.
2. *‘ Description of Achatina Studleyi, a new species from Old
Calabar, West Africa.” By J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S., and
J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S8.
3. ‘Revision of the New Zealand Trochide.”’ By H. Suter.
On behalf of Mr. Sowerby was exhibited a brightly coloured
specimen of Peeten islandicus, Chemn., supposed to be from Iceland.
Mr. E. R. Sykes exhibited the types of thirteen species of non-
marine Hawaiian Mollusca, kindly lent for exhibition by Mons. Ancey.
Specimens in illustration of the papers read were also exhibited.
A note, illustrated by figures, was read on behalf of Mr. E. W.
Bowell, calling attention to the variation in the dart, mucous glands,
and radula, of the so-called /Helicella virgata, Da Costa, and pointing
out the possibility of the specific distinction of this species from
LH, variabilis, Drap.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, llta June, 1897.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-Avsten, F.R.S., etc., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On a further collection of Slugs from the Hawaiian Islands.”
By W. E. Collinge, F.Z.S., ete.
2. ‘Description of Plecotrema Sykesi, a new species from Karachi.”
By J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.
3. ‘* Notes on some New Zealand Flammulina, with the description
of F. Ponsonbyi, u.sp.” By H. Suter.
4. “Preliminary Diagnoses of new non-marine Shells from the
Hawaiian Islands.”’ Part II. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., ete.
Mr. J. E. 5. Moore exhibited a series of Mollusca collected by
himself in Lake Tanganyika.
Specimens were also exhibited in illustration of the communications
made to the Society.
INDEX, TO VOL. II.
A + is prefixed to the names of fossil species.
A B
PAGE PAGE
Acanthochites glyptus, n.sp. (figs.) 92 | + Baculites, On the aperture of
— Pilsbryi, n.sp. (figs.). 91 (fie, )a 77
—_—_—_—. Wiilsoni, n.sp. (figs.). 92 | Batchian I. | Land- shells from 120
Achatina Studleyi, n.sp. (fig.) . 291 | Bednall, Ww. T., ‘The Polyplaco-
Aclis atemeles, 1. a (tig.) opal phora of South Australia’ 1389
cod, n.sp. (fig.) . ; - lll | f Belemnites, Note on the pro-
Adeorbis *vanikor vides, n.sp. (fig.). 111 ostracum of . . : a Silalye
Agriolimax Bevenoti, nLsp. (with Bittium tenthrenois, n.sp. (fig.) . 109
fig. of genitalia) . " - 295 | Bombay, Minute marine shells from 108
globosus, n.sp. (anat. fig) 47 | British Aplacophorous Amphineura 123
Perkinsi,n.sp.(anat.fig.) 47 | British Museum, Notes on type-
Amalia Babori, n.sp. (with figs. of specimens in the : ; 229
anatomy) F : 294 | Burne, R. H.,
Amastra citreda, D.sp. : = 129 Anatomy of Hanleya cay
Sraterna, D.sp. : . 129 sorum, M, Sars.’ : t
longa, N.sp. . 128
simularis, Hartm., n.var.. 130
villosa, D.Sp. . : ee
Amphikonophora, n.subgen. . 256
Amphineura, Aplacophorous, of Calycia Everetti, n.sp. (fig.) 98
the British seas. 5 . 123 | Canary Is., List of Helicoid shells 15
Ancilla Booleyi, n.sp. (fig.) . 166 | Cantharidus dilatatus (Sby.) (fig.) 273
Andaman Is., Marine shells from. 164 | ——- pupillus, Hutton (fig.) 271
Annual Report . 59, 239 —— rufozona, A. Ad. (fig.) 274
Aplacophora of the British seas. 123 sanguineus (Gray) (fig.) 272
Arabia, South, Seven new non- Cardium Mendanaense, n.sp. (tig.). 188
marine Mollusca from Tt Carychium minimum, Mull., var.
Arcoperna recens, wsp. (figs.) » 182 (fig. : 944
Ariophanta . Andaiensis, n.sp. (fig.) 287 | Cassis Adeocki, n.sp. (fig ; 14
Athoracophoride of New Zealand Cave-deposits, Mollusca’ of the
(figs.) : F . 246 English . 242
Athoracophor wus, New Zealand Celebes, Land-shells from South 34 8
species 34 Cerithiopsis pulcherrima,nsp.(fig.) 110
—— bitentaculatus (Quoy rubricincta, n.sp. (fig.). 109
& Gaim.), teeth of radula ———— Syhkesii, n.sp. (fig.) .
fieured L ; . . 247 | Ceylon, New land-shells from 177,
= Dendyi,n.sp. (figs.) 254 | Chiton Bednaili, Pilsbry (figs.)
—_—___. dubius (Ckll.), de- calliozona, VPilsbry (figs.)
tails of anatomy figured . 200 exoptandus, sp. Uigs.)
—_—_—_—___—. marmoratus, Simr., limans, 0.0. ,
mantle-area figured —. 256 | Chloritis ‘fusco- -purpureda, Nn. sp. (fig.)
papillatus (Hutton), Howesii, n.sp. (figs.) :
genitalia figured. : - 262 | Cingulina Archimedea, n.sp. (fig.)
Simrothi,n.sp. (fig.) 34 | Clathurella lamellosa, n.sp. (tig.) .
302
Clausilia Celebensis, n.sp. (fi
simillima, n.sp. (fi
subpolita, n.sp. (fi 5)
usitata, n.sp. (fig.) ;
Collinge, W. E., ‘On a Collection
of Slugs from the Sandwich Is.’
— ‘Ona further Collection
of Slugs from the Hawaiian Is.’
Cooper, J. E., ‘ Note on the oc-
currence of Petricola pholadi-
forms, Lamk., at Shellness,
Kent” °
Corilla, Known species ‘of
Colletti, n.sp. (figs.)
Gudei, n.sp. (figs.) .
Crick, G. C., “On the Aperture of
a Baculite from: the Lower
Chalk of Chardstock ’ :
—— ‘On the Prodstracum of a
Belemnite from the Upper Lias
of Alderton, Gloucestershire ’
Cyathopoma artatum, n.sp. (figs.)
——— Prestoni, usp. (figs.)
turbinatum,n.sp. (figs.)
Cyclotus Celebensis, n.sp (figs.)
pyrostoma, D.Sp. (figs.)
o )
g.
oO
D>
-)
D
Daphnella bitorquata, n.sp. (fig.)
diluta, n.sp. (fig.)
dulcis, n.sp. (fig.)
(?) fallaciosa, n.sp. (fig.)
mimica, D.Sp. (fig.)
——_— Vercoi, n.sp. (fig
Darenth, Kent, Mollusca from
rainwash : é ;
Diplommatina Prestoni, U.sp.
(figs.), etc. . : :
Drillia Bednalli, n.sp. (fig.)
(tig. )
dimidiata, n.sp. (tig.)
o
>
gratiosa, U.sp.
sdxed, n.sp. (fig.) .
E
Endodonta coma, Gray, var. (figs.)
— Landiensis, n.sp.
rigens, 1.Sp.
Roseveari, n.sp. (fig.)
Titirangiensis, n sp. (fig.)
vortex, n.sp. (figs.)
Wesleyi, vn.
English Cave- deposits, Mollusca of
Eulima dens- colubri, n.sp. (fig.)
Euplecta, Semper, "Notes on the
genus .
es Colletti, n. sp. (figs.)
INDEX.
PAGE | PAGE
99 | Huplecta Prestonz, u.sp. (figs.) . 177
99 scobinoides, n.sp. (figs.) 234
99
100
F
46
Flammulina, Notes on some New
293 Zealand ; ; . 284
—-- Chion, n.sp. (figs.) : LO"
————— Mossi, n.sp. is) . 162
ee perplexa, n.sp. (figs.) 161
134 | —— pilula (Reeve) (fig.) . 284
233 | ———-—— Ponsonbyi, n.sp. (fi 2.) 284
233
234
q
veal Garstang, W.,‘Onthe Aplacophorous
Amphineura of the British Seas’ 123
Gibbula micans, n.sp. (fig.) . 279
117 Suteri (Smith) (tig. of por-
236 tion of radula) . ‘ - 219
236 | Guilolo I., Land-shells from . 120
236 | Gilson, G., ‘The Female Organs of
101 Weritina fluviatilis’ —. 81
100 | Godwin - Austen, Lieut. - Colonel
Tals Jalos ‘Notes on the genus
Euplecta of Semper, with de-
scriptions of supposed new
species from Ceylon’. Nee
27 | Gude, G. K., ‘ Description of anew
26 species of Vitrina and new
26 forms of Helicidee, with a
26 list of the Helicoid shells
27 found in the Canary Islands’ —-15
27 | —— ‘ Description of Streptaxis
paulus, N.sp. 25
105 | Gwatkin, H.M., ‘The Dentition of
the Pupide ’ : 227
237
25
24 ict
25
25 | Hanleya abyssorum, Notes on its
anatomy (fig ) : é : 4
Hawaiian Islands, New non-
marine Mollusca . . 126, 298
Slugs from 46, 293
161 | Helicella tumulorwn, n.vars. (fig.) 15, 16
127 | Helicoid Land-shells from Canaries 17
126 | Hemicycla bituminosa, n.var. (fig.) 16
34 | ————— Pouchet, n.var. (fig.) . 16
35 | Hemiplecta Bonthainensis, Uu.sp.
160 (fig.) . ; ; : a Oil
127 | Howes,G. B., Presidential Address,
242 1896) 9. : : j soi
111 USO 7 . 203
Hyalinia eremias, n.sp. (fig.) 1
173 | t Hygromia wumbrosa, Partsch.
934 | (Gosa Wee . 243
I
Ischnochiton Parkeri, n.sp. (figs.).
— Sa cate n.Sp.
(figs.)
Pilsbr yi, DSP.
pura, Usp. (figs.)
Tateanus, n.sp. (figs
———— Thomasi, n.sp. (figs.) .
Wilsoni, u.sp. (figs.)
K
Kaliella Konaensis, usp. .
Salicensis, n.sp. (fig.)
Karachi, New Plecotrema from
Kennard, A. 8., ‘Notes on the
Mollusca from a Rainwash at
Darenth, Kent’ .
and Woodward, B. B.,
“The Mollusea of the English
Cave-deposits’ (figs.) .
Kolguevy I., Fresh-water
~ from
shells
L
Lagochilus Chiltoni, n.sp. (fig.) .
(?) Studeri, n.sp. (fig.)
Lamprocystis ? Nuwaraensis, n.sp.
(fig.)
? Sinhila, n.sp. (fig.)
Laoma acanthinulopsis, Suter, is a
syhonym =.
elegans, N.Sp. (fic.) .
Hamiltoni, n.sp. (fig.)
lucida, n.sp. (fig.) . :
Moellendorfi, 0 n.sp. (fig.) .
spiralis, n.sp. (fig.) .
sublucida, n.sp. (fig.)
Leptachatina impressa, asp.
— Perkinsi, n.sp. «
semipicta, Sp.
Sinithi, n.sp.
Lotorium armatum, usp. (fig.)
M
Macquarie [., New Mollusca from
Macrochlamys, Classitication
—_— ? circumsculpta,N.sp.
(figs.) . ‘ : F :
——_—_— Doherty, n.sp. (fig.)
Perkinst, isp.
Mangtlha Adcocki, nom. nov.
— alticostata, n.sp. (fig.) .
———- alucinans, n.sp. (fig.)
connectens, usp. (fig.)
INDEX.
127
128
128
137
3038
PAGE
Mangilia cuspis, n.sp. (fig.) . Bec
—— tmornata, n.sp. (fig.) . 30
Melvill, J. C., ‘On seven new
species of ‘Terrestrial and
Fluviatile Mollusca from the
Hadramaut, South Arabia’ . 1
‘Descriptions of new
species of minute Marine
Shells from Bombay’ 108
‘ Description of Plecotrema
Sykesii, u.sp., from Karachi’ 292
— and Ponsonby, J. H.,
‘Description of Achatina
Studleyt, n.sp., from Old
Calabar’. = 2g
and Sykes, E. Re ‘Notes
on a collection of ” Marine
Shells from the Andaman
Islands, with descriptions of
new species’ A 164
Microcystis, Note on nomenclature 130
Miralda idalima, usp. (fig.) 112
Mitra isomeres, n.sp. (fig.) . 167
obscura, Hutton, Note on
(fig. 201
Moluccas, Land-shells from the 120
Monodonta coracina (Trosch.) (fig.
of portion of radula) —. . 266
poreifera (Watson) (fig.
of portion of radula) 264
Murdoch, R., ‘Descriptions of new
species of Endodonta and
Flammutlina trom New Zealand’ 160
Myonia gavisa, n.sp. (fig.) 112
N
Nassa eucomista, n.sp. (fig.) 169
Nautilus pompilius, Skiagraph
taken by the Rontgen- era
Lexa) 179
Neohyalimax By -asiliensis, n.gen.
et sp. (fig.) 39
Neritina fluviatilis, Female ¢ organs
of (fig.) : : a eect
Newecombia Perkinsz, n. sp. . 130
New Guinea, New land- shells 286
New Zealand Athoracophoridee 245
Hammutina, with n.sp. 284
————— New Helicoid land-
shell 107
— New Land Mollusca
from . : : ‘ - 33
— New species of Endo-
donta and Flammulina . 160
—— — Polyplacophora 183
~ Species of Athoraco-
phorus 5 ; : . 34
—— Trochide . 260
304 INDEX.
QO
pacr | Smith, E. A., ‘On a collection
Odostomia antelia, n.sp. (fig) 2 lis of Land-shells from South
—_____—. syrnoloides, n.sp. (fig.) 118 Celebes ’
Old Calabar, New Achatina from 291 | ——— “Onsome Fr aie Ww ater
Oseilla Indica, n.sp. (fig.) - 112 Shells from the Island of
Otopoma consimile, n.sp. (fig.) 2 Kolguev’ .
Dhofarense, n.sp. (fig. ee 2 ————— °A List of the Land-
-—_—— Hadramauticum, n.sp. (fig 2 shells of the Islands of
Batchian, Ternate, and Gilolo
P [Moluccas] Z
Paludestrina glaucovirens, n.sp. (fig.) 3 species ‘ Descriptions of new
Papuina molesta, n.sp. (fig-) 289 New Guinea and neighbouring
rufo-purpured, U.8p. (fig.) 288 Telends®
Peeten Thomasi, n.sp. (fig.) » 188 | Solarium homalaxis, n. sp. (fic)
Petricola pholadiformis, living on South Australia, Pleurotomide
the coasts of Kent ‘and Essex 134 _____” polyplacophora .
Phasianella minima, usp. (tig) 115 | Sowerby, G. B., Deseription of
Planispira lacteocincta, n.sp- (figs.) 122 Cassis Adeocki, n.sp.’
Planorbis Arabicus, n.sp. (fig-) 3 ( et ante lento ae
Plecotrema Sykesii, n.sp. (fig-) 292 tomidz of South Australia,
Pleurotoma Booleyi, u.sp. (figs-) 165 with descriptions of new
ochroleuca, n.sp. (figs.). 169 species’
Pleurotomide of South Amstraliay) 240| 5 eae ‘On iecae New
Polita notabilis, n.sp. (tigs.). 259 Shells from the Collection of
Polyplacophora of S. Australia 139 Mr. B. C. Thomas, of Brest”
Revision of New Sphyradium edentulum, Dentition
Zealand species. So 2 (fig.) ;
Ponsonby, J. H., and Melvill, Stenogyra Be ties n. sp. (fie.)
J.C., ‘Description ot Achatina Stewart Island, Land Mollusca.
Studleyi, u.sp., from Old Streptaxis Heudei, S. & B. (fig. of
Calabar’. 291 mouth) ;
Port Phillip, Victoria, Polyplaco- paulus, as sp. (fz.)
phora from . - 84 | Suecinea Konaensis, n.sp..
Presidential Addresses . z 57, 203 Suter, H., ‘New Land Mollusee
Proceedings of the Society :— fromn iNea Zealand and Mac-
Annual Meetings . 55, 239 quarie Island’
Ordinary Meetings— ‘Revision of the New
52, 183, 179, 240, 300 Zealand Polyplacophora’
Prodstracum of a Belemnite . ale? ‘Note on Mitra obscura
Pupidie, Dentition of the (figs.) 27 atone !
Pupina Papuana, v.sp. (fig.) 289 eRevision of Hel New
Pyrgulina Edgarii, w.sp. (fg. me Zealand Athoracophoridie’ —.
- pyrgomella, n.sp. (fig.). 118 ‘The Land Mollusca of
Stewart Island’
R ‘Revision of the New
Rhytida Trobriandensis, n.sp.(fig-) 287 Zealand Trochidée’ eee
‘Notes on some New
Rissoina epentroma, n.sp. (fig.) 110 7
ealand Flammutina, with
pachystoma, 0.sp. (fig.) . 110 FP, ]
Réntgen-rays as aids to the “study g onsonbyiy Sp."
Be shells " 179 ykes, KE. R., ‘Report ona collection
of Polypk: scophora from Port
Phillip, Victoria’ i
S ©On Flammulina Chion.
Sandwich Islands: see Hawaiian a new Helicoid Land- shell
Tslands. from New Zealand’
Simroth, H., ‘On Neohyalimax ‘Preliminary Diagnoses
Brasiliensis, n.gen., .sp., of new species of Non-marine
from Brazil’ 39 Mollusea from the Hawaiuan
Skiagraphs of shells 179 Islands. Pt. I’
PAGE
94
104
Sykes, E. R., ‘ Descriptions of some
new species of Helicoid and
Operculate Land-shells from
Ceylon’ : : 5 :
‘Preliminary Diagnoses
of new species of Non-marine
Mollusca from the Hawaiian
Islands. Part IT’ A °
and Melvill, J. C., ‘Notes
on a collection of Marine
Shells from the Andaman
Islands, with descriptions of
new species’ A :
Syrnola metria, n.sp. (fig)
4h
Tate, R., ‘On the discovery of a
Recent Species of Arcoperna’
Tellina thymares, w.sp. (fig)
Ternate I., Land-shells from
Trobriand I., New Rhytida from
Trochide of New Zealand . ;
Trochus Chathamensis (Hutton)
INDEX.
PAGE
164
112
181
116
120
287
260
260
Truncatella gracilenta, n.sp. (fig.)
Turbonilla Abererombiet, n.sp. (fig)
Emilie, u.sp. (fig.)
sororia, n.sp. (fig.)
terebrind, n.sp. (fig.)
Turritella leptomita, n.sp. (figs.) .
V
Vitrea (°) Lanaiensis, n.sp.
(?) Molokaiensis, n.sp.
Vitrina Parryi, usp. (fig.) .
W
Woodlark I., New Chloritis from
Woodward, B. B., and Kennard,
A. 8., ‘The Mollusca of the
English Cave-deposits’ (figs.)
xX
Xesta dimidiata, n.sp. (fig.)
96
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
(Corrected up to October, 1897.)
Abercrombie, Alexander, c/o Latham, Abercrombie & Co., Bombay.
Adcock, Daniel John, 42, Currie Street, Adelaide, South Australia.
Alderson, Rev. E. G., Coxhead Farm, Gateacre, Liverpool.
Amalitzky, Wladimir, Professor of Geology, University of Warsaw,
Russia.
Baldwin, D. D., Haiku, Maui, Hawaiian Islands.
Beddome, Lieut. C. E., T.N., Hillgrove, near Hobart, Tasmania.
Beddome, Col. R. H., F.L.S., Sispara, 75, West Hill, Wandsworth.
Bednall, W. T., The Museum, Adelaide, South Australia.
Beecher, Dr. C. E., Yale University Museum, New Haven, Conn.
Bendall, Wilfred, 77, Baker Street, Portman Square, London, W.
Berthelin, G., Mem. Soc. Geol. France, 31, Rue de Vaugirard, Paris.
Billinghurst, F. B., The National Bank of Australasia, Castlemaine,
Victoria.
Birley, Miss Caroline, 14, Brunswick Gardens, Kensington, London, W.
Blanford, W. T., F.R.S., 72, Bedford Gardens, Campden Hill,
London, W.
Bles, E. J., B.Sc., Zoological Laboratory, New Museum, Cambridge.
Bonnet, A., 55, Boulevard St. Michel, Paris.
Bottger, Prof. Dr. Oskar, M.A.N., C.M.Z.S., 6, Seiler Strasse,
Frankfurt-am-Main.
Bowell, Edward Wake, Sissinghurst Vicarage, Cranbrook, Kent.
Brazier, John, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Milford, Macpherson Street,
Waverley, nr. Sydney, New South Wales.
Brusina, Prof. Spiridon, Director of the Zoological Department
of the Natural History Museum, Zagreb (Agram), Croatia.
Bullen, Robert Ashington, Loughrigg, Somers Road, Reigate.
Burne, R. H., F.Z.S8., 146, Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park, London.
Burnup, Henry, Maritzburg, Natal.
Burrows, H. W., A.R.I.B.A., 94, Elm Park, Brixton, London, 8. W.
Butterell, Joseph Darker, Willow Grove, Beverley, Hull.
Cairns, Robert, 159, Queen Street, Hurst, Ashton-under-Lyne.
Caziot, Mons., Commandant d’Artillerie, Bastia, Corsica.
Chaplin, J. C., Port Elizabeth, South Africa.
Chaster, Dr. G. W., 42, Talbot Street, Southport, Lancashire.
Christie, A. H., 15, Hamilton Terrace, St. John’s Wood,
London, N.W.
Clapham, Sidney C., Fryern House, Court Road, Eltham.
Clapp, George H., 325, Water Street, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A.
Claremont, Dr C. C., Millbrook House, Hampstead Road,
London, N.W.
Clifton-Crick, C. P., Blount Lodge, 204, Lordship Road, Stoke
Newington, London, N.
Collier, E., 1, Heather Bank, Moss Lane East, Manchester.
Collinge, W. E., F.Z.S., Mason College, Birmingham.
Cooke, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge.
Cooper, Charles, 90, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand.
Cooper, James Eddowes, 93, Southwood Lane, Highgate, London, N.
Cossmann, Maurice, 95, Rue de Maubeuge, Paris.
2
1893
1895
1895
1896
18938
O
1893
O
O
1893
1894
1894
1893
1893
1893
1897
1893
1897
1896
1896
1893
1894
1893
1893
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Cox, Dr. James C., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Hunter Street, Sydney, New
South Wales.
Cox, C. Stanley B., B.A., M.RC.S., San Remo, Chelston, Torquay.
Cox, Capt. P. Z., Assistant Agent to the Governor-General, Baroda,
India.
Crawford, F. C., 19, Royal Terrace, Edinburgh.
Crawford, James, c/o Messrs. J. C. Kemsley and Co., Port
Elizabeth, South Africa.
Crick, G. C., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, London, 8. W.
Crosse, J. C. Hippolyte, 25, Rue Tronchet, Paris.
Crouch, W., F.Z.8., Grafton House, Wellesley Road, Wanstead, Essex.
Da Costa, S. I., 2, Craven Hill, London, W.
Dall, William Healey, Honorary Curator Department of Mollusca
U.S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C.
Daly, W. Mahon, Rummergode, Gonivede, Mysore State, India.
Damon, Robert F., Weymouth.
Darbishire, R. D., Victoria Park, Manchester.
Dautzenberg, Ph., 213, Rue de Université, Paris.
Dodd, B. Sturges, 67, Beech Avenue, New Basford, Nottingham.
Dollfus, Adrien, 35, Rue Pierre Charron, Paris.
Dollfus, Gustave, 45, Rue de Chabrol, Paris.
Donald, Miss Jane, Etterby House, Carlisle.
Dun, W.S., Geological Survey, Pitt Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Emary, Perey, 12, Alwyne Square, Canonbury, London, N.
Farquhar, John, 3, Rose Terrace, African Street, Grahamstown,
Cape Colony.
Foote, R. Bruce, F.G.8., Graceville, High Ground, Bangalore, South
India.
Foster, Miss A. C. S., Cavendish House, Clapham, London, S.W.
Fulton, Hugh, 216, King’s Road, Chelsea, London, 8.W. |
Gain, W. A., Tuxford, Newark.
Gatliff, J. H., The Commercial Bank, Carlton, Melbourne, Victoria. |
Gilson, Prof. Gustave, The University, Louvain, Belgium.
Godwin - Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park,
Guildford.
Gude, G. K., F.Z.S., 114, Adelaide Road, London, N.W.
Guerne, Baron Jules de, Docteur és Sciences, 6, Rue de Tournon,
Paris.
Guppy, R. J. Lechmere, Port of Spain, Trinidad.
Gwatkin, Rev. Prof. H. M., 8, Scrope Terrace, Cambridge.
Harris, George F., F.G.8., Nithsdale, 91, Brigstock Road, Thornton
Heath, Surrey.
Hart, J. H., F.L.S., Curator Royal Botanic Gardens, Trinidad.
Harvard, T. Mawson, 16, Radford Road, Hither Green, Lewisham,
London, 8.E.
Haynes, T. Henry, Ravenswood, West Wickham, Kent.
Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S. Wales.
Henn, Arnold V., Box 1282, P.O., Sydney, N. S. Wales.
Hind, Wheelton, M.D., F.G.S., Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent.
Howes, Prof. G. B., F.R.S., Royal College of Science, South
Kensington, London, 8. W.
Hoyle, W. E., M.A., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E., Keeper of the Manchester
Museum, The Owens College, Manchester.
Hudleston, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., 8, Stanhope Gardens, London, 8. W.
Hutton, Capt. F. W., F.R.S., Canterbury Museum, Christchurch,
New Zealand.
1894
1893
LIST OF MEMBERS, 3]
Johnson, C. W., Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Pa.
Jousseaume, Dr., 29, Rue de Gerjovie, Paris.
Justen, Frederick, F.L.8., 37, Soho Square, London, W.
Kendig, A. B., D.D., 86, Vernon Street, Brookline, Mass.
Kennard, A. §., Benenden, Mackenzie Road, Beckenham, Kent.
Kenyon, Mrs. Agnes F., 291, Highett Street, Richmond, Victoria,
Australia.
Kew, H. Wallis, F.Z.S., 157, Ferme Park, Hornsey, London, N.
Kitching, Langley, J.P., Rosenhurst, Bewdley, Worcester,
Kobelt, ‘Dr. We Schwanheim (Main), Germany.
Lawson, Peter, 11, The Broadway, Walham Green, 8.W.
Layard, Edgar Leopold, C.M.G., F.Z.8., Otterbourne, Budleigh
Salterton, Devon.
Leicester, Alfred, Buckhurst Farm, nr. Edenbridge, Kent.
Leighton, T., F.G.8., Lindisfarne, St. Julian’s Farm Road, West
Norwood, London.
Linter, Miss J. E., Arragon Close, Twickenham.
Loat, W. Leonard Ses Southborough, Tunbridge Wells, Kent.
Lodder, Miss Mary, Lonah, Ulverstone, Tasmania.
Macandrew, J. J., F.L.S., Ivy Bridge, Devonshire.
Mansel-Pleydell, J. C., F.L.8., Whatcombe, near Blandford, Dorset.
Martens, Prof. Dr. E. von, Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin, N.W.
Matthews, E. H. V., Post and Telegraph Station, Yorke Town,
South Australia.
May, Dr. T. H., Bundaberg, Queensland.
Meiklejohn, Dr. W. J. 8., F.L.S., 105, Holland Road, Kensington,
London, W.
Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Brook House, Prestwich, near
Manchester.
Milnes, Rev. Herbert, The Friars, Priory Street, Cheltenham.
Mollendorff, Dr. O. F. von, German Consulate, Kovno, Russia.
Monckton, H. W., F.L.5., Whitecairn, Wellington College Station,
Berks.
Monterosato, Marquis A. de, 1, Via Pietro Colletta, Palermo, Sicily.
Moss, W., F.C.A., 13, Milton Place, Ashton-under-Lyne.
Murdoch, R., Wanganui, New Zealand,
Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
Norman, Rev. Canon Merle, D.C.L., F.R.S., The Rectory,
Houghton-le-Spring, Rro.0%, Durham.
Pace, S., F.Z.S., c/o Messrs. J. Clark and Co., Thursday Island,
Queensland.
Parry, Lt.-Col. G. 8., 18, Hyde Gardens, Eastbourne.
Pasquali, Mons., Daira Sanieh of H.H. the Khedive, Cairo, Egypt.
Pavlow, Dr. Alexis, Professor of Geology, The University, Moscow.
Peal, C. N., F.L.S., Fernhurst, 8, Mattock Lane, Ealing, London, W.
Pearce, Rev. S. S., M. ARs Long Combe Vicarage, Woodstock.
Pilsbry, RAS Academy of Natural Sciences, Phil adelphia, Pa.
Ponsonby, J. H., F.Z.8., 15, Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Preston, Hugh B., E.Z8., The Manor House, Berrow, near Burnham,
Somerset.
Pritchard, G. B., 22, Mantell Street, Moonee Ponds, Victoria.
Quaife, C., Hughenden, Queen Street, Woollahra, Sydney, N.S.W.
Quekett, aL tls FZS, The Museum, Town Hall, "Durban, N Natal.
1893
1896
1894
1895
1894
1893
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Rawson, Sir Rawson W., K.C.M.G., C.B., 68, Cornwall Gardens,
Queens Gate, S.W.
Ridley, Mrs. E. P., 6, Paget Road, Ipswich.
Rimmer, Richard, J.P., F.L.8., Dalawoodie, Dumfries.
Rosevear, J. Burman, 113, New Kings Road, Fulham.
Scharff, R. F., Ph.D., D.Sc., Natural History Museum, Dublin.
Schepman, M. M., Rhoon, near Rotterdam, Holland.
Shepherd, Dr. W. G., 30, Myddelton Square, London, E.C.
Simroth, Dr. Heinrich Rudolf, Fichtestrasse, 32, I, Leipzig.
Smith, Edgar A., F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.
Soul, J. S., 3, Nightingale Road, Clapton, London, N.E.
Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., 121, Fulham Road, London, 8.W.
Spencer, Charles, Albert Street, Auckland, New Zealand.
Squyer, Homer, Mingusville, Montana, U.S.A.
Stalley, H. J., 68, Little Britain, London, E.C.
Stump, E. C., 16, Herbert Street, Moss Side, Manchester.
Suter, Henry, Carlton Terrace, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Sykes, Ernest Ruthven, B.A., F.Z.8., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s
Inn, London, W.C.
Tate, Prof. Ralph, The University, Adelaide, South Australia.
Taylor, Rev. G. W., F.R.S.C., F.Z.S., 70, Irwin Street, Nanaimo,
British Columbia.
Tomlin, J. Brockton, B.A., Cathedral School, Llandaff.
Tripe, Major-General L., 3, Osborne Villas, Stoke, Devonport.
Tulk-Hart, Dr. E. J., 4, Gloucester Place, Brighton.
Turton, Capt. W. H., R.E., Park Villa, Hayton, near Liverpool.
Tye, G. Sherriff, 10, Richmond Road, Handsworth, Birmingham.
Vanstone, J. H., 11, Ardsley Terrace, Placquett Road, East Dulwich,
London, 8.E, .
Vanstone, Rev. Newton, 12, Vancouver Road, Catford, London, S.E.
Verco, Dr. J. C., North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia.
Vignal, Mons. L., 28, Avenue Duquesne, Paris.
Walker, Bryant, 18, Moffat Buildings, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A.
Waterhouse, Mrs. G. J., Ellerslie, Birrell Street, Waverley, Sydney,
New South Wales.
Watson, Rev. R. Boog, LL.D., F.RS.E, F.LS., F. C. Manse,
Cardross, Dumbarton.
Webb, W. M., F.L.S., Ellerie, Crescent Road, Brentwood.
Whan, Rev. W. H., Port Fairy, Victoria, Australia.
Whidborne, Rev. G. F., M.A., F.G.8., The Priory, Westbury-on-
Trym, near Bristol.
Wilmer, Lieut.-Col. L. W., 12, Gunterstone Road, West Kensington,
London. .
Woods, Henry, M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge.
Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W.
Woodward, Dr. Henry, F.R.S., etc., British Museum (Natural
History), Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.
Woodward, Mrs. Henry, 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea, London, 8. W.
Woodward, Martin F., Demonstrator in Biology, Royal College of
Science, South Kensington, London.
Wotton, F. W., Mount Stuart, Rothesay, Isle of Bute.
Wright, Charles A., F.L.S., Kayhough House, Kew Gardens, Kew,
London.
All corrections or alterations of address are to be sent to Martin F.
Woodward, Royal College of Science, South Kensington, London.
APRIL, 1896.
React Ay k 30.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
TALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
eVol. II. No. 1. Price 5s.
EDITED BY
[Bee Ba WV OLO 3D) WEANRG ID) EVE DiS 393
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
EGScs ebiver
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
(GQu@) a ee Gao STN a BS)
PAPERS :— PAGE | PapgERs continued :— PAGE
New non-marine Mollusca from New Land Mollusca from New
the Hadramaut. By J. C. Zealand and Macquarie I. By
Metvint, M.A., F.L.S., etc., Ae Supers: (PRIN. ease 33
and J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.,
XGS |, (LE lO) ieee save ere 1 Neohyalimax Brasiliensis, n. gen.
Anatomy of Hanleya abyssorum, et sp. By Dr. H. Stmrorn. _
Sars. By R. H. Burne, B.A. (PUSAN a) seetcicasroatec Are Succeed erensstenree 39
(CEA 11 0) etree Pere 4 ae nh eet a ncaa ees
Cassis Adcocki, n.sp. By G. B. ugs irom the Sandwich ts. by
Sowersy, F.L.S., etc. (Fig.) 14 be ue CotuineE, F.Z.8., ete. Ke
New Vitrina and new Helicide, ( igs.) dence saeenenseesean soscncaseusueseesensarensarses
with a list of the Helicoid
Land-shells of the Canaries. PROCEEDINGS :—
By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S., ete. F ae
Hy) K Gem FBS. ee | suman Gerd Moving an 5
Streptaxis paulus, n.sp. By G. K. Ordinary Meetings:
(Chlonop sy NY Ac ocapeteemeracetcee ee 23 Novenbeusth. 1s05a. soem 5,
Pleurotomidee of South Australia, December 13th, 1895 Zp
with descriptions of new species. aerate tater Soe Eten oa
By G. B. SowERrBy, Baliss, January 10th, ISOC) eee 0a
C50 (DIS DIM, ) aecctrotsteestonttenstss-eoes 24 February 14th, 1896 wee 56
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
Malacological Society of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1896.
President :—G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., etc., Professor of Zoology, Royal
College of Science.
Vice-Presidents :—J. Cosmo Menvitt, M.A., F.L.S.; E. A. Surru, F.Z.S.;
Rev. R. Booe Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S.; Henry Woopwarp, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., 23, St. Saviour’s Road, Brixton Hill,
London, 8. W.
Secretary :—E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s Inn,
London, W.C.
Editor :—B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da Costa; W. H. Hupuieston, M.A.,
F.R.S.; H. Watuis Kew, F.Z.S.; R. B. Newton, F.G.S8.; G. B.
SoweErsy, F.L.S8.; Rev. G. F. Wurpgorng, M.A., F.G.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Lrynean Soctery, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burnincton Hovss,
PrccapILLy, W., on the seconD FRIDAY in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s, for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
[Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) has already appeared. |
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
Vol. II. No. 2. c JULY, 1896. Price 5s.
WED eg 3/96
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
| EDITED BY
B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., F.G.8., Exc.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
|
|
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
|
CG OEN Es Nh aS:
{) Papers :— PAGE | Papers continued :— PAGE
| Address of the President, Pro- Report on a collection of Poly-
1 fessor G. B. Howss, Sec.L.8., placophora from Port Phillip,
BNI sey |CUCs) Ih nccarteretn eee 57 Victoria. By E. R. Syxzs,
On the Aperture of a Baculite B.A., B.Z.8., ete. (Pl. VI.) 84
from the Lower Chalk of On a collection of Land-shells
Chardstock. By G. C. Crick, from South Celebes. By E. A.
a | EVG.S.? ete: (Bigs:) vas ii Situ, F.Z.S., ete. (Pl. VII.) 94
The Female Organs of Neritina On some Fresh-water Shells from
Jiuviatilis. _ By Professor G. the Island of Kolguey. By
GaLSON- Wy (EUG S2) i eceree tees 81 E. A. Smirn, F.Z.S., etc. (Fig.) 104
LON DiOw :
| DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
\
Malacological Society of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1896.
President :—G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., etc., Professor of Zoology, Royal
College of Science.
Vice-Presidents :—J. Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S.; E. A. Sutra, F.Z.S.;
Rev. R. Boog Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S. ; Hanry Woopwarp, LL.D.,
FE.R.S.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., 23, St. Saviour’s Road, Brixton Hill,
London, 8.W.
Secretary :—E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s Inn,
London, W.C.
Editor :—B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da Costa; W. H. Hupusston, M.A.,
F.R.S.; H. Wautis Kew, F.Z.S.; R. B. Newton, F.G.S.; G. B.
SowERsY, F.L.S.; Rev. G. F. Warpporne, M.A., F.G.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Soctery, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burtineron Howse,
PiccaDILLy, W., on the sEcoND FRipDAy in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s, 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
[Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) and Vol. II, Pt. 1, have already
appeared.]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
Vol. II. No. 3. OCTOBER, 1896. Price 5s.
Recll rov. ¥
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
WALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
Bo Be WOODWARD. Riss, ElG uses) Bice
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
CON TmN Ts.
|
PAPERS :— PAGE | PapERs continued :— PAGE
Mollusca from a Rainwash at British Aplacophora. By W.
| Darenth. By A.S. Kennarp 105 Garstanc, M.A., F.Z.S.,
| Flammulina chion, n.sp., trom (Shite Cada cirri aan ee 123
| New Zealand. By E. R. Preliminary Diagnoses of New
Sykzs, IBS AL, EVZ.S., “etc! Non-marine Hawaiian Mol-
| (LEST GSI) aren eee eeait ere ieecrirtr tea rte 107 lusca. By HE. R. Sykes, B.A.,
New Marine Shells from Bom- de Aale Nig UGE erreetttcr ener eccrert corte 126
bay. ByJ.C.Mztvitt, M.A.,
Be Sewete.ey (Pl valliny) Dee 108 | PRocEEpines :—
On the Prodstracum of a Belem- Ordinary Meetings :
ae . By as Ae Crick, March 18th, 1896 nus 133
nae ae er au ca a April 10th, 1896 cecsusmeae 183
and-shells from the Moluccas.
By neOAG SmiTH, F.Z.S., etc. May 8th, LS 9 Gia eas 134
(Hise bene ere monn ie ae 120 June M2 thy SOG eee 136
| LONDON:
DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
{
4
Malacological Society of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1896.
President :—G. B. Howes, Sec. L.S., etc., Professor of Zoology, Royal
College of Science.
Vice-Presidents :—J. Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S.; E. A. Surra, F.Z.8.;
Rev. R. Boog Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S.; Henry Woopwarp, LL.D.,
FE.R.S.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., 23, St. Saviour’s Road, Brixton Hill,
London, S.W.
Secretary :—E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.Z.S., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s Inn,
London, W.C.
Editor :—B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., 120, The Grove, Ealing, London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da.Costa; W. H. Hupixston, M.A.,
F.R.S.; H. Wats Krew, F.Z.S.; R. B. Newton, F.G.S.; G. B.
SoweErsy, F.L.S.; Rev. G. F. WHrpporneg, M.A., F.G.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Soctrry, the -
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriineton Hovss,
PiccapInLy, W., on the sEconD FRipAy in each month from NOVEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s, 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
[Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) and Vol. II, Parts 1 and 2 have
already appeared.]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
Vol. II. No. 4. APRIL, 1897. Price 5s.
Roel L dp. So ars
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., F.G.S., Exc.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
GOWN Een NaS.
PAPERS :— PAGE | Papers continued :— PAGE
Three new Shells. By G. B. andy Bev ea SOEs) eB wAte
Sowersy, F.Z.8. (Pl. XI.) 187 IN Aasian. Gites, (ee DUNE) au? 164
Notes on Euplecta, Semper; with
Polyplacophora of South Aus- descriptions of new species
tralia. By W. T. Bepnatu. from Ceylon. By Lieut.- Col.
(RISC XUnTE eee ee See 139 H. H. Gopwin - Austen,
New Species of Endodonta and F.RS., etc. (Pl. XIV.) .... 173
Flammulina from New Zea- Pp ;
land. By R. Murpocu. pte &ARIARE TD
(Rios sir te Ma ieee Tete) 160 Ordinary Meetings :
Nov. 13th, 1896. (Pl. XV.) 179
Marine Shells from the Anda- a ( ned
man Islands. By J. Cosmo Coat lS OSGi en SO
Metvit1, M.A., F.L.S., etc., Jan Sth el Ogee 180
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
Malacological Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1897.
President :—Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwry-Austen, F.R.S., etc.
Vice-Presidents :—Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. L.S., etc. ; J. Cosmo Menvitn,
M.A., F.L.S., etc.; Rev. R. Booa Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S., etc. ;
Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., ete.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., etc., 23, St. Saviour’s Road, Brixton
Hill, London, 8.W.
Secretary :—E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s
Inn, London, W.C.
Editor:— B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing,
London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da Costa; H. W. Monckton, F.L.S.,
ete.; R. B. Newton, F.G.8S., etc.; E. A. Smirs, F-.Z:S8., ete:
G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel L. W. WinMEr.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Soctety, the ©
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriincton Hovwss,
PiccapIuLy, W., on the SECOND FrRipay in each month from NoveMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
(Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) and Vol. II, Parts 1 to 3 have
already appeared.]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
Vol. II. No. 5. JULY, 1897. Price 5s.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
L[ALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
Ba Bae WOOD WARD Roles. LG. Se. kine:
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
@ ORY Gramineae SS:
PAPERS :— PAGE | Papers continued :— PAGE
On a Recent Species of -A7co- Notes on some Types in the
perna. By R. Tats. (Figs.) 181 British Museum. By E. A.
ee Sn Zealand SMITHS HZis, ClCaerr toes 229
evision 0 e New Zealan :
; neal New Species of Ceylon Land-
ened eatin By H.Suree, 183 Shells. By E. R. Syxuzs,
(BEES) 0 oR eacsccevcsssenssssessereecossecttvaneee B.A.,F.Z.S.,ete. (PI. XVI.) 233
Note on Mttra obscura, Hutton.
By H. Surmr.. (Figs) sctss.c. 201 | ProcrEpINGs :—
Presidential Address. By Prof. Annual Meeting :
G. B. Hows, Sec. L.S8., etc. 2038 February 12th, 1897 cscs 239
The Dentition of the Pupide. Ordinary Meetings :
By the Rev. Prof. H. M. February 12th, 1897 ccc. 240
GATING ES feeoncnen caer cnne 227 March) 12thy W8972e ney) 240
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
Malacological Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1897.
President :—Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Austrn, F.R.S., etc.
Vice-Presidents :—Prof. G. B. Howns, F.R.S., etc. ; J. Cosmo Metnvint,
M.A., F.L.S., etc.; Rev. R. Booa Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S., etc. ;
Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., ete.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., etc., Nithsdale, 91, Brigstock Road,
Thornton Heath, Surrey.
Secretary :—E. R. Syxzs, B.A., F.Z.S., etc., 3, Gray’s Inn Place, Gray’s
Inn, London, W.C.
Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing,
London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da Costa; H. W. Monckton, F.LS.,
etc.; R. B. Newton, F.G.S., etc.; E. A. Smiru, F.ZS., ete. ;
G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel L. W. WinMER.
By kind permission of the Council of the Lrynean Soctery, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriineron Houses,
PiccaDILLy, W., on the sEcoND FrRipay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
(Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) and Vol. II, Parts 1 to 4 have
already appeared.]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
Price 5s.
Vol. II. No. 6. NOVEMBER, 1897.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S.,
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
BR Grse.) Enc.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.
Reed bee 6/77
CO INGE ese SS.
PAPERS :— PAGE | Papers continued :-— PAGE
Mollusca of English Cave - Achatina Studleyi, n.sp., from
Deposits. By A. S. Kennarp Old Calabar. By J. C.
and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., Metvitt, F.L.S., etc., and
Lg (LETS) corns en tern icocoeettite 242 J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S., ete.
Revision ‘of New Zealand (Eig) a eetceeter soveeennerenennenn Zoi
Athoracophoride. By H. Plecotrema Sykesii, n.sp., from
Som. (Figs) cane wae 245 Karachi. By J.C. Menvi11,
a] io 9 ©
Faia Ita IC Ge F.L.8., etc. (Fig) Deco seen 292
Island. By H. SuTER wu 258 Slugs from the Hawaiian Islands.
ue By W. E. Corinex, F.Z.S.,
Revision of New Zealand Chest MHige, Ww eee ee wey: 293
ae By H. Suter. Diagnoses of new Non-Marine
( igs.) ceeneeessevsnssccsenaasasensssaesensncen cess 260 Mollusea from the Hawaiian
Notes on some New Zealand Islands. PartII. By E.R.
Flammulina, with F. Pon- Siva siely I eAg sey GIRS emrtrrinys 298
sonbyi, n.sp. By H. Surzr.
(Rigg. )ieeeek areca enaee as 284 | PRocEEDINGS :—
New Species of Land-Shells Ordinary Meetings:
| trom New Guinea, ete. By Agni G HWS Oeste cctevarsoeecrceeesee 241
E. A. Smit, F.Z.S8., etc. WMcty nla Gil S Ope cerensetetaeene cee 300
(ET GORENG VLU ses oeearasse catncesortesces 286 Afeeeeyal eel: USL cap rrmsesrscns: 300
‘ LONDON: .
Malacologtcal Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1897.
President :—Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S., etc.
Vice-Presidents :—Prof. G. B. Howns, F.R.S., ete. ; J. Cosmo MeEtvitn,
M.A., F.L.S., etc.; Rev. R. Booa Watson, LL.D., F.Z.S., etc. ;
Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., ete.
Treasurer :—G. F. Harris, F.G.S., etc., Nithsdale, 91, Brigstock Road,
Thornton Heath, Surrey.
Secretary :—Martin F. Woopwarp, 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea,
London, 8.W.
Editor: — B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc., 120, The Grove, Ealing,
London, W.
Other Members of Council :—S. I. Da Costa; H. W. Monckton, F.L.S.,
etc.; R. B. Newton, F.G.S., etc.; E. A. Surry, F.Z.8., ete. ;
G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., etc. ; Lieut.-Colonel L. W. Winer.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Socrrty, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriineton Hovsz,
PiccaDILLy, W., on the sEconD FRipay in each month from NOVEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to facilitate the study of the Mollusca
and Brachiopoda, both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
his membership.
[Vol. I (7 Parts at 5s. each) and Vol. II (6 Parts at 5s. each)
have now appeared.]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address.
a
u
*
ate
a
ae oe
cane
Aulpy
co 1a
7,
+ 4
P| aes
Reiery
Dives
Say
hte
ie:
ed
Frat 8
eta
ee
Ne
aa, oh,
la eae
Hd Aa '
“sah Eley
cox Vege
= i
a age.
i oo
’ ~ } ie \ x
'
, ~
,
i e
.
y
\
e
S) = S
am, — 108] —
XY 5 2 5S
hee ke > -
vs ~ = 4 ie
THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI
a At ” Pa
< = ‘ <
Zz ar =
Oo id ‘Oo
” . wae
= ae | =a
= =, =
= Pi =
77) 2 7)
NOSHLIWS LIBRARIES
~ > a
bs a y
rea =
ee a
e e
2 =
= re)
oa 2
ITHSONIAN
~ z
+ :
es)
> :
= om
O Zz
NOSHLINS SZIYVYSIT LIBRARIES
” ra
= rs
4 "2
2 6 © :
ow ”
oO 4 I
z =
> | =
2 7) *
THSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI
a uw
= a
<
= ec
= mo
(o) as
Zz a
NOSHLINS S3JIYVYdIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION
Saiuvaugi
ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI
MITHSONIAN
VINOSHLINS
SY
SS
MITHSONIAN
LIBRARIES
NVINOSHLIWS S3I1uvudit
Saiuvygl
NVINOSHLINS SZtuvygit
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I8VY!
INSTITUTION
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
F AN .
*
~*~
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVUSI7
Na
SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION
G Ly,
NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYdI7
SAIMYVYUSGIT LIBRARIES
VINOSHLIWS
INSTITUTION
LIB
NVINOSHLINS S31YVUEIT LIBRARIES _SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION NO!ILNLILSN
MITHSONIAN
aah (eae ps = L Be
= ° e ° w
ys) = P.) = _ w
|) > te > be >
= - - rE, 2
po = 3 Z ;
°§ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAIyVysg!
n Ze wn = 7) ;
< < * = th ix =
= Zz = z me
a cL OQ sa 6 f O oe
3 2 8 2 eg
€ = 2, = <,
S 7 2 B Z
NI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC
= - ie Zz ” ‘ 2
ud wW ,
” —_ ” Ty
wa oc 2 o » a
“J WA. < < s be
5 As - : S
oO m . ed oO ad =-
iS x - S ~ 9
5S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVUd
z i a sad -
z oS ° :
a a be a be
ae > > >: =
- et oe sf res
peas os ” m ”
< ” = ” . 2
‘NI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
a. on PA wee ” a
<< S es & <
(3 = S 2 z
wo” wn on ie7) n
2 Ws Oo 4 sk e) 3
re 2 = = =
5 5 a 3 a
=§ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION savy
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
ee
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
NI _NVINOSHLINS S3!YVYSIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTI
SMITHSONIAN
Wy,
oss
IWINOSHLINS SS3IYWVHNEIT LIBRARIES
SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION. NOILNLILSNI
S3IMVHNGIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION
Saiuvyugly
is INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYs
\
VINOSHLINS
WINOSHLIWS
MITHSONIAN
MITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO!
LO TEI UA
3 9088 00843 7618
}; i ‘
he { é
i t / j
tive i
N
\ ne \
i { ud eu
‘ \. ry i
7 ‘ Leh i
Ty RUAN. 9 3 : Ah t !
erat Wiens atta WA .
13. i) 1x i naa’ ny hs:
eyed Vy tt
Caton meh i
Hae Aes \ " Hey hea \ i
is haat Wt bs vt V
WSteg by tal ey \ ; ‘ '
MY W aT ee { ‘ i
Othe cK Wea Gt ib be ‘ F N
DA ANH, ‘ v vi ‘ ‘ }
. pul etre \ z
‘ i fey ( i
dg’ CN
4 > / t
vost ts Vien ot ’ ; E 4) (
‘. TAA Weleda}
PIS OX COD wTe
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11